DRAFT

NON-MEASUREMENT 

SENSITIVE

MIL-HDBK-1388

NOTE: This draft dated 1 Mar 94, prepared by the U.S. Army Materiel Command, Logistics

Support Activity has not been approved is subject to modification.

DO NOT USE PRIOR TO APPROVAL

MILITARY HANDBOOK

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS

UNITED STATESOF AMERICA

DRAFT
FOREWORD 

 1. This military handbook is approved for use by all departments and agencies of the Department of 

Defense (DOD). 

2. Beneficial comments (recommendations, additions, deletions) and any pertinent data which may be of 

use in improving this document should be addressed to\: Director, USAMC Logistic Support Activity, 

ATTN\: AMXLS-ALD, Huntsville, AL 35898-7466 by using the self-addressed Standardization Document 

Improvement Proposal (DD Form 1426) appearing at the end of this document or by letter. 

3. This handbook is directed toward improving the understanding of the Logistic Support Analysis (LSA) 

process as it pertains to MIL-STD-1388-1, Logistic Support Analysis and MIL-STD-1388-2, DOD 

Requirements for a Logistic Support Analysis Record and their associated interfacing standards and 

documents. This handbook is to be used in concurrent with MIL-STD-1388-1 and MIL-STD-1388-2. The 

tailoring of LSA data and LSA Record (LSAR) data should be done in accordance with the tailoring 

guidance provided by each of the respective documents. 
1-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

Chapter 1 

10. LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS AND THE ACQUISITION PROCESS. 

10.1 Major Criteria. DOD Directives 5000.l and 5000.2 establish Integrated 

Logistic Support (ILS) and acquisition policies. Prime factors governing 

system acquisition programs are cost, schedule, and performance with 

supportability being a subset of performance. The LSA provides direct 

supportability and cost factor input for new systems and provides major input 

to system decisions. Specific criteria and emphasis varies from system to 

system, but three prime LSA outputs emerge at the level affecting acquisition 

decisions. These are described below. 

10.1.l Manpower and Personnel Constraints. Manpower and skill level 

requirements are treated as any major design function. Personnel parameters 

begin with the initial concept. DODI 5000.2, Human System Integration in the 

Defense System Acquisition Process, sets system manpower estimating 

requirements. Manpower and personnel requirements are stated as numbers, 

skills, and skill levels during the design process and may use the manpower 

and personnel policies of Services. 

10.1.2 System Readiness. Design parameters and logistic support resources 

relate to system readiness objectives and goals. Operational availability, 

sortie rates (surge/sustained), and percent coverage are wartime factors which 

are often used for peacetime readiness measurements. System readiness, as an 

integral part of system performance, must be managed beginning with the 

earliest conception of new/modified system/equipment. 

10.1.3 Cost. Operation and support investment along with other acquisition 

costs must be considered for any acquisition. Comparison of life cycle cost 

(LCC) estimates to requirements for alternatives is vital to tradeoff 

decisions. Cost factors should address resource requirements to achieve 

specified levels of readiness for given conditions. Uncertainty of resources 

such as manpower and energy, must be addressed to minimize cost and meet 

system readiness objectives. The objective is to optimize an acquisition 

related to system performance, cost, and schedule goals of the system. 

10.2 Acquisition Process. Figure 1.1 is an overview of the acquisition 

process, showing life cycle phases and LSA process decision points. The LSA 

process has five phases begining with a validated identified requirement. 

Program initiation documents are then prepared. The Acquisition phases are: 

10.2.1 Concept Exploration/Definition (CED) Phase. Alternatives to satisfy 

the requirement are evaluated and compared in terms of performance, readiness, 

supportability, schedule, and cost. System level analysis which affect design 

and operational concepts, readiness, logistics and operational support 

characteristics are defined. These support the use study and ILS/LSA concept 

and strategy supportability constraints, of the proposed system. The ILS/LSA 

products include cost improvement and readiness targets, support concept 

alternatives, supportability related design and support system objectives. 

10.2.2 Demonstration and Validation (D&V) Phase. Concepts now become hardware 

design. Removal of technical uncertainties in the design are verified and 

evaluated using advance development models. The ILS/LSA products now include 
 

1-2

MIL-HDBK-1388 

Chapter 1 

 f1.1 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-3

firm support concepts, supportability related design goals and thresholds, 

readiness, and supportability system parameter objectives. 

10.2.3 Engineering and Manufacturing Development (EMD) Phase. Validated 

designs are developed as models or prototypes. Functional/environmental 

testing verifies design performance requirements. The ILS/LSA effort is 

maximized to influence maintenance planning and identify detailed logistic 

support resource requirments and deficiency solutions which are validated by 

operational testing. Detailed analyses identify preventive/corrective 

maintenance, calibration, and servicing requirements. Firm logistic support 

and maintenance plans are developed. Manufacturing procedures, and control 

techniques are designed for economical mass production. 

10.2.4 Production and Deployment (P&D) Phase. A model or prototype developed 

and optimized during EMD is produced and tested. An effective support base is 

established and new systems or equipment are readied for deployment and 

operational use. 

10.2.5 Operations and Support Phase. This phase begins after initial 

fielding and overlaps Prod/Deploy. The ILS/LSA activities include: post 

production support; correction of quality and safety problems; and new 

training programs and feedback mechanisms are devised for reduction of 

readiness and supportability problem areas. The LSAR is maintained and 

updated during the life cycle of the system/equipment. 

l0.3 LSA Process. LSA is an iterative, multi-disciplined, process having 

many interfaces. It can be divided into two general parts: (a) analysis of 

supportability, and (b) assessment and verification of supportability. 

10.3.1 Analysis of Supportability. These analyses affecting design and 

operational concepts begin at system level; identify gross logistic support 

resource requirements of alternative concepts; and relate design, operational, 

and supportability characteristics to system readiness objectives and goals. 

10.3.1.1 System Level Analyses. These efforts are characterized by use 

studies, comparative analysis studies, support driver identification, 

technological opportunities, tradeoffs analysis, alternative support concepts 

such as organic versus contractor support, built-in versus external test 

capability, and varying maintenance levels. 

10.3.1.2 System Level Tradeoffs. Analyses of lower indenture levels and 

support system optimization set by the system level analysis begin. These 

define logistic support resource requirements of the system using an 

integrated analysis of all operator maintainer functions and tasks. These are 

done to determine task frequencies, task times, personnel and skill 

requirements, and other support requirements, to include all ILS elements. 

10.3.1.3 Optimization. This is achieved by allocating functions and tasks to 

specific maintenance levels, doing repair versus discard and Reliability 

Centered Maintnenance (RCM) analyses, and formulating design recommendations 

to optimize maintenance times and logistic support resource requirements. 

Data developed is used as direct input for products associated with each ILS 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-4

element e. g., provisioning lists, personnel and training requirements, and 

technical manuals. This assures compatibility between ILS element documents 

and permits common use of data which apply to more than one logistic element. 

10.3.2 Assessment and Verification. The process begins with early planning 

to verify support concepts and is used during the entire life cycle to 

demonstrate and adjust analysis results and products as required. 

10.4 Interfaces. Some major LSA activities and their interfaces which play 

key roles are listed below: 

10.4.1 Comparative Analysis (Task 203). Interfacing activities: human 

factor, reliability, maintainability, safety, and design engineers and ILS 

element managers. This task is used to: define a sound, analytical 

foundation for projecting new system design and supportability features; to 

identify those which need improvements; identify those cost drivers which 

support the readiness of the new system; and document risks involved in using 

the comparative data in subsequent analyses. 

10.4.2 Functional Requirements Identification (Task 301). Interfacing 

activities: design, reliability, maintainability, and human factor 

engineering, safety and ILS element managers. 

10.4.3 Tradeoff Analysis (Task 303). Interfacing activities: design, 

reliability, maintainability, safety, and human factor engineering, cost 

estimating, and ILS element managers. 

10.4.4 Task Analysis (Task 40l). Interfacing activities: reliability, 

maintainability, human factor, and safety engineering. Performed to analyze 

required operations, maintenance, and support tasks to identify resources 

needed for each task; highlight are new or critical tasks, including hazardous 

materials and their environmental impact; define transportability 

requirements; identify support requirements which exceed desired goals, 

thresholds, or constraints; provide data supporting recommended designs which 

enhance readiness and supportability; and provide source data to develop 

required documents, i.e., Maintenance Allocation Charts (MAC), Technical 

Manuals (TM), Provisioning documentation, etc. 

Figure 1.2 shows the interfaces and information flow from supporting military 

standards. Arrows indicate that information developed using one military 

standard is referenced as input from another standard. A military standard 

must specifically require information developed using another standard for a 

relationship to be shown. 

For example: Failure Modes, Effects and Criticality Analysis (FMECA) data is 

developed using MIL-STD-1629, but is also used for analysis purposes in MILSTD-1388-1A and is documented in MIL-STD-1388-2B; therefore, an arrow leads 

from MIL-STD-1629 to MIL-STD-1388-1A/2B. MIL-STD-1629 does not require data 

developed by MIL-STD-1388-1A/2B; therefore, no arrow leads from MIL-STD-1388-

1A/2B to MIL-STD-1629. 

Review of LSA interfaces should be described in the LSA Plan (LSAP) (Task l02) 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-5

 f1.2 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-6

 f1.3 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-7

to assure input-output relationships, responsibilities, and timing of 

activities are properly addressed to prevent over-lap and duplication. 

Guidance found in subsequent paragraphs will reduce interface problems. 

l0.4.5 Inputs and Outputs for System Level LSA (Subtask 303.2.3). System 

level LSA may involve system analysis/engineering at the 

hardware-operating-support level. It is a collection, synthesis, and "system" 

analysis of various specialized input. It impacts interface activities by 

defining boundary conditions or goals of specialized engineering programs and 

ILS element concepts and plans. Figure 1.3 shows task 303.2.3 relationships. 

l0.4.6 Refinement and Extension of System Level LSA. As the process is 

iterated, limits, constraints, and objectives are refined and expanded based 

on engineering and ILS input. A support system is established with limits and 

objectives set. Follow-on tradeoffs between engineering specialties and ILS 

elements are made within established boundaries which include Built In Test 

(BIT)/Built In Test Equipment (BITE) verse external dignostics (Subtask 

303.2.8) and training tradeoffs (Subtask 303.2.6). 

10.4.7 Task Analysis Interfaces. LSA includes all task analyses, however, 

specific areas (e.g., critical maintenance tasks) may be analyzed as part of 

the human engineering program. Detailed task analyses input such as task 

frequencies, repair times, safety hazards, and failure effects, are normally 

developed by reliability, maintainability, and safety specialists. 

l0.4.8 Resource Requirements Identification. LSA identifies all logistic 

support resource requirements. This is an iterative process with information 

being passed between logistics, design and specialized engineering areas. 

These requirements are summarized in the LSA data base. These requirements 

are used by ILS managers for development of plans and products. 

10.5 Strategy in Developing Analysis Requirements. 

10.5.1 General. Cost effective analysis efforts channel available resources 

to areas offering the greatest benefit to the program. Strategies rely on 

establishing programs to achieve supportability and support system objectives. 

 They must influence hardware design, support, and logistic support resource 

requirements. The requirements are translated into specific objectives early 

in the program when maximum flexibility exists. Objectives are iterated and 

refined until they are firm program goals/requirements. Developing analysis 

strategies is difficult due to the number of variables. Possible impact of 

variables must be addressed during the process when analysis tasks/subtasks 

are tailored and scheduled to meet milestones. Guidance provided will assist 

in the tailoring process, however, it must be adapted to specific programs. 

10.5.2 Task Selection and Focusing. 

10.5.2.l General. Analysis requirements selection, begining at subtask 

level, includes a wide range of considerations. Figure 1.4 depicts a general 

tailoring logic tree useful when selecting tasks. Table 1 lists task/subtask 

use by development phase and engineering activity. Guidance must be adjusted 

for each program since program aspects may occur different acquisition phases 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-8

for different programs. Initial task/subtask selection is adjusted for: (a) 

design freedom; (b) time phasing adjustments if program is "fast track"; (c) 

work already done; (d) data availability/relevancy; (e) time and resource 

availability; (f) Policy directive (DODI 5000.2) requirements; (g) desired 

tasks not in the standard; and (h) procurement considerations. Most of these 

factors tend to reduce or restrict the amount of analysis activity. 

Additional guidance is provided later in this section. 

10.5.2.2 Focusing. After initial subtask selection is completed, further 

focus is needed to concentrate effort in high leverage areas and to specify 

other requirements. Focusing considerations should include: (a) Modification 

or restriction of the subtask to significant areas; (b) Specification of 

subtasks to allow assignment to the appropriate activity; (c) Specification of 

models and associated data to be used; and (d) Specification of areas or 

activity requiring requester approval. RA must be specific when defining 

analysis needs for tasks and subtasks under the task input specified. Often 

l0 to 20 percent of system's subsystems control 80 to 90 percent of the total 

support demands. Some Task 303 evaluations and tradeoffs are very general and 

benefit from greater detail to focus on key areas. Models and definitions, 

particularly for LCC, desired for a particular analysis should be specified, 

if possible, especially if there is competition. Model considerations are 

discussed in greater depth under procurement considerations. The remainder of 

this section deals with specific factors considered during development of the 

LSA strategy. 

10.5.3 Factors Impacting Strategy. 

10.5.3.l Type of Program/Change. Program categories are: new programs; 

planed product improvement (PPI); or "off-the-shelf" programs. Many 

modifications require redoing or a new approach to some of the analysis work 

already done. The program type impacts objectives, subtask selection and 

focusing. For PPI's, analysis objectives may focus on support risks on the 

altered part, or opportunities to improve the equipment by improving 

supportability characteristics. New or high technology efforts may increase 

risk to attain supportability goals. Those risks must be reduced. Using 

proven technology has less risk and may offer more opportunity to reduce 

logistic support burdens than a more advanced technology. 

These factors greatly impact on initial objective determination. System 

versus equipment proposals impact subtask selection and focusing. For 

example, a limited, focused readiness analysis may be appropriate for an 

equipment contract, while alternative support concepts may be more appropriate 

for equipment level contracts due to a fixed system support concept. 

System readiness objectives may be to "hold the line" or they may be more 

ambitious. Readiness goals must be a primary management focus beginning with 

program initiation. If such goals are ambitious, one focus of the early 

analyses should be toward readiness related system design and support 

objectives, such as reliability and turn around time. 

Systems and equipments having large support personnel demands or high 

Operations and Support (O&S) costs obviously present greater investment 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-9

opportunities for improvement than those with low demands or costs and should 

receive greater consideration in selecting preliminary analysis objectives. 

10.5.3.2 Amount of Design Freedom. The amount of design freedom is related 

to program considerations such as phasing and is a key factor in subtask 

election. The objective of most front end analysis subtasks is to influence 

selection of design characteristics to achieve improvements in readiness, 

supportability, and cost. For fixed designs, little benefit be derived from 

doing these tasks. Some of the factors listed in paragraph 10.5.3.l provide 

clues in this regard. 

Product improvements may limit design freedom to specific subsystems unless 

areas of no, or minor change are open to redesign opportunity to reduce 

logistic support burdens. 

Fast track programs tend to move up or back various possible analysis 

subtasks, but fast track programs also tend to use existing technology and 

plan on preplanned product improvement rather than employ new technology. The 

point of design freedom thus shifts. Design freedom may exist for the support 

system but not the mission system. LSA effort and objectives should be 

focused accordingly. 

The LSA objective of causing supportability requirements to be an integral 

part of system/equipment requirements and design can best be achieved if 

designers are oriented toward supportability objectives commencing with the 

design effort. 

Technical information documented during the design process, must be provided 

to designers and logisticians to help identify interface problems between 

design concepts and operators, maintainers, and support equipment. Technical 

design information, e.g. electro-mechanical diagnostic features, interfaces, 

reliability estimates, item functions, and adjustment requirements, which 

determine supportability are an integral part of design documentation. If 

there is design freedom, the LSA plan should describe the generation, control, 

and approval of this type information. 

10.5.3.3 Time and Resources Available. LSA requires time and resources to 

influence design. Do not specify tasks if results will not be available to 

affect design, or unless improvements can be scheduled as part of a PPI. 

Fast track programs reduce time available for design influence analysis tasks. 

 Therefore, some analysis task results should be saved as assets for later 

use. Design influence LSA requires resources in the form of people and money. 

 

DOD policy is to fund readiness and support considerations upfront, however, 

resources are constrained in practice. If program funds are short, it may be 

possible to perform some tasks, such as comparative analysis and driver 

identification, by using in-house capabilities. If the in house capability is 

limited but funds are available, some subtasks may be done by "study" 

contractors having special expertise. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-10

Another approach is to exploit inter-relationships between some tasks and 

subtasks, e.g., comparative analysis feeds driver identification, which in 

turn feeds selection of targets for improvement. If only one of these tasks 

is affordable, targets for improvement would be the logical choice. That 

approach loses precision since judgments are substituted for hard data on the 

deleted tasks. It should be used only as a last resort. 

10.5.3.4 Work Already Done. Comparative analysis, driver identification and 

improvement initiatives completed in preparation of other program initiation 

or other requirements documents should be reviewed. If adequate, it may be 

updated rather than doing a complete revision. Also, program initiation or 

other requirements documents may prescribe objectives or constraints which 

tend to limit the scope of the analysis effort. However, it is essential to 

test such constraints or objectives and the analysis which supported their 

specification prior to accepting them as hard data. 

10.5.3.5 Past Experience and Historical Data. The availability, accuracy, 

and relevancy of experience and historical data bases of similar systems is 

crucial to accomplish some tasks and subtasks. Available data bases must be 

examined to determine if extensive work is needed to provide focus or 

relevancy. If not available, a special sample data effort may be considered, 

particularly if the required data is in an area of possible high leverage. 

10.5.3.6 Procurement Considerations. The RA must determine and specify the 

 LSA tasks that will be performed by the government or independent agency, 

those shared by the government and the developer, and those required of the 

developer. Once completed, the LSA portion of the contract plan can be 

developed and work requirements writen into the statement of work (SOW). 

Prospective performing activities (PA) must be allowed to recommend adding or 

deleting LSA tasks and to provide a more detailed subtask definition and 

schedule. Also, PA should be encouraged to use cost effective data 

generation procedures. Prospective PA's tailoring process and cost reduction 

efforts should become a factor in the assessment of their capability to 

perform the LSA. 

Acquisition program objectives must be considered in preparing procurement 

documents. For example, in a technology demonstration procurement, one may 

specifically exclude certain LSA task requirements. Supportability objectives 

in this case would best be served through design influence and generation of 

an LSA data base for subsequent detailed analysis effort when the technology 

is utilized. If the acquisition program is oriented to develop and procure a 

system/equipment, then other LSA tasks become equally important. 

The nature of the procurement may force the PA to do some analysis activity in 

order to make a rational bid. The procurement process offers an excellent 

opportunity to refine the LSA strategy by involvement of potential performing 

activities when competition is present. See chapter 2 for further discussion 

of contracting for LSA. 

 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-11

F1.4 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-12

T1 1 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-13

t1 2 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-14

t1 3 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-15

t1 4 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-16

t1 5 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-17

t1 6 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-18

t1 7 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-19

t1 8 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-20

t1 9 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-21

10.6 LSA TASK APPLICATION. 

10.6.1 LSA DEFINITION. LSA is any analysis that results in a decision on 

the scope and level of logistic support. 

 

10.6.1.1 LSA Process. The LSA Process consists of: 

 LOGISTICS - Pertaining to developing, acquiring, testing and providing 

 the elements of support; 

 SUPPORT - That which sustains, maintains, or preserves intact; 

 ANALYSIS - A method of examining something to determine its essential 

 features and their relationships; 

 PROCESS - A planned series of actions directed to some end. 

The overall term can then be defined as follows: The LSA PROCESS is a PLANNED 

 TASK SERIES performed to EXAMINE all elements of a proposed SYSTEM to 

DETERMINE the LOGISTIC SUPPORT required to KEEP that system USEABLE for its 

intended purpose throughout its intended lifecycle; and to INFLUENCE the 

DESIGN so that BOTH the SYSTEM and SUPPORT can be PROVIDED at an AFFORDABLE 

COST. 

LSA tasks can be grouped into three generic sets: those which ANALYZE AND 

SYNTHESIZE, support requirements, those which VERIFY the adequacy of logistic 

support identified and those required to MANAGE the other tasks. The number 

of tasks associated with each generic set varies widely and are generally 

performed in sequence. The MANAGEMENT tasks must begin before the program is 

formally initiated during the Mission Need Statement (MNS) phase. 

Developing/planning a strategy for the LSA is the first task performed. 

Coordination and control tasks continue during the life of the LSA program. 

Most ANALYTICAL tasks begin during the CED phase and are iterated during all 

later phases. The amount of information examined and level of detail 

identified increase with each task iteration. The ANALYZE AND SYNTHESIZE set 

of tasks can be further divided into three subsets; the system definition 

(hardware, software and support), the evaluation and tradeoff alternatives, 

and the identification of required resources. 

Initially system level analyze and synthesize tasks are performed to: 

influence design and operational concepts; estimate gross logistic 

requirements of alternative concepts; and relate design, operation, and 

support characteristics to system readiness objectives. 

Once the system level tradeoffs are made, emphasis shifts toward optimizing 

the support system within established system boundaries. As additional data 

is specified and refined, the analyze and synthesize tasks are iterated for 

progressively lower indenture levels. Sensitivities to changes in key factors 

are analyzed and tradeoffs between elements of support are made. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-22

A more detailed identification of the required support resources can then be 

made. Support resources are optimized by: identifying repair and discard 

tasks; applying RCM; allocating tasks to specific maintenance levels; and 

formulating design recommendations to achieve improvements. 

Verifying the accuracy and adequacy of the logistic support identified begins 

early in the process. Testing, evaluating and correcting deficiencies in both 

the design and the support system continue throughout the life cycle. The 

validity of the analysis results and attendant data products must be 

successfully demonstrated within stated confidence levels. Results of formal 

test and evaluation programs and post deployment assessments are analyzed and 

corrective actions implemented as necessary. 

10.6.2 HARDWARE LEVELS TO WHICH THE LSA PROCESS IS APPLIED. 

The LSA process is applied to the System/Subsystem and Subassembly/Component 

hardware levels. These levels correspond to the amount of information 

available for examination and the level of detail required to clearly 

determine and define the desired result. Two of the objectives of the LSA 

process are to influence the design of a proposed system and identify its 

logistic support resource requirements. There are two relationships that are 

significant in meeting these objectives: logistics influence on design is 

generally initiated at the system/subsystem level and projected downward; and 

logistic support resource requirements are identifies at the 

subassembly/component level and summed upward. 

Figure 1.5 shows when the opportunity to influence the design logistically is 

greatest. It also illustrates a point beyond which the opportunity to 

influence the design is lost. In addition, this figure shows when the actions 

to identify and update the detailed ILS resource requirements should be taken. 

10.6.3 LSA TASKS. 

MIL-STD-1388-1A divides the LSA tasks into five general sections: 

TASK SECTION 100 - PROGRAM PLANNING AND CONTROL 

TASK SECTION 200 - MISSION AND SUPPORT SYSTEMS DEFINITION 

TASK SECTION 300 - PREPARATION AND EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES 

TASK SECTION 400 - DETERMINATION OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT 

 RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS 

TASK SECTION 500 - SUPPORTABILITY ASSESSMENT 

Figure 1.6 shows how the three broad generic sets of tasks constituting the 

LSA process relate to the five general task sections and 15 LSA tasks 

described in MIL-STD-1388-1A. It also shows the relationship of these LSA 

tasks to LSAR data tables. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-23

F 1.5 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-24

F 1.6 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-25

This section includes a summary of each LSA task as identified in 

MIL-STD-1388-1A. Each task summary addresses the following topics: Purpose; 

Required for; When required; Responsibility; Applicable Military Standards; 

LSA Documentation, for reference information see appendix b ;LSAR Reports, for 

reference information see appendix b; Products; and Input and Source. 

The RA for each of the serivices is: Army is Training and Docturine Command 

(TRADOC); Air Force is Concept Action Group (user and Product Personnel); Navy 

is Operations Naval (OPNAV) (Aircraft, Sea, Sub, and Missles); and Marine 

Corps is Marine Corps Combat Development Command (MCCDC). Each of these RA's 

have responsibilities for LSA task accomplishment for their respective 

services. The MD for each of the services is: Army is Army Material Command 

(AMC); Air Force is Air Force Material Command (AFMC); Navy is Naval Aviation 

Command (NAVAIR), Naval Sea Command (NAVSEA), Naval Submarine Command 

(NAVSUB), and Space and Warfare Command (SPAWAR); and Marine Corps is Marine 

Corp Systems Command (MCSC). PA is the activity actually performing the LSA. 

 It may be either a government organization or industry. It is emphasized 

that LSA task accomplishment is a cooperative effort between the RA, MD, and 

PA. 

10.6.3.1 TASK 101 - DEVELOPMENT OF AN EARLY LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS 

STRATEGY 

PURPOSE: This task is the earliest planning activity for an LSA program. Its 

purpose is to: develop a proposed LSA program strategy for use early in the 

acquisition program; and identify the LSA tasks and subtasks which will 

provide the best return on investment and document the risks of accomplishing 

these objectives. 

REQUIRED FOR: The LSA strategy interrelates with the acquisition strategy and 

 is included in the ILS Plan. It should generally be available prior to 

preparation of any solicitation document containing LSA task requirements, and 

should be used as a guide in developing such documents. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Initial LSA strategy development is begun in the CED phase 

concurrent with development of the acquisition strategy. The LSA strategy is 

generally updated through the (P&D) phase. Required updates should be 

completed prior to initiation of the next program phase, so that the updated 

LSA strategy is available concurrent with phase initiation. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for performing Task 101 to provide 

early management of the LSA program prior to initiation of D & V. The MD 

assumes responsibility for this task prior to D&V and retains it through P&D. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MRSAP 700-11. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None 

PRODUCTS: Solicitation document and Statements of Work (SOW) 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-26

INPUTS AND SOURCE: MNS, Operational requiremetns Document (ORD), Integrated 

Program Summary (IPS), and Cost and Operational Effectiveness Analysis (COEA) 

of DODI 5000.2 

10.6.3.2 TASK 102 - LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS PLAN 

PURPOSE: To develop a LSAP which will effectively implement the LSA program. 

 It also documents the LSA management structure and authority; what LSA tasks 

are to be accomplished; when each task will be accomplished; what 

organizational units will be responsible for accomplishing each task; how all 

tasks are integrated and how results of each task will be used. 

REQUIRED FOR: The LSAP is a basic tool for establishing and executing an 

effective LSA program to meet the system and logistic requirements. When it 

is submitted as part of the response to a solicitation document, it is used in 

the source selection process. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The LSAP is generally prepared in CED and is updated in all 

subsequent phases. 

RESPONSIBILITY: During CED, the RA is responsible for initial preparation of 

 the LSAP. The MD assumes responsibility for updating the LSAP prior to D&V 

and retains LSAP responsibility during subsequent phases. The MD assess and 

verifies for completeness of all subtasks accomplished by the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-881. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None 

PRODUCTS: Management structure; what LSA tasks/subtasks are done, when, by 

whom, and how integrated; LSA schedules an their relationship to other 

schedules; system engineering interfaces; Data exchange; Work Breakdown 

Structure (WBS) for LSA Candidate list; LCN numbering system; Government 

Furnished Equipment/Government Furnished Information (GFE/GFI); and Review 

Procedures. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: 

10.6.3.3 TASK 103 - PROGRAM AND DESIGN REVIEWS 

PURPOSE: To provide for timely LSA program participation in the official 

review and control of design information; the scheduling of detailed LSA 

program reviews; and logistic risk assessments at program reviews. It also 

ensures that all pertinent aspects of the LSA program are addressed as an 

integral part of all formal program and design reviews. 

REQUIRED FOR: These procedures for the review of design information from a 

support standpoint within the performing activity provide logistic support 

specialists a mechanism for accomplishing design influence and tradeoffs. LSA 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-27

program reviews include but are not limited to ILS management team meetings, 

reliability program reviews, maintainability program reviews, technical data 

reviews, test integration reviews, and provisioning reviews. They aid in 

monitoring the overall progress, quality, and consistency of the LSA effort. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Program and design reviews are generally initiated during CED 

and are scheduled periodically throughout subsequent phases. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for Task 103 during CED. The MD 

assumes responsibility during D&V and subsequent phases. The PA has 

responsiblity for setting up and conducting the reviews. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: None. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None 

PRODUCTS: Program Reviews, LSA Reviews, Design Review, and Provisioning 

Reviews. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: 

10.6.3.4 TASK 201 - USE STUDY 

PURPOSE: To identify support factors related to the system's intended use. 

Also, to document quantitative data results (e.g. target audience 

description) which must be considered when developing support alternatives. 

REQUIRED FOR: Quantitative support factors (operating requirements, 

transportation modes/times, allowable maintenance periods, and environmental 

requirements which include hazardous materials, hazardous waste, and other 

pollutants) identified by the use study are incorporated in the IPS/ORD. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The Use Study is a PREREQUISITE to all other analysis tasks; 

therefore, it should be initiated in the CED phase. Updates of the use study 

are generally applicable through EMD. Once planned operational and support 

environments of the new system are identified, visits to existing units and 

depots which simulate those environments can provide significant input into 

use study updates. 

RESPONSIBILITY: Task 201 is the responsibility of the RA through D&V. The MD 

has update responsibility during EMD. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: None. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: LSAR Data Tables AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AF, AG, AH, JA, JB, 

and JE. 

LSAR REPORTS: LSA-003, 023, 075, and 085 

PRODUCTS: ORD, Support Alternatives 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-28

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.5 TASK 202 MISSION HARDWARE, SOFTWARE AND SUPPORT SYSTEM 

STANDARDIZATION 

PURPOSE: To define support and support related design constraints based upon 

support standardization considerations. It also provides support related 

input to mission hardware and software standardization efforts. 

REQUIRED FOR: Initial task results support the IPS. Results of further 

iterations of this task are used in the ORD and development specification. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 202 is initiated in the CED phase to establish support 

system standardization requirements for the system/end item level prior to 

beginning the design effort. This task is iterated at progressively lower 

hardware levels through EMD. During the P&D phase, Task 202 is generally 

applicable to design changes only. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for task 202 during MNS and CED. 

During D&V and subsequent phases, the MD is reponsible for this task. Data 

required for the latter part of Task 202 is normally provided by the 

standardization program and the parts control program. Coording these 

programs is required to avoid duplication of effort. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-680 and MIL-STD-965. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None 

PRODUCTS: Determine benefits/risks if used, Define resultant design 

constraints, Provide support related input to standardized efforts, Recommend 

standardization approached, and Participate in standardization efforts. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.6 TASK 203 - COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS 

PURPOSE: This task will: define an analysis base needed to project new 

system design and supportability features and identify those needing 

improvement; identify features driving cost, support, and readiness of the new 

system; and document risks impacting comparative data in subsequent analyses. 

REQUIRED FOR: Initial results are used to develop supportability factors 

needed for the Organizational and Operational (O&O) Plan and ORD. Results of 

later analyses are included in the ORD and development specification. Task 

results are also used to develop LSA input required for logistic support 

modeling techniques. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Supportability factors for the IPS are identified during the 

CED phase and analysis reports are updated through the EMD phase. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-29

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for Task 203 during the MNS and CED 

phases. The MD is responsible for Task 203 during D&V and EMD. 

 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: None. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: Place comparative Reliability, Avalability, and 

Maintainability (RAM) data in LSAR data tables BD and BE. Existing facility 

data is placed in data tables FA, FB, and FC. 

LSAR REPORTS: LSA-012 and 023. 

PRODUCTS: None. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: 

10.6.3.7 TASK 204 - TECHNOLOGICAL OPPORTUNITIES 

PURPOSE: To identify state-of-the-art technology advancements and design 

approaches having opportunities to achieve system support improvements. 

Available technology is used to improve projected safety, cost, support, and 

readiness values, which reduce a new system's environmental impact, and 

resolve qualitative support problems or constraints identified. 

REQUIRED FOR: Recommended design objectives and risks identified by task 204 

are included in the IPS. Updated design objectives are incorporated in the 

ORD and development specification. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 204 is generally initiated during CED and updated during 

D&V. The task is selectively applicable during EMD. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for Task 204 during CED, with the MD 

assuming task responsibility during D&V and during EMD when applicable. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: None. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None. 

PRODUCTS: None. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.8 TASK 205 - SUPPORTABILITY AND SUPPORTABILITY RELATED DESIGN FACTORS 

PURPOSE: To quantify operations and support characteristics of alternative 

design and operational concepts; and support related design objectives, goals 

and thresholds and constraints; and environmental impact factors to support 

requirement/decision/program documents and specifications. 

REQUIRED FOR: Input to the IPS, ORD, and development specification. The 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-30

translation of these support related design objectives, goals and thresholds 

into support requirements for inclusion in specifications is a critical 

element of this task. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 205 normally begins during CED and is updated during D&V. 

Subtask 205.2.5 (Specification Requirements) normally applies through EMD. 

Subtask 205.2.7 (Supportability Goals and Thresholds) is only applicable 

during D&V. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for Task 205 during CED. The MD 

assumes task responsibility during D&V and subsequent phases. 

REFERENCES: None. 

 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: Documentation is recorded in LSAR Data Tables AA, AB, AC, 

AD, AE, AF, AG, AH, AI, AJ, GA. 

LSAR REPORTS: LSA-003, 023, 075, 076, 077. 

PRODUCTS: ORD and Specifications. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.9 TASK 301 - FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENTS IDENTIFICATION 

PURPOSE: To identify missions (e. g., shoot, move, communicate) maintenance, 

and support (transport, maintain, dispose) functions that must be performed 

for each system/equipment alternative in the intended environment. It also 

identifies requirements for operations, maintenance and support, environmental 

considerations and documenting task performance requirements in a task 

inventory. 

REQUIRED FOR: Identification of functional requirements and risks involved in 

meeting them are included in the ORD. Detailed operations and maintenance 

task identification and the formulation of design alternatives are normally 

included in IPS of the ORD. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 301 usually begins in CED Phase. Subtasks 301.2.4 

(Operations and Maintenance (O&M) Tasks) and 301.2.5 (Design Alternatives) may 

be deferred to the D&V phase. Applicable subtasks are updated during EMD. 

During Production and Deployment (P&D), Task 301 is generally only applicable 

to design changes. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for Subtask 301.2.1 (Functional 

Requirements) during CED. The MD assumes responsibility for all other 

subtasks applicable during CED and subsequent acquisition phases. All 

subtasks require major RA and MD input. The MD assess and verifies for 

completeness of all subtasks accomplished by the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-1390/-1629/-1478. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-31

LSA DOCUMENTATION: LSAR Data Tables AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, AG, BA, BB, BC, BD, 

BE, BF, BG, BH, BI, BJ, BK, BL, CA, CB, CC, CD, CE, CF, CG, CH, CI, GA, and 

XI. 

LSAR REPORTS: LSA-001, 003, 004, 005, 006, 007, 008, 011, 012, 013, 014, 016, 

018, 019, 023, 024, 027, 033, 037, 050, 056, 058, 065, 070, 071, 072, 074, 

075, 076, 077, and 078. 

PRODUCTS: FMECA report, RCM report, RAM report 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.10 TASK 302 SUPPORT SYSTEM ALTERNATIVES 

PURPOSE: To establish support system alternatives for evaluation, tradeoff 

analysis, and determination of the best system to be developed. 

REQUIRED FOR: These alternative support system concepts/plans and associated 

risks are addressed in the ORD and IPS. As tradeoffs are made, support system 

 alternatives are refined, updated and included in the ORD and IPS. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Those subtasks which establish support system alternatives and 

risks are required during CED. Subtasks which provide for alternative support 

plans and updates are generally applicable in EMD. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The MD, with major support from the RA, is responsible for 

all applicable Task 302 subtasks, during CED and subsequent life cycle phases. 

 The MD assess and verifies for completeness of all subtasks accomplished by 

the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: A, B, C, and F LSAR data tables, as applicable. 

LSAR REPORTS: None. 

PRODUCTS: None. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.11 TASK 303 - EVALUATION OF ALTERNATIVES AND TRADEOFF ANALYSIS 

PURPOSE: To determine the preferred support system alternative(s) and their 

associated risks for each proposed system; and to determine, through tradeoff 

analysis, the best approach to satisfying the need (the one that provides the 

best balance between risk, cost, environmental impact, schedule, performance, 

readiness and support). 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-32

REQUIRED FOR: Logistic influence on design is achieved by including early 

tradeoff analysis results in requirements documents (IPS and ORD), program 

documents (ILSP), and subsequently into the decision documents (IPS). Results 

of later tradeoff analyses are incorporated in the ORD and development 

specification. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 303 is generally initiated during CED, with the exception 

of Subtask 303.2.7 (Level of Repair Analysis (LORA)) which is generally 

applicable during D&V. Both system and support system tradeoffs continue to 

be iterated through EMD; other key tradeoffs are only selectively applied 

during EMD. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The RA is responsible for all applicable subtasks during CED; 

 however, major MD support is required. The MD then assumes responsibility 

for all subtasks during D&V and, as applicable, during subsequent phases. The 

MD assess and verifies for completeness of all subtasks accomplished by the 

PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-1478. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: LSAR Data Tables AI, AJ, AK, HG, and XA 

LSAR REPORTS: None. 

PRODUCTS: LORA report 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.12 TASK 401 - TASK ANALYSIS 

PURPOSE: To analyze operations, maintenance, and support tasks; identify 

resources required for each task; highlight new or critical resource 

requirements, including hazardous materials and environmental impact; define 

transportability requirements; identify support requirements meeting 

established goals/thresholds/constraints; provide supporting data for 

recommended design alternatives which enhance supportability or readiness; and 

 provide data to develop required documents, i.e., MAC's, TM's, Provisioning 

documentation, etc. 

REQUIRED FOR: Task analysis, when properly interfaced with system engineering 

disciplines and other ILS functional element inputs, effectively 

integrates/translates these inputs into ILS documentation output products. 

 

WHEN REQUIRED: The overall program schedule, level of design and operation 

definition govern the timing and scope of the task analysis. The time period 

during which performance of this task can be cost effective is limited. It 

begins with availability of required input from design activities, and extends 

only to that point which allows time for analysis results to be used to 

develop ILS documents and acquire the identified support resources. Selective 

use of this task during D&V should be limited to identification/documentation 

of new/critical resources. Task 401 is generally applicable during EMD. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-33

RESPONSIBILITY: The MD is responsible for detailed task analysis during EMD. 

 The MD assess and verifies for completeness of all subtasks accomplished by 

the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-335(TM), MIL-STD-470, MIL-STD-785, 

MIL-STD-882, MIL-STD-1367, MIL-STD-1478, MIL-STD-2073-1A, MIL-STD-2073-2A, 

MIL-H-46855, MIL-M-49502, MIL-M-63036(TM), and MIL-M-63038(TM). 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: All LSAR data tables as applicable, except the A LSAR data 

tables. 

LSAR REPORTS: All reports are applicable. Draft options should be used for 

those reports that have draft options until the end of EMD phase. At that 

time data development should be near completion and proof reports should be 

developed. 

PRODUCTS: MAC, Repair Parts and Special Tool List (RPSTL), Indentured Parts 

Breakout (IPB), Stockage lists type III and IV, Preventive Maintenance Checks 

and Service (PMCS), AF and Navy Maintenance plans, Components of End Items 

List (COEIL), Basic Issue Items List (BIIL), Additional Authorization List 

(AAL), Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (ESML), Support 

Equipment recommendations Data (SERD), Support Equipment (SE) Candidate List, 

Calibration and Measurement Requirements Summary (CMRS) report, Defense 

Logistics Services Center (DLSC) screening, Provisioning Technical 

Documentation (PTD), Bill of Materials, Provisioning Parts List, Spares 

Acquisition Integrated with Production (SAIP), Task Analysis, Task Inventory 

List, Manpower Requiremnents Criteria (MARC) Report, Manprint Report, Joint 

Maintenance interservice data, Packaging data requirements. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.13 TASK 402 - EARLY FIELDING ANALYSIS 

PURPOSE: To assess new system impact on current systems by identifying risk 

levels surrounding system performance/supportability; sources of 

manpower/personnel skills to meet new system requirements; the impact of not 

obtaining necessary logistic support resources; and determine combat essential 

logistic support resource requirements. 

REQUIRED TO: Assure the new system is fielded with all required resources. 

WHEN REQUIRED: This task analysis is conducted during the EMD phase. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The MD is responsible for early fielding analysis during EMD. 

 This analysis should be coordinated with and confirmed by the RA. The MD 

assess and verifies for completeness of all subtasks accomplished by the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: None. 

 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-34

PRODUCTS: Early Fielding Report. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.14 TASK 403 - POST PRODUCTION SUPPORT ANALYSIS 

PURPOSE: To correct potential post production support problems prior to 

closing production lines and to develop a plan to ensure effective support of 

the system during its life cycle. Post production support plan should 

identify single/dual source items and those for which the government has no 

data rights. Plans should include available organic support assets, 

production line buy-out, or contractor logistic support agreements. 

REQUIRED FOR: Plans should document identified problems (e.g., inadequate 

sources of supply/repair); analyze alternative solutions, their associated 

costs and risks; and outline estimated funding and actions required to 

implement the preferred solution(s). 

WHEN REQUIRED: Task 403 is only applicable during the P&D phase. 

RESPONSIBILITY: The post production support analysis is the responsibility of 

the MD during production. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of all 

subtasks accomplished by the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: Defense Acquisition Regulation Supplement (DARS) No. 6. 

 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: None. 

LSAR REPORTS: None. 

PRODUCTS: None. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.3.15 TASK 501 - SUPPORTABILITY TEST, EVALUATION, AND VERIFICATION 

PURPOSE: To assess achievement of support parameters specified; identify 

reasons for deviations from projections; and recommend changes to correct 

deficiencies and improve system readiness. 

REQUIRED FOR: The formal Test and Evaluation (T&E) program. This task is 

used to develop a strategy for testing the support parameters of a system 

which are input to the system T&E Master Plan (TEMP). Criteria are 

established to identify test resources, procedures and schedules required to 

meet TEMP input objectives; and to analyze T&E results, develop corrective 

action, and update the support plan and LSAR. Post-deployment supportability 

assessment is obtained by analyzing the operational system maintenance and 

supply data. 

WHEN REQUIRED: Subtask 501.2.1 (T&E Strategy) usually begins during CED. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-35

Development of the System Support Package (SSP) component list (Subtask 

501.2.2), establishment of T&E program objectives and criteria (Subtask 

501.2.3), and updates/corrective actions (Subtask 501.2.4) are generally 

applicable during D&V and EMD. Subtasks 501.2.5 and 501.2.6, which involve 

post deployment supportability assessment, only apply during EMD and P/D. 

 

RESPONSIBILITY: The MD has primary responsibility for Task 501 in all 

applicable life cycle phases. However, supportability testing issues are 

developed in coordination with the RA. The MD is responsible for technical 

test (TT) and for coordinating preparation of the TEMP. Test and Evaluation 

Commands for each of the services are responsible for user test (UT) and 

preparation of that portion of the TEMP. The MD assess and verifies for 

completeness of all subtasks accomplished by the PA. 

APPLICABLE STANDARDS: MIL-STD-471. 

LSA DOCUMENTATION: All LSAR data tables as applicable. 

LSAR REPORTS: All reports as applicable. 

PRODUCTS: All products as applicable. 

INPUTS AND SOURCE: None. 

10.6.4 LSA TAILORING PROCESS. The LSA effort must be tailored to meet the 

objectives of the specific acquisition program in a cost effective manner. 

Tailoring is accomplished through the selective application of analysis 

requirements at the subtask level. Some of the considerations which must be 

addressed in the tailoring process include: type of program, amount of design 

freedom, time and resource available, work already done, past 

experience/historical data, and acquisition strategy. Additional guidance on 

these factors is provided in Appendix A of MIL-STD-1388-1A. 

10.6.5 LSA AND THE MANAGERIAL FUNCTIONS. Actions required to MANAGE the LSA 

process include, to some degree, all of the functions of the manager, i.e.: 

PLANNING which identifies LSA objectives and schedules the actions required to 

achieve them. Planning is also decision making as it involves selecting 

among alternatives. ORGANIZING which involves establishing an LSA 

organization structure; identifying LSA tasks/subtasks; assigning tasks to 

specific organizational units; delegating authority; and providing for 

coordination of authority relationships both within the LSA program structure 

and with related program structures. STAFFING which involves manning and 

keeping manned the technical and management positions identified in the 

organization structure. DIRECTING which provides motivation, communication, 

and leadership. CONTROLLING which measures performance, corrects negative 

deviations, and assures accomplishment of plans. 

10.6.5.1 PLANNING AND CONTROLLING. Planning and controlling the LSA program 

is significantly aided by a time-event network analysis such as Program and 

Evaluation Review Technique (PERT). Management oriented summaries generated 

by the LSAR Automatic Data Processing (ADP) system are useful in assessing the 

achievement of established objectives and identifying problem areas. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-36

10.6.5.2 COORDINATION. Good coordination solves problems as they occur; 

excellent coordination anticipates and prevents problems. Effective 

coordination of the LSA program with related program elements will identify 

mutual interests, maximize the benefits of mutually supporting tasks, and 

prevent duplication of effort. 

10.7 ILS, LSA, LSAR, AND SYSTEM ENGINEERING. LSA is a design analysis tool 

which is employed as part of the ILS program. The LSA strategy which 

summarizes accomplished LSA tasks outputs and projects LSA task requirements 

for succeeding program phases is documented in the ILS Plan. LSA program 

management and technical resources requirements, plan, procedures, schedules, 

and controls identified in the LSA Plan are incorporated in the overall ILS 

Program planning, scheduling, and funding. 

LSA as an integral part of system engineering, provides initial determination 

and establishment of supportability criteria as input to system design; and 

evaluation of alternatives and tradeoff analysis between support alternatives; 

and between support, design and operational alternatives. 

Links between the LSA program, system engineering, and other related 

discipline programs are described in the LSA Plan. The input-output 

relationships must be defined, specific responsibilities assigned, and 

interfacing activities properly scheduled. 

The system level LSA outputs impact interfacing activities by setting 

conditions and goals for specific engineering efforts and ILS element plans. 

When data from other system engineering related disciplines programs can be 

sourced for LSA tasks or vice versa, data requirements must be coordinated and 

combined to prevent costly duplication of effort. 

Figure 1.7 lists LSAR data tables used to record, store and process data used 

in the LSA program, but is generated by other disciplines. 

Figure 1.8 describes the LSA process flow which shows the input of other 

engineering/related disciplines programs, the information developed from the 

LSA analysis, and the output of the LSA and ILS programs. 

The results of analyses from other system engineering/related discipline 

programs can be used as source data for LSA tasks or vice versa. The LSA tasks 

and other disciplines are used to develop the LSAR. The LSAR is a depository 

of this information integrated in way as to provide support information on the 

system/equipment. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-37

f 1. 7 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-38

f.1.8 1 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-39

f 1.8 2 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-40

10.8 LSA DOCUMENTATION 

10.8.1 LSA Information. LSA documentation encompasses all information 

developed as a result of performing the tasks identified in MIL-STD-1388-1A. 

The hardware level covered by the LSA documentation should equal, but not 

exceed, that developed and documented as a result of the system 

engineering/design process. The LSA documentation is to serve as the primary 

source of design related logistic support data for a system acquisition. It 

is to provide a clear audit trail of actions taken and decisions made. 

Actions, decisions and resultant products relating to logistic support of the 

system are to be based on, and supported by, the LSA documentation. 

10.8.2 Updates. Changes in program concepts, requirements or schedules are 

to be incorporated as they occur. The LSA documentation is to be updated as 

data is specified, refined, tested, validated, and corrected. Procedures for 

configuration control of LSA documentation are to be established to ensure 

that updates are properly coordinated and approved 

10.8.3 LSAR. The LSAR is a subset of the LSA documentation. The LSAR is 

that data set which provides for the documentation of detailed engineering and 

logistic support requirements data generated by the LSA process. Standard 

requirements, data element definitions, LSAR data tables format, and LSAR 

standard reports are prescribed in MIL-STD-1388-2B. 

10.8.3.1 LSAR Documentation Process. Figures 1.9 thru 1.12 illustrates the 

LSAR data documentation process. Figure 1.9 illustrates the overall process, 

looks very messy doenst it, but it isnt reallly. The fist step is the 

docuemtnation the O & M requirements (A data tables). The specifications, 

studies, and requirements can be used to develop much of the "A" data tables 

and to start the design process on the system/equipment. The design process 

and its related drawings are used by the logistician in the development of the 

LCN structure, provisioning information, failure modes effects and criticality 

analysis, and transportation related information. All of this information is 

input in to the LSAR. The analysis of this information will then be used by 

both the design engineer and the logistician, by means of the different 

tradeoff analyses, to then make changes to the design of the system. The LCN 

structure is first entered into the LSAR through the "X" tables. These tables 

establish among others the End Item Acronym Code and its associated LCN 

Indentured Items, figure 1.10. The LCN structure will provide the basis for 

tracking of the system as it is analyzed and documented for each of its 

supportability considerations. The drawings are used in conjunction with the 

LCN structure to develop the "B" data tables. These tables are the RAM, 

FMECA, and Maintainability analyses for supportability, figure 1.11. FEMCA 

and RCM are used to identify the areas for which a maintenance task must be 

accomplished for the system to meet its intended goal(s). Task analysis is 

documented within the "C" data tables. This analysis identifies many of the 

supportability areas which need to be addressed for the system to meet its 

intended goals. The supportability areas which may be identified are 

Provisioning ("H" Tables), Skills ("G" Tables), Facilities ("F" tables), and 

Support Equipment ("E" and "U" Tables), figure 1.12. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-41

10.9 LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD (LSAR). 

10.9.1 PURPOSE. The purpose of the LSAR is to provide a uniform, organized, 

yet flexible, technical data base which consolidates the engineering and 

logistics data necessary to identify the detailed logistic support 

requirements of a system. The LSAR data base is used to determine the impact 

of specific design features on logistic support; determine how the proposed 

logistic support system affects system RAM characteristics; influence the 

design; provide input data for tradeoff analyses, life cycle cost studies, and 

logistic support modeling; exchange valid data among functional organizations; 

provide source data for the preparation of logistic products. 

10.9.2 LSAR DATA PROCESS. As illustrated in the preceding section, the LSA 

process is conducted on an iterative basis through all phases of the life 

cycle. The LSAR, as a subset of the LSA documentation, documents the detailed 

logistic support requirements data generated by the LSA process. The LSAR 

data resulting from each iteration of the LSA tasks are used as input to 

follow-on analyses and as an aid in developing logistic products. 

10.9.3 MANUAL VERSES AUTOMATED LSAR. The LSAR data may be maintained 

manually on the LSAR data tables or equivalent format approved by the RA. 

Automation of the LSAR data is not mandatory but should be a consideration in 

tailoring the LSAR data effort. Other factors to be considered in selecting 

an automated LSAR versus a manual LSAR include schedules and funds, complexity 

of hardware, life cycle phase, design stability, compatibility with other 

LSARs, and RA involvment. 

10.9.4 LSAR DATA TAILORING PROCESS. The extent, and consequently the cost, 

of LSAR input and outputs required to document and support the LSA process 

varies with each program. The type of LSAR data effort is initially 

determined by the life cycle phase of the program. LSAR is applicable during 

the CED and is used to document gross requirements identified as a result of 

system/subsystem level LSA tasks performed on initial design approaches early 

in the program life cycle. During this phase, the LSAR's content is carefully 

selected from the standard LSAR data record input data to provide the minimum 

essential data elements necessary to document alternatives and influence the 

selection of design and support approaches. It may also be tailored to 

provide a projection of spares costs and schedules. D&V, EMD and P&D Phases: 

 The LSAR effort during these phases must be carefully tailored based upon: 

LSA tasks/subtask selection; Other engineering related analysis efforts; and 

Requirements for logistic products. Figure 1.13 portrays a simplified LSAR 

data decision logic diagram to be followed in commpleting the LSAR Data 

Selection Sheets, DD Form 1949-3. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-42

f 1.9 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-43

f 1.10 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-44

f 1.11 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-45

f 1.12 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-46

f 1.13 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-47

10.10 LSAR DATA TABLES AND REPORTS. 

10.10.1 General. The LSAR data tables and data element definitions are 

prescribed in Appendix A and E of MIL-STD-1388-2B. The LSAR reports and their 

layouts, selection options and data table development requirements for each 

report are described in appendix B of MIL-STD-1388-2B and are also decribed in 

chapter 3 of this document. Appendix b of this document provides: comparison 

of MIL-STD-1388-2A and 2B reports; LSAR data tables, table codes and table 

titles; LSAR report numbers and their titles; and a cross reference of table 

to reports. To summarize the information provided in these appendices, this 

section addresses the following topics for each LSAR functional data table 

area: Description; Hardware indenture level relationship; When required; Data 

source, Functional responsibility/interface requirements; Primary LSAR reports 

and their intended use. 

10.10.2 CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT 

DESCRIPTION: The "X" data tables have attributes which cross multiple 

functional areas or link various functional data tables. These tables 

include: Functional and physical LCN breakdown, LCN, ALC, and UOC 

assignment, TM identification, and government provided LSA modeling 

information. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: "X" data table information will be 

used at any indenture level since it establishes the major keys for 

entry/storage of data in all functional area tables. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The "X" data tables are prepared as a result of any 

information needed for the LSAR. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMETNS: Information in 

portions of the "X" tables are provided by the RA and may be included with 

solicaitation, or addressed at the LSA/LSAR guidance conference. This 

information is used to document supply, maintenance, and personnel data in 

support of tradeoff analysis. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of 

these data tables accomplished by the PA. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Data documented in these tables do 

not have a specific LSAR report associated with them, but the information is 

needed for each of the other data tables and are needed for all of the output 

reports. 

10.10.3 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE (O&M) REQUIREMENTS 

DESCRIPTION: The "A" data tables consolidates information related to the 

planned operation of the system, its maintenance and operational environment, 

and allocation of system maintnance requirements. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: A separate series of "A" Data tables 

are prepared for the system and for each subsystem for which maintenance 

requirements are to be imposed, including GFE/GFI. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-48

WHEN REQUIRED: Initial operation and maintenance information to be documented 

on the "A" data tables should be developed during the MNS iteration of LSA 

Task 205. The "A" data tables should be completed during CED as a result of 

subsequent iterations of this task, particularly LSA Subtask 205.2.5 

(Specification Requirements). The "A" data tables data must be available 

prior to or concurrent with initiation of LSA Task 301 (Functional 

Requirements) in the CED phase. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: Data for the 

"A" data tables is normally developed by the RA and MD. This data is provided 

by the RA and MD to the PA and should be available in applicable program 

requirement documents. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: "A" data tables document the 

operational and maintenance concepts and supportability and supportability 

related design constraints. LSAR Report LSA-003, Maintenance Summary, is used 

to compare current status of system maintenance parameters with the 

requirements recorded on "A" data tables, so that timely corrective action can 

be initiated during development of the detailed maintenance plan. The 

LSA-023, Air Force Maintenance Plan, part 1 of this report is used to identify 

the required O&M constraints verses part 2 of the report which shows the 

acheived O&M aspects of the system. 

10.10.4 ITEM RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, AND MAINTAINABILITY REQUIREMENTS; 

FAILURE MODE EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS; AND, MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS 

DESCRIPTION: "B" data tables describes the function of each item under 

analysis, outlines the maintenance concept to be utilized and identifies any 

design conditions/coniderations imposed on the system. In addition, the "B" 

data tables summarizes RAM characteristics; provides for evaluation of 

logistic considerations impacting RAM; documents results of the application of 

RCM logic and narrative information pertaining to RCM; and provides for 

narrative related to any potential system redesign. Also, "B" data tables 

accommodate the Failure Modes and Effects Analysis (FMEA), the criticality and 

maintainability analyses as described in Tasks 101, 102, and 103 of 

MIL-STD-1629, respectively. The FMEA documents the effects of an item failure 

upon system operations and is used to classify each potential failure 

according to the severity of those effects. The "B" data tables will also 

accommodate the Damage Mode and Effects Analysis to be utilized for 

survivability and vulnerability assessments as described in Task 104 of 

MIL-STD-1629. The purpose of the criticality analysis is to rank each 

identified failure according to the combined influence of severity 

classification and the failure probability of occurrence. The maintainability 

analysis serves as the starting point for the maintenance task analysis to be 

documented in the "C" data tables. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: Initially the "B" data tables are 

prepared to an indenture level sufficient to support the allocation of RAM 

parameters and quantitative reliability and maintainability parameters. During 

EMD, additional "B" data tables are completed for lower indenture levels of 

the system to include each reparable item. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-49

WHEN REQUIRED: "B" data tables should be completed as a result of LSA Subtask 

301.2.4 (Operation and Maintenance Tasks). This subtask is only selectively 

applicable during CED and may be deferred to the D&V phase. It must be 

available prior to or concurrent with the analysis of LSA Task 401 (Task 

Analysis). 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: The functional 

requirements of the system documented on the "B" data tables are identified 

through the function analysis step of the system engineering process (LSA 

Subtask 301.2.1) initiated by the RA during CED. LSA Subtask 301.2.4, which 

includes FMECA and RCM analysis, is the responsibility of the MD usually 

during D&V. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of these subtasks and 

data tables accomplished by the PA. When the FMECA requirements of this 

subtask are included as part of the Reliability program, coordination of the 

interfaces with the LSA program becomes a critical management function. Timing 

of the FMECA, level of detail and documentation requirements must be 

integrated with the LSA program requirements to ensure timely availability of 

the FMECA results as inputs to subsequent LSA tasks. 

PIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: The "B" data tables provide input to a 

number of reliability and maintainability oriented summary reports. LSA 

reports LSA-003, 023, 050, 056 and 058 are used to assess the achievement of 

R&M goals, to indicate the need for corrective action when specified 

requirements are not being met, to identify high risk items and facilitate the 

evaluation of design features, to identify potential candidates for RCM 

analysis or design review, and aid in evaluating the effectiveness of 

preventive maintenance (PM) tasks. The LSA-056 report can be used in lieu of 

FMECA worksheets. 

10.10.5 TASK ANALYSIS, PERSONNEL AND SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS. 

DESCRIPTION: These tables summarize O&M data which consolidate O&M tasks for 

reparable assemblies. They also list support requirements (training 

equipment, facilities, tools, and support equipment); and identify task 

performance factors for skill positions required to operate/maintain the 

system. These data tables result from analysis of RCM, maintainability, and 

maintenance tasks. The "C" tables provide detailed, step-by-step procedures 

for performance of tasks listed on the Task Summary, to include specific skill 

specialty requirements, and applicable task manhours per skill specialty. 

These tables also provide data needed to develop technical manuals, training 

programs of instruction, supply support, and personnel requirements. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: The "C" data tables are initially 

prepared to the same indenture level as the "B" data tables. During D&V the 

"C" data tables are prepared for all new or critical tasks identified. During 

EMD, the "C" data tables are completed for all significant operation, 

maintenance and support tasks identified by the task analysis. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The "C" data tables are initiated during D&V as part of LSA 

Subtask 301.2.4 (O&M Tasks). Data resulting from LSA Subtask 401.2.1 (Task 

Analysis) are also documented in the "C" data tables selectively during D&V 

and completely during EMD. Although LSA Task 401 can be selectively applied 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-50

during D&V, it is generally not applicable until EMD. Results of LSA Tasks 

205 and 301 are required as input to LSA Task 401 and for completion of "C" 

data tables. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILIY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENT: LSA Subtasks 

301.2.4 and 401.2.1 are the responsibility of the MD. Completion of "C" data 

tables are largely a maintenance engineering function based upon efforts 

documented in the "B" data tables. However, the requiring authority is 

responsible for LSA Subtasks 205.2.7 and 301.2.1 which are required as input 

to these subsequent analysis tasks. The MD assess and verifies for 

completeness of these subtasks and data tables accomplished by the PA. The 

LSA program integrates and translates these inputs into output products 

required for preparation of ILS documents. These input-output relationships 

increase the need for effective coordination between the development commands 

as well as between related programs. Task analysis is the area that requires 

the most coordination and interfacing. This is true because it involves 

essentially every system engineering discipline and ILS functional element. 

Functional responsibility is maintenance engineering; input from or close 

coordination with technical publications and training is required. Design, 

R&M, human engineering and safety also have review/input responsibility. The 

quality of coordination achieved early in the LSA program will impact on the 

effectiveness of the total LSA effort. When properly interfaced, task analysis 

provides a very cost effective means of assuring suppotability of the 

equipment and developing an integrated support system. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Information on the "C" data tables are 

summarized in a variety of LSAR reports. Of primary importance are LSA-004, 

016, 019, 023, and 024 which provide reports of task allocation by maintenance 

function and level to be used in preparing draft maintenance publications. 

LSA-011, 012 and 013 highlight those maintenance tasks requiring new or 

modified training equipment, facilities, tools and support equipment. LSA-001, 

003, 005, 007, 008, 014, and 065 summarize the training, personnel, support 

equipment, and supply support requirements identified for each maintenance 

task. These reports are used to: justify the need for support equipment and 

determine quantity and distribution requirements; develop tool kits for each 

skill specialty at each maintenance level; determine recommended order 

quantities of repair parts; and provide the basis for recommending specific 

tasks for training. The LSA-077, Depot Maintenance Interservice Data Summary, 

contains all repairable items and the applicable tasks which are to be 

performed at depot; all support equipment; new/modified depot facility 

requirements; new/unique depot support equipment, associated test program sets 

and tasks requiring these support items. The LSA-018, Task Inventory 

Summary, provides a listing of all tasks performed by system personnel to 

operate and maintain the item. This report is used by the Human Factor 

Engineering (HFE) community for work load analysis. 

10.10.6 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT AND TRAINING MATERIAL REQUIREMENTS 

DESCRIPTION: "E" data tables are structured to consolidate the pertinent 

information related to existing or new support/test equipment, training 

equipment/material, calibration requirements, physical characteristics, and 

test parameters. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-51

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: "E" data tables are required for each 

peculiar support/test equipment and any training equipment requirement 

identified in the "C" data tables. Each article requiring support with a task 

code in the "C" data tables which identifies a function to be performed using 

the support/test or requiring training equipment should be documented in the 

"E" data tables. 

WHEN REQUIRED: "E" data tables are generally prepared during EMD as a result 

of LSA Subtask 401.2.3. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: LSA Task 401 

and associated subtasks are the responsibility of the materiel developer. The 

MD assess and verifies for completeness of these subtasks and data tables 

accomplished by the PA. The evaluation criteria and tradeoff results from LSA 

Subtasks 303.2.6, Training Tradeoffs; and 303.2.8, Diagnostic Tradeoffs, 

should be available for input to Subtask 401.2.3. Coordination with training 

specialists and test, measurement and diagnostic equipment (TMDE) specialists 

may be necessary to describe and justify training and support/test equipmemt 

requirements. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Support/test equipment related 

reports, LSA-005, -007, -009, -019, -030, and Requirements for Special 

Training Devices, LSA-011, are generated from the "C" data tables. Data 

included in the "E" data tables provide design information together with more 

detailed description and justification required for LSA-070, SERD. The 

LSA-071, Support Equipment Candidate List, provides a consolidated list of the 

support equipment candidates which were accepted and rejected. "E" data 

tables also provide unique input to LSA-072, TMDE Requirements Summary, which 

may be used to propose entry of a new item of TMDE into a service TMDE 

Register. LSA-074, Support Equipment Tool List, provides a four-part summary 

of all stock listed, commercial, modified or developmental tools required. 

10.10.7 UNIT UNDER TEST REQUIREMENTS AND DESCRIPTION: 

DESCRIPTION: "U" data tables are structured to identify the Unit Under Test 

(UUT) and those hardware and software elements required to test the UUT with 

off-line support/test equipment. These data include identification of: all 

articles of support (i.e., those with tasks specifying functions to be 

performed which require the support/test or training equipment being 

described; and the specific unit(s) (subsystems or components) in the system) 

required to enable the support/test or training equipment end item to be 

operated for its intended purpose (support function). The unique combination 

of these elements required for a specific UUT and support/equipment 

configuration is a Test Program Set (TPS). In addition to defining the TPS 

elements, this information provides the configuration identification of the 

UUT (i.e., the UUT and the support/test equipment to be used in the test). 

This information is established for each UUT which has a requirement to be 

tested by the support/test equipment documented. Additionally, CMRS 

information is captured in these tables. 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-52

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: The "U" table data is required for 

each unit to be tested using support equipment defined in the "E" tables. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The "U" data tables are prepared as a result of LSA Subtask 

401.2.3 generally during the EMD phase. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: The MD is 

responsible for LSA Subtask 401.2.3. Coordination with the RA is required 

on all training equipment and device development actions. The MD assess and 

verifies for completeness of these subtasks and data tables accomplished by 

the PA. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: The "U" data tables contributes 

significantly to the LSA-070 (SERD), LSA-072 (TMDE Requirements Summary), and 

LSA-076 CMRS. It also augments other support/test equipment related reports 

generated by the LSAR ADP system. In addition to defining the TPS elements, 

"U" data tables provide configuration identification of the UUT, and 

identifies its fault isolated replaceable units. 

10.10.8 FACILITIES CONSIDERATIONS 

DESCRIPTION: The "F" tables describe and justify all proposed special or 

added facility requirements which are indicated as a result of the maintenance 

 task analysis. Sketches or other information may be included as part of the 

 hard copy storage. These data are required to provide facility designers 

with technical information necessary to prepare facility plans. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: The "F" tables are used for each 

facility requirement identified in the "C" tables. Each task code described 

in the "C" tables which identify a function requiring a facility should be 

documented in the "F" tables. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The "F" tables are generally prepared during EMD as a result 

of LSA Subtask 401.2.3. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: LSA Subtask 

401.2.3 is the responsibility of the MD. Facility related supportability 

constraints identified as a result of LSA Subtask 202.2.1 should be available 

as input to Subtask 401.2.3. Facility designers are the primary preparers of 

"F" data tables. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of these 

subtasks and data tables accomplished by the PA. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Facility Requirements (LSA-012) are 

generated from data summarized in the "C" tables, which list all maintenance 

tasks which require facilities. This report, and detailed data documented in 

the "F" tables, are used by ILS managers to justify new or modified facility 

 requirements. When specified by the requiring authority, "F" table data and 

 the LSA-012 can be used by facility planners to program workload requirements 

 created by the new system at existing facilities. New/modified depot 

facility requirements documented in the "F" tables are included in LSA-077, 

Depot Maintenance Interservice Data Summary. The technical information 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-53

described in the "F" tables is used by facility designers to prepare facility 

plans. 

10.10.9 PERSONNEL SKILL CONSIDERATIONS 

DESCRIPTION: "G" data tables are used to describe and justify any new or 

modified personnel skills required to support the system/equipment. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: A separate series of "G" data tables 

are required for each new/modified personnel skill identified as a result of 

the training analysis documented on the "C" data tables. Each task code 

described on "C" data tables which identifies a function to be performed by a 

new/modified personnel skill should be documented in the "G" data tables. 

WHEN REQUIRED: "G" data tables are prepared as a result of LSA Subtasks 

401.2.3 and 401.2.4 generally during the EMD phase. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: LSA Task 401 

and associated subtasks are the responsibility of the MD. The evaluation 

criteria and tradeoff results from LSA Subtasks 303.2.5, Manpower and 

Personnel Tradeoffs, and 303.2.6, Training Tradeoffs, should be available as 

input to the skill evaluation. Training specialists are the primary preparers 

of the "G" data tables. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of these 

subtasks and data tables accomplished by the PA. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: LSA-014, Training Task List and 

LSA-018, Task Inventory Summary, are both generated from data documented in 

the "C" data tables. The LSA-014 report is by skill specialty code, which 

rationalizes training recommendations and training location requirements. The 

LSA-018 report is a listing of tasks required to operate and maintain the 

system. "G" data tables provides specific input to LSA-075, Consolidated 

Manpower, Personnel, and Training Report. This report summarizes man-power 

and personnel needs and new/modified skill and training requirements needed as 

a baseline for performing hardware-man power requirements analysis. The 

additional information recorded in the "G" data tables are used by ILS element 

managers/training specialists to prepare Qualitative and Quantitative 

Personnel Requirements Information (QQPRI), Individual and Collective Training 

Plans (ICTP), and resultant training documentation. 

10.10.10 PACKAGING AND PROVISIONING REQUIREMENT 

DESCRIPTION: The "H" data tables are used to document packaging and 

provisioning data requirements. Included in these tables are static parts 

data (nonapplication dependent) related to provisioning screening, catologing, 

packaging, and common maintenance data. Also included under these data tables 

are information concerniong the application of the item for initial support 

requirements determination, repair parts manuals, and design change 

information. See Appendix A for an explanation of the provisioning process 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: The "H" data tables are completed only 

one time for a given reference number. This data record should be prepared to 

an indenture level sufficient to support the maintenance and support concepts 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-54

and provisioning documentation requirements of the acquisition. The indenture 

level is to be specified by the RA and may include every item in the system, 

i.e., nonreparable piece-parts and assemblies; bulk items; reparable end 

items, components and assemblies; tools, support and training equipment, and 

the resources required for their support. 

WHEN REQUIRED: The "H" data tables are generally prepared as a result of LSA 

Subtask 401.2.8 during the EMD phase. 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: The MD is 

responsible for LSA Subtask 401.2.8 and for acquiring provisioning data. The 

MD assess and verifies for completeness of these subtasks and data tables 

accomplished by the PA. Completion of the "H" data tables requires a 

continuous interchange of information among personnel responsible for 

provisioning, packaging, cataloging, TM preparation and maintenance planning. 

 This includes coordinating requirements for provisioning data to be obtained 

through LSA with appropriate Government and contractor activities to ensure 

the timeliness of all provisioning actions. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Data documented in the "H" 

data tables provide unique input to the following LSAR reports: LSA-009, 

-025, -026, -032, and -036. These reports summarize information required to 

perform provisioning, provide packaging instructions, and monitor provisioning 

screening submittals. LSA-036, Provisioning Requirements, is used in the 

selection procedures to identify repair parts requirements in support of the 

equipment to be fielded. In addition, LSA-030 can be used to satisfy the 

listing portion of RPSTL, IPB, or Stockage List Type Four requirements. The 

LSA-040, Authorization List Items Summary, with options for producing lists 

such as: COEIL, BIIL, AAL, ESML, and Stockage List Type Three is another 

provisioning oriented report. LSA-154, Provisioning Parts Breakout Summary, 

identifies critical pricing and parts breakout program information including 

selected parts application data. LSA-155, Recommended Spare Parts List for 

Spares Acquisition Integrated with Production (SAIP), provides the data for a 

SAIP list as specified by MIL-STD-1388-1A. 

10.10.11 TRANSPORTABILITY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 

DESCRIPTION: The "J" data tables are structured to capture the information 

pertaining to the transportability shipping modes and to the 

item being transported. 

HARDWARE INDENTURE LEVEL RELATIONSHIP: The "J" data tables are prepared for 

the end item in its shipping configuration. When the end item is 

sectionalized for transport, "J" data tables are completed for each section of 

the end item. Removing external items and storing them inside the package 

during transport is not considered sectionalization. 

WHEN REQUIRED: "J" Data Tables are generally prepared during EMD as a result 

of LSA Subtask 401.2.7 (Transportability Analysis). 

DATA SOURCE, FUNCTIONAL RESPONSIBILITY/INTERFACE REQUIREMENTS: LSA Subtask 

401.2.7 is the responsibility of the MD. Transportation 
Chapter 1 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

1-55

requirements/constraints identified by the RA as a result of LSA Tasks 205 and 

301 should be available as input to the transportability analysis. Evaluation 

criteria and results from LSA Subtask 303.2.12, Transportability Tradeoffs, 

should also be available. The MD assess and verifies for completeness of 

these subtasks and data tables accomplished by the PA. Transportation 

specialists are the primary preparers of "J" data tables. 

PRIMARY LSAR REPORTS AND INTENDED USE: Data documented in the "J" data 

tables provide unique input, including environmental/hazardous material 

information, into the LSA-085, Transportability Summary. Data documented in 

the "J" data tables are used by ILS element managers/transportation 

specialists to prepare transportability plans. 
 

2-1

 MIL-HDBK-1388

CHAPTER 2 

CONTRACTING 

20. CONTRACTING FOR LSA 

20.1 Application in Procurement. This section discusses some aspects of 

the procurement process prior to issuance of the request for proposal (RFP) or 

other solicitation document, and considerations in preparing the LSA portion 

of the RFP. The guidance in this section should be applied as appropriate to 

the phase and nature of the program. 

20.1.l Pre-RFP and Bidders Briefings. Properly structured pre-RFP and 

bidders briefings can provide opportunities for feedback from potential 

bidders on selecting and focusing analysis task and data item requirements. 

This helps assure the RA that it has not included inappropriate RFP 

requirements, such as trades in areas where there is no freedom to trade, or 

data requirements which are premature or duplicative. 

20.1.2 Preparing LSA RFP Requirements. The RFP is normally the first 

formal communication between the Government and industry. It is, therefore, a 

key document in the acquisition process. Industry interprets an RFP to be an 

expression of all the items of importance to the Government since it will be 

around these items that a contract will be written. Industry taxes its 

ingenuity to provide a competitive product that meets the stated requirements. 

This section discusses some suggested practices in preparing the RFP. 

20.1.2.l Broad Versus Specifics. Give the total support picture as early as 

possible. Structure the RFP to pose the broad problem to be addressed by the 

LSA program and provide information on absolutely necessary analysis subtasks 

and data required. Don't go into unnecessary detail in establishing 

requirements at too early a time, especially if the scenarios are conceptual 

and design is still only crudely defined. Describe the freedom the bidder has 

for feedback. The bidder can then draw from experience and innovation to fine 

tune the requirements. Bidder feedback should be considered as recommendations 

only to preclude legal problems. Don't destroy credibility by asking for 

inputs which are inconsequential in source selection or to the program as a 

whole. 

20.1.2.2 Interfaces. The RFP should state that coordination of all 

disciplines that interface with LSA should be considered to reduce duplication 

of effort. Coordination of these interfaces are a major management challenge. 

 How industry plans to coordinate these efforts should be described to assure 

that input-output relationships, responsibilities, and timing of activities 

are properly addressed to prevent over-lap and duplication. 

20.1.2.3 Interweave Supportability Requirements and Constraints. 

Structure the RFP in such a way that supportability constraints and 

supportability related design requirements are interwoven into the appropriate 

system/development specification sections or other system/equipment 

description. This gives everyone involved with the design an appreciation of 

the supportability constraints and requirements. A properly structured RFP 

requires readiness and supportability inputs into many sections of the RFP. 

Consequently, more than just the logistics portions of the SOW and contract 

data requirements list must be addressed. The major areas for supportability 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-2

input into an RFP include the following: 

 a. Section B, Supplies/Services and Prices. Establish supportability work 

efforts and requirements as separate contract line items where possible. 

 b. Section C, Description/Specifications. Enter supportability work efforts 

and supportability design requirements. 

 c. Section F, Deliveries or Performance. Consider statement that delivery 

of the system/equipment will not be accepted without concurrent delivery of 

required logistic products. 

 d. Section H, Special Provisions. Consider inclusion of supportability 

incentives such as a design to life cycle cost goal. 

e. Section I, General Provisions. Ensure that applicable Defense Acquisition 

Regulation clause(s) on rights in technical data and computer software are 

included. 

 f. Section L, Instructions and Conditions, and Notices to offerors. Ensure 

proposal preparation instructions relative to supportability aspect of the RFP 

are detailed and clearly written. Consider a separate proposal section for 

supportability. 

 g. Section M, Evaluation Factors for Award. Ensure sufficient weighting is 

given to supportability. 

20.1.2.4 Relative Importance of Requirements. State the order of importance 

of the supportability related parameters being requested to the source 

selection criteria. This permits the LSA team to make an honest effort to 

provide the best LSA subtask selection for the least cost. For example, 

indicate that R&M are to be of high priority, and size and weight to be of low 

priority only if it is true; not when the size and weight requirements are 

inflexible and paramount. Identify any requirements which are soft, and in 

which the requester would consider slight reductions for other significant 

benefits. Contractors must be made aware of their responsibility to obligate 

their vendor/subcontractors to fulfill the applicable requirements, 

procedures, terms, conditions, and data requirements stated within this 

document. 

 

20.1.2.5 Support Related Design Drivers. Consistent with the degree of 

design freedom, ask the bidder to identify those design attributes which may 

prove to be the key influencing factors in readiness, acquisition cost, O&S 

cost, and logistic support resource demands. Have the bidder identify the LSA 

subtasks that will be used to analyze these requirements. 

20.1.2.6 Alternate Support Concepts. It is DOD policy to encourage 

innovative analysis approaches which can be used to pinpoint potential 

readiness, O&S cost, and supportability benefits. When options are not 

foreclosed due to prior investments, the RFP should allow the contractor to 

suggest analysis approaches to reduce support costs by changing the way an 

item is supported. This does not mean that a contractor should be permitted 

to violate the basic requirements; on the contrary, the contractor should be 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-3

made to understand that proposed alternatives must be totally compliant with 

the requirements. However, the contractor should be permitted to offer 

alternatives which go beyond basic compliance. It should be possible to 

favorably evaluate a contractor who proposes LSA techniques that can be used 

to identify system/equipment design that meets requirements together with an 

innovative alternate support scheme, if the alternate scheme meets support 

requirements and realistically promises lower support costs. 

20.1.2.7 Evaluation Methods and Models. The RFP should indicate how the 

requester plans to evaluate the degree to which LSA requirements have been 

satisfied. The proof of compliance with such requirements should be as 

straightforward as that for compliance with performance requirements. The 

contractor should be told what technically auditable information he needs to 

provide to permit such evaluations. It is imperative that data structure, 

fixed constraints, and defining statements be identical for all competing 

contractors. If contractors are required to perform modeling, identical 

models tailored to the competition and the specifics of the program should be 

provided to all, and all bidders should be required to use them. 

20.1.2.8 Provisioning Procedures. In addition to the supply support 

associated requirements stated in paragraphs 20.1.2.3 - 20.1.2.6, the 

following information is required to identify and establish the required 

provisioning program. Specific provisioning requirements should be stated in 

 the SOW for inclusion in the solicitation or contract. The provisioning 

requirements in conjunction with applicable DD Form 1423 series, Contract Data 

 Requirements List (CDRL), establishes requirements for schedules, identifies 

 actions, and delineates the specific procedural and deliverable data 

requirements applicable to a particular solicitation or contract. If omitted 

in the solicitation or contract, provisioning requirements may be incorporated 

 into the contract after the award by contract modification. 

 a. Provisioning Performance Schedule (PPS). Significant events and 

milestones can be stated in the PPS. The PPS can be included with the 

solicitation or contract. The PPS will be developed, updated or finalized as 

 required at the guidance conference, and incorporated into the contract by 

contract modification if the contract is already awarded. The requirements 

not covered by the PPS may be included in the Statement of Work under LSA, 

when prescribed by the procuring activity. 

 

 b. Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD). The requiring authority will 

be responsible for requiring PTD on the DD Form 1423 series. Specific data 

elements to be included in each list should be as specified by the LSAR Data 

Requirements Form, DD Form 1949-3, Part II. The applicable Data Item 

Description (DID) for PTD should be cited and tailored to obtain the exact 

parts lists being requested. The contractor should submit the required PTD or 

include a Statement of Prior Submission (SPS) for those Provisioning Lists 

previously submitted. PTD (i.e. Subtask 401.2.8) is defined in Appendix B of 

MIL-STD-1388-1A. 

 c. Method of Provisioning. The Provisioning Activity should determine 

whether this method should be by Resident Provisioning Team (RPT), Conference 

Team, In House, or LSAR. These methods are defined in Appendix B of 

MIL-STD-1388-1A. 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-4

 d. Engineering Data for Provisioning (EDFP). The Statement of Work 

(SOW)/contract should make reference to MIL-T-31000, Specifications for 

Technical Data Packages, in order to obtain product engineering drawings and 

commercial data to support the provisioning process (i.e. Subtask 401.2.8). 

The DOD preference is not to acquire a new or separate MIL-T-31000 Technical 

Data Package, but to use an existing contract DID to support the Provisioning 

Process. Generally this can be done by acquiring copies of products being 

developed for the MIL-T-31000 DIDs at the time of the Provisioning event for 

the cost of reproduction and delivery without regard to completeness of the 

drawing. EDFP must be obtained by citing DI-DRPR-81000, Product Drawings and 

Associated Lists, using a CDRL tailored to support the Provisioning Process 

as stated in this paragraph. The SOW/contract order of precedence for EDFP 

should be product engineering drawings, in process/incomplete product 

engineering drawings adequate for the provisioning process and finally, 

commercial drawings or associated lists. The associated DD Form 1423 series 

should state the following: "If product Technical Data Package (TDP) 

requirements have not been achieved, the contractor shall submit the 

available data that satisfies the SOW/contract conditions." Commercial data, 

when used, must be delivered by using DI-DRPR-81003, Commercial Drawings and 

Associated Lists. DI-ILSS-81289 may be cited for engineering data only when 

MIL-T-31000 requirements have been excluded from the SOW. The intent of DID 

DI-ILSS-81289 is to use the requirements and specifications of MIL-T-31000 

DIDs without using that standard directly on the support contract. EDFP shall 

not be provided when the item is: (1) identified by a government 

specification or standard which completely describes the item including its 

material, dimensional mechanical and electrical characteristics, (2) 

identified in the Defense Integrated Data System with a type item 

identification of 1, 1A (K) or 1B (L) or (3) item is listed as a reference 

item (subsequent appearance of an item) on a parts list. 

 e. Design Change Notice (DCN). Design Change Notices for procurable type 

items should be prepared in the same format as other PTD or in accordance with 

instructions from the PA, (i.e., Subtask 401.2.11). The notices should be 

accompanied by EDFP and submitted within twenty-one (21) days after release 

of the EDFP for contractor design items and forty-two (42) days after release 

of the EDFP for the subcontractor supplied items. Design Change Notices for 

non-procurable type items should be prepared in accordance with instructions 

from the provisioning activity and should be supported by applicable EDFP and 

should be submitted within sixty (60) days after release of the EDFP. Design 

change conditions should be as specified in the LSAR update process or as 

specified by the PA. A DCN for administrative purposes or to facilitate the 

production control process is not acceptable. Refer to Appendix B of MIL-STD1388-1A for DCN definition. 

 

f. Additional Provisioning Requirements. Specific provisioning requirements 

that have not been included in the CDRL may be requested in 

DD Form 1949-3, LSAR Data Requirements Form. This information establishes 

requirements for schedules, identifies actions, and delineates specific 

procedural and deliverable data requirements applicable to a particular 

solicitation or contract. 

g. Provisioning Conference. This conference is used by the government to 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-5

validate the support items and to assign technical and management codes made 

during the LSA process. When specified, one or more of the following articles 

should be available to conduct the provisioning conference: 

 (1) PTD. 

 (2) Personnel with expert technical knowledge of the end item with regard 

to the design, reliability and maintenance characteristics of the end item or 

the portion of the end item being provisioned. 

 (3) Sample articles for disassembly or government viewing, including 

required tools/test equipment and adequate workspace near sample articles, 

when specified by the provisioning requirements. 

 (4) LSA/level of repair analysis data as specified by the government. 

 (5) Program parts selection list (PPSL) per MIL-STD-965 when a PPSL is a 

contract requirement. 

 (6) Provisioning screening results printout, when required by the PRS. 

20.1.2.9 Spares Acquisition Integrated With Production (SAIP). This 

procedure places orders for installed components and spares concurrently. For 

vendor items, the spares order may be placed by the prime contractor on behalf 

of the Government or directly by the Government. The advantages obtained are 

timely availability of spares, integrated configuration and quality control, 

and quantity price breaks due to economy of scale. (i.e., Subtask 401.2.6). 

Contractor's Procurement Schedule for SAIP (DI-ILSS-81290) and Recommended 

spare Parts List for SAIP (DI-ILSS-80293) are to be placed on contract if SAIP 

is applied. These data items provide the information needed to employ the 

SAIP procedure. 

20.2 Task Documentation. The development and maintenance of good 

documentation covering the results of LSA tasks contained in MIL-STD-1388-1A 

serves the following purposes: 

 a. Provides an audit trail of analyses performed and decisions made affecting 

the supportability of a system/equipment. 

 b. Provides analysis results for input to follow-on analysis tasks later in 

the system/equipment's life cycle. 

 c. Provides source data for use by ILS element functional managers and a 

standard method of recording ILS element data from functional managers. 

 d. Provides input into materiel acquisition program documents. 

 e. Helps prevent duplication of analyses. 

 f. Provides an experience data base for use on future acquisition programs. 

20.2.l Individual analysis tasks performed as part of a system/equipment's LSA 

program may be performed by a Government activity, contractor activity, or 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-6

both. Task documentation must be developed to the degree that will allow 

another activity to use the task results as input data to perform other LSA 

tasks, or as input to conduct the same task to a more detailed level in a 

later acquisition phase. When some tasks are performed by the Government and 

others are performed by a contractor, procedures must be established to 

provide for the data interchange between the performing activities. Tasks 

performed by Government activities should be documented equivalent to the 

applicable DID requirements to assure compatibility of documentation. 

20.2.2 When LSA tasks are performed by a contractor, task documentation that 

is required for delivery to the Government will be specified on the CDRL, DD 

Form l423, with appropriate DID's being cited. The CDRL will identify data 

and information that the contractor will be obligated to deliver under the 

contract. DID's are used to define and describe the data required to be 

furnished by the contractor. Applicable DID's that describe the data 

resulting from performance of the LSA tasks contained in this standard are 

identified in Table III of MIL-STD-1388-1A. These DID's are structured to 

identify the maximum range of data that can be documented in a report. 

Provided in Table 2 is an example of products and their DIDs. Also identified 

are the direct and indirect LSA tasks needed to develop these products and if 

applicable the LSAR reports and data tables associated with these products. 

The RA can tailor down these requirements by deleting unwanted data from Block 

10 of the DD Form 1664 and making appropriate use of the CDRL. For example, if 

the requiring authority wants a System/Design Trade Study Report which only 

covers the tradeoff analysis results (Task 303) or the data from only one of 

the tradeoff subtasks (e.g., 303.2.7, level of repair analysis), this can be 

accomplished through appropriate entries on the CDRL. By appropriately 

completing the CDRL and lining out unwanted data in Block 10 of the applicable 

DID's, the requiring authority can structure the deliverable data products to 

cost effectively meet program requirements. 

20.2.3 There is a considerable distinction between data and the documentation 

of data. Additionally, there is a large number of different forms of 

documentation for LSA data which frequently overlap. Because of these 

factors, LSA program data and data formatting requirements must be carefully 

scoped to meet program needs in a cost effective manner. Factors which affect 

data and documentation costs include the following: 

 a. Timing of preparation and delivery. Documentation or recording of data 

should coincide with the generation of such data in the design and analysis 

sequences in order that such data will not have to be recreated at added 

expense at a later date. Delivery of data should be postponed until actual 

need date in order to acquire data in its most complete form without 

repetitive updates. 

 b. Use of the data by the performing activity. The less use, the more 

expensive. 

 c. Special formatting requirements. 

 d. Degree of detail required. 

 e. Degree of research required to obtain the data. 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-7

 f. Accuracy and amount of verification required. 

 g. Duration of responsibility for data contents. 

 h. Availability and accuracy of source data from which to construct 

documentation. For example, poorly prepared or inaccurate schematics will 

increase the cost of technical manuals. 

20.2.4 Data and data documentation costs can be effectively controlled by the 

following methods: 

a. Screening requirements prior to preparation of solicitation documents. Each 

data requirement should be reviewed for data content, end use, formatting 

needs, scheduled delivery, and estimated cost to eliminate duplication and 

assure proper integration and scheduling of requirements. This function is 

generally performed by ILS management. 

b. Using contractor format whenever possible. This generally reduces cost and 

may also provide important insights to contractor controls, checks, and 

balances between design and LSA functions. Additionally, reformatting 

requirements often results in a distillation of original data which can 

provide misleading or incomplete information. 

 c. Involve potential bidders in briefings and planning conferences prior to 

issuance of a solicitation document. This helps assure that data and data 

documentation requirements are realistic and that maximum use is made of data 

already available. 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

Materiel Fielding 

Plan 

DI-S-7118 

402.2.1, 402.2.2, 

402.2.3, 402.2.4, 

402.2.5 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4, 

401.2.6, 401.2.7, 

401.2.8, 401.2.11 

Test and 

Evaluation Master 

Plan 

401.2.9, 501.2.1, 

501.2.3, 501.2.4, 

501.2.5 

303.2.2, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.7, 

401.2.5, 401.2.6 

Amended 

BOIP/QQPRI 

DI-ILSS-81138 

DI-ILSS-81165 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.1, 

 303.2.3, 

303.2.4, 303.2.5, 

303.2.6, 303.2.7, 

303.2.11, 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.4, 401.2.5, 

401.2.6, 401.2.11 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

301.2.5, 301.2.6, 

302.2.1, 302.2.2, 

LSA-001 

LSA-065 

A,C,H 

System 

Configuration 

Provisioning 

List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Provisioning 

Parts List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Short Form 

Provisioning 

Parts List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.1 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Long Lead Time 

Items List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.2, 401.2.3, 

401.2.8, 401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.7, 401.2.1 

LSA-036 H 

Interim Support 

Items List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4 

 303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Tools and Test 

Equipment 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Common and Bulk 

Items List 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4, 

LSA-036 H 

2-8
CHAPTER 2 

2-9

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

DI-ILSS-81285 401.2.11 303.2.7 

Post Conference 

List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4 

 303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Design Change 

Notice 

DI-ILSS-81285 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4 

 303.2.7 

LSA-036 H 

Repairable Item 

List 

DI-ILSS-81285 

303.2.7, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.4, 301.2.6 LSA-036 H 

Provisioning 

Parts List 

Request 

DI-V-7193 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 303.2.4 

 303.2.7 

Provisioning & 

Other 

Preprocurement 

Screening 

Data 

DI-ILSS-81286 

401.2.5, 401.2.8 

 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 303.2.7, 

401.2.1, 401.2.2 

LSA-032 H 

Spares 

Acquisition 

Integrated w/ 

Production (SAIP) 

DI-ILSS-80293 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.4 

LSA-155 H 

Supplementary 

Provisioning 

Technical 

Documentation 

DI-V-7000 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.2, 303.2.7, 

303.2.8 

Recommended 

Repair Parts List 

 DI-V-6180 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.8, 401.2.11 

301.2.4 

Parts Control 

Program 

DI-MISC-80526, 

DI-E-7029, 

DI-E-7030, 

DI-ILSS-80117 , 

DI-MISC-80071, 

DI-MISC-80072 

202.2.2, 202.2.3, 

202.2.4 

LSA-154 H

Repair Parts & 401.2.1, 401.2.2, 301.2.4, 302.2.3, LSA-030 H 

 MIL-HDBK-1388
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-10

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

Special Tools 

List(RPSTL) 

DI-L-7188 

DI-ILSS-81156 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

303.2.2, 303.2.7 

 

Technical Manuals 

 DI-ILSS-81153, 

DI-ILSS-81157, 

DI-ILSS-81160, 

DI-M-6152, 

DI-TMSS-80527 , 

DI-M-6154 , 

DI-M-6155 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.8 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

301.2.5, 301.2.6, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8 

LSA-019

LSA-033 

LSA-040 

B, C, 

E, H 

LSAR Program 

Design Reviews 

103.2.1, 103.2.2, 

103.2.3, 103.2.4 

LSAR Program and 

Minutes and 

Agendas 

DI-A-7088, 

DI-A-7089 

Technological 

Opportunity 

Report 

DI-S-7117 

204.2.2, 204.2.3 

TMDE Rqmnts 

Summary and 

Registration 

DI-ILSS-80288 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

301.2.4, 303.2.2, 

303.2.4, 303.2.7, 

303.2.8 

LSA-072 C, E, 

U, H 

Depot Maintenance 

Interservice 

Summary 

DI-ILSS-80291 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8, 

401.2.11 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8, 

303.2.13 

LSA-077 A, C, 

C, E, 

F, G, H 

Preliminary 

Maint. Alloc. 

Chart (PMAC) 

DI-ILSS-81151 

401.2.1, 401.2.2 

 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

302.2.1, 302.2.2, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.7, 

303.2.8 

LSA-016 C, E, H 

Maintenance 

Allocation Chart 

(MAC) 

DI-ILSS-81140 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

302.2.1, 302.2.2, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

LSA-004 C, E, H 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-11

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

303.2.7, 303.2.8 

Air Force 

Maintenance Plan 

DI-ILSS-81183 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

302.2.1, 302.2.2, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8 

LSA-023 A, B, 

C, E, H 

Navy Maintenance 

Plan 

DI-ILSS-80119B 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

302.2.1, 302.2.2, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8 

B, C,

E, H 

Support Equipment 

Recommendation 

Data(SERD) 

DI-ILSS-80118 

401.2.3 303.2.2, 303.2.7, 

303.2.8 

LSA-070 E, U, 

H, J 

MANPRINT Report 

DI-ILSS-80290 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7 

LSA-075 A, C, G 

FMECA Report 

DI-ILSS-81163 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4 

 LSA-056 B, H 

RCM Summary 

DI-ILSS-81162 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4 

LSA-050 A, B,

C, G 

Maintainability 

Prediction Report 

DI-MNTY-80827 

 

301.2.4,401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.5, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8, 

303.2.11 

Maintainability 

Analysis Report 

DI-MNTY-80828 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.5, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8, 

303.2.10, 

303.2.11 

Reliability 

Mathematical 

Models DI-R-7081 

301.2.4 301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3 

Reliability 301.2.4 301.2.1, 301.2.2, 
CHAPTER 2 

2-12

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

Prediction Models 

DI-R-7082 

301.2.3 

Logistic Support 

Analysis Plan 

DI-ILSS-80531 

102.2.1, 102.2.2 

Nuclear 

Survivability 

DI-ENVR-80266 

DI-ENVR-80267 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 303.2.7, 

303.2.11 

Level of Repair 

Analysis (LORA) 

DI-ILSS-80654 

DI-ILSS-80655 

301.2.4, 303.2.7 301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.1, 

302.2.2, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.1 

Calibration/Measu

rement Rqmt 

Summary 

DI-QCIC-80278 

DI-ILSS-81167 

4012.1, 401.2.3, 

401.2.8, 401.2.11 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.8 

LSA-076 A, C, 

E, U, H 

Test Program Sets 

DI-A-6102 

DI-ATTS-80284 

DI-ILSS-80395 

DI-ATTS-80285 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.13 

Human Factors 

Engineering 

Program 

DI-HFAC-80740 

DI-HFAC-80745 

DI -HFAC-80746 

DI-HFAC-80747 

DI-ILSS-81152 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4, 

401.2.5 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

303.2.2, 303.2.5, 

303.2.6 

LSA-018 C 

Training Program 

 DI-ILSS-81099 , 

DI-ILSS-81070 , 

DI-ILSS-81078, 

DI-ILSS-81150 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4, 

401.2.11 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 301.2.4, 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

303.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7 

LSA-014 C 

Training Program 

Development/Manag

ement Plan 

DI-ILSS-81070 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4 

303.2.5, 303.2.6 

 

Facilities 

Maintenance 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4 

302.2.3, 302.2.4, 

302.2.5, 303.2.2, 

 MIL-HDBK-1388
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-13

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

Training Eqpmt 

DI-H-6135 

 303.2.3, 303.2.4, 

303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7 

Training Course 

Control Document 

 DI-ILSS-81075 

303.2.2, 303.2.3, 

303.2.4, 303.2.8, 

401.2.1, 401.2.2 

Test Requirements 

Document 

DI-ATTS-80041 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.13 

Facilities Plan 

DI-ILSS-81148 

301.2.4, 401.2.1, 

401.2.2, 401.2.3 

301.2.1, 301.2.2, 

301.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.13 

LSA-012 C, F 

Computer 

Resources Support 

DI-MCCR-80015 

DI-MCCR-80024 

DI-MISC-80711 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 501.2.1, 

501.2.3, 501.2.4 

205.2.3, 302.2.3, 

302.2.4, 302.2.5, 

303.2.2, 303.2.5, 

303.2.6, 303.2.7 

Packaging Data 

Requirements 

DI-PACK-80120 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.8 

LSA-025

LSA-026 

H 

Supportability 

Assessment Report 

DI-S-7121 

501.2.4, 501.2.6 

Supportability 

Assessment Report 

Plan 

DI-S-7120 

501.2.1, 501.2.3, 

501.2.5 

Transportability 

Report 

DI-PACK-80880 

401.2.7 303.2.12 

Transportability 

Summary 

DI-ILSS-81170 

401.2.7 303.2.12 LSA-085 H, J

System Support 

Package Component 

List 

DI-ILSS-80532 

501.2.2 303.2.5, 303.2.6, 

303.2.7, 303.2.8, 

303.2.13, 

401.2.1, 401.2.2, 

401.2.3, 401.2.4, 

401.2.7 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-14

PRODUCT/DID DIRECT LSA TASKS INDIRECT LSA TASK LSA 

REPORTS 

DATA 

TABLES 

LSAR Master Files 

DI-ILSS-81173 

Trade Study 

Report 

DI-ILSS-81021 

Baseline 

Comparative 

Analysis 

DI-S-7116 

203.2.1, 203.2.2, 

203.2.3, 203.2.4, 

203.2.5, 203.2.6, 

203.2.7, 203.2.8 

303.2.9 

Supportability 

Constraints 

DI-MISC-80711 

202.2.1 

Post Product on 

Support Plan 

DI-P-7119 

403.2.1 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-15

20.3 CONTRACTING FOR LSAR 

 

20.3.1 OBJECTIVE. Provide guidance on tailoring the LSAR data and reporting 

requirements based on the specific needs of a weapon system program. 

20.3.2 FACTORS TO CONSIDER. Figure 

2.1 lists some factors to consider 

when contracting for LSAR. The 

first three factors; Type of 

Acquisition, Phase of Development 

and LSAR Level of Effort are key 

factors when identifying the 

logistic products required. The next 

two factors; Previous LSAR Efforts 

and Degree of Program Control help 

refine the logistics products and 

logistic analyses reports that will 

be needed for a weapon system 

program. 

20.3.2.1 TYPE OF ACQUISITION. The 

type of an acquisition program is a 

major driver of LSAR cost. For LSAR 

purposes, most programs can be 

classified into these areas: 

 a. Developmental Item. The 

most extensive LSAR programs 

generally fall into this category 

since DOD has significant influence on the design of hardware and its support 

systems. In this type of acquisition all LSAR data should be considered, but 

not all data may be purchased. 

 b. Streamline Development. This process is the same as a full 

development. The major difference is that timing of data development becomes 

important. Again in this type of acquisition all LSAR data should be 

considered, but not all may be purchased 

 c. Product Improvement Program (PIP). For LSAR purposes, a PIP is 

defined as the process by which an existing system is improved to the extent 

that it will satisfy more stringent user requirements, provide improved 

performance, or significantly reduce logistic support and operating costs. 

PIP's are good examples of how previous LSAR data can be used to lower the 

LSAR effort. The LSAR data is used as a baseline or starting point. Not all 

of the LSAR will have to be redone for a PIP. The LSAR should be tailored to 

satisfy the needs for the new requirements identified by the PIP effort. 

 d. Non-Developmental Item (NDI). NDIs are systems available from a 

variety of sources requiring little or no development effort by the 

government. NDIs include materiel developed and in use by other U.S. military 

services or government agencies, and materiel developed and in use by other 

countries, as well as commercially available materiel. All the LSAR data may 

FIGURE 2.1 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-16

not need to be considered for a NDI or commercial off the shelf item. This is 

dependent on the item and what is available with that item. If there are good 

 operator and repair manuals, then C tables may not need to be considered. The 

same hold true for provisioning information and reliability data. 

20.3.2.2 PHASE OF DEVELOPMENT. Another consideration when developing a 

product list is the phase of development. Early on in the acquisition, in the 

first phase of development, the Requiring Authority (RA) concentrates on 

developing requirements. Usually there is very little LSAR developed in this 

phase. In the next phase there isn't a need to consider or request detailed 

or final products, because tradeoffs are still being conducted. The analysis 

effort provides initial information for documentation in the LSAR. The second 

phase is a good place to request the analysis type LSAR reports. During the 

third phase the design is firmed up and finalized. A detailed task analysis 

can be accomplished in the fourth phase. In the third and fourth phases the 

LSAR data should be developed and finalized for the ILS products. The phase 

of the life cycle is important when asking for data and will make a difference 

when asking for products. 

20.3.2.3 LSAR LEVEL OF EFFORT. Levels of maintenance and hardware indenture 

should be considered when deciding what LSAR products are needed for the 

acquisition. The levels of maintenance for the item under analysis have a 

direct effect on the LSAR. If the item is to be maintained at organizational, 

direct support, intermediate support, depot, or a special repair activity then 

manuals, spare, tools, test equipment, and man power for each of these 

maintenance levels must be considered. A level of repair analysis should be 

done to correctly identify which of these maintenance levels are needed. That 

way the LSAR is keep to a minimum. The indenture level to which the hardware 

is broken down will effect the LSAR. When a FMECA is documented it may look 

down to the major components or it may look down to the lowest repairable 

item. Hence the level of effort is effected by hardware indenture level, 

because of the amount of documentation. 

20.3.2.4 PREVIOUS LSAR EFFORTS. There may already be existing LSAR data for 

this item, from another system or from a previous life cycle phase. The data 

needs to be reviewed to see if it is applicable to this system. When 

reviewing the data some of the areas to consider are format, level of effort, 

age, etc. The data may be in an acceptable/unacceptable format (e.g., In the 

previous LSAR effort the format used was DARCOM 750-16, but now under this 

development effort the format is MIL-STD-1388-2B). What must be considered in 

this case is whether or not the data should be converted from the 750-16 

format to 2B format, there will be costs involved in converting this data. 

Again level of effort comes in to play. Is the level of effort in the 

previous LSAR acceptable? Do you need to do analysis further on down, going 

from LRU to piece part or from organizational and intermediated maintenance 

levels to depot maintenance? 

20.3.2.5 DEGREE OF PROGRAM CONTROL. Degree of program control is the 

constraint placed on the developer in terms of control of the LSAR data. The 

data accession list can be used to look at data the developer has created 

through his engineering process. This is the lightest degree of program 

control. Reviewing the data on sight during formal design reviews is another 

degree of program control. Another means of control, delivery of the master 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-17

tables, is when the reports and final products are produced in-house. The 

tightest level of program control is when the developer is responsible for 

producing all the reports and all the final products. 

20.4 DETERMINE LOGISTICS PRODUCTS. In each functional area/systems 

engineering discipline there are specific deliverable products required for a 

given contractual phase. Specific LSAR reports can be used to either satisfy 

completely or provide source information to the generation of these 

deliverable products. For example, provisioning technical documentation is 

normally required at the end of engineering development and manufacturing. 

The LSA-036 report satisfies the requirement for this product from the LSAR 

data base. This section addresses the products by functional area that are 

normally required, the LSAR report that can satisfy or provide source 

information for development of the product and the DID's and documents 

associated with the product. Knowing what LSAR reports are required is a key 

step in determining what LSAR data elements are required. Figure 14 in MILSTD-1388-2B identifies the data elements required for each report. This 

allows the user to fill in the 1949-3 regarding data required. 

20.4.1 Logistic Product Figures. Figures 2.2 - 2.10 can be used as reference 

for paragraphs 20.4.2 - 20.4.10. The figures headings on these charts are 

LSAR Tables, LSAR Reports, Products, and Documents. These headings describe 

were information comes from, which reports are generated, identifies the 

products created by the LSAR system, and what documents govern these reports. 

Also described in the figures are the DIDs that should be called out for these 

reports to be generated and whether or not the report actually satisfies the 

product needs. Source identifies the report as source data to be used in a 

final product. Satisfies identifies the report as being a final product. 

20.4.2 Reliability and 

Maintainability. Figure 

2.2 depicts the three 

reports that can provide 

reliability and 

maintainability data. 

The LSA-050, Reliability 

Centered Maintenance 

(RCM) report, can be used 

as source data for a 

final RCM report. This 

will satisfy 

MIL-STD-2173(AS), MILSTD-1843, and AMCP 750-2 

requirements. The RCM 

report identifies 

preventive maintenance 

tasks by evaluating 

maintenance required for 

an item by its 

reliability 

characteristics. The DID 

called out in the SOW and 

CDRL for this report is FIGURE 2.2 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

DI-ILSS-81162A. The LSA-050 report pulls information from 5 different LSAR 

functional areas, shown in figure 2.2. The exact data elements called for 

this report are in figure 14 appendix B from MIL-STD-1388-2B. The FMECA 

report, LSA-056, report will satisfy MIL-STD-1629A's requirement for a FMECA 

report. The DID to use to get this report is DI-ILSS-81163A. This report can 

be used to identify the results or effects of a potential failure on the 

system. The LSA-058 report can be used as source information for any type of 

RAM report. It also can be used as a quick overview of most of the RAM type 

information. The DID used to get this report is DI-ILSS-81164A. 

20.4.3 Maintenance 

Planning. Figure 2.3 

depicts the 5 reports that 

can provide information 

for maintenance planning. 

 The LSA-004 report, the 

Maintenance Allocation 

Chart (MAC), satisfies the 

Army requirements laid out 

in MIL-M-63038 (TM). The 

DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81140A. The MAC 

provides man-hour 

allocations by maintenance 

function and level. Also 

included in the MAC are 

the tools and test 

equipment required by the 

task function and 

maintenance level. The 

LSA-016 satisfies 

DI-L-7190 for a 

Preliminary MAC (PMAC). 

The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81151A. The 

report identifies tools and equipment by maintenance levels needed to perform 

the maintenance functions, and to validate Source, Maintenance, and 

Recoverability (SMR) Codes for spares and repair parts. The LSA-023 satisfies 

the requirements for an Air Force maintenance plan. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81183A. The report compares the requirements for a system end item to 

the Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) characteristics. It 

identifies the preventive and corrective maintenance actions along with a 

listing of required support equipment for those maintenance actions. The 

LSA-024 satisfies the requirements for a Navy maintenance plan. The DID for 

this report is DI-ILSS-80119C. The report identifies general considerations, 

the required repair capabilities, and maintenance tasks needed for the item 

under analysis. The LSA-033 report satisfies the requirements for a 

Preventive Maintenance Checks and Service (PMCS) for MIL-M-63038 (TM) and 

MIL-M-63036 (TM). The DID for this report is DI-ILSS- 81157A. This report 

provides operator/crew and organizational level preventive maintenance task 

identification, description, and whether or not the equipment has full mission 

FIGURE 2.3 

2-18
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-19

capability during the maintenance action. 

20.4.4 Technical Data 

and Manuals. Figure 2.4 

depicts the reports used 

for development of 

technical manuals. The 

LSA-019 report is task 

narrative data and has 

multiple options for 

selecting that report. 

The report can be 

selected by maintenance 

level, item category code 

(ICC)(s) , task 

narrative, hardness 

critical procedures, task 

interval, and task 

function. This report is 

similar to the task 

narrative master file in 

2A. It serves as feeder 

data to operators' and 

maintainers' Technical 

Manuals (TM). The DID 

for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81153A. The LSA-030 report can be used for developing parts manuals. 

It serves as source information for the Repair Parts and Special Tools List 

(RPSTL) for the Army, the Illustrated Parts Breakdown (IPB) for the Air Force 

and the Stockage List Type Four for the Marine Corps. These 3 products are part 

of the LSA-030 report and need to be specified when asking for the LSA-030 

report. The DID for this report is DI- ILSS-81156A. The Component of End Item 

List (COEIL), Basic Issue Items List (BIIL), Additional Authorization List 

(AAL), and Expendable Durable Materials Supply List (EDMSL) are also used as 

source data for TM development. Those four lists and the Marine Corps Stockage 

List Type Three are contained in the LSA-040 report. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81160A. Appendix B of Army TM's will include the Maintenance Allocation 

Chart (MAC), the LSA-004 report. The LSA-033 report will satisfy the 

requirements to develop an operator/crew and organizational level PMCS TM. 

FIGURE 2.4 
 

CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-20

20.4.5 Support and Test Equipment. The reports, in figure 2.5, are used when 

developing pieces of support equipment. The Support Equipment Recommendation 

Data (SERD) report, LSA-070, describes requirements for a piece 

of support equipment. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-80118C. The 

LSA-071, Support Equipment Candidate List, provides a list of support 

equipment requirements by active and disapproved candidates. The DID for this 

report is DI-ILSS-81166A. The LSA-074 report, Support Equipment Tool List, 

provides a list of tools currently in the inventory and tools that are not in 

the inventory, but need to be developed. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-80289B. These three reports satisfy the requirement established by 

MIL-STD-2097. When a piece of support equipment needs to be registered in the 

Army inventory, use the LSA-072 report, Test Measurement and Diagnostic 

Equipment (TMDE) Registration. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-80288B. To 

satisfy MIL-STD-1839 use 

the LSA-076 report, 

Calibration Measurement 

and Requirement Summary 

(CMRS). The DID for 

this report is 

DI-ILSS-81167A. This 

report provides details 

of the TMDE and its 

calibration procedures. 

FIGURE 2.6 

FIGURE 2.5 

20.4.6 Supply Support. 

 Figure 2.6 identifies 

two of the reports used 

in the supply support 

area. During the 

engineering design 

effort there will be 

requirements for 

screening parts thru 

Defense Logistic Service 

Center (DLSC) 

files. This is used to 

identify any new parts, 

brought about by the 

design effort. The new 

parts identified by this 

process will be 

introduced into the 

military inventory. DLSC 

screening can identify a 

part that already exists 

in the inventory. The 

DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81286. The 

LSA-036 report provides 

these lists for 

provisioning 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-21

requirements: Provisioning Parts List (PPL); Long Lead Time Items List 

(LLTIL); Repair Item List (RIL); Interim Support Items List (ISIL); Tools and 

Test Equipment List 

(TTEL); Common and 

Bulk Items List 

(CBIL); Design 

Change Notices 

(DCN); System 

Configuration 

Provisioning List 

(SCPL); Short Form 

Provisioning Parts 

List (SFPPL); and 

Post Conference List 

(PCL). The lists 

produced by the 

LSA-036 report 

satisfy the 

requirements of 

MIL-STD-1388-1A, 

Notice 4. The DID 

for these 

Provisioning lists 

is DI-ILSS-81285. FIGURE 2.7 

20.4.7 Supply Support (continued). These 3 reports, figure 2.7, are used to 

document supply support. There may be a need to check the LSAR data against a 

drawing. This would be done to make sure that every part within the drawing 

breakdown is within the LSAR. The LSA-080 report would be used for this 

purpose. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81169A. The LSA-151 report 

provides a cross reference between referenced number and the applicable 

 

Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) of the provisioning list as 

required by MIL-STD-1388-1A. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81287. When 

Spares Acquisition Integrated with Production (SAIP) is invoked, the LSA-155 

report will satisfy that requirement. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-80293B. 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-22

20.4.8 Manpower, Personnel, and Training. These 5 reports, Figure 2.8, are 

used for identifying manpower, personnel, and training (MPT) considerations. 

In the area of MPT the LSA-019 report can be used as feeder data to the task 

skill analysis. The LSA-018 report can be used to develop a task inventory 

list. This report should be used when there is a need for the development of 

human factors type task analysis. This report will satisfy MIL-STD-1478. The 

DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81152. The LSA-014 report should be requested 

when a training task list is required. This report will satisfy the 

requirements of MIL-STD-1379. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81150A. The 

Army's LSA-065 report, the Manpower Requirements Criteria (MARC) summary, will 

satisfy the requirements for a MARC report. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81165A. The Manprint report, LSA-075, can be used as the Manprint 

report. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-80290B. 

20.4.9 Facilities. 

 In the area of 

facilities, Figure 

2.9, the LSA-012 

report can be used 

to identify the 

facilities needed 

to do maintenance 

tasks and training. 

 This report can be 

used by the 

services to develop 

their service 

peculiar facility 

requirements. The 

DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-81148A. 

 The LSA-077 report 

should be used when 

there is a need for 

a joint depot 

maintenance 

facility. This 

report can be used 

to satisfy those 

requirements of JCL 

Forms 28/29/30. The 

DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-80291B 

20.4.10 Packaging, 

Handling, Storage, 

and Transportability.

 Figure 2.10 

identifies the 

reports that can be 

used in the 

IGURE 2.9 

FIGURE 2.8 

F

FIGURE 2.10 

packaging, handling, storage, and transportation areas. The LSA-025 report 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-23

and LSA-026 report can be used to identify those requirements for packaging 

developmental data and packaging requirements data. These reports will 

satisfy the requirements of MIL-STD-2073-1. The DIDs for these reports are 

DI-PACK-80120 and DI-ILSS-81154A, respectively. The LSA-085 report will 

provide source data to the transportability report. The DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-81170A. 

20.5 LSAR Analysis Reports. There may be times when a product report is not 

needed and an analysis report will suffice. These analysis type reports can 

be used to analyze different logistic needs. These next paragraphs describe 

the analysis reports and identifies the DIDs associated with each report. 

20.5.1 LSA-001, Annual Man-Hours by Skill Specialty Code and Level of 

Maintenance. The report is divided into two parts. It is used to determine 

manpower requirements of the system/equipment, and to determine the time 

required and number of personnel, by Skill Specialty Code (SSC), and person 

identifier to perform each task. Part I contains a summary of annual man-hour 

expenditures by maintenance levels and SSC. Man-hour totals are based on the 

number of systems supported by level of maintenance. Part II contains a 

report of the man-hours, by person identifier, expended on each maintenance 

task. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81138A. 

20.5.2 LSA-003, Maintenance Summary. This report compares the current status 

of the system maintenance parameters with the requirements recorded on the A 

data tables. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81139A. 

20.5.3 LSA-005, Support Item Utilization Summary. This report, by ICC, shows 

the use of the item by maintenance level and LCN. The report should be used 

to justify the requirement for support equipment and determine the quantity 

and distribution requirements. The report should also be used to determine 

recommended order quantities of repair parts based on their total use. The 

DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81141A. 

 

20.5.4 LSA-006, Critical Maintenance Item Summary. This report provides a 

list of all maintenance tasks which exceed a specific value for task 

frequency, or elapsed time, or man-hours, or annual man-hours. The specific 

value(s) exceeded is identified as critical criteria. The report may be 

selected for any maintenance level or combination of levels and for scheduled 

or unscheduled maintenance. The report should be used to pinpoint problem 

areas and plan maintenance for critical components. The DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-81142A. 

20.5.5 LSA-007, Support Equipment Requirements. This is a report of all 

support equipment (i.e., tools, test equipment, etc.) utilized by SSC and 

level of maintenance. The report may be selected for any maintenance level or 

combination of levels. This report should be used to develop tool kits for 

each skill specialty at each level of maintenance. The DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-81143A. 

20.5.6 LSA-008, Support Items Validation Summary. This summary provides a 

listing of those support items required to support/perform the task at each 

maintenance level. The support items are categorized in groups of: 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-24

 Support/Test Equipment and Tools (ICC D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, 1-8, AC) 

 Spare and Repair Parts (ICC X, Y, Z, 9, AA, AB, AE) 

 Other (ICC, E, F, J, Q, S, T, W, AD) 

This summary should be used to review support items requirements for the 

maintenance and operator task(s) involved and may be selected for an entire 

equipment, specific LCN range, maintenance level, or ICC(s). The DID for this 

report is DI-ILSS-81144A. 

20.5.7 LSA-009, Support Items List. This is a report by LCN, reference 

number, and national stock number (NSN), of all repair parts, tools/test 

equipment necessary to support the system/equipment. The report should be 

used to provide information necessary to assist in performing provisioning. 

The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81145A. 

 

20.5.8 LSA-010, Parts Standardization Summary. This is a report by reference 

number of all spare and repair parts comprising the system/equipment. It can 

be utilized to assist in performance of DOD Replenishment Parts Breakout 

Program. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81146A. 

20.5.9 LSA-011, Requirements for Special Training/Device Summary. This is a 

report of all operator or maintenance tasks, which have been identified as 

requiring a special training device and the narrative explanation of the 

training equipment requirement. The report should be used to identify the 

requirements, and provide justification, for the acquisition of training 

devices. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81147A. 

20.5.10 LSA-013, Support Equipment Grouping Number Utilization Summary. This 

is a report by maintenance level and Support Equipment Grouping Identification 

Number of the tasks, which use the support equipment group. The report should 

be used to provide the requirements, quantity, and justification for the 

acquisition of support equipment. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81149A. 

20.5.11 LSA-027, Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary. This report identifies an 

item and annual operating requirements by LCN and task code. This report 

should be used to provide information necessary to monitor failure rates, 

failure modes, task frequencies, and MRRs. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81155A. 

20.5.12 LSA-037 Spares and Support Equipment Identification List. The 

purpose of this report is to provide information that identifies the 

investment spares (Section I), expense spares (Section II), support equipment 

(Section III), and tools and test equipment (Section IV) required for system 

support under contractor logistic support. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81158A. 

 

20.5.13 LSA-039, Critical and Strategic Item Summary. This is a report of 

items assigned a critical item code (CIC) or industrial materials analysis of 

capacity (IMAC) code. Part 1 of the report lists CIC items. Part 2 of the 

report lists IMAC items. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81159A. 

20.5.14 LSA-046, Nuclear Hardness Critical Item Summary. This summary 

provides a listing of all support items which are coded as nuclear hardness 

critical. The DID for this report is DI-ILSS-81161A. 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-25

20.5.15 LSA-078, Hazardous Materials Summary. This report provides a summary 

of all hazardous materials required to support a selected end item. This 

summary identifies all items having associated hazardous materials storage 

cost, hazardous waste storage cost, and hazardous waste disposal costs. This 

summary also identifies the maintenance tasks requiring quantities and costs 

per task. The summary is used to eliminate or reduce identified hazardous 

material items during the system design process. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81168A. 

20.5.16 LSA-126, Hardware Generation Breakdown Tree. This summary provides a 

concise summary of information pertaining to a system/equipment breakdown. 

Each item is blocked in and indented to the proper level in the hardware 

family tree and displayed by line relationship beneath the appropriate 

assembly in which the item is contained. The DID for this report is 

DI-ILSS-81171A. 

20.5.17 LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment. This summary provides a 

listing, by reference number, of PLISN, Indenture Code (IC), Next Higher 

Assembly (NHA) PLISN, and PRIOR ITEM PLISN, assigned by the LSAR system based 

on parameters of the assignment select card. The summary is automatically 

produced and will depict the file content before and after the assignments or 

reassignments are made (PLISNs are assigned using the EBCDIC collating 

sequence). As an option, this report can be used to assign provisioning 

related control and reference data to the LSAR Master Table. The DID for this 

report is DI-ILSS-81172. 

20.5.18 LSA-154, Provisioning Parts Breakout Summary. This report provides a 

two-part summary of each reference number and can be utilized to assist in 

performance of the DOD Replenishment Parts Breakout Program. Included in part 

I of the report are critical pricing and breakout program information. Part 

II contains selected parts application data. The DID for this report 

is DI-ILSS-80292B. 

20.6 AD-HOC Queries. If neither product or analysis reports can satisfy a 

requirement AD-HOC Queries are another option. AD-HOC reports can be created, 

when using a Relational Data Base Management System (RDBMS), to satisfy a 

requirement when it can not be satisfied by the standard reports. MIL-STD1388-2B, Appendix A, data tables, were developed in a relationalship format 

and should reside on a RDBMS. Most RDBMS use Structured Query Language (SQL) 

for AD-HOC capabilities. Some have advanced capabilities to help build 

queries without knowing SQL. 

20.6.1 Example AD-HOC Query. Since SQL is the basic query language of all 

RDBMS it will be used to develop an example query. In this example there is a 

need to compare the 3rd and 4th positions, maintenance levels, of the SMR code 

to the 3rd position, maintenance level of the task code. This requirement can 

not be satisfied by LSAR reports; therefore, an AD-HOC query is required for 

this comparison. The AD-HOC query, using SQL, would look like this 

1 SELECT HG.EIACODXA, HG.LSACONXB, HG.ALTLCNXB, HG.CAGECDXH, HG.REFNUMHA, 

HG.SMRCODHG, CA.TASKCDCA 

2 FROM CA, HG 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-26

3. WHERE HG.EIACODXA = CA.EIACODXA 

4 AND HG.LSACONXB = CA.LSACONXB 

5 AND HG.ALTLCNXB = CA.ALTLCNXB 

6 AND HG.LCNTYPXB = CA.LCNTYPXB 

This simple query will print out the End Item Acronym Code (EIAC), LCN, ALC, 

Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGE), Reference Number, SMR Code, and 

Task Codes. The comparison can then be done manually. To do a comparison 

automatically would be a more in depth query which should be developed by a 

programmer. 

20.7 DD Form 1949-3, LSAR Data Requirements Form. When the reports needed 

for either products or analysis are identified, the DD Form 1949-3 can be 

completed. To fill out the 1949-3 use figure 14 in appendix B of MIL-STD1388-2B, to identify the data elements needed for the reports. 

20.7.1 Data Element Selection. The best way to show how the data elements are 

selected is by example. In this example a FMECA report, LSA-056 report, is 

required by the reliability community. The first step is to use figure 14, in 

appendix B, of MIL-STD-1388-2B or figure 2.11 (an excerpt from figure 14 and 

DD Form 1949-3) to identify the data elements and their corresponding tables. 

 To identify the data elements needed for the LSA-056 report look across the 

top of figure 2.11 and identify the LSA-056 report column. Next identify the 

data elements that have a mark in that column. If a data element has any mark 

in the column then it should be marked as required on the DD Form 1949-3. 

20.7.2 Selection of 1949-3 Data Elements. The LSAR data requirements form 

(DD Form 1949-3) provides a vehicle for identifying the required LSAR data 

elements to be completed and, when applicable, the media of delivery. 

Preparations of the LSAR data requirements forms should be a result of the 

LSAR tailoring process. The data requirements form can be used to identify 

the specific data elements that are required and identified on the relational 

data tables. DD Form 1949-3, LSAR data requirements form is referenced by 

paragraphs 4.1, 5.1, and 5.2 in the main body of MIL-STD-1388-2B. 

20.7.2.1 DD Form 1949-3 Sections and Parts. The 1949-3 consists of a general 

information section plus two other sections. The first section consists of RA 

furnished data. Spaces are provided to allow the RA to fill in values for 

these data elements. The second section consists of the LSAR data selection 

sheets and is divided into three parts. Part I is the LSAR data selected by 

an entry in the Required column. Part II is the LSAR provisioning data 

selected by an entry in the required column and the type of provisioning list. 

 Part III is packaging data selected by an entry under a packing 

categorization. 

20.7.2.2 DD Form 1949-3, General Information. The general information 

section of the 1949-3 explains the codes appearing in the key column of the 

data selection sheets. These key codes are designed to make the selection of 

data a non burdensome process. The media selection, the header, and 

sequencing, provisioning lists, and provisioning guidance conference 

information are also in this section. 

20.7.2.3 Section 1 of DD Form 1949-3, Government Furnished Data. This section 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-27

consists of the data elements that should be provided by the RA. The first 

sheet, page 4, consisting of information from tables XA, AI, AJ, and AK which 

pertains to the end item. This sheet should be filled out once for each end 

item documented in the LSAR. The second sheet, pages 5 and 6, should be 

filled out by the RA and pertains to the item or LCN under analysis. This 

sheet may filled out against any item or LCN for which the RA feels should be 

given to the developer. There may be numerous sheets identifying the 

information for each item or LCN for these tables XB, XC, AA, AB, AC, AD, AE, 

AF, AG, and AH. The third sheet, page 7, consisting of information form 

tables EA and EB, it should be filled out by the RA and pertains to one piece 

of support equipment that is or will be supporting the item under analysis. 

The forth sheet, page 8, consisting of information from tables UA, HA, HG, and 

HP should be filled out by the RA and pertain to the item under analysis. 

20.7.2.4 Peculiarities of the 1949-3. Part I of section 2, of the 1949-3, 

consists of data pertaining to the item(s) under analysis. The information is 

grouped in relationalship table format, for functional area's (X, A, B, C, E, 

U, F, G, H, and J tables) . There are peculiarities of DD Form 1949-3, 

figure 2.11, that should be pointed out. It must be understood that as the 

tables progress from parent to child the data element which were keys in the 

parent table are then dropped off of the child table (e.g. XA table, EIAC is 

dropped when the information is used in the XB table). It also means that 

when information is selected in a child table there should be a concerted 

effort to make sure that the keys which form the parent tables are selected. 

This holds true within a functional area. At the start of each functional 

area the main set of keys will be duplicated (e.g. BA table has End Item 

Acronym Code, LCN, ALC, and LCN Type all which originate in the X tables) this 

is done to facilitate the parent to child relationships between functional 

areas. 

20.7.2.4.1 Data Element Selection. Selection of a data element shall 

constitute the selection of data keys or data dependencies required to 

document the element in the LSAR data base. One thing that must be stated is 

that the only mandatory data elements for a report are the ones identified by 

a F, K, * or M in the report column of figure 14, MIL-STD-1388-2B. Where more 

than one data element code applies to a data selection, the code column 

contains dashes (----) (e.g. Table XA, Personnel Turnover Rate is divided into 

two categories civilian and military, but is included under one data element 

definition). For narrative data, where each data element definition is 

separately selectable to a common data table, the code column is blank (e.g. 

Table BB, RAM Characteristics Narrative; Item Function, Maintenance Concept, 

Minimum Equipment List Narrative, Qualitative and Quantitative Maintainability 

Requirements, and Maintenance Plan Rationale are narrative data and their 

corresponding code fields are blank). Text sequencing codes for narrative, 

measurement bases and unit of measures are not show in the 1949-3 because they 

are required for the narrative or numeric data element to exist in the data 

base. There are exception to this rule for measurement base and unit of 

measure, this exception occurs only when the measurement base or unit of 

measure is a key in that table. 

20.7.2.5 Data Element Selection DD Form 1949-3 Example. Figure 2.11 shows 

the data elements needed for the FMECA report, LSA-056, from figure 14 of MILSTD-1388-2B, and transfers the selected data elements to the 1949-3. First 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-28

identify the LSA-056 column, then find the data elements that have a mark next 

to them. If the data elements have any mark by them then they are needed for 

processing or can be output on the LSA-056 report. The first data element, 
 MIL-HDBK-1388

CHAPTER 2 

2-29
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-30
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-31
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-32
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-33
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-34
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-35

EIAC, needed for the LSA-056 report is pulled from the XA table. The next 

data elements needed for the LSA-056 report are LCN, ALC, LCN Type, LCN 

Nomenclature, Technical Manual/Functional Group Code (TM/FGC), and the 

Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability (RAM) Indicator. Now look at 

the 1949-3, notice that the EIAC doesn't exist in the XB table and that's 

because the EIAC doesn't originate in the XB table. When a data element is a 

key it only shows on the 1949-3 in the table in which it originated. Find the 

next table that has a mark in the 56 report column. The next table is XC, the 

56 report requires the use of the UOC and Provisioning Contract Control Number 

(PCCN). The PCCN is selected for the 56 report because it is a mandatory data 

element in the XC table. Mark the UOC and PCCN in the XC table on the 1949-3. 

 The XF and XG tables are needed for system processing so they must be marked 

on the 1949-3. The cage code is needed from the XH table so it must be marked 

also. The next data elements marked as required is the EIAC, LCN, ALC, and 

LCN type from the BA table so mark them on the 1949-3. (NOTE A; These main 

set of keys that establish a functional area are repeated again on the 1949-3. 

 The EIAC is established in the XA table and the LCN, ALC, and LCN Type are 

established in the XB table, and are marked accordingly, but they are also 

marked at the start of a functional area. The RA should not pay for these 

data elements again, because they were already established in the cross 

functional area.) Only one other data element is needed from the BA table and 

that's the failure rate data source, so it needs to be marked on the 1949-3. 

The next data elements to be marked on the 1949-3 are the RAM characters 

narrative code and the RAM minimum equipment list narrative from the BB table. 

 (NOTE B; On all narrative tables, such as the BB table, the Narrative code 

must be selected to identify which narrative is needed for the report). The 

LSA-056 report also requires information from the BC table in the form of 

Logistic Consideration Code and the logistic narratives associated with these 

codes. The LSA-056 needs additional information form the BD table in the form 

of the RAM indicator code, failure rate and failure rate measurement base 

(MB). (NOTE C; In all cases the measurement base for any item is automatically 

selected when the item its associated with is selected. This is very similar 

to Note B in that on the 1949-3 there is not a failure rate MB to select, but 

is inherently selected when the failure rate is selected. Both the item and 

its MB must be used for the item to pass ADP system requirements.) Failure 

mode indicator, engineering failure mode Mean Time Between Failure (MTBF), and 

failure mode ratio are selected from the BF table and should be marked on the 

1949-3. The BG table is similar to the BB table. The Failure Mode and 

Reliability Centered Maintenance (RCM) narrative code is needed to distinguish 

between the narratives from the BG table on the 56 report. The narratives 

needed are: failure damage mode effect local, next higher and end effect; 

failure cause; failure damage mode; failure mode detection method; failure 

mode predictability; failure mode remarks; and redesign recommendations 

narrative. The task requirement LCN, task requirement ALC, task requirement 

LCN Type, task code, and task type are needed from the BH table. (Note D; The 

task requirement LCN, task requirement ALC, task requirement LCN Type, and 

task code originate in the CA table, but to tie the repair tasks to their 

failures are shown in the BH table also.) The Safety Hazard Severity Code 

(SHSC), Failure Effect probability, Failure Mode Criticality Number, Failure 

Probability Level, and Operation Time are selected from the BI table. The 

narrative compensating design provisions and compensating operator actions are 

selected from the BJ table. The RAM SHSC and Item Criticality Number are 

selected form the BK table. The Mission Phase code and Mission Phase 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-36

Operation Mode are selected from the BL table. Reference back to Notes A and 

D, EIAC, LCN, ALC, LCN type, and Task Code are selected from table CA. Also 

selected from the CA table are the referenced LCN and AOR LCN. The Cage Code, 

Reference number, Reference Number Category Code (RNCC), Reference Number 

Variance Code (RNVC) are needed by the 56 report, from table HA, to identify 

the Drawing Number; therefore, they are selected on part II of the 1949-3. 

There is also a possibility that there is alternate or additional drawing 

numbers for the item under analysis and those alternate or additional drawing 

numbers are pulled from the HB table in part II. To pull these additional 

drawing numbers the Additional Reference Number (ARN) CAGE Code, ARN Reference 

Number, ARN category Code, and ARN Variance Code must be selected from the HB 

table. The last data elements required for the 56 report are the EIAC, LCN, 

ALC, and LCN type from table HG. This is where the LCN for the item and the 

reference number for the item are tied together for part application. This 

table is used as a link to get the drawing number needed for the LSA-056 

report. 

20.8 Delivery of LSAR Data. The delivery of LSAR data can consist of hard 

copy, master tables, on-line access or a combination of all three. Each of 

these delivery options should be considered carefully. What is provided next 

is a description of each option and its pro's and con's. 

20.8.1 Hard Copy LSAR Reports. The RA and MD can ask the developer to 

delivery hard copies of the product, analysis or AD-HOC reports to be used as 

products or as inputs into final products or analysis reports. The RA and MD 

would request these reports, who should receive them, any specific selection 

options, when delivered, and the report DID numbers should be called out on DD 

FORM 1426, CDRL. A statement could be made in the SOW that states the reports 

should be delivered in accordance with the CDRL. 

PRO'S. The RA and MD can hold the 

developer accountable for the final 

products. 

 

CON'S. The RA and MD will have to 

pay for each delivery and paper 

report. These usually contain 

outdated information. The RA and MD 

will have to create the AD-HOC query 

or request that the developer create 

it. 

20.8.2 Master Table Delivery. The RA and MD may request that the master 

tables be delivered so that the different LSAR products, analysis, or 

developed AD-HOC reports can be produced. The RA and MD would request the 

master tables, who should receive them, when delivered, format and the master 

table DID number on DD FORM 1426, CDRL. A statement could be made in the SOW 

that states the master tables should be delivered in accordance with the CDRL. 

 The RA and MD will need a MIL-STD-1388-2B validated LSAR ADP system to 

produce these reports. 

PRO'S. Cost wise it is toward the 

RA's and MD's advantage, if they 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-37

have a 2B LSAR ADP system, to have 

the developer provide the master 

tables for loading into the RA's and 

MD's ADP system. The RA and MD can 

produce the reports and as many of 

the reports as needed. 

 

CON'S. The RA and MD can not hold 

the contractor accountable for the 

final products. The master tables 

will need to be updated 

incrementally to show the latest 

data. Again there will be some lag 

time for the data. The RA and MD 

will be responsible for the AD-HOC 

query development. 

20.8.3 On-Line Access. The RA and MD may request the capability of on-line 

access to review the LSAR data without a need for paper products. The RA and 

MD would request this capability in the SOW. There are considerations for 

on-line access. The RA and MD should decide if these considerations should be 

put in the SOW. The consideration are: is there a need for communication 

hardware or software to access the developers database, how many users will 

there be, are there any interfacing requirements with other databases, will 

there be a dedicated line, will people need training on how to access the 

database and run standard and ad-hoc reports, security issues, who has access 

to the computer, and on-line comment capability. These are the things that 

must be considered and specified in the Statement of work when a developer 

provides these service to the RA and MD. 

PRO'S. The RA and MD will have the 

latest information. The RA and MD 

will be able to make comments, on 

the data in the data base, on-line. 

 The on-line comment capability will 

mean a reduction in TDY costs. The 

RA and MD can produce the product, 

analysis and AD-HOC reports when 

required. On-site reviews are 

reduced. 

CON'S. There will be additional 

costs for this on-line access 

capability. 

20.8.4 Delivery Combination. The RA and MD may want the best of all worlds. 

 He may want to have on-line access, with the master tables delivered at the 

end of the phase, and have the developer responsible for certain product 

reports. The RA and MD would request the master tables and reports, who would 

receive them, when delivered, selection options, delivery format, and DID 

numbers on DD FORM 1426, CDRL. The on-line access capabilities and any 

special requirements associated with these capabilities would be documented in 

the SOW. 

PRO'S. The RA and MD can hold the 

developer accountable for some of 

the most important final products. 

 The RA can have the master files 

for historical purposes. He can 

have up to date information using 

the on-line access capability. 

CON'S. Cost. 

20.9 Example Statement of Work. This is an excerpt from a SOW produced by 

Logistics Planning and Requirements Simplification System (LOGPARS) concerning 

the documentation of data in the LSAR and the different possible delivery 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-38

modes. 

C.3.4. Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR). LSAR Data. 

 a. Data and information generated from the LSA program tasks shall be 

documented and maintained in the LSAR IAW MIL-STD-1388-2B, and the 

requirements contained herein. The LSAR shall be developed as the central 

file of validated, integrated and design related logistic data for the 

system. The LSAR shall be maintained as specified in the approved LSA plan 

and herein. The LSAR shall be used to satisfy applicable and related data 

items as specified in the CDRL. 

 b. The contractor shall update LSAR documentation to reflect changes in 

support requirements resulting from: 

 (1) Changes to equipment design, support or operational 

requirements as a result of logistic demonstration, TM reviews, training 

results, contractor/government testing or other ILS considerations. 

 (2) Logistic support improvements or the correction of deficiencies 

discovered through analysis of test results or by the contractor's 

verification of LSAR documentation. 

 

 (3) ILSMT/LSAR review team recommendations. 

 c. The contractor shall assign LCNs to individual equipment items to 

facilitate data storage and retrieval. The structure of the number shall 

represent a hardware generation breakdown of the hardware and will include 

support and test equipment, training equipment, and installation hardware 

items. Each item of equipment, from the end item down to each individual 

piece part shall be assigned a unique LCN. The LCN will be assigned for each 

application of the item throughout the system to identify its relationship to 

the next higher assembly. The LCN structure must agree with the hardware 

breakdown as it will be displayed in the engineering drawings for the 

equipment. The contractor is responsible for ensuring the compatibility and 

integration of subcontractor/vendor LCNs within the overall coding 

arrangement. The first character of the LCN may be assigned by the procuring 

agency to maintain compatibility with the Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) 

codes, the Commodity Command Standard System (CCSS), and other government 

management information system requirements. The contractor's proposed 

numbering system shall be described in the LSA plan and requires government 

approval. 

 d. The contractor shall establish and maintain automated sets of LSAR 

data for the management and control of the LSAR. As a minimum, the 

contractor shall maintain a set of LSAR review data and a set of government 

approved LSAR data. The LSAR data in the review set shall be data that has 

been subjected to the internal contractor review procedures and frozen 

pending review and approval by the government. The LSAR review data shall be 

updated with new additions on a weekly frequency regardless of the approval 

status of their content since the last update. Upon government approval, 

LSAR data contained in the review data set shall be transferred to the 

government approved LSAR data set. All government-directed changes resulting 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-39

from LSAR reviews shall be incorporated prior to the relocation of the data. 

The government approved LSAR data shall be cumulative of all 

government-approved LSAR data. 

The contractor shall provide LSAR output reports and LSA master files in the 

following forms: 

 - hard copy 

In addition to the predefined LSAR output reports, the contractor shall 

establish and maintain the capability for on-line ad hoc query/report 

generation. AD HOC reporting capabilities shall be defined by the 

contractor's LSAR ADP system software and presented in the LSA portion of the 

proposal. As a minimum, the ad hoc report generation shall be capable of 

keying on and displaying all LSAR data elements as identified on the attached 

DD Form 1949-3. 

The software will provide the capability for terminal display of the 

specified queries or data files in 80 and/or 132 character format and will 

include the capacity to print the queries on a local printer at the 

designated locations. The user shall have the capability to specify queries 

from the review data set, the approved data set, or a combination of the two. 

The contractor shall provide the Government with interactive access 

capability Monday thru Friday 0800-1700. Government use of the access 

capability shall be limited as described below: 

Access shall be limited to the following location: - LOGSA, Huntsville, AL 

 

The contractor shall establish the telecommunications capability using one or 

more of the following methods and shall establish a means for ensuring 

completeness and accuracy of data transmissions: 

 - Point-to-point dedicated lines 

 

In addition, the contractor shall provide: 

 - hardware and software for each of the designated locations 

Data Interface. The LSAR shall be used to the maximum extent feasible to 

satisfy requirements for deliverable data as listed on the current CDRL and 

for future deliverable data requirements. 

 o Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC) IAW the CDRL. LSA-004, Maintenance 

Allocation Chart shall be utilized as the data base to satisfy the CDRL for a 

MAC. The LSAR will be used to produce both of these reports in "proof" 

version in conformance with the requirements of MIL-M-63038B. 

 o Provisioning Technical Documentation. The contractor shall plan for 

and provide provisioning requirements IAW provisioning procedures as stated 

in MIL-STD-1388-2B and the CDRL. The LSA-036 report shall be used to satisfy 

the requirements for provisioning data. A list of specific provisioning 

lists is contained in paragraph C.9, Supply Support, of this SOW. 

 

 o Technical Manuals. The LSAR shall be used as source data for the 

technical manuals required as a part of the contract. The LSA-019 report 

shall be used to develop the narrative portion of the manuals. The LSA-033 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-40

report shall be used to identify crew/operator Preventive Maintenance Checks 

and Services for the operator's technical manual. The LSA-040 report shall 

comprise the Authorization List Items Summary which includes sections listing 

end item components, basic issue items, additional authorization items and 

expendable/durable supplies and materials. 

 

 o Repair Parts and Special Tools List. The LSA-030 reports shall be used 

to satisfy the requirement for a RPSTL. The LSAR is capable of producing 

both of these reports in final form and satisfies the requirements of 

MIL-STD-335. 

 o Support Equipment Recommendation Data (SERD). The LSA-070 report shall 

be used to satisfy the requirement for a SERD. This report satisfies the 

requirements contained in MIL-STD-2097. 

 

 o Transportability. The LSA-085 record shall be used as source data to 

satisfy the requirements for transportability data as required by the 

Military Traffic Management Command Transportation Engineering Activity and 

this SOW. 

 o TMDE Requirements and Registration Data. The LSA-072 report shall be 

used to satisfy the requirements for TMDE data as required by AR-750-43 and 

this SOW. 

 o Packaging Data Requirements. The LSA-025 and LSA-026 reports shall be 

used to satisfy the requirements for packaging data as required by 

MIL-STD-2073. 

 o Depot Maintenance Study/Plan. The LSA data report shall be used as 

source data to document the requirements for depot maintenance as required by 

the SOW. Depot maintenance interservice data will be provided in the 

LSA-077 report IAW the CDRL. 

 o Parts Control Program. The LSA-154 report shall be used as source data 

for the Parts Control Program as specified be MIL-STD-965 and required by 

this SOW. 

 

20.10 Conversion From 1388-2A to 1388-2B. The RA may request that a previous 

LSAR effort be converted to MIL-STD-1388-2B format. The RA would request this 

action be accomplished in the SOW. The previous LSAR effort may consist of 

data for this item, from another system or from a previous life cycle phase. 

The data needs to be reviewed to see if it can be converted at a minimal 

expense. If the data is coming from a MIL-STD-1388-2A format 85% of the 

MIL-STD-1388-2A data can be converted to MIL-STD-1388-2B format. A 

MIL-STD-1388-2A to MIL-STD-1388-2B conversion routine may be obtained free of 

charge from USAMC LOGSA at (205) 955-9836. If the data is coming from a Army 

DARCOM 750-16 LSAR system 75% of the data is converted. This conversion 

routine can be obtained from LOGSA at (205) 955-9867. 

20.10.1 Additional Data. When a system is converted from either 2A or 750-16 

format there needs to be a consideration of whether new data needs to be 

generated to correct deficiencies or to satisfy new requirements. If 

additional data is required, the additional data elements must be identified 
CHAPTER 2 

 MIL-HDBK-1388

2-41

on DD Form 1949-3. The RA must decide if there is value added with the 

purchase of the new data elements. Value added can consist of the capability 

to produce final products automatically instead of by hand, eliminate old man 

power intensive ADP system, the ability to have AD-HOC reporting capability, 

and the increase efficiency of the developers ADP systems. 
3-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

LSAR REPORT SPECIFICATIONS 

30. LSAR REPORTS. This chapter describes each of the 48 standard LSAR 

reports. The report specifications are broken out by selection options, 

processing, format, report sequence, and data sources. The selection options 

paragraph identifies mandatory and optional selections that can be made by the 

user to tailor the report output. In the processing paragraph many things are 

discussed including qualifying criteria for report data, report calculations, 

and specific instructions regarding how the data should be presented on the 

report. Each specification has an attached sample report showing its format. 

 Report sequences specify the sort criteria for a given report, and each 

Part/Section within a report. There is an attached listing of data sources 

for the elements that are on a report. This data source listing provides the 

report header for each element; and its MIL-STD-1388-2B table, DED number, and 

8 position element codes. The data source listings were developed by viewing 

each report in a left-to-right, top-to-bottom sequence. If an element shows 

up more than once on a report and each subsequent occurrence is pulled from 

the same MIL-STD-1388-2B table location as the previous one, then that element 

is only listed once in the data source listing. However, if an element is 

listed more than once and each occurrence is pulled from different MIL-STD1388-2B table locations, then that element will be listed for each report 

occurrence. In addition to the data source listings, the report formats 

contain a 11 position codes which provide the MIL-STD-1388-2B table and 8 

position element code where this data element is pulled from (i.e., 

CA.LSACONXB is the LCN pulled from the CA table). 

30.1 COMMON SELECTION CRITERIA. For a majority of the reports there are 7 

common selections. These common selections are EIAC, LCN, ALC, LCN Type, UOC, 

Service Designation Code, Operations and Maintenance Level (O/M), and Item 

Category Code (ICC). 

30.1.1 EIAC. LCN selections must specify an EIAC parameter. 

30.1.2 LCN. LCN selections may have both a start LCN and a stop LCN. If a 

start and stop LCN are selected then it will pull those LCNs that fall within 

that range of LCN's selected, it is interpreted as such (Start LCN # LCN < 

Stop LCN), unless start and stop LCN are equal then just pull that LCN. If a 

Start LCN is selected but not a stop LCN then only that LCN leg will be 

pulled. Selections from the "A", "B", "C", "F", "G", and "J" tables which may 

have data under combinations of functional and physical LCNs, the following 

rules apply: 

 a. If the report selection specifies an LCN Type "F", an attempt to 

match each qualified LCN to the XG functional/physical LCN mapping table is 

first performed. If a match is found in this table, then report data is 

extracted under the physical LCN equivalent. The Functional LCN, however, is 

displayed on the summary. If no match for a functional LCN is found, then 

search for the report data for the non-matched LCN is conducted using the 

functional LCN value directly. 

 b. If the report selection specifies a "P" LCN Type, the search for 

report data is conducted directly under the appropriate tables for report 

generation. It will not be necessary to search under the XG table for 

functional equivalent LCNs. 
CHAPTER 3 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

3-2

30.1.3 ALC When a selection is made with a specific ALC, only items 

matching the selected ALC are displayed. If ALC is left blank on a selection, 

then other report qualifiers only, e.g., LCN range, UOC, are used. 

30.1.4 UOC. UOC's are mandatory on most of the reports and are used to 

identify specific model of the end item. 

30.1.5 SERVICE DESIGNATION. For selections, choosing a SERV DES of A, F, N, 

or M results in the selection of the matched SERV DES and X and J codes. 

Choosing code T results in selection of T and J. Choosing X, J, S, or O 

results in only those codes being selected. Service Designator codes are 

interpreted as follows: 

 A ARMY T FAA 

 N NAVY S NSA 

 F AIR FORCE Y COAST GRD 

 M 

 X 

 MARINES J 

 ALL SERV O 

 FAA/SERV 

 OTHER 

 

 

 

 

30.1.6 O/M LEVELS. O/M levels will interpret the 3rd position of the task 

code as follows: 

 

 

 

 Army (A) 

 C CREW 

 O ORG 

Air Force (F) 

 C CREW/OP 

 O ORG 

 

 

 

 F 

 H 

 L 

DS 

GS 

SRA 

F 

H 

L 

INT(F) 

INT(H) 

SRA 

 D DEPOT D DEPOT 

 

 

 

 Navy (N) Marine Corps (M) 

 C CREW/OP C OP/CREW - 1ST ECH 

 O ORG O ORG - 2ND ECH 

 F AFL F INT - 3RD ECH 

 

 

 G ASH/AFL H INT - 4TH ECH 

 H ASH L SRA 

 L SRA D DEPOT - 5TH ECH 

 D DEP/YD 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 All other Service Designators. Codes are not interpreted. (Display code 

only). 

30.1.7 ICC's. The default value for selectable Item Category Codes (ICCs) is 

all applicable ICCs. Specifications denote allowable ICCs. If ICCs are 

selectable but not denoted in the specification, then all ICCs listed under 

Data Element Definition 173 (ICC) in Appendix E, MIL-STD-1388-2B are allowed. 

30.2 SUBORDINATE LCN/ALC. Subordinate LCN/ALC selections can be of use when 

multiple configurations, or alternate design and maintenance concepts are 

stored on file for the equipment. The ALC specified for the subordinate 

selection(s) for any LCN within the LCN range of the basic card overrides the 

basic ALC selection. The output report will include the alternate assembly(s) 

requested including its subordinate items, if applicable. Once the alternate 
CHAPTER 3 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

3-3

assembly and their breakdown have been selected, the process will revert back 

to the configuration and LCN range specified on the basic selection. For 

example, if the basic selection is LCN = A, ALC = 00, no Stop LCN (implies a 

stop LCN of B), with subordinate LCN/ALC selections of A0102/01, A010207/02, 

and A04/01 yields the following LCN/ALCs selected: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 LCN (From) LCN (To) ALC 

 A A0101ZZZZZZZZZZZZZ 00 

 A0102 A010206ZZZZZZZZZZZ 01 

 A010207 A010207ZZZZZZZZZZZ 02 

 A010208 A0102ZZZZZZZZZZZZZ 01 

 A0103 A03ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ 00 

 A04 A04ZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ 01 

 A05 AZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZZ 00 

30.3 TASK REFERENCING OR SUBTASK REFERENCING. Table CA in MIL-STD-1388-2B 

allows for referencing of tasks and their related information. To reference a 

task, a user will input the "Referenced" End Item Acronym Code (REFEIACA), LCN 

(REFLCNCA), ALC (REFALCCA), LCN Type (REFTYPCA), and Task Code (REFTSKCA) 

following the table CA key set (or "Referencing" keys). As paragraph 70.1.a 

of MIL-STD-1388-2B denotes, this task referencing capability should only be 

utilized when the data of table CA and subordinate tables CB-CI are identical 

for the referenced and referencing tasks. All non-key attributes in table CA 

and all data in subordinate tables (CB-CI) will be pulled from the Referenced 

Task and its subordinate tables. Therefore, only key entries, referenced task 

entries described above, and mandatory element entries (Task Frequency) are 

required in table CA, and no further entries are required in subordinate 

tables CB-CI. Subtask referencing is similar to task referencing. Paragraph 

70.2.a in Appendix A of -2B describes the "Referenced" data elements that must 

be entered in table CB (same as table CA with the addition of Referenced 

Subtask Number) following the normal (referencing) key set entries. With 

subtask referencing, data is pulled from tables CB-CD (not CB-CI) of the 

referenced subtask for the referencing subtask and, therefore, tables CC and 

CD do not require further entries. 

30.3.1 REPORT USAGE OF REFERENCED TASKS/SUBTASKS. When utilizing task or 

subtask referencing, two cautions should be remembered. First, many LSAR ADP 

systems allow only 1 tier of referencing for tasks and subtasks. In other 

words, task A can reference task B as long as task B does not reference task C 

(the same is true for subtasks). If task B does reference task C, then task A 

must reference Task C instead of task B. The number of tiers that an LSAR ADP 

system will allow for referencing is up to the developer's discretion. 

Second, in any LSAR reports dealing with task information and related 

calculations, LSAR ADP systems must pull and utilize referenced task and 

subtask information for report outputs. 
CHAPTER 3 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

3-4

30.4 LSA-001 ANNUAL MAN-HOURS BY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE AND LEVEL OF 

MAINTENANCE REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.4.1 SELECTION. The LSA-001 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN-TYPE, UOC and SERV DES; and optional ALC, Stop LCN, SSC, Number of 

systems supported per Maint Level (default=1) and Report Part (PARTS). 

30.4.2 PROCESSING. The same qualifying criteria is used for both parts I and 

II. Task Codes are qualified by matching on selected SERV DES (Task Code 4th 

pos). Qualified tasks must have an entry in table CD with a valid Mean 

Man-Minute per Person ID (SUBMMMCD) over the range of selected LCNs. 

 a. It is possible to select only Part I of the report. If Part II is 

selected, Part I will also be displayed. If a selection is made by SSC, then 

both parts I and II will be generated. 

 b. Report calculations: 

 (1) Part II M-H PER PERSON ID is computed by summing all SUBMMMCD 

for each subtask entry matching an identical PERS ID (SUBPIDCD) and SSC 

(SKSPCDGA). This value is then divided by 60. 

 (2) Part II ANL M-H/ITEM is computed by multiplying the M-H PER 

PERSON ID (from b(1) above) by the Task Frequency (TSKFRQCA). 

 (3) Part II TOTAL ANL M-H is computed by multiplying the ANL 

M-H/ITEM (from b(2) above) by the NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED BY MAINTENANCE 

LEVEL input through the report selection. 

 (4) Part I Man Hour Summary MAN-HOURS is computed by summing all 

TOTAL ANL M-H for a given PERSON ID, SSC and Operations/Maintenance Level of 

the Task Code (TASKCDCA), position 3. 

 (5) PART I TOTAL NUMBER OF MAINTENANCE TASKS is computed by summing 

each qualified Task Code having contributed to man-hour computations. 

30.4.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.1 

30.4.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I is sequenced by ascending values of SSC. 

Part II is sorted also by ascending SSC. Within this sequence Tasks are 

sorted in ascending LCN then Task Code sequence. 

30.4.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-001 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 
CHAPTER 3 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

3-5

 

 

 CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 CA 199 LSACONXB 

 XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 CA 203 LCNTYPXB 

 CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 CD 388 SSECDECD 

 CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 CA 358 TRNRQCCA 

 CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 SSE CD 388 SSECDECD 

 NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED BY MAINTENANCE 

 LEVEL: (SELECTED) 

 SSC 

 C, O, F, H, G, L, D 

 TOTAL NUMBER OF MAINTENANCE TASKS: (COMPUTED)

 SSC 

 LCN 

 NOMENCLATURE 

 LCN-TYPE 

 ALC 

 TASK CD 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION 

 TASK FREQ 

 MB 

 SSE 

 PERS ID 

 TRG EQP 

 M-H PER PERS ID (CALCULATED) 

 ANL M-HR/ITEM (CALCULATED) 

 TOTAL ANL M-H (CALCULATED) 

 FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 
LSA-001 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 ANNUAL MAN-HOURS BY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE AND LEVEL OF MAINTENANCE 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES 

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY ARMY 

SELECTED

NUMBER OF SYSTEMS SUPPORTED BY MAINTENANCE LEVEL: OPERATOR/CREW (C): 

 ORGANIZATIONAL/AVUM/ON EQUIP (O):  INTERMEDIATE/DS AVIM/AFLOAT/OFF EQUIP (F):  INTERMEDIATE/GS/ASHORE (H):  ASHORE AND AFLOAT (NAVY) (G):  SPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY (L):  DEPOT/SHIPYARD (D): 

5000 5000 5000 5000 0 5000 5000 

 PART I - MAN-HOUR SUMMARY 

 CD.  SKSPCDGA CALC CALC CALC CALC CALC SSC (D)  OPERATOR/ 

CREW (C) 

ORGANIZATIONAL/ INTERMEDIATE/DS- INTERMEDIATE/ INTERMEDIATE/ SPON EQUIP (O) AVIM/AFL/OF EQP (F) GS/ASHORE (H) NAVY ASH/AFL (G) RE

35B20 0.00 2770.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 

35B30 0.00 3440.00 1759.15 0.00 0.00 

44B10 0.00 0.00 213.50 0.00 0.00 

44E10 0.00 0.00 1186.60 0.00 0.00 

52C10 0.00 24.57 315.00 0.00 0.00 

52C20 0.00 614.30 1219.20 0.00 0.00 

76J10 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 

CALC

TOTAL NUMBER OF MAINTENANCE TASKS: 33  PART II - PERSONNEL SKILL AND TASK SUMMARY 

 CD. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CD. CA. 

 SKSPCDGA LSACONXB LCNTYPXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA SUBPIDCD TRNRQCCA CALC 

 XB. CA. CD.  LCNAMEXB ALTLCNXB SSECDECD 

SSC  LCN 

NOMENCLATURE 

LCN-TYPE 

ALC TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ 

PERS 

MB SSE ID 

TRG EQP 

M-H PER PERS ID 

35B20 002 F GGOAGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS .2000 O M AAA N 0.67  WIRE HARNESS ASSY 00 ASSY  00204 F HGOAAAA REPLACE LIGHT ASSY .8400 O A AAA N 0.50  LIGHT ASSEMBLY 00 35B30 002 F GGOAGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS .2000 O M AAF N 1.34  WIRE HARNESS ASSY 00 ASSY  00201 F JGFOGAA REPAIR POWER CONTROL .2330 O A ABB Y 1.51  POWER CONTROL ASSY 00  00204 F HGOAAAA REPLACE LIGHT ASSY .8400 O A AAF N 0.50  LIGHT ASSEMBLY 00 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-7 

30.5 LSA-003 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.5.1 SELECTION. The LSA-003 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN Type, UOC, AOR, and MB; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN and 

Wartime/Peacetime (W/P) Indicator (default value is Peacetime). 

30.5.2 PROCESSING. The intent of this report is to compare the status of an 

item versus the requirements for the same item. Therefore, for the "Required" 

line to be printed, there must be an exact match with the Start LCN in Tables 

AC and/or AD. If no AC/AD Table values exist for the Start LCN, then do not 

print the "Required" line; only calculate the "Status" line dependent on the 

selection range. If "Required" line exists ("A" Table LCN), "Status" line 

values should be calculated based on a roll-up of LCNs subordinate to the "A" 

Table LCN (Required line) and within the selection range. The same qualifying 

criteria is used throughout this report. Task codes are qualified by matching 

on selected SERV DES. 

 a. Qualified tasks must have an entry in table CA with a Mean Man-Hour 

value (MSDMMHCA first precedence, PRDMMHCA second precedence), a Mean Elapsed 

Time entry (MSDMETCA first, PRDMETCA second), and a Task Frequency entry 

(TSKFRQCA). 

 b. Task Code position 1 (Function) of "O", "T", "U", "V", and "Y", and 

Task Code position 2 (Interval) of "Y" are not used in the LSA-003 report 

calculations. 

 c. The elapsed time and man-hour values printed on the status line of the 

report are calculated from data on the "C" tables in the following manner: 

 N N 

 Σ (ETi)(TFi) Σ (M-Hi)(TFi) 

 ETm = i=1 i=1 

 ---------------- M-Hm = ------------------ 

 N N 

 Σ TFi Σ TFi

 i=1 i=1 

 ETm = Mean Elapsed Time 

 M-Hm = Mean Man-Hours 

 ETi = Elapsed Time for task i (MSDMETCA-1st, PRDMETCA-2nd) 

 M-Hi = Total Man Hours for task i (MSDMMHCA-1st, PRDMMHCA-2nd) 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 N = Total number of tasks performed for the range of LCNs 

The preceding computations are performed for each of the following groupings 

of tasks at Crew and Org Operations/Maintenance Levels: 

 1. Daily Inspection (Task Code position 1 is "A" and position 2 is "C"). 

 2. Preoperative Inspection (TASK CODE position 1 is "A" and position 2 is 

"A"). 

 3. Post Operative Inspection (Task Code position 1 is "A" and position 2 

is "H"). 

 4. Periodic Inspection (Task Code position 1 is "A" and position 2 is 

"E" or "B"). 

 5. Mission Profile Change (Task Code position 1 is "M"). 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-8 

 6. Turnaround (Task Code position 5 is "F"). 

Also, the preceding computations are performed for Unscheduled Tasks (Task 

Code position 2 is F, G, or J) at all maintenance levels. 

 d. The scheduled and unscheduled values for annual man-hours per end item 

are derived utilizing data from the C tables for a given LCN and using the 

task interval codes (2nd position) F, G, and J to qualify unscheduled tasks 

and all remaining task interval codes (except Y) qualifying as scheduled. The 

following calculations are performed at each maintenance level: 

 N 

 (M-Hs)a = Σ (TFi)(M-Hs)i 

 i=1 

 N 

 (M-Hu)a = Σ (TFi)(M-Hu)i

 i=1 

 

 

 where; 

 (M-Hs)a = Annual Man Hours for scheduled maintenance 

 (M-Hu)a = Annual Man-Hours for unscheduled maintenance 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 (M-Hs)i = Man-Hours for scheduled maintenance task i 

 (M-Hu)i = Man-Hours for unscheduled maintenance task i 

 N = Total number of tasks performed for the range of LCNs 

 

 

 

 

 

The scheduled and unscheduled values are summed to yield total annual manhours per end item for each maintenance level. 

 e. The status percentile for a given Maint Level is calculated by 

dividing the qualified tasks with Elapsed Times less than or equal to the 

"required" MAX TIME TO REPAIR value by the total number of qualified tasks at 

that Maint Level X 100: 

 NUMBER OF QUALIFIED TASKS PER M/L WITH ELAP TIME ≤ MAX TTR VALUE X 100 

 TOTAL NUMBER OF QUALIFIED TASKS 

 f. The scheduled and unscheduled man-hours per operating hour (status) 

are calculated by dividing the annual man-hours per end item from the 2(d) 

calculations above by the annual operating requirements specified on the 

selection criteria. Values should be calculated to the one-hundredths (2 

positions right of the decimal). This calculation is performed for each O/M 

Level. The scheduled and unscheduled values are summed to yield total manhours per operating hour per maintenance level. 

 g. The status totals (at the Bottom of the output) are calculated by 

summing the Annual Man-Hours and M-H Per Operating Hour (Scheduled, 

Unscheduled, and Total) status values for all maintenance levels. 

30.5.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.2 

30.5.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Crew and Organizational Inspections (Crew first) 

section is always shown first. The remainder of the report is sequenced by 

ascending maintenance level (crew/operator to depot). 

30.5.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-003 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 

 Report Header 

 EIAC 

Table Code 

 XB 

DED 

096 

Element Code 

EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-9 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 W/P AG 282 OPRQINAG 

 CREW INSPECTIONS & 

 ORGANIZATIONAL INSPECTIONS CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 REQUIRED 

 DAILY INSP 

 M-H AD 280 DINMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 DINMETAD 

 PREOP INSP 

 M-H AD 280 PREMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 PREMETAD 

 POSTOP INSP 

 M-H AD 280 POIMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 POIMETAD 

 PERIODIC INSP 

 M-H AD 280 PINMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 PINMETAD 

 MSSN PROF CHG 

 M-H AD 280 MPCMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 MPCMETAD 

 TURNAROUND 

 M-H AD 280 TINMMHAD 

 ELAP AD 280 TINMETAD 

 STATUS (CALCULATED - SEE SPEC WRITE-UP) 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 REQUIRED 

 UNSCH MAINT 

 M-H AC 498 MLUMMHAC 

 ELAP AC 498 MLUMETAC 

 MAX TIME TO REPAIR AC 222 MLMTTRAC 

 PCT AC 286 MLPERCAC 

 ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM 

 SCHED AC 020 MLSAMHAC 

 UNSCHED AC 020 MLUAMHAC 

 TOTAL (CALCULATED - SEE SPEC) 

 M-H PER OPER HOUR 

 SCHED AC 215 MLSMHOAC 

 UNSCHED AC 215 MLUMHOAC 

 TOTAL (CALCULATED - SEE SPEC) 

 STATUS (CALCULATED - SEE SPEC) 
LSA-003 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 MAINTENANCE SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA.  EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES PEACE/WAR REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY AIR FORCE CA.TASKCDCA 

ORGANIZATIONAL INSPECTIONS  DAILY INSP PREOP INSP POSTOP INSP PERIODIC INSP MISS PROF  M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H ELAP M-H E

 AD. AD. AD. AD. AD. AD. AD. AD. AD. AD.  DINMMHAD DINMETAD PREMMHAD PREMETAD POIMMHAD POIMETAD PINMMHAD PINMETAD MPCMMHAD MPCREQUIRED .25 .25 .25 .25 .15 .15 .51 .51 1.00 1CALC (ALL ROW VALUES)

STATUS .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .00 .28 .03 .00 ------------------------------ 

CA.TASKCDCA 

MAINTENANCE LEVEL CREW/OP  UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM M M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCHE

 AC. AC. AC. AC. AC. AC. AC.  MLUMMHAC MLUMETAC MLMTTRAC MLPERCAC MLSAMHAC MLUAMHAC CALC MLSMHOREQUIRED .00 .00 .00 00 .0 .0 .0 .0CALC (ALL ROW VALUES)

STATUS .00 .00 .5 .0 .5 .0------------------------------ MAINTENANCE LEVEL ORG  UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM  M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCREQUIRED .00 .00 .00 00 .0 .0 .0 .STATUS 1.68 1.54 .0 5.1 5.1 .------------------------------ MAINTENANCE LEVEL INT(F)  UNSCH MAINT MAX TIME ANNUAL M-H PER END ITEM M M-H ELAP TO REPAIR PCT SCHED UNSCHED TOTAL SCHEREQUIRED 4.00 4.00 5.00 95 75.0 18.0 93.0 .0STATUS .69 .53 100 .0 1.9 1.9 .0------------------------------ ------------------------------ 

CALC

STATUS TOTALS FOR ALL MAINT LEVELS: ANNUAL M-H  PER END ITEM M-H PER OPER HOUR  SCHEDULED 0.5 0.00  UNSCHEDULED 7.0 0.00  TOTAL M-H PER END ITEM 7.5 0.00
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-11 

30.6 LSA-004 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.6.1 SELECTION. The LSA-004 report is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, SERV DES, and Draft/Proof option; and optional ALC, Stop LCN and UOC. 

Other optional selections include Item Category Codes, Tool List option, TM 

Code, Display Option (LCN or TM FGC for the Draft MAC, Proof MAC and Aviation 

MAC must be sequenced by TM FGC), and Technical Manual Designation (provided 

by requiring authority). The Draft/Proof option allows for a Draft MAC, 

Proof MAC, or Aviation MAC to be selected. If the Tool List option is not 

selected, then the ICC option cannot be used. Selectable ICCs are limited to 

D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, AC, and 1-8. 

30.6.2 PROCESSING. The LSA-004 is a report of the man-hour allocations by 

maintenance function and maintenance level. The report can be requested as 

either a draft (reflects all maintenance functions allowed in the LSAR data 

base) or a proof (formatted in accordance with figure 20, MIL-M-63038 (TM), 

Manuals, Technical). The draft is printed on computer stock paper and the 

proof is printed on 8 1/2 by 11 inch plain bond paper. The draft MAC consists 

of two parts, the man-hour allocation section and the cross-referenced tool 

list (if selected). The Proof MAC and Aviation MAC consist of four sections, 

three of which are obtainable from the LSAR. The proof tool list should 

consist of only ICCs for peculiar or special tools and for existing or new 

tool sets, kits and outfits. It should not include common tools that are part 

of a kit as separately listed (referenced) items. CA table LCNs must exist 

within the range of selected LCNs and with a qualified Task Code (Task Codes 

are qualified against the selected SERV DES by matching on the 4th position). 

 If the tool option is selected, qualified CG table LCNs must have a tool/test 

equipment having an ICC that matches on those selected (must match the 

Reference Number and CAGE in table CG (TSREFNCG and TSCAGECG) with the 

Reference Number and CAGE in table EA (SEREFNEA and SECAGEEA) in order to 

access the ICC). Asterisks will be printed in the Man-Hours column of this 

report when: a. there is more than one Task Code qualified for a given O/M 

level and Task Function and either the Man-Hour or Task Frequency is blank or 

zero; or b. when there is qualified Task Code for a given O/M level and Task 

Function, but there is no Man-Hour value, whatsoever. 

 a. Task Functions (1st position Task Code) for the draft will appear as 

they do in the LSAR data base. 

 b. Task Functions not allowed on the Proof MAC will be automatically 

included as follows: 

 1. Access, Disassemble/Assemble and Fault Locate Times are included 

as part of Repair time. 

 2. End-of-Runway Inspection times are included as part of the 

Inspect time. 

 3. Remove and Install times are included as part of the 

Remove/Install time. 

 4. Remove and Replace times are included as Replace time. 

 5. Lubricate times are included as part of the Service times. 

 6. Clean, Mission Profile Change, Package/Unpackage, Preserve, 

Operate, Transport, and Transportation Preparation are not included on the 

MAC. Also, Battle Damage Assessment Repair (BDAR) tasks are not included on 

the MAC (these are identified by a Task Interval Code (2nd position) of "Y"). 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-12 

 b. Operations/Maintenance (O/M) Level "G" is not included on the Proof 

MAC and O/M level "L" is included as part of O/M level "H" on the Proof. All 

O/M levels are included on the Draft MAC (C, O, F, H, G, L, D). Only O/M 

levels of "O", "F", and "D" apply when the aviation MAC is developed. 

Maintenance category AVUM equates to "O", AVIM to "F", and Depot to "D". 

 c. For each O/M level, the Mean Man-Hours is calculated for all tasks 

with the same Task Function as follows: 

 N 

 E (TFi)(M-Hi) 

 i=1 

 M-Hm = ---------------------- 

 N 

 E TFi 

 i=1 

 M-Hm = Mean Man-Hours 

 M-Hi = Total Man-Hours for task i (calculated by summing the 

 Man-Hours for each Person ID of task i) 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 N = Total number of tasks performed 

 

 

 

 

Man-Hours are rounded to the nearest tenth of an hour. 

 d. For a given component/assembly (LCN driven)/Maintenance Function 

combination, a new line is required for each applicable maintenance level. 

This will enable necessary tools to be linked to specific maintenance levels. 

 e. Section III, Tool and Test Equipment Requirements, consists of tools 

and test equipment required to perform the maintenance functions listed in 

Section II, Maintenance Allocation Summary. Sections II and III are cross 

indexed by the "Tool or Test Equipment Reference Code" which is generated 

based on the ascending Reference Number sequence in Section III. 

 f. Section IV, Remarks, is based upon Remarks entered against qualified 

MAC tasks. Section II and IV are cross indexed by the Remarks Code contained 

in column 6 of Section II and the Reference Code in column 1 of Section IV. 

30.6.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.3 

30.6.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Section II is sequenced by ascending LCN or TM FGC 

depending on the Display Option selected, then by ascending maintenance 

function based on the 1st position of the Task Code. Section III is 

sequenced 

by ascending Reference Numbers and CAGE codes. Section IV is sequenced by 

ascending Remarks Reference Code. 

30.6.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-004 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header 

 EIAC 

 

 

Table Code 

XB 

DED 

096 

Element Code 

EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 

 

 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-13 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC SELECTION (DRAFT MAC)/(MAC) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 TM CODE (SELECTED) XI 437 TMCODEXI 

 TOOL LIST (SELECTED) 

 TECH MANUAL DESIGNATION (SELECTED) XI 440 TMNUMBXI 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 DRAFT/PROOF OPTION (SELECTED) 

 LCN (DRAFT MAC) CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC (DRAFT MAC) CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 GROUP NUMBER (MAC) XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE (DRAFT MAC)/ XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 COMPONENT/ASSEMBLY (MAC) 

 MAINTENANCE FUNCTION CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODES (DRAFT MAC)/ CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 MAINTENANCE CATEGORY (MAC) 

 (MEAN MAN-HOURS PER MAINTENANCE FUNCTION 

 AND LEVEL - CALCULATED)(SEE APPX B) 

 TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (GENERATED) 

 REMARKS (REFERENCE CODE)(MAC) CE 349 TSKRRCCE 

 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 TOOL/TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE (GENERATED) 

 MAINT CATEGORY CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ITEM NAME (DRAFT MAC)/NOMENCLATURE (MAC) HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (DRAFT MAC)/ HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NATIONAL/NATO STOCK NUMBER (MAC) NIINSNHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER (DRAFT MAC)/ HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 TOOL NUMBER (MAC) 

 CAGE (DRAFT MAC) HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 SECTION IV. REMARKS (HEADER) 

 REFERENCE CODE (MAC) CE 349 TSKRRCCE 

 REMARKS (MAC) CE 432 TSKREMCE 
LSA-004 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 DRAFT MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEICCDEEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC 

REFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 

 XI. 

006 FF ARMY B,X

SELECTED TMNUMBXI SELECTED TOOL LIST TECH MANUAL DESIGNATION DISP OPT  YES TM 5-4110-234-14 LCN 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- 

 CA. CA. XB. CA. CA. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TASKCDCA TASKCDCA CALC  MAINTENANCE MAINTENANCE LEVEL CODES 

AND LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE FUNCTION C O F H G EQUIPMENT 006 00 ENGINE ASSY TEST .77  SERVICE .06  FAULT LOCATIO  N 

.78 

00602 00 ENGINE BLOCK REMOVE .54 

0060201 00 PISTON ASSY REPAIR .56  00607 01 SUPER CARB REMOVE AND RE  PLACE  REPAIR 

1.38 

1.50 

00614 00 STARTER ASSY REMOVE AND RE  PLACE 

.61 

 REPAIR .35 
LSA-004 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 CA. HA. 

 DRAFT TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 

 HA. HA. 

GENERATED

TOOL/TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE 

 TASKCDCA ITNAMEHA 

MAINTENANCE CATEGORY ITEM NAME 

 FSCNCNHA/NIINSNHA REFNUMHA 

NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER REFERENCE NUMBER 

 

 1 F RING, RETAINING 112-0003  2 F PIN, PISTON 112-0069  3 F PISTON 2805-00-647-0713 112-0136  4 F RING SET, PISTON 2805-01-045-3095 113-0153  5 F BUSHING, CONN ROD 114-0036  6 F BEARING, ROD (HALF) 114-0145 

 7 F CONNECT ROD, PISTON 2805-00-865-2333 114-0203  8 O KIT, GASKET 142-0033  9 O CARBURETOR 2910-01-044-8999 142-0431  10 F STARTER ASSY 2920-01-043-8778 191-1052  11 F CLUTCH ASSY 3010-01-008-9140 191-1087  12 F WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-449-8083 AT503  13 F WRENCH, SOCKET 5120-00-148-7917 B107-6  14 O SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH B2502 

 15 O COMPRESSION GAUGE 5210-00-278-1248 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2STA123  16 O,F SCREWDRIVER 5120-00-222-8852 GGG-S-121  17 F SPREADER,PISTONRING JH25  18 O,F TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG 5180-00-596-1474 SC5180-90-CL-N14 
 LSA-004 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

 SELECTION SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. X

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UO

 EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN  REFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 

EA.SEICCDEA 

 ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: A, B, C 

SELECTED

 TOOL LIST OPTION: YES 

XI.TMCODEXI

 TECHNICAL MANUAL CODE: TM2 

XI.TMNUMBXI

 TECHNICAL MANUAL DESIGNATION: TM 5-4110-234-14 

SELECTED

 DRAFT/PROOF OPTION SELECTED: PROOF MAC 

SELECTED 

 DISPLAY OPTION: TECHNICAL MANUAL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE 
 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

 TM 5-4110-234-14 

 XB. XB. CA. CA. CF/CE. TMFGCDXB LCNAMEXB TASKCDCA TASKCDCA CALC GENERATED TSKRRCCE  (1) GROUP NUMBER 

(2) 

COMPONENT/ ASSEMBLY 

(3) 

MAINT FUNCTION C 

(4) 

MAINTENANCE CATEGORY 

 O F H D 

(5) 

TOOLS AND (6) EQUIPMENT REMARKS 

06 ENGINE ASSY TEST .8 

 SERVICE .1  REPLACE 1.5 4,5,6,12, AA  14,16  REPAIR .8 9,11 0601 DELUXE CARB SERVICE .3 8,10  REPLACE 1.2 9,13 0602 ENGINE BLOCK REM/INS .5 4,13 0602 SUPER CARB REPLACE 1.4 9,13  REPAIR 1.5 BB 060201 PISTON ASSY REPAIR .6 1,2,3,15, 0607 CARBURETOR ASSY ADJUST .5 

 SERVICE .2 8,10  REPAIR 1.0 0614 STARTER ASSY REPLACE .6 7  REPAIR .4 7 
 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 

 TM 5-4110-234-14 

 CA. HA. HA. HA. 

GENERATED

TOOL/TEST EQUIPMENT REF CODE 

 TASKCDCA 

MAINT CATEGORY 

ITNAMEHA 

NOMENCLATURE 

 FSCNCNHA/NIINSNHA 

NATIONAL/NATO STOCK NUMBER 

REFNUMHA 

TOOL NUMBER 

 1  2  3 

F F F 

SET, SOLDERING COMPRESSOR, RING LEAK DETECTION DEV 

5820-00-347-8650 5480-00-123-9876 3420- - - 

4003100 4003100 4990866 

 4  5 

O,F O 

WRENCH, SOCKET SCREWDRIVER 

5120-00-449-8083 5120-00-278-1273 

AT503 A135 

 6 O SOCKET 5120-00-189-7985 A24 

 7  8 

F F 

WRENCH, BOX TONGS 

5120-00-148-7917 B107-6 

B25 

 9 O SOCKET WRENCH B2502  10 F BUCKET WITH LID CTB1  11 O COMPRESSION GAUGE 5210-00-278-1248 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2S 

 1234  12 O PLIERS 5120-00-293-0032 GGG-P-471 

 13  14  15  16 

O,F O F O 

SCREWDRIVER EXT, SOCKET WRENCH SPREADER,PISTONRING SCREW STARTER, HAND 

5120-00-222-8852 5120-00-243-1697 5120-00-832-6221 

GGG-S-121 GGG-W-641 JH25 SN9 
 MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

 TM 5-4110-234-14  SECTION IV. REMARKS 

 CF/CE.  TSKRRCCE REFERENCE CODE 

 CE. 

 TSKREMCE 

REMARKS 

 AA DS WILL REPLACE PHENOLIC CONNECTOR AND POT FOR MOISTURE.  BB ALL REPAIR AND REPLACEMENT OF PARTS PERFORMED BY ORGANIZA-  TIONAL MAINTENANCE LIMITED TO AUTHORIZED ITEMS LISTED IN  TM 9-4240-1643-24P. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-20 

30.7 LSA-005 SUPPORT ITEM UTILIZATION SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.7.1 SELECTION. The LSA-005 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC, Item Category Code, and Elapsed Time/Quantity option; and 

optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN and Display Option (LCN (default) or TM FGC). 

 a. If the Elapsed Time option is selected, then only the following ICCs 

will be allowed: D, E, F, G, H, J, M, N, P, R, S, T, U, V, AC, and 1 - 8. 

 b. If the Quantity option is selected, then only the following ICCs will 

be allowed: K, L, Q, W, X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AD, AE, and 9. 

30.7.2 PROCESSING. Task Codes are qualified by matching on selected SERV DES. 

Measured values for Elapsed Time and Man-Hours take precedence over Predicted 

values. Each Elapsed Time and Man-Hour value will have a (P) or (M) 

associated with it to distinguish between Predicted and Measured values. 

Qualified tasks must have a valid Mean Minute Elapsed Time (SBMMETCB) entry in 

table CB, or Mean Elapsed Time (MSDMETCA or PRDMETCA) in table CA, and a Task 

Frequency entry (TSKFRQCA) in table CA over the range of selected LCNs for the 

Elapsed Time option. Likewise, Task Frequency (TSKFRQCA) and Quantity/Task 

(SQTYTKCG or PQTYTKCI depending on ICC) must have entries for the Quantity 

option. 

 a. At each Operations/Maintenance Level (O/M level), the total elapsed 

time for all tasks where a particular item of support equipment is used is 

calculated as follows: 

 N 

 ETt = 3 (TFi)(ETi) 

 i=1 

 where; 

 ETt = Total Elapsed Time per O/M Level 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 ETi = Elapsed Time for task i 

 N = Total Number of tasks performed 

 b. At each O/M Level, the total quantity of a repair part is calculated 

for each task where the repair part is used as follows: 

 N 

 TQ = 3 (TFi)(QTY/TASK)i 

 i=1 

 where; 

 TQ = Total Quantity per O/M Level 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 (QTY/TASK)i = Quantity per task i 

 N = Total number of tasks performed 

 c. The total elapsed time usage for a piece of support equipment for all 

maintenance levels or total quantity for repair parts for all maintenance 

levels is calculated by summing all total elapsed times or quantities for each 

level of maintenance, respectively, that the piece of support equipment or 

repair part is utilized. 

30.7.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.4 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-21 

30.7.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced first by ICC (A - Z, 1 - 9); 

second by ascending reference number; third by ascending maintenance level 

(crew -depot); and fourth by ascending LCN or TM FGC. 

30.7.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-005 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 LCN TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ITEM CATEGORY CODES 

 (T/Q OPTION = ELAPSED TIME) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 (T/Q OPTION = QUANTITY) HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 T/Q OPTION (SELECTED) 

 DISPLAY OPTION (SELECTED) 

 SUPPORT ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER 

 (T/Q OPTION = ELAPSED TIME) CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 (T/Q OPTION = QUANTITY) CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE 

 (T/Q OPTION = ELAPSED TIME) CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 (T/Q OPTION = QUANTITY) CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 M/L CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TM FUNCT GROUP CODE XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 ELAP TIME 

 PREDICTED CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 MEASURED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 MAN-HOURS 

 PREDICTED CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 MEASURED CA 225 MSDMMHCA 

 QTY/TA 

 (T/Q OPTION = ELAPSED TIME) CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 (T/Q OPTION = QUANTITY) CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 UM 

 (T/Q OPTION = ELAPSED TIME) CG 491 SQTKUMCG 

 (T/Q OPTION = QUANTITY) CI 491 PQTKUMCI 

 TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT 

 EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL (CALCULATED) 

 TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT 

 EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS (CALCULATED) 
LSA-005 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 SUPPORT ITEM UTILIZATION SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEI

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES 

REFRIG UNT CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY 00607 00 P 007 FF ARMY 

SELECTED SELECTED

T/Q OPTION DISPLAY OPTION ELAPSED TIME LCN ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 CG. CI. CG. CI. HA. TSREFNCG PROREFCI TSCAGECG PROCAGCG ITNAMEHA 

SUPPORT ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER: SC5189-90-CL-N14-2345 CAGE: 44940 ITEM NAME: TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG  CA. CA. CA. XB. XB. 

TASKCDCA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TMFGCDXB 

M/L DS 

LCN 00614 

ALC 00 

LCN NOMENCLATURE STARTER ASSY 

TM FUNCT GROUP CODE 0614 

 CA. CA. CG. CG. 

 PRDMETCA PRDMMHCA SQTYTKCG SQTKUMCG 

 CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CI. CI. 

TASKCDCA TASKIDCA 

TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION JGFAGAA REPAIR STARTER ASSY HGFAGAA REPLACE STARTER ASSEMBLY 

CALC

 TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA 

TASK FREQ MB 

.3330 O .3330 O 

 MSDMETCA 

ELAP TIME 

.35(M) .61(M) 

MSDMMHCA PQTYTKCI PQTKUMCI 

MAN-HOURS QTY/TA UM 

.35(M) 1.00 EA .61(M) 1.00 EA 

 TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL: DS 

CALC

.32 

 TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS .32 ------------------------------ SUPPORT ITEM REFERENCE NUMBER: B25 CAGE: 44940 ITEM NAME: TONGS 

M/L LCN DS 00607 

ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE 

CARBURETOR ASSY 

TM FUNCT GROUP CODE 0607 

TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME MAN-HOURS QTY/TA CGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR 3.3360 O 1.70(M) .20(M) 1.00  TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR MAINTENANCE LEVEL: DS 5.67  TOTAL ELAPSED TIME USAGE FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS 5.67 

UM EA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-23 

30.8 LSA-006 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASK SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.8.1 SELECTION. The LSA-006 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC, and Critical Criteria (optional between Task Frequency, 

Elapsed Time, Man-Hours, and Annual Man-Hours); and optional SERV DES, ALC, 

Stop LCN, Display Option (LCN or TM FGC), Maintenance Level, and Unscheduled 

or Scheduled maintenance interval. 

30.8.2 PROCESSING. Task codes must qualify by matching on selected SERV DES. 

 If unscheduled maintenance interval is selected, then task codes are further 

qualified by checking the second position for F, G, or J. If scheduled 

maintenance interval is selected, then task codes are qualified by checking 

the second position for A, B, C, E, H, K, L, M, N, P, Q, or R. Task Interval 

Code of Y (BDAR) is not included in the LSA-006. 

 a. Depending upon selection option chosen (Task Frequency, Elapsed Time, 

Man-Hours, and Annual Man-Hours), at least one qualifying task with a Task 

Frequency, or Elapsed Time, or Mean Man-Hours must be entered for the 

corresponding selection. Annual Man-Hour selection requires Elapsed Time and 

Mean Man Hours values entered. 

 b. When man-hours or elapsed times are reported each value will be 

preceded by a (P) or (M) to indicate to indicate predicted or measured values, 

respectively. Where a measured value has not been input, the report will 

default to the predicted value. 

 c. Annual man-hours is computed by multiplying the mean man-hours by the 

task frequency for the given task. 

30.8.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.5 

30.8.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by descending critical 

value. If the critical values are identical, then the report sequences by 

ascending LCN, then by ascending task codes (start with first position). 

30.8.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-006 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 DISPLAY OPTION (SELECTED) 

 CRITICAL CRITERIA (HEADER) 

 THE FOLLOWING TASKS EXCEED (SELECTED) 

 THIS REPORT COVERS THE FOLLOWING 

 MAINTENANCE LEVELS (SELECTED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-24 

 THIS REPORT COVERS (SELECTED) 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TSK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 MAN-HOURS (P) CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 MAN-HOURS (M) CA 225 MSDMMHCA 

 ELAPSED TIME (P) CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 ELAPSED TIME (M) CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 ANNUAL MAN-HOURS (CALCULATED) 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 
LSA-006 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 CRITICAL MAINTENANCE TASK SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV D

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 DCY AIR FO

SELECTED

CRITICAL CRITERIA 1. THE FOLLOWING TASKS EXCEED 2.0000 FOR TASK FREQUENCY 

SELECTED

 2. THIS REPORT COVERS THE FOLLOWING MAINTENANCE LEVELS: ALL 

SELECTED

 3. THIS REPORT COVERS UNSCHEDULED TASKS ONLY --------

 XB. 

--------------------------

CA. XB. 

-------------------------

 HG. HG. 

---------------------------

CA. CA. 

-------------

CA. 

TMFGCDXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH TASKCDCA TASKIDCA 

 TASK 

 TSKFRQCA 

TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TSK FREQ 00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT F100000RG-245CK4 94833 HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 

 AM700 ION UNIT 0607 00 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 CGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR 3.3360 

0607 00 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 DGOAAAA ADJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 

06 00 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 HGDXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS  Y 

3.3330 

06 00 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 NGOAAAA FAULT LOCATION - E  NGINE ASSY 

3.3090 

05 00 COMPRESSOR ASSY 5D43-139-A 10855 HGFAAAA REPLACE COMPRESSOR 2.0000 

 ASSY 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-26 

30.9 LSA-007 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS BY SSC AND MAINTENANCE LEVEL 

REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.9.1 SELECTION. The LSA-007 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, and UOC; and optional SERV DES, ICCs, ALC, Stop LCN, SSC, 

Maintenance Level (M/L), Display Option (LCN (default) or TM FGC), and SEQ OPT 

(SSC-M/L or M/L-SSC (default)). 

30.9.2 PROCESSING. Task codes are qualified by matching on selected SERV DES 

and M/L against the range of LCNs chosen. Selected Item Category Codes are 

limited to D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, 1-8, AC, and AF. 

30.9.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.6 

30.9.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced according to the selected 

SEQ OPT (SSC then M/L or M/L then SSC) first, then by DISP OPT (LCN or TM FGC) 

second, and Reference Number third. 

30.9.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-007 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC (SELECTED) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 (NOTE: ALLOW REPORT TO PULL ONLY ITEMS 

 WITH ICCs FROM EA TABLE) 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 M/L CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SEQ OPT (SELECTED) 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 LCN CG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TASK CD CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 
LSA-007 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 XB. XB.  SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS BY SKILL SPECIALTY CODE AND MAINTENANCE 

XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEICCD

EIAC REFRIG UNT 

LCN NOMENCLATURE ENGINE ASSY 

START LCN 006 

ALC TYPE STOP LCN 

00608 

UOC FF 

SERV DES NAVY 

I4 

SELECTED SELECTED

SEQ OPT M/L-SSC ----------

DISP OPT LCN 

-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 CA. CD. HA. CG. CG. CG. CG. CG. CA. 

TASKCDCA SKSPCDGA ITNAMEHA TSREFNCG TSCAGECG LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA 

 TASK M/L SSC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC TASK CD IDENTIORG 52C20 CLOTHS A-A-531 04643 006 00 HGOXAAA REPLAC

 Y  ADJUSTABLE WRENCH AT503 41947 006 00 HGOXAAA REPLAC

 Y  SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH B2502 41947 00607 00 HGONGAA REPLAC ON ENG TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 006 00 CBONAAA CHANGE  -1234 FILTER  TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 006 00 HGOXAAA REPLAC -1234 Y  TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 00607 00 HGONGAA REPLAC -1234 ON ENG SEALANT, GASKET S023 10855 00607 00 HGONGAA REPLAC

 ON ENG FILTER, OIL 122-0323 10855 006 00 CBONAAA CHANGE 

 FILTER  KIT, GASKET 142-0033 10855 00607 00 HGONGAA REPLAC

 ON ENG
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-28 

30.10 LSA-008 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RQMTS BY M/L REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.10.1 SELECTION. The LSA-008 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN, Maintenance Level, and 

Item Category Code. 

30.10.2 PROCESSING. As a minimum, there must be one qualified LCN (within the 

specified LCN range) with a Support Item Reference Number and CAGE entered 

against it (table HA) that matches on selected ICCs and a Task Code that 

matches on selected Maintenance Level and SERV DES. 

 a. Items qualifying as "Support/Test Equipment and Tools" must have an 

ICC of D, G, H, M, N, P, R, V, 1-8, or AC. 

 b. Items qualifying as "Spare and Repair Parts" must have an ICC of X, Y, 

Z, 9, AA, AB, or AE. 

 c. Items qualifying as "Other" must have an ICC of E, F, J, Q, S, T, W, 

AD, or AF. 

30.10.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.7 

30.10.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by ascending Maintenance 

Level (crew - depot), then ascending ICC, then ascending Reference Number 

within each ICC grouping. The ICC grouping order is Support/Test Equipment and 

Tools, then Spare and Repair Parts, then Other. 

30.10.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-008 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 M/L SEL (SELECTED) 

 ICC (SELECTED) 

 SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS (HEADER) 

 M/L CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QTY/TASK CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 UM CG 491 SQTKUMCG 

 SUPPORT LCN CG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TASK CD CG 427 TASKCDCA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-29 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 HMPC CA 155 HAZMPCCA 

 SPARES AND REPAIR PARTS (HEADER) 

 M/L CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 ICC HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 UM CI 491 PQTKUMCI 

 SUPPORT LCN CI 199 TSKLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 TSKALCCI 

 TASK CD CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 HMPC CA 155 HAZMPCCA 

 OTHER (HEADER) 

 M/L CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 ICC EA/HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 UM CI 491 PQTKUMCI 

 SUPPORT LCN CI 199 TSKLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 TSKALCCI 

 TASK CD CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 HMPC CA 155 HAZMPCCA 
LSA-008 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 SUPPORT ITEMS VALIDATION SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN REFRIG UNT ENGINE ASSY 006 --------------------------------------------

ALC TYPE STOP LCN 

---------------------------------

UOC SERV DES DCY ARMY 

---------------------

-

SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 

 EA. CG.  SEICCDEA SQTKUMCG  CA. CG. CG. HA. CG. CG. CG. CG. CA. 

TASKCDCA TSREFNCG TSCAGECG

M/L ICC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE 

 ITNAMEHA SQTYTKCG LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TASKCDCA TSKF

ITEM NAME QTY/TASK UM SUPPORT LCN ALC TASK CD TA

ORG 4 AT503 41947 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA ORG 4 AT503 41947 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA ORG 4 GGG-G-17 TY9CL2S 10855 COMPRESSION GAUGE 1.00 EA 006 00 NGOAAAA  -1234 ORG 4 GGG-P-471 96906 PLIERS 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA 

ORG 4 GGG-P-471 96906 PLIERS 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA 

ORG 4 GGG-W-641 41947 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA ORG 4 GGG-W-641 41497 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA ORG 4 SN9 96906 SCREW STARTER, HAND 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA ORG 4 SN9 96906 SCREW STARTER, HAND 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA SPARE AND REPAIR PARTS 

 HG. CI.  ITMCATHG PQTKUMCI  CI. CI. CI. HA. CI. CI. CI. CI. C

TSKTCDCI PROREFCI PROCAGCI ITNAMEHA PQTYTKCI TSKLCNCI TSKALCCI TSKTCDCI TS

ORG X CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 ENGINE 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA 

ORG X CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 ENGINE 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA 

ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA  -1234 ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 00 HGOXAAA  -1234 ORG Z SC5180-90-CL-N14 44940 TOOL KIT GAN REFRIG 1.00 EA 006 00 NGOAABB  -1234 OTHER
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-31 

30.11 LSA-009 SUPPORT ITEMS VALIDATION REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.11.1 SELECTION. The LSA-009 summary is selected by a mandatory EIAC, START 

LCN and at least one selection of Item Category Code (ICC) (table HA) or 

Provisioning Technical Documentation Selection Code (PTD SELECT) (table HG). 

Optional selections are ALC, STOP LCN, SEQUENCE and UOC. The LCN-TYPE (TYPE) is 

always "P". If both PTD SELECT and ICC are selected, then to qualify an item, 

it must match BOTH selected codes or code combinations. 

30.11.2 PROCESSING. At least one qualified item by either PTD SELECT or ICC 

must be contained in the selected range of LCNs in order to produce an LSA-009 

summary. The UM-PRICE with a "Y" PUC (PROUMPHE) is displayed on the summary. 

30.11.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.8 

30.11.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in either ascending 

Reference Number and CAGE, or LCN. If left blank, sequencing is by Reference 

Number and CAGE. 

NOTE: An optional sort outside the validation requirements is by ascending 

PCCN/PLISN. 

30.11.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-009 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SEQUENCE (SELECTED) 

 ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 PTD LISTS SELECTED 

 PPL HG 313 PPLPTDHG 

 SFPPL HG 313 SFPPTDHG 

 LLTIL HG 313 LLIPTDHG 

 RIL HG 313 RILPTDHG 

 ISIL HG 313 ISLPTDHG 

 TTEL HG 313 TTLPTDHG 

 CBIL HG 313 CBLPTDHG 

 PCL HG 313 PCLPTDHG 

 SCPL HG 313 SCPPTDHG 

 ARA HG 313 ARAPTDHG 

 ARB HG 313 ARBPTDHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 WUC HG 516 WRKUCDHG 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-32 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

 IND CD HG 162 INDCODHG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NAT STOCK NUMBER (HEADER) 

 NSN COGNIZANCE CODE HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE HA 253 MATNSNHA 

 NSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION CODE/ HA 253 SMMNSNHA 

 MATERIEL MANAGEMENT AGGREGATION CODE 

 NSN ACTIVITY CODE HA 253 ACTNSNHA 

 SMCC HA 395 SPMACCHA 

 SMIC HA 392 SMAINCHA 

 ICC HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 QTY/EI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 XC 317 QTYPEIXC 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 PS/PC HA 291 PHYSECHA 

 QTY/ASY HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 XC 316 QTYASYXC 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 SL HA 377 SHLIFEHA 
LSA-009 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 SUPPORT ITEMS VALIDATION 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. 

EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC 

EIAC REFRIG-UNT 

ITEM NAME REFRIGERATION UNIT 

START LCN 0 

ALC TYPE 00 P 

STOP LCN UOC 

R

 HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. 

 ITMCATHG PPLPTDHG SFPPTDHG LLIPTDHG RILPTDHG ISLPTDHG TTLPTDHG CBLPTDHG PCLPTDHG 

 ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: ------------------------------ PTD LISTS SELECTED ----- PPL SFPPL LLTIL RIL ISIL TTEL CBIL PCL  HG.  X, Y, AA, AC 

HG. HG. XC. 

YES 

HG. 

NO 

HA. 

YES NO 

HA. 

NO 

HA. 

NO 

HA. 

NO 

HG. 

NO 

CAGECDXH REFNUMHA WRKUCDHG PCCNUMXC INDCODHG ITNAMEHA SPMACCHA SMAINCHA UNITMSHA QTYPEIHG/ 

 HG. HG. HG. HA. HA. HA. HG. XC.  LSACONXB ALTLCNXB PLISNOHG/ COGNSNHA SMMNSNHA MATNSNHA ITMCATHG QTYPEIXC 

 XC. HA. HA. HA. HA. HE.  PLISNOXC FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA ACTNSNHA PRDLDTHA UMPRICHE 

CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER  LCN ALC WUC 

PCCN PLISN 

IND CD 

ITEM NAME NAT STOCK NUMBER 

SM CC 

SM IC 

ICC UM QTY/EI UM-PR

PLT 

44940 A12316142F-110 A90B10 C COMPRESSOR ASSY 9 B X EA 00001 12

 00506 00 05AA AACG 4130-01-091-9159 12 

51440 CCG45/1842-11AC  00501 00 0520 

A90B10 ABA3 

C POWER SUPPLY 

5120-01-096-3211 

4 X EA 00002 3

07 

31560 LP1213980F-1000  006 00 06 

A90B10 AAAK 

B ENGINE, GASOLINE 

3150-00-976-9349 

9 X EA 00001 21

15 

54330 12398/1842-11AC  00512AA 00 0512A 

A90B10 AC12 

 C CABLE, ASSEMBLY 

5120-01-097-4322 

9 A X EA 00001 

04 

29871 189.0918  0031028AL 00 0312 

A90B10 AV19 

 F SCREW, CAP 

5302-01-000-0542 

9 A Y EA 00001 

01 

54330 19698/1842-12AD  0051209AD 00 0514A 

A90B10 AC28 

 C CABLE, ASSEMBLY 

5120-00-398-4322 

9 A X EA 00001 

04 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-34 

30.12 LSA-010 PARTS STANDARDIZATION SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

 

30.12.1 SELECTION. The LSA-010 summary is selected by mandatory LCN, and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, AMC, CTIC1, and CTIC2. CTIC1 applies to the first 

position of the CTIC code and CTIC2 to the second position. A maximum of 4 

AMCs can be selected. Default values for CTIC and AMC selections are "All" 

legitimate values. 

30.12.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-010 summary at least one row of 

information (table HG) qualified by specified CTICs or AMC must be contained 

within the selected LCN range. All UM Prices for a given LCN/ALC combination 

will be printed out and the corresponding Lot Quantity From and To values. 

30.12.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.9 

30.12.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in ascending Reference Number 

and CAGE, CTIC1, CTIC2, or AMC as specified in the display option. 

30.12.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-010 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 CTIC1 HA 058 CTICODHA 

 CTIC2 HA 058 CTICODHA 

 AMC HA 003 ACQMETHA 

 DISPLAY OPTION (SELECTION) 

 REFERENCE NO/CAGE, CTIC(S), AMC(S) 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 RNCC HA 338 REFNCCHA 

 RNVC HA 339 REFNVCHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 FSC HA 260 FSCNSNHA 

 DAC HA 086 DOCAVCHA 

 AMC HA 003 ACQMETHA 

 AMSC HA 004 AMSUFCHA 

 PPSL HA 302 PPSLSTHA 

 CTIC1 HA 058 CTICODHA 

 CTIC CAGE HC 046 CTCAGEHC 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 LOT QUANTITY FROM HE 205 LOTQFMHE 

 LOT QUANTITY TO HE 205 LOTQTOHE 

 UM HA 497 UNITMSHA 

 FY HE 145 FISCYRHE 

 CPC HE 051 CURPRCHE 

 TUC HE 485 TUMPRCHE 

 PUC HE 321 PROUMPHE 
LSA-010 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 PARTS STANDARDIZATION SUMMARY 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HA. HA. 

 EIACODXA 

EIAC 

ITNAMEHA 

ITEM NAME 

LSACONXB 

START LCN 

 ALTLCNXB

ALC 

 LSACONXB

STOP LCN 

 UOCSEIXC 

UOC 

CTICODHA 

CTIC 

 ACQM

REFRIG UNT ----------

REFRIGERATION UNIT 

--------------------

0 

----------------

00 

-----------------------------------

K 

------------

------

 HA. HA. HA. HA.  REFNCCHA DOCAVCHA AMSUFCHA CTICODHA U HG. HG. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. HC. HE. HE. 

REFNUMHA CAGECDXH REFNVCHA 

 R R 

ITNAMEHA FSCNSNHA ACQMETHA PPSLSTHA 

A P C 

 CTCAGEHC UMPRICHE LOTQFMH

 N N D A M P T REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE  C V A M S S I LO

C C ITEM NAME FSC C C C L C CTIC CAGE(S) UM PRICE FR

112-0069 44940 3 2 PIN, PISTON 2805 1 2 N CK 81348 05472 96906 26.00 112-0136-ABCDEF- 44940 123456 

5 9 PISTON, INT COMB EN 2805 1 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 9.99 

113-0153 44940 3 2 RING SET, PISTON 2805 1 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 2.53 114-0036 44940 3 2 BUSHING, CONNEC ROD 5 2 A CK 81348 05472 96906 3.20 114-0145 44940 4 2 BEARING, ROD (HALF) 1 3 A CK 81348 05472 96906 4.20 114-0203 44940 3 2 CONNECTING ROD,PIST 1 3 N CK 81348 05472 96906 136.99 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-36 

30.13 LSA-011 REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL TRAINING DEVICES 

REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.13.1 SELECTION. The LSA-011 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN and Display Option (LCN or 

TM FGC). 

30.13.2 PROCESSING. As a minimum, qualified LCNs within the selected range 

must contain a "Y" code entry in element TRNRQCCA (Training Equipment 

Requirement Code) table CA. 

30.13.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.10 

30.13.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by ascending LCN or TM FGC 

(depending on Display Option chosen), then ALC, then ascending Task Codes. 

30.13.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-011 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 DISPLAY OPTION (SELECTED) 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 ELAP TIME CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 MAN-HOURS CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
LSA-011 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 XB. XB. XB. 

 REQUIREMENTS FOR SPECIAL TRAINING DEVICE 

XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV D

REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00614 DCY ARMY 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 CA. CA. XB. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CD. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA MSDMETCA SKSPCD

 TASK LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP TIME S0 REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O .46 5 ION UNIT  REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT 4.0540 O .46 5 ION UNIT  REFRIGERATION UNIT NGCAAAC FAULT LOCATION - N 5.4050 O .37 7 OISY OPERATION 001 DOOR-SCREEN ASSY AGOABAA INSPECT FOR DAMAGE .8250 O .09 700102 DOOR SIDE LEFT HGOABAA REPLACE DOOR .5720 O .19 5

002 WIRE HARNESS ASSY ABOACAA ORGANIZATIONAL INS .3000 O .10 5 P OF WIRES/CABLES  WIRE HARNESS ASSY BGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS .2000 O .37 3 ASSY  WIRE HARNESS ASSY RGDAGAA REMOVE WIRE HARNES .2000 O .50 3 S ASSY 00501 VALVE PLATE ASSY AGFAGAA INSPECT VALVE PLAT 1.2240 O .10 5 E ASSY 006 ENGINE ASSY CBCACAA CHECK ENGINE OIL L 900.0000 O .06 7 EVEL 0060201 PISTON ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR PISTON ASSY .2330 O .56 500607 CARBURETOR ASSY DGOAAAA ADJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 O .50 5
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-38 

30.14 LSA-012 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.14.1 SELECTION. The LSA-012 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, ALC, LCN TYPE, UOC and SERV DES; and optional Stop LCN (default is all 

LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN). The report may also be 

selected by Facility Type (DED 483, Default is all types) and FACILITY 

CATEGORY CODE. 

30.14.2 PROCESSING. Tasks reported are limited to those documented against 

specific LCN range and Service Designator Code. In addition a (Y) must 

be entered in the CA table REQUIREMENTS FOR, to qualify for inclusion into the 

list. 

 a. The (P) or (M) preceding the elapsed time values on the output 

represent predicted and measured, respectively. Measured values are reported 

wherever possible. 

 b. The data elements from the EI table may have multiple rows of 

information. Each row of information should be printed 

 

30.14.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.11 

30.14.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced by ascending values of the 

LCN or by the Facility Category Code selected. The Facility Requirements 

report will consist of four facility types. Test Facility Requirement; b. 

Operational Facility Requirement; c. Training Facility Requirement; and d. 

Depot Facility Requirement 

30.14.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-012 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Codes DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 SERVICE DESIGNATOR FE 427 TASKCDCA 

 (MATCHED AGAINST 4 POSITION OF TASK CODE) 

 FAC TYP (SELECTED, MATCHED AGAINST) FA 483 FACTYPFA 

 FC 483 FACTYPFC 

 FD 483 FACTYPFD 

 FCC FA 115 FACCCDFA 

 FACILITY NAME FA 118 FACNAMFA 

 FACILITY CATEGORY CODE FA 115 FACCCDFA 

 BASELINE FACILITY NAME FC 118 FACNAMFC 

 BASELINE FACILITY CATEGORY CODE FC 115 FACCCDFC 

 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NAME FD 118 FACNAMFD 

 NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY CATEGORY CODE FD 115 FACCCDFD 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-39 

 FACILITY CLASS FA 116 FACCLAFA 

 FACILITY DRAWING NUMBER FA 089 FADNUMFA 

 DRAW REV FA 360 FADREVFA 

 FDC FA 088 DRCLASFA 

 FACILITY AREA FA 026 FAAREAFA 

 UM FA 491 FAARUMFA 

 COST UM OF PRICE FA 492 FACNCOFA 

 CP UM FA 491 CONUOMFA 

 TASK LCN FE 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC FE 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TASK CODE FE 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 ELAPSED TIME (HEADER) 

 PREDICTED CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 MEASURED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 FACILITY LOCATION FB 117 FACNARFB 

 (FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (B)) FB 119 FNCODEFB 

 FACILITY CAPABILITY FB 114 FACNARFB 

 (FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (A)) FB 119 FNCODEFB 

 FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS FC 107 FABNARFC 

 (BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (A)) FC 113 FBNACDFC 

 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS FC 109 FABNARFC 

 (BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (B)) FC 113 FBNACDFC 

 FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINING FC 110 FABNARFC 

 (BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (C)) FC 113 FBNACDFC 

 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SPECIAL FC 120 FABNARFC 

 CONSIDERATIONS 

 (BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (D)) FC 113 FBNACDFC 

 FACILITY REQUIREMENTS: SUPPLY/STORAGE FC 121 FABNARFC 

 (BASELINE FACILITY NARRATIVE CODE OF (E)) FC 113 FBNACDFC 

 FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA FD 105 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (A)) 

 FACILITY INSTALLATION LEAD TIME FD 106 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 248 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (B)) 

 FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN FD 122 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (C)) 

 FACILITIES UTILIZATION FD 111 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (D)) 

 FACILITIES REQUIREMENT FD 108 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (E)) 

 FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE FD 123 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (F)) 

 FACILITY JUSTIFICATION FD 188 NMFNARFD 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-40 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (G)) 

 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION FD 482 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (H)) 

 UTILITIES REQUIREMENT FD 502 NMFNARFD 

 (NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE OF (I)) 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (HEADER) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NSN (HEADER) 

 FSC HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NIIN HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 LENGTH EA 268 OPLENGEA 

 WIDTH EA 268 OPWIDTEA 

 HEIGHT EA 268 OPRHGTEA 

 UM EA 491 LWHOUMEA 

 WEIGHT EA 270 OPRWGTEA 

 UM EA 491 WGTOUMEA 

 QTY CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 UM CG 491 SQTKUMCG 

 AC/DC EI 168 IPACDCEI 

 IPS FRMAX EI 168 IPFRMXEI 

 IPS FRMIN EI 168 IPRGMXEI 

 IPS ORMAX EI 168 IPSRGMEI 

 IPS OPMIN EI 168 IPOPRGEI 

 IPS PER MAX RIPPLE EI 168 IPMXRPEI 

 PHASE EI 168 IPPHASEI 

 WATTS EI 168 IPPOWREI 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-41 
LSA-012 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 XB. XB. XB.  REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY 

XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE 

 LSACONXB 

START LCN 

 ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB 

ALC TYPE STOP LCN 

 UOCSEIXC 

UOC 

TASKC

S

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY A

 FA., FC., FD. FA., FC., FD. FA. FA. FA. FA. FA. 

FACNAMF(A, C, D) FACCCDF(A, C, D) 

 FACILITY 

 FACCLAFA FADNUMFA FADREVFA DRCLASFA FAAREAFA 

FACILITY DRAWING DRAW FACI

FACILITY NAME CATEGORY CODE FACILITY CLASS NUMBER REV FDC AREA LEXINGTON ARMY DEPOT 12333 REFRIG REPAIR FAC BR54910-09234235 AC D1N 1500

 123-045 

 FE. FE. FE. CA. CA. CA. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA PRDM

 TASK TASK LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQ MB 

002 BGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY .2000 0  JGDAGAA REPAIR WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY .2000 0 006 HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASSEMBLY 3.3370 0 

 FB.FNCODEFB (B) FB.TEXSEQFB

1. FACILITY LOCATION:  LEXINGTON, KENTUCKY, BUILDING 4, BAY A. 

 FB.FNCODEFB (A) FB.TEXSEQFB

2. FACILITY CAPABILITY:  THIS BAY CAN HANDLE UP TO 100 REFRIGERATION UNITS WITHOUT  ANY PROBLEMS. 

 FC.FBNACDFC (A) FC.TEXSEQFB

3. FACILITIES MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS:  NONE. 

 FC.FBNACDFC (B) FC.TEXSEQFC

4. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR OPERATIONS:  120 VOLT POWER SUPPLY. 

 FC.FBNACDFC (C) FC.TEXSEQFC

5. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS FOR TRAINING:  2 WORK AREAS SHOULD BE SET ASIDE FOR TRAINING. 

 FC.FBNACDFC (D) FC.TEXSEQFC

6. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS; SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS:  NONE. 

 FC.FBNACDFC (E) FC.TEXSEQFC

7. FACILITY REQUIREMENTS; SUPPLY/STORAGE:  NONE. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (A) FD.TEXSEQFD

8. FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA:  MUST REWIRE BAY FOR 40 120 VOLTS SPACED EVENLY ALONG THE  WALLS. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (B) FD.TEXSEQFD

9. FACILITY INSTALLATION LEAD TIME:  NONE. 
LSA-012 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 REQUIREMENTS FOR FACILITY  FD.NMFNCDFD (C) FD.TEXSEQFD

10. FACILITY TASK AREA BREAKDOWN:  THE TESTING OF THE WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY IS DONE IN AREA 3  WHICH IS A 10 BY 15 FOOT TEST BED CUBICAL. IF THE TESTING PROVES  THAT THE WIRE HARNESS IS DEFECTIVE IT IS REPAIRED IN AREA 4  WHICH IS 10 BY 10 FOOT. REPLACE THE ENGINE ASSEMBLY IN AREA 6  WHICH IS 20 BY 20 FOOT. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (D) FD.TEXSEQFD

11. FACILITIES UTILIZATION:  THERE WILL BE 24 TEST AND REPAIR TASKS DONE AT THIS  FACILITY. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (E) FD.TEXSEQFD

12. FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS:  NONE. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (F) FD.TEXSEQFD

13. FACILITY UNIT COST RATIONALE:  NONE. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (G) FD.TEXSEQFD

14. FACILITY JUSTIFICATION:  THERE IS NOT A FACILITY AT THIS TIME THAT HAS THE CAPABILITY  TO REPAIR REFRIGERATION UNITS. THE LEXINGTON FACILITY HAS THE  SPACE AVAILABLE AND THE PERSONNEL TO REPAIR THE UNITS. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (H) FD.TEXSEQFD

15. TYPE OF CONTRUCTION:  THE REWIRING OF THE FACILITY SHOULD TAKE APPROXIMATELY  3 MONTHS. 

 FD.NMFNCDFD (I) FD.TEXSEQFD

16. UTILITIES REQUIREMENT:  NONE. 

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: 

 HA. HA. HA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. 

ITNAMEHA 

ITEM NAME 

 FSCNSNHA NINSNHA 

NSN 

 FSC NIIN 

SEREFNEA SECAGEEA 

REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE 

OPLENGEA 

LENGTH 

OPWIDTEA 

WIDTH 

OPRHGTEA LWHOUMEA 

HEIGHT UM 

OPRWGTEA 

WEIGHT 

LAYUP TABLES TBD TBD 44-6578-A123 44940 120.0 60.0 42.0 IN 75.0 

 EI. EI. EI. EI. EI. EI. EI. EI. 

IPACDCEI IPFRMXEI IPRGMXEI IPSRGMEI IPOPRGEI IPMXRPEI IPPHASEI IPPOWREI

AC/DC IPS  FRMAX 

IPS 

FRMIN 

IPS 

ORMAX 

IPS 

ORMIN 

IPS PER 

MAX RIPPLE 

PHASE WATTS 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-43 

30.15 LSA-013 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING UTILIZATION SUMMARY REPORT 

SPECIFICATION 

30.15.1 SELECTION. The LSA-013 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN, SE Group Number, 

Maintenance Level (M/L), and Display Option (LCN or TM FGC). 

30.15.2 PROCESSING. Task Codes are qualified against the selected SERV DES. 

 a. As a minimum, there must be one LCN within the selected range that 

requires a piece of support equipment (identified by Reference Number and 

CAGE) (match table CG with table EA) which has a valid SE Grouping 

Identification Number (element SEGRCDEA) that matches the selection criteria. 

 b. When man-hours or elapsed times are reported each value will be 

preceded by a (P) or (M) to indicate predicted or measured values, 

respectively. Where a measured value has not been input, the report will 

default to the predicted value. 

30.15.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.12 

30.15.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by ascending SE Group 

Numbers and within each SE Group Number by ascending M/L, then ascending LCN, 

then ascending Task Code. 

30.15.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-013 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SE GROUP NO (SELECTED) EA 421 SEGRCDEA 

 M/L (SELECTED) CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING IDENTIFICATION EA 413 SEGRCDEA 

 M/L CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 LCN CG 199 LSACONXB 

 (NEED QUALIFYING REF NO'S AND CAGES FROM EA TABLE BASED ON SE GROUP NO) 

 [SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REFERENCE NUMBER] EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 [SE CAGE CODE] EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 ALC CG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TASK CD CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 ELAP TIME (M) CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 ELAP TIME (P) CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 MAN-HOURS (M) CA 225 MSDMMHCA 

 MAN-HOURS (P) CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 
LSA-013 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING UTILIZATION SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEGRCDEA 

 SE EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 

UOC DCY 

SERV DES AIR FORCE 

GROUP 

200 

---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

EA.SEGRCDEA

SUPPORT EQUIPMENT GROUPING IDENTIFICATION NUMBER: 200 

 CG. CG. CG. XB. CG. CA. CA. CA. CA. 

TASKCDCA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA MSDME

 PRDMETCA 

 TASK M/L LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ MB ELAP ORG 0 REFRIGERATION UNIT HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERAT  ION UNIT 

4.0540 O .

 006 ENGINE ASSY HGOXAAA REPLACE ENGINE ASS  Y 

3.3370 O 1.

 006 ENGINE ASSY NGOAAAA FAULT LOCATION - E  NGINE ASSY 

3.3090 O .

 00607 CARBURETOR ASSY DGOAAAA ASJUST CARBURETOR 3.3360 O .DS 006 ENGINE ASSY BGFAGAA TEST ENGINE ASSY A  FTER REPAIR 

3.3370 O .

 00602 ENGINE BLOCK RGFAGAA REMOVE ENGINE FROM  ENGINE ASSY 

.3370 O .

 0060201 PISTON ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR PISTON ASSY  00607 CARBURETOR ASSY JGFXGAA REPAIR CARBURETOR  00607 CARBURETOR ASSY CGFAGAA SERVICE CARBURETOR  00614 STARTER ASSY JGFAGAA REPAIR STARTER ASS  Y 

.2333 O ..8400 O 1.

3.3360 O 1.

.3330 O .

 00614 STARTER ASSY HGFAGAA REPLACE STARTER AS  SY 

.3330 O .
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-45 

30.16 LSA-014 TRAINING TASK LIST REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.16.1 SELECTION. The LSA-014 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, Type, UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN, SSC, and Training 

Recommended option. 

30.16.2 PROCESSING. Task Codes are qualified by matching on selected SERV 

DES. As a minimum, one LCN within the selected range with a qualified Task 

Code in table CA must exist. 

 a. If the Training Recommended option is selected, then LCNs are further 

qualified by checking for a Training Recommendation Type code of B, C, or J in 

the element TRNRECCA of table CA. 

 b. If the Training Recommended option is selected, then Task Conditions, 

Performance Standards, Rationale for Training Recommendation, and Rationale 

for Training Location will be output for qualified LCNs. 

30.16.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.13 

30.16.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by ascending SSC first (if 

tasks exist which are not linked to an SSC in Table CD, these tasks will be 

listed first under a blank SSC), then by ascending LCN within each SSC. 

30.16.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-014 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SSC (SELECTED) 

 TRAINING SELECTION (SELECTED) 

 SSC (MODIFIED - 1ST PRECEDENCE) CD 257 MDCSSCGB 

 387 SKSPCDGA 

 LCN CD 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CD 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TSK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 TASK CD CD 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TRAINING RECOMMENDED CA 463 TRNRECCA 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 TASK CONDITIONS CA 428 TCONDACA 

 TCONDBCA 

 TCONDCCA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-46 

 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS CA 287 PRSTDACA 

 PRSTDBCA 

 PRSTDCCA 

 RATIONALE FOR TRAINING RECOMMENDATION CA 462 TRNRATCA 

 RATIONALE FOR TRAINING LOCATION CA 461 TRNLOCCA 

 

 

 

 
LSA-014 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 TRAINING TASK LIST 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SELECTED 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SSC REFRIG UNT ENGINE BLOCK 00602 00608 DCY ARMY ALL 

-------

 CD. 

-------------

CD. 

------------

CD. 

-------------------

XB. 

----------------

CA. CA. 

---------

CD. 

--------------------

 CA. 

---

C

MDCSSCGB/ LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA TASKCDCA TASKIDCA 

SKSPCDGA 

 TASK SSC FGC 

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TSK FREQ MB TASK CD IDENTIFICATION TR

46B10 00607 B SUPER CARB 1.8400 O HGOAGAA REPLACE CARBURETOR OJ ON ENGINE ASSY 

 CA.TCONDACA,TCONDBCA,TCONDCCA

 TASK CONDITIONS TM/TO USE NOT REQUIRED  SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED 

CA.PRSTDACA,PRSTDBCA,PRSTDCCA

 PERFORMANCE STANDARDS PRECISION REQUIRED  TIME STANDARD 

CA.TRNRATCA

 RATIONALE FOR TRAINING TASK LEARNING DIFFICULTY  RECOMMENDATION IMMEDIACY OF PERFORMANCE 

 TASK DELAY TOLERANCE  PROBABILITY OF DEFICIENT PERFORMANCE 

CA.TRNLOCCA

 RATIONALE FOR TRAINING PERCENT OF TOTAL TIME SPENT PERFORMING THE TASK  LOCATION PERCENT OF WORK FORCE PERFORMING THE TASK  THEORY, PRINCIPLES, OR VERBALIZED CONCEPTS REQUIRED  FIELD EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING PURPOSES SSC LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TSK FREQ MB TASK CD IDENTIFICATION FGC 

TR

52C20 00602 ENGINE BLOCK .3370 O RGFAGAA REMOVE ENGINE FROM OJ

 ENGINE ASSY  TASK CONDITION  PERFORMANCE STANDARD SUPERVISION REQUIRED  RATIONALE FOR TRAINING IMMEDIACY OF PERFORMANCE  RECOMMENDATION  RATIONALE FOR TRAINING FIELD EQUIPMENT AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING PURPOSES  LOCATION 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-48 

30.17 LSA-016 PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.17.1 SELECTION. The LSA-016 summary is selected by a mandatory START LCN, 

LCN TYPE, and UOC. Optional selections are SERV DES, ALC, STOP LCN, TOOL LIST, 

PART LIST and SEQUENCE. If either Tool List or Part List are selected, then 

there may also be an entry in the ICC selections (default is all) for the Tool 

or Part Lists. Only ICCs specified in appendix B of MIL-STD may be entered in 

either Tools (ICCs D, G, H, M, N, P, R, 1-8, AC, AD) or Part List (ICCs X, Y, 

Z, 9, AA, AB, AE) ICC selections. 

30.17.2 PROCESSING. Qualified items must have a Task Code (TASKCDCA) 

matching the selected SERV DES (position 4 of Task Code) and must be contained 

in the selected range of LCNs. This task must have an entry in either Measured 

(MSDMMHCA) or Predicted (PRDMMHCA) Mean Man-Hours. If a Task Code has both 

predicted and measured man-hours, then the measured man-hours are used. If a 

Task contains a Task Frequency = 0.0, asterisks (****) shall be printed in the 

M-HRS column. 

 a. Tasks with Task Function Codes of Q, Z, P, M, O, U, V, C, Y , T, and 

2-9 are excluded from the PMAC. The Task Function is interpreted when 

displayed for the PMAC report. Following the Function, in parenthesis, the 

Operations/Maintenance (O/M) level is shown, e.g., (F). 

 b. M-HRS displayed on the report are based on the calculation displayed 

below. Following the man-hours a (P) or (M) will appear. If all man-hours in 

a given calculation are measured, an (M) is displayed. If any of the 

man-hours are predicted in the calculation, then a (P) is shown. 

 N 

 E TSKFRQCA X (PRDMMHCA or MSDMMHCA) 

 M-HRS = i=1 --------------------------------- 

 N 

 E TSKFRQCA 

 i=1 

 

 

 

 

 

 Where: N = Total number of tasks performed for a given LCN/FGC matching 

on Task Function and O/M Level (TASKCDCA, 3rd position) displayed on the 

LSA-016, Part I. 

 c. TOOL REFERENCES are assigned numbers to the tools with number 

assignment based on the tools in ascending sequence of the Tool Reference 

Number and CAGE. If more than 6 tools are required for a given Task Function 

and O/M Level, then a second and subsequent line(s) is used. 

 d. PART REFERENCES are assigned numbers to the parts with number 

assignment based on the ascending sequence of the part Reference Number and 

CAGE. If more than 6 parts are required for a given Task Function and O/M 

Level, then a second and subsequent line(s) is used. 

 e. If the basic assembly or part Reference Number exceeds 16-positions, 

the remainder of the Reference Number is printed on the next line directly 

below the first 16-positions. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-49 

 f. On Part II, all O/M Levels which use the Referenced Tool across all 

LCN/FGCs are displayed below the O/M LEVELS header. 

 g. On Part III, Part Reference Number and CAGEs also display the Part LCN 

and SMR by matching the CI Part LCN, Reference Number and CAGE to the HG LCN, 

Reference Number and CAGE. O/M Levels shown for a Part LCN are applied only 

against the uses of the Part LCN, not all applications of the Reference Number. 

30.17.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.14 

30.17.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I of the report is sequenced in either 

ascending LCN or FGC and the generated NUMBER is assigned, incremented by 1, 

for each different, qualified LCN or FGC. Parts II and III are sequenced in 

ascending Reference Number and CAGE using the generated TOOL NO. and PART NO., 

respectively. 

30.17.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-016 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TOOL LIST (SELECTED) 

 PART LIST (SELECTED) 

 SEQUENCE (SELECTED) 

 ICC(S) TOOL LIST: EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ICC(S) PARTS LIST: HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 NUMBER (GENERATED) 

 LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 IC XB 200 LCNINDXB 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 MRR-I HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 EC HG 100 ESSCODHG 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 TM-FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 TASK FUNCTIONS: CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 M-HRS (CALCULATED) (P) CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 (CALCULATED) (M) CA 224 MSDMMHCA 

 CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 TOOL REFERENCES: (GENERATED) 

 PART REFERENCES: (GENERATED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-50 

 TOOL NO. (GENERATED) 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 O/M LEVELS CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 PART NO. (GENERATED) 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 LCN CI 199 PROLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 PROALCCI 

 O/M LEVELS CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SELESELECTED 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES TOSEQUENCE REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY LCN 

EA.SEICCDEA HG.ITMCATHG 

 ICC(S) TOOL LIST: A, B, C ICC(S) PART LIST: Y, AA, AB PART I MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION 

 XB. XB. XB. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. 

 GENERATED LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNINDXB ITNAMEHA CAGECDXH REFNUMHA QTYASYHG MRRONEHG 

 NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I 

 0001 0 00 A REFRIGERATION UNIT 44940 FI0000RG-300 1 0.0

 CA. CA.  TASKCDCA PRDMMHCA/MSDMMHCA GENERATED GENERATED  TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFE INSPECT (C) 0.25 (P) 0007, 0009  TEST (O) 0.33 (M) 0003, 0001, 0005  REPLACE (O) 0.75 (P) 0002, 0003, 0005, 0006 0002, 001 REPAIR (O) 0.40 (P) 0003, 0004, 0007 0003, 000 REPAIR (F) 0.87 (P) 0004, 0008, 0009, 0011 0003, 000 REPAIR (H) 1.25 (P) 0005, 0006, 0007, 0008, 0009, 0010, 0001, 000 0012 0009  NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I 

 0002 001 00 B DOOR, SCREEN ASSEM 10825 32198/89-12 2 0.1 TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFE INSPECT (C) 0.08 (M) 0005  REPLACE (F) 0.25 (M) 0005, 0009, 0013, 0014 0003, 000 REPAIR (F) 0.67 (M) 0003, 0008, 0010, 0012 0003, 000 NUMBER LCN ALC IC ITEM NAME CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER QPA MRR-I 

 0003 002 00 B WIRE HARNESS ASSEM 31280 12190-7892 1 1.0 TASK FUNCTIONS: M-HRS TOOL REFERENCES: PART REFE INSPECT (C) 0.05 (P)  REPLACE (F) 0.67 (P) 0016, 0017, 0003, 000 REPAIR (D) 1.33 (P) 0003, 0008, 0009, 0010, 015 0006, 001
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART PART II TOOLS LIST 

 GENERATED 

 TOOL NO. 

 CG. 

TSCAGECG

CAGE 

CG. 

 TSREFNCG 

REFERENCE NUMBER 

 HA. 

 ITNAMEHA 

ITEM NAME 

 CG. 

 TASKCDCA 

O/M LEVELS 

 0001 31290 AT503 ADJUSTABLE WRENCH H 

 0002 21988 AT35 SCREWDRIVER O 

 0003 55389 A24 SOCKET O, F 

 0004 71980 B107-6 WRENCH, SOCKET O, D 

 0005 32190 B25 TONGS F 

 0006 44978 B2502 SET, SOCKET, 3/8 I C, O, F, H 

 0007 31201 CTB1 BUCKET WITH LID O 

 0008 11908 GGG-P-471 PLIERS C 

 0009 87965 GGG-S-121 TABLE, CABLE FORMI F, D 

 0010 54310 GGG-W-64F1 EXTENSION, SOCKET F, H, D 

 0011 32500 JM25 SPREADER, DOOR JAM F 

 0012 98024 SC5180-90-CL-N14/23P(V) TOOL KIT, GENERAL F 

 0013 76505 SN9 SOLDERING IRON F 

 0014 12298 121-098/34 HAMMER F 

 0015 12280 12298 MULTIMETER D 

 0016 32190 12980-349 WORKBENCH F 

 0017 12134 131098/MVR-T GAUGE, COMPRESSION F 
LSA-016 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 PRELIMINARY MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART PART III PARTS LIST 

 GENERATED 

 PART NO. 

 CI. 

PROCAGCI 

CAGE 

CI. 

PROREFCI 

REFERENCE NUMBER 

 HA. 

 ITNAMEHA 

ITEM NAME 

CI. 

PROLCNCI 

LCN 

CI. 

PROALCCI 

ALC 

CI. 

TSKTCDCI 

O/M LEV

 0001 44940 B19109 COUPLING, FEMALE 0AG 00 H, 

 0002 21988 D8977 GAUGE, TEMPERATURE 0AL 00 O 

 0003 32890 E12908 SCREW, CAP HEXAGON 0AC 

 001AD  002AY 

00 00 00 

O, F F F 

 0004 12897 GG1389/231451234 VALVE, SUCTION  32198 

0AQ 00 O 

 0005 89702 G1209865 NUT, TUBE, COUPLIN 0A8 00 O, H 

 0006 98076 Z98076/32 CABLE, CONNECTOR 002AI 00 D 

 0007 23198 119807-23 VALVE, PLATE 0AR 00 H 

 0008 44908 119907 RING, RETAINER 0AN 00 F 

 0009 32890 12098/E WASHER, LOCK 0AD 

 001AE  002AZ 

00 00 00 

O, F, H F F 

 0010 21897 14098-LP HINGE, MECHANICAL 001AU 00 F 

 0011 32198 15109/09 BULB, ELECTRIC LI 0BA 00 F 

 0012 98012 22190/23 SWITCH, ELECTRIC 0BF 00 F 

 0013 12190 3421AAUL SPACER, 1/4 INCH 001A4 00 F 

 0014 33218 441-8976 CABLE, INSULATED 002AN 00 D 

 0015 33218 441-9801/2 CABLE, THREE WIRE 002AW 00 D 

 0016 33218 441-99102 CONNECTOR, ELECTR 002AX 00 D 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-54 

30.18 LSA-018 TASK INVENTORY SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

 

30.18.1 SELECTION. The LSA-018 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC and 

optional "Job Code" (JOBCODCJ) (defaults to all Jobs on file from CJ Table). 

30.18.2 PROCESSING. The report is capable of producing an inventory of tasks 

for all "Jobs" (Table CJ) within a given system, or for selected "Job" 

combinations. As a minimum, there must be an exact match on at least one 

qualified value for JOBCODCJ in the CJ table for the given selection. (Job 

Description(s) (JOBDESCJ) will be printed in the header if specific Job(s) are 

selected. If default value is used, print "All" under Job Selection header.) 

The Job Code (JOBCODCJ) is used as the link to the applicable tasks in order 

to pull out Task Identification (TASKIDCA) from table CA, Subtask 

Identification (SUBTIDCB) from table CB, and the Element Narrative from table 

CC (SUBNARCC) based on Text Sequencing Code From and To in the CK table. Text 

Sequencing Code From and To (TSFROMCK & TEXTTOCK) must match Subtask 

Description Text Sequencing Code values for the given EIAC, LCN, ALC, LCN 

Type, Task Code, Subtask Number combination. If the Subtask ID is not on 

file, the qualified Element Narrative will still be printed. The hierarchy 

for processing is a given Job, a Duty within a Job, a Task within that Duty, a 

Subtask within that Task, and all qualified Element Narratives within that 

Subtask. All qualified Element Narratives within a subtask, subtasks within a 

task, tasks within a Duty, and Duties within a Job must be processed through 

before moving to the next Job. 

30.18.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.15 

30.18.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. If the report selection goes to the default value, 

sequencing by "Job Code" will occur. If the report selection specifies 

multiple "Jobs", then the report will be sequenced by order of selection 

input. Duty will be printed out left justified on the output and Job 

Description (JOBDESCJ) will appear in parentheses following Duty. Task 

Identification will be indented beneath Duty and Job; Subtask Identification 

will be indented beneath Task Identification; and the Element narrative will 

be indented beneath Subtask Identification (if applicable). Within a given 

task, sort by subtask numbers and by text sequencing code within each subtask. 

30.18.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-018 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header 

 EIAC 

 JOB SELECTION 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table Code 

XA/CK 

CJ 

DED 

096 

185 

Element Code 

EIACODXA 

JOBCODCJ 

 (QUALIFY BY JOBCODCJ,PRINT JOBDESCJ) 

 DUTY CJ 090 DUTIESCJ 

 (JOB) 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION 

CJ 

CA 

185 

431 

JOBDESCJ 

TASKIDCA 

 SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION CB 431 SUBTIDCB 

 ELEMENT NARRATIVE CC 372 SUBNARCC 

 (TEXT SEQUENCING CODE (TSC) FROM & 

 TSC TO) 

 MATCHED WITH 

CK 

CK 

450 

450 

TSFROMCK 

TEXTTOCK 

 (SEQUENTIAL SUBTASK DESCRIPTION TSC) CC 450 TEXSEQCC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
LSA-018 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 TASK INVENTORY REPORT 

XA/CK.EIACODXA 

EIAC 

CJ.JOBCODCJ/JOBDESCJ

JOB SELECTION 

M1AI TANK COMMANDER ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

CJ. JOBCODCJ/JOBDESCJ 

DUTY (JOB) CA.TASKIDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CB.SUBTIDCB

 SUBTASK IDENTIFICATION CC.SUBNARCC

 ELEMENT NARRATIVE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------PREPARE STATION FOR OPERATION (COMMANDER)  POWER UP COMMANDER'S STATION  CLIMB ON TANK  ENTER COMMANDER'S STATION  SET AND HOLD MASTER POWER SWITCH  ENSURE CWS POWER/MANUAL LEVER IS IN POWER POSITION  SET AND HOLD TURRET POWER/ENGINE-ON/MANUAL  AUX. POWER/ENGINE-OFF  CHECK COMMANDER'S PANEL SWITCHES  REPLACE PANEL LAMPS  ADJUST PANEL LAMP BRIGHTNESS  CHECK WARNING LIGHTS ON COMMANDER'S PANEL  OPERATE COMMANDER'S HATCH  RAISE/LOWER CWS HATCH TO PROTECTED  RAISE COMMANDER'S CWS HATCH FULL OPEN  CLOSE CWS HATCH  ADJUST COMMANDER'S SEAT/PLATFORM  ADJUST SEAT LINED UP WITH CWS & GPS  ADJUST COMMANDER'S KNEE GUARD  OPERATE COMMANDER'S DOME LIGHT  ADJUST FOOTREST BAR  OPERATE RADIO SET WITH INTERCOM  CONNECT/DISCONNECT HELMET & INTERCOM  OPERATE INTERCOM WITH REMOTE SWITCH  OPERATE INTERCOM W/O REMOTE SWITCH  TURN RADIO SET ON/SELECT FREQUENCY PERFORM PRE-TARGET ENGAGEMENT ACTIVITIES (COMMANDER)  SUPERVISE CREW  PLAN NAVIGATION/ORIENTATION  COMMUNICATIONS (EXTERNAL)  RECONNAISSANCE/SURVEILLANCE ACTIVITY  C31 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-56 

30.19 LSA-019 TASK ANALYSIS SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.19.1. SELECTION. The LSA-019 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, 

Start LCN, Type, UOC. Optional selections include SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN, 

Maintenance Level (M/L), Item Category Codes (ICCs), Display Option (LCN or TM 

FGC), Task Narrative option, task interval option, task function option and 

Hardness Critical Procedures (HCP). 

30.19.2 PROCESSING. LCNs are qualified within the selected LCN range with a 

valid Task Code that qualifies against selected SERV DES (4th position of Task 

Code), selected M/L (3rd position Task Code), selected Task Interval (2nd 

position Task Code), and selected Task Function (1st position Task Code) . 

 a. If the Task Narrative option is selected, then the Subtask Number, 

Sequential Subtask Narrative and associated Text Sequencing Code, Work Area 

Code, Person ID, Mean Man Minutes, and Mean Minute Elapse Time are output for 

the qualified tasks. All qualified tasks within the selection range will be 

output regardless if they have an entry in Table CC, or not. Referenced tasks 

and subtasks will be incorporated into referencing tasks where required. A 

developer option may be to allow users to select whether referenced tasks 

should be incorporated. 

 b. If the HCP option is selected, then only tasks with an associated HCP 

Code (element HRDCPCCA of table CA) of "Y" or "S" will qualify and be output 

(including narrative). 

 c. Either predicted or measured LSAR Elapsed Times and LSAR Man-Hours can 

be output (measured takes first precedence). 

 d. The support items identified to perform the subject task are 

categorized according to their respective ICC: 

 1. Items qualifying as "Support/Test Equipment and Tools" must have 

an ICC of D, G, H, M, N, P, R, 1-8, or AC. 

 2. Items qualifying as "Spare and Repair Parts" must have an ICC of 

X, Y, Z, 9, AA, AB, or AE. 

 3. Items qualifying as "Other" must have an ICC of E, F, J, Q, S, T, 

W, AD, or AF. 

 e. There are spaces provided for manual entries onto this report for 

Manually Measured Elapsed Time, Manually Measured Man-Hours, Actual Quantity 

Used, Manual Evaluation, Reviewer's Name, and Support Items Not Identified in 

the LSAR. 

30.19.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.16 

30.19.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. This report is sequenced by ascending LCN or TM FGC 

(depending on the Display Option chosen), then by ascending Task Code. The 

support items portion is sequenced by support item type with Support/Test 

Equipment and Tools being first, then Spare and Repair Parts, then Other, then 

space is provided for Support Items Not Identified In LSAR. Within each of 

the first three categories of support items, sequencing is done by ascending 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-57 

ICC, then ascending Reference Numbers. 

30.19.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-019 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 M/L SELECT (SELECTED) CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC SELECTION (SELECTED) 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 TASK NARRATIVE SELECTION (SELECTED) CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURES SELECTION CA 152 HRDCPCCA 

 TASK INTERVAL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK FUNCTION CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 TM FUNCT GROUP CODE XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 HCP CA 152 HRDCPCCA 

 HMPC CA 155 HAZMPCCA 

 TSK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 LSAR ELAP TIME (MEASURED) CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 LSAR ELAP TIME (PREDICTED) CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 MANUALLY MEASURED ELAPSED TIME (ENTERED) 

 SUBTASK NUMBER CC 407 SUBNUMCB 

 TEXT SEQUENCE CODE CC 450 TEXSEQCC 

 SEQUENTIAL TASK NARRATIVE CC 372 SUBNARCC 

 WORK AREA CB 514 SUBWACCB 

 PERS ID CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 MEAN MAN MINUTE CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 MEAN MINUTE ELAP TIME CB 227 SBMMETCB 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 SS EVAL CD 388 SSECDECD 

 LSAR MAN-HOURS (SUMMED PER SSC & PERS ID) CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 MANUALLY MEASURED MAN-HOURS (ENTERED) 

 SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS (HEADER) 

 ICC EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-58 

 QTY/TSK CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 ACTUAL QUANTITY USED (ENTERED) 

 MANUAL EVALUATION (ENTERED) 

 SPARE AND REPAIR PARTS (HEADER) 

 ICC HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 OTHER (HEADER) 

 ICC (Q, W and AD) HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 ICC (E, F, J, S, T, AND AF) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 QTY/TSK CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 SUPPORT ITEMS NOT IDENTIFIED IN LSAR (HEADER) 

 (MANUAL ENTRIES) 

 REVIEWER'S NAME (ENTERED) 
LSA-019 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD 

 TASK ANALYSIS SUMMARY 

TIME: 10:20 DA

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA 

EIAC REFRIG UNT 

LCN NOMENCLATURE ENGINE BLOCK 

START LCN 00602 

ALC TYPE 

P 

STOP LCN UOC 

DCY 

SERV DES ALL 

M

SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED DISP OPT TASK NARRATIVE SELECTION HARDNESS CRITICAL PROCEDURES SELECTION TASK INTERVAL LCN YES NO ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 CA. CA. HG. HG. HA. XB. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH ITNAMEHA TMFGCDXB 

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME TM FUNCT GR

00602 142-0431ALCA 33647 ENGINE BLOCK 0601 

 CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. TASKCDCA TASK CD RGFAGAA  CC. 

TASKIDCA HRDCPCCA HAZMPCCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA MSDMETCA/PRDMETCA 

TASK IDENTIFICATION HCP HMPC TSK FREQ MB LSAR ELAP TIME MANUAREMOVE ENGINE FROM ENGINE ASSY S D .3370 O .82(M) _____

CC. CC. CB. CD. 

SUBNUMCB

SUBTASK 

 TEXSEQCC 

TEXT 

SUBNARCC SUBWACCB SUBPID

WORK PE

NUMBER  001 

SEQUENCE CODE 

1 

SEQUENTIAL TASK NARRATIVE AREA I

REMOVE THE RINGS FROM THE PISTON USING THE PISTON RING SPREADER. 

 002 1 REMOVE THE PISTON PIN RETAINER FROM EACH SIDE.  003 1 REMOVE TWO SCREWS SECURING THE CARBURETOR TO THE MANIFOLD.  004 1 INSPECT PISTONS FOR FRACTURES AT RING LANDS SKIRTS AND PIN BOSSES.  005 1 INSTALL NEW RINGS ON THE PISTON USING A PISTON RING SPREADER.  006 1 ATTACH CONNECTING ROD BY REINSTALLING PISTON PIN AND PIN  2 RETAINERS. 

 CD. CD. CD. 

SKSPCDGA SSECDECD SUBPIDCD CALC ENTERED 

SSC SS EVAL PERSON ID LSAR MAN-HOURS MANUALLY MEASURED MAN-HOURS 52C20 E A .82(M) ___________________________ SUPPORT/TEST EQUIPMENT AND TOOLS 

 EA. HA. CG. CG. CG. 

SEICCDEA ITNAMEHA TSREFNCG TSCAGECG SQTYTKCG ENTERED  ACTUAL 

ENTE

M

ICC ITEM NAME 4 PISTON SPREADER SPARE AND REPAIR PARTS 

REFERENCE NUMBER PS5180-91-CN-N1532 

CAGE 10855 

QTY/TASK 

1.00 

QUANTITY USED _____________ 

EVA___

 HG. HA. CI. CI. CI. 

ITMCATHG ITNAMEHA PROREFCI PROCAGCI PQTYTKCIG ENTERED 

 ACTUAL 

ENTE

M

ICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER X PISTON 143-0431 OTHER 

CAGE 44940 

QTY/TASK 

1.00 

QUANTITY USED _____________ 

EVA

 HG. HA. CI. CI. CI. 

ITMCATHG ITNAMEHA PROREFCI PROCAGCI PQTYTKCI ENTERED 

 ACTUAL 

ENTE

M

ICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVA

SUPPORT ITEMS NOT IDENTIFIED IN LSAR 

 ENTERED ENTERED ENTERED ENTERED ENTERED  _____________ 

 ENTERED 

___

ENTE

 ACTUAL MICC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK QUANTITY USED EVA

___ ________________ ____________________________ _____ ________ _____________  REVIEWER'S NAME 

___

____

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-61 

30.20 LSA-023 MAINTENANCE PLAN, SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.20.1 SELECTION. The LSA-023 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, UOC, SERV DES and Report Part (1-4); and optional ALC (default 

is all ALC's), Stop LCN (default is all LCN's subordinate to, and including, 

the start LCN), ICC's for part IV (default is all applicable ICC's), Display 

Option (default is LCN), and Wartime/Peacetime (default is peacetime). 

The report selections consist of: 

 a. RPT PT: 

 1. Part 1, enter a (y) if part 1 of the 023 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 2. Part 2, enter a (y) if part 2 of the 023 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 3. Part 3, enter a (y) if part 3 of the 023 report is required, this 

 includes both preventive and corrective maintenance. If only 

 preventive maintenance is required enter a (P). If only corrective 

 maintenance is required enter a (C). If part 3 is not required leave 

 blank. 

 4. Part 4, enter a (y) if part 4 of the 023 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. If blank, no entry should be made in the 

 ICC select. 

 b. If a (y) was entered in part 4 of RPT PT selection, then enter the ICC's 

 for which part 4 is required. See appendix E of MIL-STD-1388-2B for a 

 listing and definitions of the various ICCs. If an (A) is entered in 

 the ICC field, the output report will include the ICCS 8, M, D, 1, and 

 7; an entry of (B) will results in ICCs 2, 4, 5, 6, and H being 

 included; an entry of (C) will result in ICCs of G, N, P, R, and 3 

 being included; and an entry of (V) will result in the ICC of V being 

 included. These groupings will only have validity when definitions of 

 the ICCs specified in appendix E of MIL-STD-1388-2B have been adhered 

 to. 

 c. DISP OPT, enter an (X) if the report is to be sequenced by TM FGC in 

 lieu of LCN; otherwise leave blank. 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.20.2 PROCESSING. The same qualifying criteria is used for all parts. 

 a. Part 1 of the report provides the technical and operational parameters 

 for the items which are from the operations and maintenance 

 requirements area, and several specific maintenance considerations, 

 such as, whether the item is hardness critical, what type of support is 

 being considered, the maintenance concept and the maintenance plan 

 rationale. Part 1 should be pulled from the tables when the selection 

 criteria has been met. To produce the report at least one AA and AG 

 table should exist on file. Reference Number, CAGE and Item Designator 

 Code may not appear if TYPE is Functional (F). The Reference Number is 

 wrapped at the 16th position. 

 b. Part 2 of the report depicts reliability and maintainability 

 parameters for the selected items in the order of comparative analyzed, 

 allocated, predicted, and measured. Part 2 should be pulled from the 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-62 

 tables when the selection criteria has been met. To produce the report 

 at least one BA and BD table should exist on file. NSN AND RELATED 

 DATA, REFERENCE NUMBER, CAGE, MAOT, MAC. SMR, UI, and UNIT OF ISSUE 

 PRICE may not appear if TYPE is Functional (F). 

 c. Part 3 of the report is divided into analyses of preventive and 

 corrective maintenance tasks by maintenance level and hardware LCN 

 designation. The preventive maintenance task area identified by the 

 2nd position of the task code (Q, C, P, M, N, L, and B). The 

 corrective maintenance tasks are identified by the second position of 

 the task code (all that are not preventive). This part identifies 

 personnel and training requirement considerations. To produce the 

 report the CA and its corresponding CD table should exist on file. 

 The NO SSC can be calculated by summing up the number of Subtask 

 Person Identifiers table CD for a given Skill Specialty Code and Task 

 Code. The (P) or (M) preceding the and ELAP TIME values on the output 

 represent predicted and measured, respectively. Where a measured value 

 has not been input to the LSAR, the report will default to the 

 predicted value. 

 d. Part 4 of this report provides a listing of all support items required 

 to perform each task meeting the report selection criteria by ICC. To 

 produce the report at least one CA, CG, EA, and HA table should exist 

 on file. 

 e. In order to exercise the display option the TM FGC must be entered in 

 the XB table. 

 f. Each part of this report should start at the top of a new page. 

30.20.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.17 

30.20.4 REPORT SEQUENCING. 

 a. Depending upon the display option: 

 1. If the display option of TM FGC is selected then within all report 

 parts the output is sorted in ascending TM FGC then LCN sequence. 

 2. If the display option of TM FGC is not selected then within all 

 report parts the output is sorted in ascending LCN then TM FGC 

 sequence. 

 b. For Parts 1 and 2, 4.a.1 and 4.a.2 is the sequencing used. 

 c. Part III A and B should be sorted by Maintenance Level, the first 

 being crew the last being depot for that service designator sub-table. 

 Within this sequence, Tasks are sorted in ascending LCN, then ascending 

 Task Code (starting with the first position). 

 d. Numbers 4a.1 and .2 hold true for Part 4 of the output report. 

30.20.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-023 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 PART I 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 SERVICE DESIGNATOR (selected) 

for part 1 match on: AA 376 SERDESAA 

for part 3 and 4 match on the 4 th position 

of the task code CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC (SELECTED) 

 RPT PT (SELECTED) 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 WP (OPT SELECTED) 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 ALC AA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN AA 199 LSACONXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE XC 179 ITMDESXC 

 HCI HG 151 HARDCIHG 

 SC BA 410 SUPCONBA 

 SEC BA 369 SECCLEBA 

 SERIAL NUMBER (HEADER) 

 FROM XD 373 FRSNUMXD 

 TO XD 373 TOSNUMXD 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

 MSN DUR AB 228 MMISDUAB 

 MB AB 238 MMISDMAB 

 AI AA 164 INHAVAAA 

 AA AA 001 ACHAVAAA 

 AO AB 273 OPAVAIAB 

 MTBF (HEADER) 

 TECH AG 229 TEMTBFAG 

 OPER AG 229 OPMTBFAG 

 MTBMA (HEADER) 

 TECH AG 230 TMTBMAAG 

 OPER AG 230 OPMRBMAG 

 MTBR AG 235 MTBRXXAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

 MTTR (HEADER) 

 TECH AA 236 TEMTTRAA 

 OPER AA 236 OPMTTRAA 

 MAMDT (HEADER) 

 TECH AA 223 TMAMDTAA 

 OPER AA 223 OMAMDTAA 

 MAX TTR AA 222 MAXTTRAA 

 PCTL AA 286 PERCENAA 

 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT BB 207 RAMNARBB 

3-63 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-64 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 OF (B)) 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE BB 210 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 OF (E)) 

 PART II 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 ALC BA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN BA 199 LSACONXB 

 NSN AND RELATED DATA (HEADER) 

 NSN COGNIZANCE CODE HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE HA 253 MATNSNHA 

 NSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION CODE/ HA 253 SMMNSNHA 

 MATERIEL MANAGEMENT AGGREGATION CODE 

 NSN ACTIVITY CODE HA 253 ACTNSNHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 CONV FACTOR BA 059 CONVFABA 

 MAOT HG 221 MAOTIMHG 

 MAC HG 206 MAIACTHG 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA 

 UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE HD 314 PROUIPHD 

 UI PRICE PROVISIONING OF (Y) 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 RAM INDICATOR CODE BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MTBF (HEADER) 

 TECH BD 229 TEMTBFBD 

 MB BD 238 TMTBFMBD 

 OPER BD 229 OPMTBFBD 

 MB BD 238 OMTBFMBD 

 MTBMA (HEADER) 

 TECH BD 230 TMTBMABD 

 MB BD 238 TMTBMMBD 

 OPER BD 230 OMTBMABD 

 MB BD 238 OMTBMMBD 

 MTBM-INH BD 232 INHMTBBD 

 MB BD 238 INHMTMBD 

 MTBM-IND BD 231 INMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 IMTBMMBD 

 MTBM NO DEF BD 233 NOMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 NMTBMMBD 

 MTBPM BD 234 MTBMPVBD 

 MB BD 238 MTBMPMBD 

 MTBR BD 235 MTBRXXBD 

 MB BD 238 MTBRMBBD 

 MTTR (HEADER) 

 TECH BD 236 MTTRTHBD 

 OPER BD 236 MTTROPBD 

 MAX TTR BD 222 MAXTTRBD 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-65 

 PCTL BD 286 PERCENBD 

 PART III A (PREVENTIVE) AND B (CORRECTIVE) 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK CODE 3RD POSITION 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TASK CODE CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 HCP CA 152 HRDCPCCA 

 NO SSC (CALCULATED BY SUMMING SPI/SSC&TC) 

 SUBTASK PERSON ID CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 M-H PER SSC (HEADER) 

 Calculated sum SUBMMCD and divided by 60 CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 for a SSC and task code 

 ELAP TIME (HEADER) 

 MEASURED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 PREDICTED CA 224 PRDMETCA 

SSC and new or modified SSC are pulled from table CD, there should only be 

one, but if there is 2, the new or modified SSC should be selected. The 

corresponding skill levels should be pulled from either table GA or GB. 

 SKILL LEVEL (HEADER) 

 SKILL LEVEL GA 386 SKLVCDGA 

 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL GB 386 MDSCLCGB 

 SSC (HEADER) 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 NEW OR MODIFIED SSC CD 257 MDCSSCGB 

 TRN REC CA 463 TRNRECCA 

 TRN EQP CA 358 TRNRQCCA 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 PART IV 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK CODE 3RD POSITION 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 TASK CODE CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 FAC CA 358 FTRNRQCA 

 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (HEADER) 

 ICC EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QTY/TASK CG 319 SQTYTKCG 

 UM CG 491 SQTKUMCG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB.  PART I SYSTEM/END ITEM R&M REQUIRMENT 

XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. AA.SERDESAA/ 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC CA.TASKCDCA SELECTED 

 EIAC REFRIG-UNT  XB. 

LCN NOMENCLATURE REFRIGERATION UNIT 

AA. AA. 

START LCN 0 

XB. 

ALC 

00 

TYPE 

P 

 HG. 

STOP LCN 0 

HG. 

UOC DCY 

SERV DES ARMY 

XC. 

ICC SBZQY 

TMFGCDXB ALTLCNXB LSACONXB LCNAMEXB REFNUMHA CAGECDHG ITMDESXC TM FGC ALC LCN LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM DESIGNATOR C

00 00 0 REFRIGERATION UNIT F100000RG-2223-1 94833 TYPE001 MODEL00002 SR 

 1334-FGR 

 XD. FRSNUMXD XD.TOSNUMXD 

 SERIAL NUMBER  FROM TO FROM TO FROM TO FROM TO 

0012 002349 

AG.ANOPEREAG AG.MEASBSAG 

 AOR MB AOR MB AOR MB 

 7200 O 300 D 10 T 

 AA. AA. AB. AG.TEMTBFAG/ AG.TMTBMAAG/ AG. AG. AA.TEMTTRAA/ AA.TMAMDT

 INHAVAAA ACHAVAAA OPAVAIAB AG.OPMTBFAG AG.OPMRBMAG MTBRXXAG MEASBSAG AA.OPMTTRAA AA.OMAMD

 AI AA AO MTBF MTBMA MTBR MB MTTR MAM

97.000000 95.000000 90.000000 TECH 350.0 75.0 125.0 O .35 

 OPER 500.0 90.0 O .25  TECH 0.5 0.1 .15 D  OPER 0.4 0.1 D  TECH 14.6 3.1 4.2 T  OPER 12.0 2.9 T 

 BB.RAMCNABB (B) BB.TEXSEQBB 

 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT:  INSPECTION/FAULT LOCATION TO BE ACCOMPLISHED BY CREW MAINTANANCE,  WITH FOLLOW-ON INSPECTION/FAULT LOCATION AND REPLACEMENT OF  DOOR-SCREEN AND ENGINE ASSEMBLIES PERFORMED BY ORGANIZATIONAL  MAINTENANCE. DIRECT SUPPORT TASKED WITH REPLACEMENT OF  COMPRESSOR AND REPAIR OF ALL ASSEMBLIES EXCEPT THE WIRE HARNESS,  WHICH REQUIRES THE ATTENTION OF DEPOT MAINTENANCE. 

 BB.RAMCNABB (E) BB.TEXSEQBB 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE:  NONE AT THIS TIME. 
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY  PART II RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. AA.SERDESAA/ 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC CA.TASKCDCA SELECTED  EIAC REFRIG-UNT  XB. 

LCN NOMENCLATURE REFRIGERATION UNIT 

XB. 

START LCN 0 

 BA. BA. 

ALC 

00 

TYPE STOP LCN 

P 0 

HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA 

UOC DCY 

HA.FSCNSNHA 

SERV DES ARMY 

HG. 

ICC SBZQY 

TMFGCDXB LCNAMEXB ALTLCNXB LSACONXB HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA REFNUMHA TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE ALC LCN NSN AND RELATED DATA REFERENCE 

00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 00 0 -4110-01-074-5174- F100000RG-

 BA. HG. HG. HG. HA. HD. HG. 

CONVFABA MAOTIMHG MAIACTHG SMRCODHG 

CONV MAOT MAC SMR FACTOR 

 UNITISHA 

UI 

PROUIPHD 

UNIT OF ISSUE PRICE 

 QTYASYHG 

QPA 

00001 5876.00 1 

BD.RAMINDBD

RAM INDICATOR CODE: ALLOCATED 

 BD.TEMTBFBD/ BD.TMTBFMBD/ BD.TMTBMABD/ BD.TMTBMMBD/ BD. BD. BD. BD. BD. BD. BD.  BD.OPMTBFBD BD.OMTBFMBD BD.OMTBMABD BD.OMTBMMBD INHMTBBD INHMTMBD INMTBMBD IMTBMMBD NOMTBMBD NMTBMMBD MTBMPVBD  MTBF MB MTBMA MB MTBM-INH MB MTBM-IND MB MTBM NO DEF MB MTBPM 

TECH 426.2 O 7.1 O 7.1 

OPER 588.1 O 12.2 

 BD.MTTRTHBD/ BD. BD. 

 BD.MTTROPBD MAXTTRBD PERCENBD 

 MTTR MAX TTR PCTL TECH 5.18 5.30 95 

OPER 4.10 
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY  PART III SECTION A  PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. AA.SERDESAA/ 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC CA.TASKCDCA SELECTED  EIAC REFRIG-UNT CA.TASKCDCA 

LCN NOMENCLATURE REFRIGERATION UNIT 

START LCN 0 

ALC 

00 

TYPE 

P 

STOP LCN 0 

UOC DCY 

SERV DES ARMY 

ICC SBZQY 

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW 

 XB. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CD. CD. CA.MSDMETCA/ GA.SKLVCDGA/ CD.SKSPCDGA 

TMFGCDXB ALTLCNXB 

TM FGC ALC 

TASKCDCA 

TASK CODE 

 TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA HRDCPCCA SUBPIDCD SUBMMMCD CA.PRDMETCA GB.MDSCLCGB CD.MDCSSCGB

TASK FREQ MB HCP NO SSC M-H PER ELAP SKILL SSC 

 SSC TIME LEVEL 

 

02 00 AACACAA .3500 O N 01 .13 .13(P) B 76J10 

06 00 CBCACAA 900.0000 O N 01 .O6 .06(M) B 76J10 MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORG 02 00 ABOACAA .3000 0 N 01 .10 .10(P) B 52C10 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY  PART III SECTION B  CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW TM FGC ALC TASK CODE TASK FREQ MB HCP NO SSC M-H PER 

 SSC 

ELAP TIME 

SKILL LEVEL 

SSC 

00 00 AGCABAA .8450 O N 01 .25 .25(P) B 76J10 

 00 NGCAAAA 3.5470 O N 01 .27 .27(P) B 76J10 

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORG  00 HGOAAAA 4.0540 O N 01 .46 .46(P) I 52C20 

 00 HGOAAAA 4.0540 O N 01 .17 .46(P) I 52C10 

 00 JGOAAAA 5.4050 O N 01 .33 .33(P) I 52C20 

 00 NGOAAAA 3.0070 O N 01 .23 .23(P) I 52C20 
LSA-023 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 MAINTENANCE PLAN SUMMARY  PART IV RESOURCE REQUIREMENTS 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. AA.SERDESAA/ 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC CA.TASKCDCA SELECTED 

 EIAC REFRIG-UNT CA.TASKCDCA 

LCN NOMENCLATURE REFRIGERATION UNIT 

START LCN 0 

ALC 

00 

TYPE 

P 

STOP LCN 0 

UOC DCY 

SERV DES ARMY 

ICC SBZQY 

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW 

 XB. CA. XB. CA. CA. CA. 

TMFGCDXB ALTLCNXB 

TM FGC ALC 

LCNAMEXB 

LCN NOMENCLATURE 

LSACONXB

LCN 

 TASKCDCA 

TASK CODE 

TASKIDCA 

TASK IDENTIFICATION 

 

00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 AGCABAA INSPECT DAMAGE MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION 00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAA FAULT LOCATION - UNIT  REQUIREMENTS FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: 

 EA. HA. CG. CG. CG.  SEICCDEA ITNAMEHA SQTYTKCG SQTKUMCG TSREFNCG  ICC ITEM NAME QTY/TASK UM REFERENCE NUMBER 

 Q FUEL, REG GASOLINE 16.00 GL VV-G-1690 MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION 00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAB FAULT LOCATION - INSUF

MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION 00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 NGCAAAC FAULT LOCATION - NOISY MAINTENANCE LEVEL: ORG TM FGC ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE LCN TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION 00 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 HGOAAAA REPLACE REFRIGERATION  REQUI ICC  Q  Q  Z 

REMENTS FOR SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: 

ITEM NAME CLOTHS SHIMS TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG 

QTY/TASK 

.10 

2.00 1.00 

UM PG EA EA 

REFERENCE NUMBER E3727 E3727 SC5180-90-CL-N14 

 4 SOCKET SET 1.00 EA B2502 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-70 

30.21 LSA-024 MAINTENANCE PLAN REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.21.1 SELECTION. The LSA-024 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, UOC, and SERV DES; and optional ALC, Stop LCN, and LCN Type. 

The report selections consist of the following: 

 a. Report Parts Selected: 

 1. Enter the number of the summary parts desired; "1" for Part I; "2" 

for Parts I and II; and "3" for Parts I, II and III. If left blank, all three 

parts will be produced. 

 2. If Part I only is selected and no header information is desired, 

the remainder of this selection criteria may be left blank. 

 b. Equipment Type Code - If an "S" (Support Equipment) is entered, 

interval and maintenance cycle will be displayed. If the code is "A" (Air), 

"M" (Missile) or blank, interval and maintenance cycle will not be displayed. 

 c. Item Category Code - Enter the ICCs for the types of support items to 

be displayed in Parts II and III, respectively. For ease of selection, if 

ICCs 8, M, D, 1, and 7 are all desired, enter an "A". If ICCs 2, 4, 5, 6, and 

H are all desired, enter a "B". If ICCs N, P, R, G, and 3 are all desired, 

enter a "C". 

 d. Display Option - The report may be sequenced by TM FGC in lieu of LCN 

if so desired. 

 e. Maintenance Level - If Parts II and III of the report are to display 

only a specific maintenance level(s), enter the appropriate code(s). If this 

field is left blank, all maintenance levels will be selected. 

 f. Technical Factor Basis is always 100 Flight Hours (was an option under 

MIL-STD-1388-2A). 

30.21.2 PROCESSING. The same qualifying criteria is used for all three parts 

of this report. Task Codes must first qualify by matching on selected SERV 

DES, then maintenance levels selected. As a minimum, there must be one LCN 

within the selected range with a valid entry in table BB for either Item 

Function (element RAMNARBB with a narrative code of "A") or Maintenance Concept 

(element RAMNARBB with a narrative code of "B"). For Part II Reference Number 

and CAGE to be produced, there must be a match between the LCN from table CA 

and the LCN from table HG (for the corresponding Reference Number and CAGE) if 

the LCN selection is physical (LCN Type of "P"). If the LCN selection is 

functional (LCN Type of "F"), then a matching physical LCN must be found in 

table XG before being matched against table HG LCNs. 

 a. The following definitions are for the header information of the 

LSA-024 summary which are not contained in the LSAR. 

 1. Date of Initial Submission/Revision/Date of Revision - A nineteen 

position field containing the date of the initial submission of the 

maintenance plan, the alphabetic revision indicator, and the date of the 

current revision. The dates and revision should be entered in the following 

format including slashes and dashes: MM-DD-YY/A/MM-DD-YY. 

 2. Preparing Activity - A fifteen position field containing the name 

of the performing activity having responsibility for the data. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-71 

 3. Prepared By - A fifteen position field containing the name of the 

individual having responsibility for accuracy of the data. 

 4. DLSC Screen Date - An eight position field containing the date 

indicating when screening results were accepted by the government on all 

repairables items. The date should be entered in the following format, 

including dashes: MM-DD-YY. 

 5. Navy Ammunition Logistic Code (NALC) - A four position 

alphanumeric code identifying the generic description within the Federal 

Supply Class. The NALC is assigned by Ships Parts Control Center (SPCC). The 

NALC is used for fleet reporting/requisitioning of ammunition and to indicate 

functional interchangeability of items. 

 6. Maintenance Plan Number - A number identifying each maintenance 

plan. The Maintenance Plan Number is assigned by the requiring authority (DED 

180). 

 b. The following definitions and calculations are for technical factors: 

 1. Interval - The recommended operating hours or usage rate preceded 

by an alpha character indicating the type of maintenance requirements for an 

item. The calculation and codes are as follows: 

 Annual Operating Requirement (AOR) (Conversion Factor) 

 Interval = ------------------------------------------------------ 

 n 

 3 Task Frequency 

 

 

 

 i=1 

 P - Preventive (1st position Task Code of A or Z) 

 C - Corrective (1st position Task Code of B, G, R, J, H, L, K, N, 

 S, O or W) 

 T - Servicing (1st position Task Code of P, M, or C) 

 U - Calibration (1st position Task Code of D, E, or F) 

 AOR - Pulled from table AG (element ANOPREAG) based on the values 

 entered for AORLCNCA, AORALCCA, AORTYPCA, and AORMSBCA in 

 table CA for the given item. 

 Conversion Factor - Pulled from table BA (element CONVFABA). 

 Task Frequency - Pulled from table CA (element TSKFRQCA). 

 Summation of Task Frequencies within given type of maintenance 

for subject LCN. 

 2. Maintenance Cycle - This data is calculated as follows: 

 Maintenance Cycle = AOR x Conversion Factor 

 AOR - Pulled from table AG (element ANOPREAG) based on the values 

 entered for AORLCNCA, AORALCCA, AORTYPCA, and AORMSBCA in 

 table CA for the given item. 

 Conversion Factor - Pulled from table BA (element CONVFABA). 

 c. Other technical factors are computed as follows: 

 MRF (Repairables) = [MTD(D) + MTD(CAD)] X MRR 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-72 

 Numeric Stockage Objective (NSO) = RMSS LVL (DED 284) 

 MTD(CAD) 

 DSR = ----------------- 

 MTD(D) + MTD(CAD) 

 BDSR = MTD(CBD) X MRR 

 RPF = [MTD(F) + MTD(H)] X MRR 

 

 

 

 

 MTD(D) 

 SAR = 1 - ---------------------------- 

 MTD(D) + MTD(CAD) + MTD(CBD) 

 

 

 MTD(D) 

 RSR = ----------------------- 

 MTD(D) + MTD(CAD) 

 

 

 RRR = Overhaul Replacement Rate (ORR)(DED 241) 

 (Order of NHAINDHH precedence for multiple occurrences of ORR for 

 a given LCN in Table HH: N, B, C, E, A, F, "blank". '*' is 

 excluded.) 

 MTD - Maintenance Task Distribution 

 MTD(F) - Second subfield of the MTD 

 MTD(H) - Third subfield of the MTD 

 MTD(D) - Fifth subfield of the MTD 

 MTD(CBD) - Sixth subfield of MTD 

 MTD(CAD) - Seventh subfield of MTD 

 MRR - Maintenance Replacement Rate I 

 c. Part II - repair capability items qualify based on valid CA Table 

entry first and ICC selection next. Maintenance significant consumables 

qualify out of Table CI based on an ICC of "AB". I/R 

(Interchangeability/Replaceability code) is determined based on the 

Interchangeability Code entered in table HP (element INTCHCHP) based on the 

following: 

 IC I/R 

 OW I 

 OR I 

 TW I 

 OM R 

 TM R 

 NI Blank 

 NR Blank 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

When multiple ICs are contained in table HP for a given Reference Number, 

CAGE, LCN and ALC combination the order of precedence for I/R assignments are 

"I", followed by "R", followed by blank. 

d. Part III - REQ NO (Requirement Number) is a five position counter 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-73 

(first four positions numeric starting with 0001, and last position alphabetic 

P, C, T, or U) based on the type of task (Predictive (P), Corrective (C), 

Servicing (T), or Calibration (U). The counter begins at 0001 for each type 

of task and resets to 0001 for a new LCN. 

 e. Page breaks are required between Part I and II and Part II and III. 

For Part II, Repairable Items, the report headers (i.e., LCN, ALC, Reference 

Number, etc.) are repeated for each item to be output in this section. 

30.21.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.18 

30.21.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I is sequenced by ascending LCN (or TM FGC if 

selected in the Display Option). Part II is sequenced by ascending LCN and 

ascending Reference Number within each LCN. Part III is sequenced by 

ascending LCN, then maintenance type with Predicted first, Corrective second, 

Service third, and Calibration fourth, then by maintenance level (Crew-Depot). 

30.21.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-024 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 DISP OPT (SELECTED) 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL OPTION (SELECTED) CA 

 PART 2 ITEM CATEGORY CODES (SELECTED) HG 

 PART 3 ITEM CATEGORY CODES (SELECTED) EA/HG 

 EQUIPMENT TYPE CODE (SELECTED) 

 REPORT PARTS (SELECTED) 

427 

181 

181 

TASKCDCA 

ITMCATHG 

SEICCDEA 

 PART I - GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS (HEADER) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM DESIGNATOR XC 179 ITMDESXC 

 NSN & RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 SERD NUMBER (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) EF 

 TM FGC XB 

416 

438 

SERDNOEF 

TMFGCDXB 

 SMR CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 DLSC SCREEN (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REVISION (THROUGHPUT) 

 APPROVED BY (MANUAL ENTRY) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-74 

 TITLE (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 TYPE EQUIP CODE (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 PREPARING ACTIVITY (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 NALC (THROUGHPUT) 

 PREPARED BY (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 REVIEWED BY (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 DATE OF APPROVAL (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 LCN BB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BB 046 ALTLCNXB 

 NARRATIVE (HEADER) 

 ITEM FUNCTION BB 180 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE OF A) BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT BB 207 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE OF B) BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE BB 210 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE OF E) BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 PART II - REPAIR CAPABILITY (HEADER) 

 REPAIRABLE ITEMS (HEADER) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 NSN & RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 TMFGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 IND HG 162 INDCODHG 

 I/R (GENERATED) 

 (INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE) HP 172 INTCHCHP 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 WEAROUT BA 505 WEOULIBA 

 MB BA 238 WOLIMBBA 

 AMC HA 003 ACQMETHA 

 SMIC HA 395 SMAINCHA 

 DMIL HA 076 DEMILIHA 

 RIP HG 348 REMIPIHG 

 AMSC HA 004 AMSUFCHA 

 HCI HG 151 HARDCIHG 

 MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION HG 214 OMTDOOHG 

 FMTDFFHG 

 HMTDHHHG 

 LMTDLLHG 

 DMTDDDHG 

 CBDMTDHG 

 CADMTDHG 

 MRR HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 MRF (CALCULATED) 

 RPF (CALCULATED) 

 DSR (CALCULATED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-75 

 BDSR (CALCULATED) 

 NSO HG 329 RMSSLIHG 

 SAR (CALCULATED) 

 RSR (CALCULATED) 

 RRR HH 281 OVHREPHH 

 INTERVAL (CALCULATED) 

 MAINT CYCLE (CALCULATED) 

 MAINTENANCE SIGNIFICANT CONSUMABLES (HEADER) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM NAME HA 188 ITNAMEHA 

 NSN & RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 IND HG 162 INDCODHG 

 TM FGC HK 438 TMFGCDHK 

 I/R (GENERATED) 

 (INTERCHANGEABILITY CODE) HP 182 INTCHCHP 

 PART III - MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REQ NO (GENERATED) 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TSK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 INTERVAL (CALCULATED) 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 SUPPORT ITEM REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 ICC (1-8, D, E, F, G, H, J, M, N, P, R, EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 S, T, U, V, AC, AF) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 or 

 ICC (9, K, L, Q, W, X, Y, Z, AA, AB, AD, AE) HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 MAINTENANCE PLAN 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC LCN TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES REFRIG UNT DELUXE CARB 00607 02 DCY ALL ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 SELECTION SUMMARY 

 CA.TASKCDCA

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL OPTION: ALL 

 THROUGHPUT 

 TECHNICAL FACTORS BASIS NUMBER: 1 

HG.ITMCATHG 

 PART 2 ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: ALL 

EA.SEICCDEA/HG.ITMCATHG

 PART III ITEM CATEGORY CODES SELECTED: ALL 

SELECTED

 EQUIPMENT TYPE CODE: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

SELECTED

 REPORT PARTS SELECTED: ALL 
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 MAINTENANCE PLAN  PART I - GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS 

 HG.REFNUMHA HG.CAGECDXH HK.TMFGCDHK SELECTED THROUGHPREFERENCE NUMBER 142-0431ALCA 

CAGE 33647 

TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP 

HG.SMRCODHG SELECTED THRO

 SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING 

 XC.ITMDESXC

ITEM DESIGNATOR THROUGHPUT MRSA 

 NALC: A1B SELECTED THRO

 PREPARED B

HA.COGNSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA HA.NIINSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA SELECTED THROUGHPUT NSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84 MANUAL ENTR

 REVIEWED B___________________________ 

SELECTED THROUGHPUT THROUGHPUT

MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER TEST 

DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-1

MANUAL ENTRY MANUA

SELECTED THROUGHPUT

SERD NUMBER 

 APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE OF 

MANUAL ENTRY

TESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

BB.LSACONXB BB.ALTLCNXB

LCN ALC 00607 02 NARRATIVE 

 ITEM FUNCTION: 

BB.RAMCNABB (A) BB.TEXSEQBB

DEVICE PRODUCING AN EXPLOSIVE MIXTURE OF GAS AND AIR. 

 MAINTENANCE CONCEPT: 

BB.RAMCNABB (B) BB.TEXSEQBB

ADJUST AND REPLACE TASKS ACCOMPLISHED BY ORGANIZATIONAL MAINTEN 

 ANCE. DISASSEMBLE/ASSEMBLE. REPAIR AND SERVICE PERFORMAED BY D RECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE.  MAINTENANCE PLAN RATIONALE: 

BB.RAMCNABB (E) BB.TEXSEQBB
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 MAINTENANCE PLAN  PART II - REPAIR CAPABILITY REFERENCE NUMBER 142-0431ALCA 

CAGE 33647 

TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP 

 SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING ITEM DESIGNATOR MRSA  NALC: A1B  PREPARED BNSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84  REVIEWED B___________________________ MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER TEST 

DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-1

 APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE ________________ SERD NUMBER TESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________ --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- REPAIRABLE ITEMS 

 HG. HG. HG. HG. XB. HA.COGNSNHA HA.SMNSNHA HA.MATNSN

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH LCNAMEXB HA.FSCNSNHA HA.NIINSNHA HA.ACTNS

LCN 00607 

ALC 02 

REFERENCE NUMBER 142-0431ALCA 

CAGE 44940 

LCN NOMENCLATURE CARBURETOR ASSY 

NSN & RELATED DA

 TECHNICAL FACTORS  MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION 

HG.SMRCODHG HA.DEMILIHA HG.OMTDOOHG HG.HMTDHHHG HG.DMTDDDHG HG.CADMTDHG 

 SMR: PAOFF DMIL: A HG.FMTDFFHG HG.LMTDLLHG HG.CBDMTDHG 

BA.WEOULIBA HG.REMIPIHG O DS GS SRA D CBD CAD 

 WEAROUT: 9000 RIP: 000 -- 35 20 -- 00 15 00 

BA.WOLIMBBA HA.AMSUFCHA HG.MRRONEHG HG.RMSSLIHG C

 MB: O AMSC: MRR: 1.3323 NSO: 5 

HA.ACQMETHA HG.HARDCIHG CALC MRF: 00.0000 CALC SAR: 1.00 

 AMC: 1 HCI: NO CALC RPF: 00.7328 CALC RSR: 

HA.SMAINCHA CALC DSR: HH.OVHREPHH RRR: .01 

 SMIC: G CALC BDSR: 00.1998 

----------------------------------  MAINTENANCE SIGNIFICANT CONSUMABLES 

 HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HA.COGNSNHA HA.SMNSNHA HA.MATNSNH

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH ITNAMEHA HA.FSCNSNHA HA.NIINSNHA HA.ACTNSN

LCN 00607AA 

ALC REFERENCE NUMBER 02 142-0431ALCA1 

CAGE 44940 

ITEM NAME NSN & RELATED DATVALVE, CARBURETOR 
LSA-024 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 MAINTENANCE PLAN  PART III - MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS REFERENCE NUMBER 142-0431ALCA 

CAGE 33647 

TM FGC: 0601 TYPE EQUIP 

 SMR CODE: PAOFF PREPARING ITEM DESIGNATOR MRSA  NALC: A1B  PREPARED BNSN & RELATED DATA DLSC SCREEN: 10-05-84  REVIEWED B___________________________ MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER TEST 

DATE OF SUB/REV/DATE OF REV: 06-06-47/A/04-1

 APPROVED BY: _______________________ DATE ________________ SERD NUMBER TESTX12345 TITLE: _____________________________ ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

 CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. 

LSACONXB

LCN 00607 

 ALTLCNXB

ALC 02 

 GENERATED

REQ NO 0001C 

 TASKCDCA 

TASK CD HGOXGAA 

TASKIDCA 

TASK IDENTIFICATION REPLACE CARBURETOR ON ENGINE ASSY 

 TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA CALCU

TSK FREQ MB IN

1.1400 O 14

 CG.TSREFNCG

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS 

 CG.TSCAGECG HA.ITNAMEHA EA.SEICCDEA 

 CI.PROREFCI CI.PROCAGCI HA.ITNAMEHA HG.ITMCATH

 REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME IC

 S023  142-0431 

41497 44940 

SEALANT, GASKET Q CARBURETOR X 

 142-0033  SC5180-90-CL-N14-1234 

41497 44940 

GASKET, KIT Y 

TOOL KIT GEN REFRIG Z 

 B2502  GGG-S-121 

04643 04643 

SOCKET SET 3/8 INCH 4 SCREWDRIVER 4 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-80 

30.22 LSA-025 PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS DATA REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.22.1 SELECTION. The LSA-025 summary is selected by either a mandatory 

START LCN or REFERENCE NUMBER and CAGE. Optional Selections are ALC, STOP LCN, 

UOC, DEGREE OF PROT, and TAPE OPTION. LCN-TYPE (TYPE) must always be "P". If 

Reference Number/CAGE are selected, then all option features except DEGREE OF 

PROT are ignored. 

30.22.2 PROCESSING. At least one Reference Number/CAGE combination within the 

LCN range must have an entry in table HF in order to produce an LSA-025 

summary. When more than one LCN for the same Reference Number/CAGE combination 

is qualified, only one set of packaging requirements is output. 

 a. ALTHOUGH NOT DESCRIBED IN THE STANDARD, If the tape option is 

selected, then a five position sequence number is assigned to the RESERVED 

positions, immediately following the Card Type in card column one. The 

sequence number of 0001 and are assigned in ascending ASCII numeric order. 

The fifth position of the sequence number is left blank. 

 b. Supplemental Card Indicator (SCI) generated based on the following: 

 If only an "A" card is used, the SCI is "1". 

 If an "A" and "B" card are used, the SCI is "2". 

 If an "A", "B", and "C" card are used, the SCI is "3". 

 If an "A", "B", and "D" card are used, the SCI is "4". 

30.22.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.19 

30.22.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in ascending Reference 

Number and CAGE sequence. Within each Reference Number, Degree of Protection 

(DOP) (A, B, C) are output in ascending DOP sequence. 

30.22.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-025 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 DEGREE OF PROT HF 074 DEGPROHF 

 TAPE OPTION (SELECTED) 

 CAGE HF 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HF 337 REFNUMHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CARD (GENERATED) 

 SEQUENCE NUMBER 

 (GENERATED FOR ONLY TAPE OPTION) 

 NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

 

3-81 

 HA 253 SMMNSNHA 

 UNIT WEIGHT HA 497 UWEIGHHA 

 UNIT SIZE LEN HA 496 ULENGTHA 

 WID HA 496 UWIDTHHA 

 HEI HA 496 UHEIGHHA 

 PKG CC HF 282 PACCATHF 

 SPEC MKG HF 394 SPEMRKHF 

 QUP HF 321 QTYUPKHF 

 ICQ HF 175 INCQTYHF 

 SCI (GENERATED) 

 HC HA 154 HAZCODHA 

 MTH PRES HF 239 MEPRESHF 

 CD HF 045 CDPROCHF 

 PRES MATL HF 295 PRSMATHF 

 WRAP MATL HF 517 WRAPMTHF 

 CUSH MATL HF 067 CUSHMAHF 

 CT HF 068 CUSTHIHF 

 UNIT CONT HF 486 UNICONHF 

 DOP HF 074 DEGPROHF 

 INT CONT HF 174 INTCONHF 

 UC LVL HF 487 UCLEVLHF 

 PK CD HF 283 PKGCODHF 

 UNIT PACK WEIGHT HF 495 UNPKWTHF 

 UNIT SIZE LEN HF 494 LENUPKHF 

 WID HF 494 WIDUPKHF 

 DEP HF 494 DEPUPKHF 

 UNIT PACK CUBE HF 493 UNPKCUHF 

 OPI HF 279 OPTPRIHF 

 SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA HF 409 SUPPKDHF 

 CAGE HF 046 PKCAGEHF 

 SPI NUMBER HF 396 SPINUMHF 

 SPI REV HF 397 SPIREVHF 

 SPI DATE HF 187 SPDATEHF 

 CONTAINER NSN HF 253 CONNSNHF 
 LSA-025 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 XB. HA. HG. 

 PACKAGING REQUIREMENTS DATA 

HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HF. 

 EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC DEGPROHF 

 EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC DEGREE OF 

 REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P C 

HF.CAGECDXH HF.REFNUMHA HA.ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME 

 HA. HA. HA. 

 10855 

HA. 

AA06BR200 

HA. HA. HA. HF. HF. 

SCREW, HEX HEAD 

 HF. HF. HF. HF. 

 GENERATED FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA SMMNSNHA UWEIGHHA ULENGHTHA UWIDTHHA UHEIGHHA PACCATHF SPEMRKHF QTYUPKHF INCQTYHF CAGECDXH REFN CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD UNIT UNIT SIZE PKG SPEC QUP ICQ CAGE REFERE (5 POS) WEIGHT LEN WID HEI CC MKG  A ----- 5305-00-378-2804 -- 00001 0010 0005 0005 32AO 99 012 024 10855 AA06BR HA. HA. HA. HA. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF.  GENERATED FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA SMMNSNHA HAZCODHA QTYUPKHF INCQTYHF MEPRESHF CDPROCHF PRSMATHF WRAPMTHF CUSHMAHF CUSTHIHF UNICONHF DEGPROHF  CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD HC QUP ICQ MTH CD PRES WRAP CUSH CT UNIT DOP  (5 POS) PRES MATL MATL MATL CONT  B ----- 5305-00-378-2804 -- - 012 024 -- 0 00 -- 00 - WR C  HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. 

 UNPKWTHF LENUPKHF WIDUPKHF DEPUPKHF UNPKCUHF GENERATED OPTPRIHF GENERATED 

 UNIT PACK UNIT PACK SIZE UNIT PACK RES OPI SCI  WEIGHT LEN WID DEP CUBE (5 POS)  ----- 0011 0007 0007 0000539 ----- A 4  HA. HA. HA. HF.  GENERATED FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA SMMNSNHA SUPPKDHF  CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD SUPPLEMENTAL PACKAGING DATA  (5 POS)  C ----- 5303-00-378-2804 -- TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRATIVE--TEST-NARRAT  HA. HA. HA. HF. HF. HF. HF. HF. 

 GENERATED FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA SMMNSNHA PKCAGEHF SPINUMHF SPIREVHF GENERATED SPDATEHF CONNSNHF 

 CARD RES NSN AND MTL-MGT-CD CAGE SPI NUMBER SPI RES SPI DATE CONTAINER NSN  (5 POS) REV (3 POS)  D ----- 5303-00-378-3804 -- 44940 ---------- - --- 90061 ---- -- --- ----  APPROVED BY: ___ APPROVAL DATE: _
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-83 

30.23 LSA-026 PACKAGING DEVELOPMENTAL DATA REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.23.1 SELECTION. The LSA-026 summary is selected by either a mandatory 

START LCN or REFERENCE NUMBER and CAGE. Optional Selections are ALC, STOP LCN, 

UOC, and Source Code. LCN-Type (TYPE) must always be "P". 

30.23.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-026 summary, at least one 

qualified parts application (HG) must be contained within the selected LCN 

range. 

30.23.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.20 

30.23.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in ascending Reference 

Number and CAGE. Within each Reference Number and CAGE grouping, UI Price is 

sorted in descending sequence. LCN applications are sorted in ascending 

sequence. 

30.23.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-026 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SOURCE CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 NAT STOCK NUMBER HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA 

 UNIT WEIGHT HA 497 UWEIGHHA 

 UNIT SIZE LENGTH HA 496 ULENGTHA 

 WIDTH HA 496 UWIDTHHA 

 HEIGHT HA 496 UHEIGHHA 

 SL HA 377 SHLIFEHA 

 PS/PC HA 291 PHYSECHA 

 HC HA 154 HAZCODHA 

 UI PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 LOT QUANTITY FROM HD 205 LOTQFMHD 

 TO HD 205 LOTQTOHD 

 DOP HF 074 DEGPROHF 

 QUP HF 321 QTYUPKHF 

 PKG-CAT HF 282 PACCATHF 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 QTY/ASSY HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 QTY/EI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 USABLE ON CODES HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 
 LSA-026 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 PACKAGING DEVELOPMENTAL DATA 

 XB. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HG. 

 EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SMRCODHG 

 EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SOURCE C

 REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P PA 

 HA. HA.  CAGECDXH REFNUMHA  CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER  10855 AA06BR200  - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -  HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA. H CAGECDXH REFNUMHA FSCNSNHA NIINSNHA ITNAMEHA UNITISHA UWEIGHHA ULENGTHA UWIDTHHA U UNIT UNIT SIZ CAGE  10855 

REFERENCE NUMBER AA06BR200 

NAT STOCK NUMBER ITEM NAME UI WEIGHT LENGTH WIDTH 5303-00-378-2804 SCREW, CAP HEX HEAD EA 0.1 0.4 0.

 HD. HD. HD. HD. HF. HF. HF.  UIPRICHD LOTQFMHD LOTQTOHD PROUIPHD DEGPROHF QTYUPKHF PACCATHF 

 LOT QUANTITY  UI PRICE FROM TO PUC DOP QUP PKG-CAT  0.17 000001 000025 N C 001 8080  0.15 000026 000100 Y B 001 

 XC. XC.  QTYASYXC/ QTYPEIXC/ 

 HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC.  LSACONXB ALTLCNXB QTYASYHG LCN ALC QTY/ASSY  00201AA 00 0003  00304AC 00 0006  0030609AQ 00 0002  0050201AZ 00 0002 

 QTYPEIHG SMRCODHG

QTY/EI SMR 000027 PAOZZ REF PAOZZ REF PAFZZ REF PAOZZ 

 UOCSEIXC 

USABLE ON CODES DCY, DCX, DCZ DCY, DCZ DCY, DCZ DCY, DCX, DCZ 

 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-85 

30.24 LSA-027 FAILURE/MAINTENANCE RATE SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.24.1 SELECTION. The LSA-027 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, UOC and SERV DES; and optional ALC (default is all ALC's), Stop 

LCN (default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), 

Operating Program (default is none), OP MB (which must correspond with the AOR 

MB) (default is none), and MRRI/II ratio (default is none). 

 a. Enter the required Operating Program and its associated Measurement 

 Base when option 1 is required for the MRRI and MRRII calculations. The 

 OP MB should correspond to the MB of the AOR under analysis. If left 

 blank MRRI can not be calculated. 

 b. Enter the required MRRI/MRRII ratio when the MRRII is to be calculated, 

 if left blank then MRRII can not be calculated. 

30.24.2 PROCESSING. This summary provides the basic information for task 

frequency both given and calculated, and maintenance replacements rates I and 

II, both given and calculated. To produce the LSA-027 Summary a BD and BF 

table must be established in the database. Only tasks with a code "H", and "J" 

in the first position will be included in this report and items with Item 

Category Codes of X for H task codes and Y for J tasks code will qualify for 

output on this report. 

 a. Most of the information used on this report can be pulled directly from 

 the tables, except for the calculated assembly task frequency, MRRI, 

 and MRRII and the calculated repair part task frequency, MRRI and 

 MRRII. 

 1. The data elements used in the calculated assembly task frequency of 

 the report are depicted by comparative analysis (C), allocated (A), 

 predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a measured value has not been 

 entered, the report will default to the predicted, then allocated, 

 and finally comparative analysis). (these come from Ram Indicator 

 Code). These data elements include: Part Failure Rate and MB; MTBM 

 Induced and MB; and MTBM No Defect and MB. The task frequency is 

 calculated as per instructions in DED 430, Assembly Task Frequency 

 is against only that task which is against that assembly. 

 M N 

 TF = [3 [3 FMRi (FR + 1/MTBM-IN + 1/MTBM-ND) * CON FACT]] * AOR 

 j=1 i=1 

 FMR = Failure Mode Ratio 

 FR = Failure Rate 

 MTBM-IN = MTBM (INDUCED) 

 MTBM-ND = MTBM (NO DEFECT) 

 i = Failure Mode resulting in Task Code reference. 

 N = Number of Failure Modes resulting in same Task Code reference 

 per LCN/ALC 

 j = Unique LCN/ALC resulting in the same Task Code reference 

 M = Number of LCN/ALCs containing the same Task Code reference 

 CON FACT = Conversion Factor (must be on each affected LCN/ALC) 

 AOR = Annual Operating Requirement (must be on the start LCN; MB 

 must be the same throughout calculation) (Peacetime Only) 

 NOTE: This calculation requires that Corrective tasks only are documented 

 and that these tasks are not documented in a manner that would result in 

 "double counting", e.g. a referenced LCN/ALC-Task Code appearing on a high 

 level assembly, and an intermediate assembly both accounting for the 

 frequency of occurrence of this task by the associated FM Ratio and Failure 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-86 

 Rate of the respective assemblies. For a given LCN/ALC containing the 

 referenced Task Code, the MTBM-IN , MTBM-ND and/or Con Factor may be 

 blank. If MTBM-IN or MTBM-ND are blank; then a warning message is 

 displayed. 

 2. The data elements used in the calculated assembly MRRI is the task 

 frequency calculated in a.1 multiplied by the quantity per task 

 multiplied by the operating program (if applicable) which is divided 

 by the AOR. 

 N 

 example: MRRI=3 TF(a) X Qty/Task(a) X Operating Program (selected) 

 a=1 ------------------ 

 AOR (p) 

 3. The data elements used in calculating the MRRII is the MRRI 

 calculated in a.2 multiplied by the selected MRRI/II ratio. 

 MRRII = MRRI(calc) * MRRI/II Ratio (Selected) 

 4. The data elements used in the calculated repair part task frequency 

 of the report are depicted by comparative analysis (C), allocated 

 (A), predicted (P), and measured (M) (measured values are reported 

 wherever possible)(these come from RAM Indicator Code). These data 

 elements include: Part Failure Rate and MB; MTBM Induced and MB; and 

 MTBM No Defect and MB. The task frequency is calculated as per 

 instructions in DED 430, Repair Part Task Frequency is against only 

 that task which is against that repair part. 

 M N 

 TF = [3 [3 FMRi (FR + 1/MTBM-IN + 1/MTBM-ND) * CON FACT]] * AOR 

 j=1 i=1 

 FMR = Failure Mode Ratio 

 FR = Failure Rate 

 MTBM-IN = MTBM (INDUCED) 

 MTBM-ND = MTBM (NO DEFECT) 

 i = Failure Mode resulting in Task Code reference. 

 N = Number of Failure Modes resulting in same Task Code reference 

 per LCN/ALC 

 j = Unique LCN/ALC resulting in the same Task Code reference 

 M = Number of LCN/ALCs containing the same Task Code reference 

 CON FACT = Conversion Factor (must be on each affected LCN/ALC) 

 AOR = Annual Operating Requirement (must be on the start LCN; MB 

 must be the same throughout calculation) (peacetime only) 

 NOTE: This calculation requires that Corrective tasks only are documented 

 and that these tasks are not documented in a manner that would result in 

 "double counting", e.g. a referenced LCN/ALC-Task Code appearing on a high 

 level assembly, and an intermediate assembly both accounting for the 

 frequency of occurrence of this task by the associated FM Ratio and Failure 

 Rate of the respective assemblies. For a given LCN/ALC containing the 

 referenced Task Code, the MTBM-IN , MTBM-ND and/or Con Factor may be 

 blank. If MTBM-IN or MTBM-ND are blank; then a warning message is 

 displayed. 

 5. The data elements used in the calculated repair part MRRI is the 

 task frequency calculated in a.3 multiplied by the quantity per task 

 multiplied by the operating program (if applicable) which is divided 

 by the AOR. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-87 

 N 

 example: MRRI=3 TF(rp)X Qty/Task(rp) X Operating Program (selected) 

 rp=1 ------------------ 

 AOR (p) 

 6. The data elements used in calculating the MRRII is the MRRI 

 calculated in a.5 multiplied by the selected MRRI/II ratio. 

 MRRII = MRRI(calc) * MRRI/II Ratio (Selected) 

30.24.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.21 

30.24.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced by ascending values of LCN 

for a given Task Code, then ascending task code. This hold true for the 

Assembly LCN, Repair Part LCN, and Task LCN. For the RAM LCNs they are 

sequenced in ascending values, then by FMIs. 

30.24.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-027 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Codes Ded Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 SERVICE DESIGNATOR (Selected) 

match on the 4th position of the task code BH 427 TASKCDCA 

 OPERATING PROGRAM (SELECTED) 

 OP MB (SELECTED MUST MATCH AOR MB) 

 MRRI/II RATIO (SELECTED) 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

1 IND 

 LCN (ITEM BEING REPAIRED) BH 199 LSACONBH 

 (LCN IS BASED ON corrective TASK code) BH 427 TASKCDBH 

 TASK TYPE BH 433 TATYPEBH 

 ALC BH 019 ALTLCNBH 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 AOR (peacetime only) AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

 SMR CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 MRR MOD HG 213 MRRMODHG 

 WEAROUT LIFE BA 505 WEOULIBA 

 MB BA 238 WOLIMBBA 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

2 IND 

 LIST ALL REPAIR PARTS FOR "H" R&R TASK, VIA B/CA/CI THAT QUALIFY ON 

 ICC="X" IN HG TABLE 

 LCN (FOR H TASKS AND X ICC'S) CI 199 PROLCNCI 

 CHECK HG ICC HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 ALC CI 019 PROALCCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-88 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 SMR CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 MRR MOD HG 213 MRRMODHG 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

2a IND 

 LIST ALL MRRI AND II'S AGAINST THE LCN/REF NO/CAGE FROM HG FOR ALL 2 IND'S 

 (IN SAME ORDER AS 2 IND'S) 

 TABLE HG (HEADER) 

 MRRI HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 MRRII HG 212 MRRTWOHG 

 LIST THE CALCULATED MRRI AND MRRII FOR THE APPLICABLE CI REPAIR PARTS 

 CALCULATED (HEADER) 

 MRRI (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQUENCY (CALCULATED) 

 MB (TAKEN FROM CALCULATIONS) 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYKCI 

 OPERATING PROGRAM (SELECTED) 

 OP MB (SELECTED MUST MATCH AOR MB) 

 MRRII (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 MRRI (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 MRRI/II RATIO (SELECTED) 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

3 IND 

LIST THE FIRST H TASK AND ITS TABLE AND CALCULATED TASK FREQUENCY. THE 

TASK FREQUENCY IS FOR THE SPECIFIC TASK. THE CALC TASK FREQUENCY IS BASED ON 

THE AFFECTED LCNS FROM THE 5 IND. 

 LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 (LCN IS BASED ON CORRECTIVE TASK CODE) BH 427 TASKCDBH 

 ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 TABLE CA TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQ (CALCULATED) 

 MB (TAKEN FROM CALCULATIONS) 

 FAILURE MODE RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MTBM INDUCED BD 231 INMTBMBD 

 MB BD 281 IMTBMMBD 

 MTBM NO DEFECT BD 233 NOMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 NMTBMMBD 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

4 IND 

LIST ALL QUALIFYING CI'S PROVISIONING PARTS THAT ARE USED FOR THIS TASK 

CODE USE THE TASK LCN AND ALC TO IDENTIFY THE PARTS USED 

 LCN CI 199 TSKLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 TSKALCCI 

 PRINT THE PROVISIONING PARTS 

 LCN CI 199 PROLCNCI 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-89 

 ALC CI 019 PROALCCI 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 UM CI 491 PQTKUMCI 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

5 IND 

 LIST ALL AFFECTED LCN'S & FMI'S FOR THIS "H" TASK 

 LCN BA/BH 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BA/BH 019 ALTLCNXB 

 FMI BF 134 FAMOINBF 

 FAILURE MODE RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MTBM INDUCED BD 231 INMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 IMTBMMBD 

 MTBM NO DEFECT BD 233 NOMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 NMTBMMBD 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

REPEAT THIS PROCESS FOR THE NEXT "H" TASK FOR THIS LCN 

____________________________________________________________________________ 

2 IND 

 LIST ALL REPAIR PARTS FOR "J" REPAIR TASK, VIA B/CA/CI THAT QUALIFY ON 

 ICC="Y" IN HG TABLE 

 LCN (FOR H TASKS AND Y ICC'S) CI 199 PROLCNCI 

 CHECK HG ICC HG 177 ITMCATHG 

 ALC CI 019 PROALCCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 SMR CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 MRR MOD HG 213 MRRMODHG 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

2a IND 

 LIST ALL MRRI AND II'S AGAINST THE LCN/REF NO/CAGE FROM HG FOR ALL 2 IND'S 

 (IN SAME ORDER AS 2 IND'S) 

 TABLE HG (HEADER) 

 MRRI HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 MRRII HG 212 MRRTWOHG 

 LIST THE CALCULATED MRRI AND MRRII FOR THE APPLICABLE CI REPAIR PARTS 

 CALCULATED (HEADER) 

 MRRI (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQUENCY (CALCULATED) 

 MB (TAKEN FROM CALCULATIONS) 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYKCI 

 OPERATING PROGRAM (SELECTED) 

 OP MB (SELECTED MUST MATCH AOR MB) 

 MRRII (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 MRRI (CALCULATED BY ADP SYSTEM) 

 MRRI/II RATIO (SELECTED) 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

3 IND 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-90 

LIST THE FIRST J TASK AND ITS TABLE AND CALCULATED TASK FREQUENCY. THE 

TASK FREQUENCY IS FOR THE SPECIFIC TASK. THE CALC TASK FREQUENCY IS BASED 

ON THE AFFECTED LCNS FROM THE 5 IND. 

 LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 (LCN IS BASED ON CORRECTIVE TASK CODE) BH 427 TASKCDBH 

 ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 TABLE CA TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQ (CALCULATED) 

 MB (TAKEN FROM CALCULATIONS) 

 FAILURE MODE RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MTBM INDUCED BD 231 INMTBMBD 

 MB BD 281 IMTBMMBD 

 MTBM NO DEFECT BD 233 NOMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 NMTBMMBD 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

4 IND 

LIST ALL QUALIFYING CI'S PROVISIONING PARTS THAT ARE USED FOR THIS TASK CODE 

USE THE TASK LCN AND ALC TO IDENTIFY THE PARTS USED 

 LCN CI 199 TSKLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 TSKALCCI 

 PRINT THE PROVISIONING PARTS 

 LCN CI 199 PROLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 PROALCCI 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 UM CI 491 PQTKUMCI 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

5 IND 

LIST ALL AFFECTED LCN'S & FMI'S FOR THIS "J" TASK 

 LCN BA/BH 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BA/BH 019 ALTLCNXB 

 FMI BF 134 FAMOINBF 

 FAILURE MODE RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MTBM INDUCED BD 231 INMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 IMTBMMBD 

 MTBM NO DEFECT BD 233 NOMTBMBD 

 MB BD 238 NMTBMMBD 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

______________________________________________________________________________ 

REPEAT THIS PROCESS FOR THE NEXT "J" TASK FOR THIS LCN 

______________________________________________________________________________ 
LSA-027 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 FAILURE/MAINTENANCE RATE SUMMARY  CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. BH EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA  EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DREFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT O 00 P 00607 DCY ARMY  BH. BH. XB. AG. AG. HG. HG. BA. BA. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB ANOPREAG MEASBSAG SMRCODHG MRRMODHG WEOULIBA WOLIM

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE AOR MB SMR CODE MRR MOD WEAROUT LIFE M00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY 7200 H PAFFF 11111  REMOVE AND REPLACE "H" TASK DATA  CI. CI. HA. HA. HA. HG. 

 PROLCNCI PROALCCI ITNAMEHA REFNUMHA CAGECDXH SMRCODHG 

 LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SMR CODE  00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY RZ4369 34456 PAFFF  HG.MRRONEHG HG.MRRTWOHG CALC CALC  MRRI TABLE HG MRRII MRRI CALCULATED MRRII  2.5920 5.832 2.5920 5.832  BH. BH. BH. CA. CA.  TLSACNBH TALCNCBH TTASKCBH TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA CALC  LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA MB CALCULATED MB  CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ  00602 00 HGFAAAA 2.5920 H 2.5920 H  CI. CI. CI. CI. CI. CI.  PROLCNCI PROALCCI PROREFCI PROCAGCI PQTYTKCI PQTKUMCI  LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK UM  00602 00 RZ4369 34456 1.00 EA  BA.LSACONXB/ BA.ALTLCNXB/ BF. BF. BD.FAILRTBD BD. BD. BD. B BH.LSACONXB BF.ALTLCNXB FAMOINBF FMRATOBF BD.RAMINDBD FARAMBBD INMTBMBD IMTBMMBD NOM LCN ALC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB MTBM MB  RATIO RATE INDUCED N 00602 00 FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 50000.0(P) H  REPAIR "J" TASK DATA  LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SMR CODE  0060201 00 PISTON PIN RR423196923 22443 PAFZZ  MRRI TABLE HG MRRII MRRI CALCULATED MRRII  6.7760 15.246 6.7760 15.246 

 LCN ALC TASK TABLE CA MB CALCULATED MB  CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ  00602 00 JGFAGAA 3.3880 H 3.3880 H  LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE QTY/TASK UM  0060201 00 RR423196923 22443 2.00 EA  LCN ALC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB MTBM MB  RATIO RATE INDUCED  00602 00 FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 50000.0(P) H  0060201 00 FAAA 0.400 .0005000(M) H 50000.0(P) H 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-92 

30.25 LSA-030 INDENTURED PARTS LIST REPORT SPECIFICATION 

FIRST TIER SELECTION. The Indentured Parts List selection must specify only 

one of the following selection formats. 

 Draft RPSTL (MIL-STD-335(TM) Format) Opt 1 

 Proof RPSTL (MIL-STD-335(TM) Format) Opt 2 

 Draft RPSTL (MIL-M-49502(TM) Format) Opt 1 

 Proof RPSTL (MIL-M-49502(TM) Format) Opt 2 

 IPB (MIL-M-38807A (USAF) Format) Opt 3 

 Stockage List Type Four ((MC) Format) Opt 4 

OPTIONS 1/2. REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST, PROOF/DRAFT. 

30.25.1 SELECTION. The proof option is selected by mandatory TM Code 

(TMCODEXI) from table HK. The draft option is selected by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN and TM Code. The draft has optional Stop LCN, ALC, LCN Type and UOC 

selections. Additional optional selections for both the proof and draft are by 

O/M Level determined by the third (remove) position of the Source Maintenance 

and Recoverability Code (SMRCODHG) and Start and Stop range(s) of FGCs. (NOTE: 

 The only differences between the proof and draft RPSTL format involves display 

of the file control keys following the standard columns 1 through 6 (or 7).) 

Both the proof and draft RPSTL have the option of depicting the formats 

prescribed by either MIL-STD-335(TM), or MIL-M-49502(TM) 

 a. The four cross reference indexes in part IV of the RPSTL, are each 

separately selectable. 

 b. Functional Group Code (FGC) Headers are also optional inputs for the 

RPSTL report. For the 30 report you have header information which is a 

throughput. For each Functional Group header there will be a Start and Stop 

TM-FGC header. Each Functional Group Header can consist of up to 9 lines of 

header information. Each line of header information is 36 positions long. 

There is not a minimum or a maximum number of FGC headers/Start and Stop TMFGC. 

 c. There is an additional selection option, Start Stop TM-FGC. There is 

a maximum number of 4 start and stops TM-FGCs. The Start Stop TM-FGC will 

allow the report requester to select specific TM FGCs to be output. They 

should be processed like start and stop LCN's (Start TM-FGC # TM-FGC < Stop 

TM-FGC, except when start and stop TM-FGC's are equal then select that TM-FGC 

only. 

30.25.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce these options of an LSA-030 summary, 

at least one entry matching the selected TM Code must be contained in table HK. 

 a. FGC Headers are placed in the description column preceding the first 

row of data matching on FGC with the FGC header key. 

 b. The PART NUMBER column contains 16-positions of the Reference Number. 

If the Reference Number exceeds 16 positions, the remainder is printed 

immediately beneath the first 16 on the next line. 

 c. Rows are sorted by section and FGC sequence. For the description 

column, the item name (ITNAMEHA) will first appear, then two spaces followed 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-93 

by the provisioning nomenclature (PROVNOHL), if applicable. If the Hardness 

Critical Item (Table HG) is "Y", then the symbol "(HCI) is printed one space 

following the Item Name and two spaces before the PROVNOHL. The PROVNOHL is 

wrapped in the 36-positions allocated for the description with "breaks" 

occurring only at spaces. Trailing periods are placed following the last 

position of the item name/provisioning nomenclature to the end the description 

column. If the row also has a TM Indenture Code (TMINDCHK) entry, then 

leading periods are placed prior to the item name of the row, equalling the 

number in the TMINDCHK field. 

 d. Following the PROVNOHL, on a separate line applicable UOCs of the row 

are entered. preceded by "UOC: " If the row has full effectivity, no UOCs are 

displayed. Full effectivity is determined by: A Row in HG has full 

effectivity if it is represented in HO for Every XC entry which contain its 

PCCN. 

 e. Also extracted are any entries in table HH for qualified rows matching 

on PLISNs which have NHA PLISN and NHA PLISN Indicator's of asterisk. Where 

the row of information is sorted in the report, the phrase "PART OF KIT P/N" 

followed by the Reference Number of the Kit record will be displayed. The Kit 

Reference Number is determined by a match of the HH NHA PLISN to an HG PLISN 

under the same PCCN as the kit component. One row of data may be used for 

multiple "kits" by multiple HH row entries. Beneath each kit, the rows that 

make up the kit are displayed using by item name, and in parenthesis the 

QTYASYHG, or QTYFIGHK, FIGNUMHK, a dash then ITEMNOHK. 

 f. Under the QTY column, the QTYFIGHK is displayed, unless blank. If 

QTYFIGHK is blank, then QTYASYHG is used. 

 g. Under the NSN column (MIL-STD-335 Format), a "Y" is displayed if both 

FSCNSNHA and NIINSNHA are not blank and NIINSNHA does not contain alpha 

characters for the row of information. Otherwise "N" is displayed. 

 h. Under the PLCC column, only entries in DDPLCCHA or "D"s are shown. 

 i. After all rows of data are displayed following a FGC Header, and 

before the next FGC header the phrase "END OF FIGURE" (MIL-STD-335(TM) Format 

only) is printed. Rows of information are printed with no line skips between 

rows. At the end of a page, a page number is assigned using the FIGNUMHK from 

the first record following the FGC header, followed by dash then "1", multiple 

pages of the same figure follow the same pattern, e.g., 3-1, 3-2, 3-3, etc. A 

page break will occur with each new FGC Header set under a different FGC. If 

no FGC Header inputs are provided, then the sorted rows will "page break" 

each time the FIGNUMHK changes. 

 j. The section III description column is similar to the Section II 

description with the addition of the interpreted Basis of Issue(BOI). Each 

BOI is displayed by "BOI:QTYBOIHM, then either LVLBOIHM or RATIOBHM. LVLBOI 

is interpreted (See DED 030). RATIOBHM is preceded by "PER" and followed by 

"END ITEMS". The BOI is inserted between PRONOMHL, and UOCSEIXCs lines. 

 k. Section IV cross reference indexes are produced as optional outputs as 

specified by the requester. The Reference Designations for the Reference 

Designation Index will either only include those items having a nonidentifying 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-94 

migrating key of the appropriate Figure Number, Item Number, and TM Code; or if 

these keys are not present, it will include all related Figure Numbers, Item 

Numbers, and TM Codes from the HK table for the Reference Designator key set. 

Overflows of Reference Numbers or Reference Designations exceeding 16 or 32 

positions, respectively are printed on the next line immediately below the 

first portion of the element. 

 l. Suppression rules for section IV part number indexes and figure and 

item number indexes. Part number index suppresses any additional row of 

information if the CAGE, Part Number, Stock Number, Figure Number and Item 

Numbers are the same. Part number index also suppress the CAGE and Part 

Number if the figure number and item number are different for the same CAGE, 

Part Number, and Stock Number. Figure and Item Number Index suppresses any 

additional row of information if the CAGE, Part Number, Stock Number, Figure 

Number, and Item Number are the same. 

30.25.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.22 

30.25.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. 

 a. Sections II and III of the report are primarily sequenced by Section. 

Section is determined by the Provisioning List Category Code (PLCC). Items 

coded with a PLCC entry in DDPLCCHA are placed in section III. All other 

items are placed in section II. Within section, items are sequenced in 

ascending FGC, followed by item, then PLISN. 

 b. Part Number Index is sorted in ascending Reference Number, then CAGE. 

 c. National Stock Number index is sorted in ascending NIIN (NIINSNHA), by 

column one, then by column two on a given page. 

 d. Reference Designation Index is sorted in ascending Reference 

Designation. 

 e. Figure and Item Number Index is sorted in ascending Figure, then Item 

Numbers, then Reference Number. 

30.2.5.5 DATA SOURCE. See attached listing. 

OPTION 3. ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN. 

30.2.5.1 SELECTION. This LSA-030 option is selected by a mandatory TM Code. 

30.25.2 PROCESSING. Extracted for the IPB are any entries in table HH for 

qualified rows matching on PLISNs which have NHA PLISN and NHA PLISN 

Indicator's of asterisk. Where the row of information is sorted in the report, 

the phrase "PART OF KIT P/N" followed by the Reference Number of the Kit record 

will be displayed. The Kit Reference Number is determined by a match of the HH 

NHA PLISN to an HG PLISN under the same PCCN as the kit component. One row of 

data may be used for multiple "kits" by multiple HH row entries. Beneath each 

kit, the rows that make up the kit are displayed using by item name, and in 

parenthesis the QTYASYHG, or QTYFIGHK, FIGNUMHK, a dash then ITEMNOHK. 

 a. A separate column for applicable UOCs of the row are entered. If the 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-95 

row has full effectivity, no UOCs are displayed. Full effectivity is 

determined by table HO/XC applicability of the as the row of information to 

all XC UOC matching on the row PCCN. 

 b. If the Hardness Critical Item (Table HG) is "Y", then the symbol 

"(HCI) is printed prior to the Item Name. 

 c. The Provisioning Nomenclature is displayed with two spaces between it 

and the last completed position of the Item Name. Provisioning Nomenclature 

will break only on spaces between lines. On the second and subsequent lines 

of Nomenclature automatically assigned two leading periods (e.g., .., ) will 

precede the nomenclature continuation. Trailer points shall be printed to 

"fill" the description column blank spaces from the last nomenclature 

character to the end of the description field. On subsequent lines for the 

same item, the trailer points are not used. Subsequent column data is 

displayed in line with the first description row. 

 d. An item will contain leading periods equal to the entry against the 

item's TM Indenture Code (1-5). The Numbers 12345 are displayed in the first 

five positions of the Description column. 

30.25.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.22 

30.2.5.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Section II is sequenced in ascending Figure and 

Item Number; III is sequenced by ascending Reference Number; and IV in 

ascending Reference Designation. 

30.2.5.5 DATA SOURCE. See attached listing. 

OPTION 4. STOCKAGE LIST TYPE FOUR. 

30.25.1 SELECTION. This LSA-030 option is selected by mandatory START LCN. 

Optional selection entries are ALC, STOP LCN, and UOC. A selection throughput 

is a 20-position SL number. 

30.25.2 PROCESSING. 

 a. Item identification (column 6) consists of the Item Name (ITNAMEHA) 

 b. Reference Designation (column 4) is truncated after 8 positions. Only 

a Reference Designation with an RDC of "F" is extracted for the LSA-030. If 

multiple "F" Reference Designations are documented in the HJ table for an 

item, these are used to make up multiple rows of the summary. 

 c. Column 8, QUANTITY APPL is QPA; PER EQUIP is the QPEI. If REF or REFX 

is entered in the QPEI, then this is suppressed on the output report. 

 d. Print all matched UOC's (XC/HO) if no UOC is Selected. If there are 

extra UOC's they should be printed under the model header, under the 

appropriate item number line 

 e. The TM Codes and Fig Numbers are pulled from HJ, if there isn't a 

match in HJ, then pull all HK table TM Codes and Fig Numbers against the HJ 

LCN Keys and HJ Ref No keys matched in the HK table. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-96 

 f. Terms used on the LSA-030 summary: 

 (1) Reference Designation (Figure Key) (REF DESIG FIG-KEY). Reference 

Designation with an associated Reference Designation Code of "F" (first eightpositions only). 

 (2) Special Stockage Indicator (SSI) Assigned by the requiring authority, 

the SSI is left blank by the preparing activity. 

 (3) Replacement Factor (REPL FACTOR). Maintenance Replacement Rate I , 

fourth through seventh positions only. 

30.25.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.22 

30.25.4. REPORT SEQUENCE. The report sorts on ascending Reference Designation 

and LCN sequence. A Reference Designation ending in an alpha character is 

sorted in sequence of the closest numeric, e.g.,012-0005, 012-005A, 012-0006. 

30.25.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-030 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

OPTION 1-3, RPSTL DRAFT/PROOF AND IPB. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 TM CODE HK 437 TMCODEXI 

 TM DESIGNATION XI 440 TMNUMBXI 

 OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVELS: HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 START/STOP FGC RANGES HK 438 TMFGCDHK 

 CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES (SELECTED) 

 RPSTL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADERS (THROUGHPUT) 

 SECTION II 

 ITEM NO HK 184 ITEMNOHK 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 CAGE HK 046 CAGECDXH 

 PART NUMBER HK 337 REFNUMHA 

 DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 HL 310 PROVNOHL 

 HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 HK 439 TMINDCHK 

 (KIT COMPONENTS) HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 HH 259 NHAINDHH 

 QTY HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 HK 318 QTYFIGHK 

 FIG NO (draft MIL-STD-335 only) HK 144 FIGNUMHK 

 FGC (draft MIL-STD-335 only) HK 438 TMFGCDHK 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-97 

 PLCC (draft MIL-STD-335 only) HA 308 DDPLCCHA 

 NSN ("Y" in 335, Comp NSN in MIL-M) HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 SECTION III 

 DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE 

 (BASIS OF ISSUE) RPSTL only. HM 030 BOICTRHM 

 HM 030 QTYBOIHM 

 HM 030 RATIOBHM 

 HM 030 LVLBOIHM 

 SECTION IV 

 STOCK NUMBER HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 REFERENCE DESIGNATION HJ 335 REFDESHJ 

 FIGURE NO HK 144 FIGNUMHK 

OPTION 4. STOCKAGE LIST TYPE FOUR 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 STOCK LIST NUMBER (SELECTED) 

 PART I 

 ITEM NO (GENERATED) 

 MODEL HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 NSN HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 REF DESIG FIG-KEY HJ 335 REFDESHJ 

 [RDC] HJ 336 RDCODEHJ 

 IND HG 162 INDCODHG 

 ITEM IDENTIFICATION HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 QUANTITY PER APPL HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 XC 316 QTYASYXC 

 PER EQUIP HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 XC 317 QTYPEIXC 

 SMR CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 SSI (MANUAL) 

 REPL FACTOR HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 CAGE HK 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HK 337 REFNUMHA 

 TM CODE HJ/HK 437 TMCODEXI 

 FIG NO HJ/HK 144 FIGNUMHK 

 
 LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 INDENTURED PARTS LISTINGS  REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HG. 

 EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB UOCSEIXC LSACONXB 

 EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE UOC STOP LCN  REFRIG-UNT COMPRESSOR ASSY 005 00 P  SELECTION SUMMARY  HK.TMCODEXI XI.TMNUMBXI

 TM CODE: TM2 TM DESIGNATION: TM-5-4110-300-24-P 

HG.SMRCODHG

 OPERATIONS/MAINTENANCE LEVELS: CREW (C)  ORGANIZATIONAL (O)  DIRECT SUPPORT/AVIM (F)  GENERAL SUPPORT (H)  SPECIALIZED REPAIR ACTIVITY (L)  DEPOT (D) 

 HK.TMFGCDHK

YES YES YES YES YES YES 

 RANGE ONE RANGE TWO RANGE THREE RAN

 START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FGC STOP FGC START FG

 0001 0001A 9501 9501 

SELECTED

 CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES: PART NUMBER YES  NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER YES  REFERENCE DESIGNATOR YES  FIGURE/ITEM NUMBER YES 

THROUGHPUT

 RPSTL FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADERS  SECTION TM FUNCT GROUP SEQ FUNCTIONAL GROUP CODE HEADER  2 0001 1 GROUP: 05 

 2 FIG 1 COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY  3 9501 1 GROUP: 95 

 2 FIG 27 SPECIAL TOOLS 
SECTION II TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR 

 SPECIA (1) 

 HK. 

(2) (3) 

HG. HK. 

(4) 

HK. 

(5) 

 HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL 

(6) 

 HG.QTYASYHG

 TIME: 14:20 

 HK. HK. HA. 

 ITEMNOHK SMRCODHG CAGECDHK REFNUMHA HO/XC.UOCSEIXC/HK.TMINDCHK HK.QTYFIGHK FIGNUMHK TMFGCDHK DDPLCCH

 ITEM SMR PART 

 HH.NHAPLIHH/HH.NHAINDHH

DESCRIPTION AND 

 NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY FIG NO FGC PLC 1 PAOFF 10855 6D23-522 VALVE PLATE ASSY 1 1 0001  UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB,AAC.................  2 PAFZZ 41947 A5051 NUT, TUB, COUPLING  UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB..................... 

2 1 0001 

 3 PAOZZ 31246 ENO748EAA3412378  12-24N 

VALVE, SERVICE UOC:DCY,FFA,AAB,FF.................. 

1 1 0001 

 4 PAFZZ 44282 123123123 CAP, TUBE  UOC:DCY,FFA......................... 

1 1 0001 

 5 KFOZZ 11215 6D43-1421 GASKET, VALVE PART OF KIT P/N  142-0033 2 1 0001 

 UOC:DCY............................. SECTION III TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR 

 SPECIA (1) (2) (3) (4) 

 HK. HG. HK. HK. 

(5) 

 HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL 

(6) 

 HG.QTYASYHG

 TIME: 14:20 

 HK. HK. HA. 

H

ITEMNOHK SMRCODHG CAGECDHK REFNUMHA HO/XC.UOCSEIXC/HM.BOICTRHM/ HK.QTYFIGHK FIGNUMHK TMFGCDHK DDPLCCHA 

 ITEM SMR PART 

HM.QTYBOIHM/HM.RATIOBHM/HM.LVLBOIHM

DESCRIPTION AND 

 NO CAGE NUMBER USABLE ON CODE (UOC) QTY FIG NO FGC PLC 1 PAODD 73785 GA9473512 DITMCO STATION 27 9501 D 

 UOC DCY...........................  BOI 00002 A1  BOI 00004 B2  BOI 00003 F3  2 PAOHH 01762 SN517832105 VOLTMETER, MICROWAVE  UOC DCY.......................... 

27 9501 D 

 BOI 00001-24 1  BOI 0000225-48 2  BOI 0000349-100 3 
SECTION IV TM-5-4110-300-24-P LSA-030 REPAIR 

 SPECI CROSS REFERENCE INDEXES  PART NUMBER INDEX 

TIME: 14:20 

 HK. HK. HA.FSCNSNHA/ HK. HK. 

 CAGECDXH REFNUMHA HA.NIINSNHA FIGNUMHK ITEMNOHK 

 CAGE PART NUMBER STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO 

 41947 A5051 5305-00-225-8507 1 2  31246 EN0748EAA3412378 4820-00-316-2695 1 3  12-24N  73785 GA9473512 6680-01-122-8053 27 1  10855 MS27183-123 5315-00-925-8884 1 8  01762 SN517832105 6689-00-734-1394 27 2  44282 123123123 4320-01-345-9801 1 4  44940 6DKIT12-135 4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT 

 10855 6D23-522 3150-00-976-9943 1 1  25557 6D40-2163 4120-00-285-9801 1 6  NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER INDEX 

 HA.FSCNSNHA/ HK. HK. 

 HA.NIINSNHA FIGNUMHK ITEMNOHK 

 STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER FIGURE NO ITEM NO  5305-00-225-8507 1 2 5315-00-925-8884 1 8 

 4120-00-285-9801 1 6 3150-00-976-9943 1 1  4820-00-316-2695 1 3 6680-01-122-8053 27 1 

 4130-00-328-2898 1 KIT 4320-01-345-9801 1 4 

 6689-00-734-1394 27 2  REFERENCE DESIGNATION INDEX 

 HJ. HK. HK.  REFDESHJ FIGNUMHK ITEMNOHK  REFERENCE DESIGNATION FIGURE NO ITEM NO  CCHO415192AAAR 1 4 

 CCHO415192AABA 1 7 

 CCHO415192AACC 1 3 

 CCHO415311AA 1 1 

 CCHO415331AC-AAO/A128.32/YIL,121 1  31314 

6 

 CCHO41541512 1 2 

 CCHO419223AV 1 5 

 CCHO6121223T 1 8 

 FIGURE AND ITEM NUMBER INDEX 

 HK. HK. HA.FSCNSNHA/ HK. HK.  FIGNUMHK ITEMNOHK HA.NIINSNHA CAGECDXH REFNUMHA  FIGURE NO ITEM NO STOCK NUMBER CAGE PART NUMBER  1 KIT 4130-00-328-2898 44940 6DKIT12-135  1 1 3150-00-976-9943 10855 6D23-522 

 1 2 5305-00-225-8507 41947 A5051 

 1 3 4820-00-316-2695 31246 EN0748EAA3412378 

 12-24N  1 4 4320-01-345-9801 44282 123123123 

 1 6 4120-00-285-9801 25557 6D40-2163 

 1 8 5315-00-925-8884 10855 MS27183-123 

 27 1 6680-01-122-8053 73785 GA9473512 
 27 2 6689-00-734-1394 01762 SN517832105 

LSA-030 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 INDENTURED PARTS LIST  STOCKAGE LIST TYPE FOUR  SELECTION SUMMARY 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HG. 

 EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB UOCSEIXC LSACONXB SELECTED 

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE UOC STOP LCN STOCK LIST NUMB

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P SL-3-88643E 

HO/XC.UOCSEIXC

 UOC(S): DCY, DCZ, ABC  1 2 3 4 

 MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST  PART I ITEM IDENTIFICATION LISTING 

5 6 7 8 9 

SL-4-88647E 

10 11 

LSA-03

(IPL) 

 TIME: 

 HO/XC. HJ. HA. HG.QTYASYHG/ HG. HG. H

 UOCSEIXC REFDESHJ ITNAMEHA XC.QTYASYXC SMRCODHG MRRONEHG RE

 HA.FSCNSNHA/ HG. HA. HG.QTYPEIHG/ HK. GENERATED

ITEM 

 HA.NIINSNHA 

NATIONAL STOCK 

INDCODHG UNITMSHA XC.QTYPEIXC 

 REF I QUANTITY 

DESIG N PER PER 

MANUAL CAGECDXH 

S 

SMR S REPL 

NO. MODEL NUMBER FIG-KEY D ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM APPL EQUIP CODE I FACTOR CAGE RE 1 DCY 3150-00-976-9943 001-0001 C VALVE PLATE ASSY EA 1 1 PAOFF 0.121 10855 6D 2 DCY  3 DCY 

5305-00-225-8507 001-0002 D NUT, TUB, COUPLING 4820-00-316-2695 001-0003 D VALVE, SERVICE 

EA EA 

2 1 

12 PAFZZ 

2 PAOZZ 

0.165 0.123 

41947 A531246 EN

 12 4 DCY  5 DCY  6 DCY  7 DCY  8 DCY  9 DCY 

4320-01-345-9801 001-0004 C CAP, TUBE 

001-0005 C GASKET, VALVE 

4120-00-285-9801 001-0006 C HEAD, COMPRESSOR 

001-0007 C GASKET, HEAD 

5315-00-925-8884 001-0008 C WASHER, FLAT 5315-00-984-3521 001-0009 C SCREW, CAP, HEX HD 

EA EA EA EA EA EA 

1 2 1 1 2 2 

1 PAFZZ 2 KFOZZ 1 PAFZZ 1 KFOZZ 

12 PAOZZ 12 PAOZZ 

0.874 1.222 0.367 1.222 0.321 0.321 

44282 1211215 6D25557 6D32145 6D10855 MS10855 MS
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-102 

30.26 LSA-032 DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER (DLSC) SUBMITTALS 

 PROVISIONING SCREENING REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.26.1 SELECTION. The LSA-032 summary is selected by mandatory START LCN or 

PCCN, SERV DES, ACTIVITY CODE, DESTINATION CODE, OUT DATA REQ CODE, SGL/MULT 

OUT CODE, TYPE SCREEN CODE, STAT IND CODE, PRI IND CODE and JULIAN DATE; and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, SOURCE CODE, ARN SEL CODE, DIC SUPPRESS, 

DSRC SUPPRESS, and DLSC tape. 

30.26.2 PROCESSING. This report may be selected by LCN or PCCN, or Both. At 

least one qualified Reference Number/CAGE combination must exist between the 

LCN range or be under the PCCN selected in order to produce an LSA-032 

summary. When selected by LCN range this report may have items from multiple 

PCCNs. The TAPE option results in an 80-column file of part II information. 

The report is processed as follows: 

 a. Items may be excluded from the report by already having a screening 

result displayed in the DIC field. This means that if suppression is 

selected, any item that has a DIC code in the database will not be screened 

again, and therefore, not output on the report. Items may also be excluded 

from the report by having a result in DLIS Screening Result Code (DSRC). The 

ADP system should allow suppression of up to five codes, A, B, C, D, and E. 

If an item contains one of these codes, i.e. "A", and "A" is selected to be 

suppressed on the selection card, then any item having an "A" DSRC will not 

come out on the report. 

 b. Part of the submitter control number is the PCCN/PLISN. The PLISN 

used is the lowest EBCDIC valued PLISN for the item within the selected 

PCCN/LCN range (the Same As PLISN field is blank). If no PCCN/PLISN is 

recorded for an item, then a Type "1" error is displayed. No rows of data for 

the item are placed on part II. 

 c. If Additional Reference Number Select (ARN SEL) is "YES" and if the 

item has more than 24 additional reference numbers, then error Type "2" is 

displayed. The first 24 ARNs in ascending reference number sequence are 

placed on part II of the report. 

 d. If a specific SOURCE CODE is selected and the SMR is not contained 

against an item, at its first appearance, then error Type "3" is shown and the 

item is disqualified from part II. The source code may be selected by its 

first position only in which case all corresponding second positions would 

qualify. For example, if you select "P" source code, that would qualify "PA", 

"PB", "PC","PD","PE","PF", and "PG" source codes. 

 e. If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "F" or "S", and if ARN SEL is "YES" and if an 

Additional Reference Number matches the prime Reference Number, then error 

type "4" is displayed. Only the duplicate ARN is disqualified from part II. 

In part II of the report, columns 41 and 42 are always left blank for "F" or 

"S" type screen. 

 f. If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "P", and if either the reference number 

category code (RNCC) or reference number variation code (RNVC) is missing for 

the reference number/CAGE (in HA) or if ARN SEL is "YES" and there are any 

additional reference number and CAGE (in HB), then error Type "5" is 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-103 

displayed. If the RNCC/RNVC is an ARN, only the ARN is disqualified from part 

II. If the RNCC/RNVC is the prime reference number, then the entire item is 

disqualified from Part II. 

Definitions of LSA-032 report selection entries: 

 a. Document Identifier Code (DIC) - A three-position alphanumeric code 

which is used for identifying interservice agency or intraservice agency 

logistic transactions. On part II of this report the DIC will always be "LSR" 

signifying Reference Number and CAGE screening requests. Items may be 

excluded from DLSC screening, if an entry showing a screening result, is 

already contained in the DIC field for the Reference Number and CAGE. 

 b. Priority Indicator Code (PIC) - A single numeric code used to 

designate the required priority to be applied to processing transactions. See 

DOD4l00.38-M. 

 c. Activity Code (ACT CD) - A two-position alpha code identifying a DOD 

activity, Federal agency or other authorized Government agency for cataloging, 

standardization or other management purposes. See DOD 4l00.38-M. 

 d. Destination Code (DEST CD) - A five-position alphanumeric code used in 

conjunction with the activity code to register the address data for recipients 

of the results of provisioning screening. See DOD 4l00.38-M. 

 e. Output Data Request Code (ODRC) - A numeric series of established sets 

of data (DID output segments) identified by specific ODRC`s and available for 

extraction from DLSC files for provisioning and preprocurement screening 

purposes. See DOD 4l00.38-M. 

 f. Single/Multiple Output Code - A numeric code used by the submitter to 

indicate whether the results of screening are to be furnished to one or all of 

the recipients as registered under the applicable activity code and 

destination code. See DOD 4l00.38-M. 

 g. Submitter`s Control Number (SUB CONT NO) - A seventeen-position 

computer assigned alphanumeric field peculiar to provisioning and 

preprocurement screening transactions which is used to control and reference 

the transactions. The number consists of a four position julian date (YDDD), 

and a unique sequential 13 position number assigned for each reference number 

and additional reference number package which is to be screened. This 

consists of the selection Service Designator Code, PCCN, then PLISN. 

 h. Statistical Indicator Code. A code designating whether data submitted 

for screening is requiring for provisioning or other services. See DOD 

4100.38-M. 

 i. DIDS segment code. This is the number of inputs segments that are 

required by DILS for each record. This should always be a "2" to represent a 

fixed length record LSR (DIC) submittal. 

 j. Package Sequence Number (PSN). The PSN is a three-character code used 

to indicate the quantity, sequence and interrelationship of cards related to a 

line item as within a package (i.e. applies to the same submitter's control 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-104 

number). If all line items submitted for screening are individually sequence 

in the submitters control number field, the PSN will always be "Z01". For 

reference number screening (DIC of "LSR") a maximum of 25 reference numbers may 

be submitted under the same SCN. In this instance the first record would have 

a PSN of "A01", the second "A02", the third "A03", etc, through "A24", and the 

last (25th) record would be "Z25". The last record in any package submitted 

under one SCN will always contain a "Z" in the first position of the PSN. 

 

30.26.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.23 

30.26.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The Report is sequenced in ascending Submitter 

Control Number. On the first line is information about the Prime Reference 

Number and the item's LCN/ALC and SMR of the first appearance. Within this 

item are listed all additional reference numbers in ascending ARN sequence. 

30.26.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-032 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES (SELECTED) 

 PCCN HG 307 PCCNUMHG 

 ACTIVITY CODE (SELECTED) 

 DESTINATION CODE (SELECTED) 

 OUT DATA REQ CODE (SELECTED) 

 SGL/MULT OUT CODE (SELECTED) 

 SOURCE CODE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 ARN SEL CODE (SELECTED) 

 TYPE SCREEN CODE (SELECTED) 

 STAT IND CODE (SELECTED) 

 PRI IND CODE (SELECTED) 

 JULIAN DATE (SELECTED) 

 DIC SUPPRESS HA 087 DOCIDCHA 

 DSRC SUPPRESS HA 073 DLSCRCHA 

 DLSC TAPE (SELECTED) 

 SUBMITTER CONTROL (GENERATED) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER/ARN HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 HB 006 ADDREFHB 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 HB 046 ADCAGEHB 

 RNCC HA 338 REFNCCHA 

 HB 338 ADRNCCHB 

 RNVC HA 339 REFNVCHA 

 HB 339 ADRNVCHB 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 ERROR CODES(S) (GENERATED) 
LSA-032 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 DEFENSE LOGISTICS SERVICES CENTER (DLSC) SUBMITTALS  PROVISIONING SCREENING 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HG. 

 EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED PCCNUM

EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES P

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ARMY A

 HG. H

 SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SMRCODHG SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED ACTIVITY  CODE 

DESTINATION 

CODE 

OUT DATA REQ CODE 

SGL/MULT OUT CODE 

SOURCE 

CODE 

ARN SEL 

CODE 

TYPE SCREEN 

CODE 

STAT IND 

CODE 

PRI IND 

CODE 

JULIAN 

DATE 

 MU XMDSE 9910 4 PA YES F A 4 0060  ERROR CODE  1 - MISSING PCCN/PLISN  2 - MORE THAN 24 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER/CAGES FOR ONE REFERENCE NUMBER.  3 - SOURCE CODE (SMR) NOT RECORDED.  4 - DUPLICATE REFERENCE NUMBER/ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER AND CAGES (F & S TYPE  5 - MISSING RNCC/RNVC FOR P TYPE SCREEN. PART ONE SUBMITTER'S CONTROL NUMBER - LCN CROSS REFERENCE LIST 

 HG.REFNUMHA/ HG.CAGECDXH/ HA.REFNCCHA/ HA.REFNVCHA/ HG. HG. HG. GENERATED HB.ADDREFHB HB.ADCAGEXH HB.ADRNCCHB HB.ADRNVCHB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB SMRCSUBMITTER CONTROL REFERENCE NUMBER/ARN CAGE RNCC RNVC LCN ALC S

0060AA90B10AACG A123161142F-110 44940 5 9 005 00 P

 1246-123 11267 5 2  41232/87AT 88714 3 2 0060AA90B10AAEF ER191923C-192 33251 3 2 0030201AA 00 P

 1121987/23-N 23231 5 9 0060AA90B10AALG C1219036-23 76743 3 2 00210AA 00 P

0060AA90B10AAM3 A18918234-45 34123 5 9 0010208AZ 00 P

 6565431 22178 5 2  ER12156/GH  C120134 

33156 3 2 44569 5 9 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-106 

30.27 LSA-033 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.27.1 SELECTION. The LSA-033 summary is selected by mandatory EIAC, START 

LCN and LCN TYPE. Optional selection items are ALC (default is all ALC's), 

STOP LCN (default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), 

UOC (default is all UOCs), TM CODE (default is all TM Codes), TM Number 

(default is all applicable TM Numbers), and SERV DES (default is all Service 

Designators). 

30.27.2 PROCESSING. Within the selected range of LCNs/TM Code Tasks, at least 

one task code must be present with a PMCS Indicator (PMCSIDCA) of "Y" in order 

to produce an LSA-033 summary. All PM tasks must have a PMCS Indicator of "Y" 

and have a "C" or "O" in the 3rd position of the task Code to be printed on 

this output. If TM Code is selected you should check in the CH table to make 

sure the task is used in the selected TM.Item Numbers (ITEM NO.) are assigned 

beginning with 0001 and increase incrementally by 1 as with each new LCN. The 

LCN Nomenclature is displayed under the column ITEMS TO CHECK/SERVICE 

 a. Task Interval values are interpreted as follows: A, BEFORE, D, 

DURING; H, AFTER; C, DAILY; L, WEEKLY; P, MONTHLY; M, QUARTERLY; N, 

SEMIANNUALLY; Q, YEARLY, Maintenance interval, and asterisk. If the interval 

is "B" then the B table Maintenance Interval (208) and Measurement Base (238) 

are displayed under the INTERVAL column. The measurement base is interpreted 

on the report, e.g., S, ROUNDS. If the report is selected by TM Code, tasks 

are qualified to the PMCS report by an associated PMCS indicator (Table CA). 

If the report is selected by LCN range, tasks are further qualified by 

maintenance level (Task Code third position) of Crew or Organizational). If 

more then one B FMI/MPC reference the same PMCS Task Code, then the Highest 

numeric value Maintenance Interval is documented, the MB must be the same, then 

the MB is interpreted, and an asterisk (*) is placed following the MB. If the 

MB are different then print the highest Maintenance Interval for each MB. If 

the task interval is other than those listed above or there is no associated B 

maintenance interval, then the Interval column is completely filled with 

asterisks. 

 b. If there are multiple qualified PMCS task Codes within a LCN an 

incremental alphabetic character is assigned prior to displaying all 

applicable subtask narrative. If a PMCS task has a Task Remark, this is 

displayed under NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: column, directly across from the 

beginning of the subtask narrative. If this information is exceeds 30 

positions, it is carried to the next line of the report breaking the narrative 

at a space. 

30.27.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.24 

30.27.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sorted in ascending Task Code Interval 

in the order shown in paragraph 2a above, then by ascending LCN. Each LCN is 

assigned a numeric item number beginning with "0001" (a new item number is 

assigned if an LCN appears twice, under two qualified tasks with different 

intervals). An alphabetic sequence code beginning with "A" is assigned to each 

Task for the same LCN with the same Task Code Interval. If the report is 

selected by LCN range and TM Code, a page break is required between output of 

Operator/ Crew level PMCS tasks and Organizational level PMCS tasks. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-107 

5. DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-033 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TM CODE CH 437 TMCODEXI 

 TM NUMBER XI 440 TMNUMBXI 

 [PMCS INDICATOR] CA 296 PMCSIDCA 

 ITEM NO (GENERATED) XB 199 LSACONXB 

 XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 INTERVAL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 BH 208 MAININBH 

 BH 238 MAINMBBH 

 PROCEDURE CC 372 SUBNARCC 

 ITEMS TO CHECK/SERVICE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 NOT FULLY MISSION CAPABLE IF: CE 432 TSKREMCE 

 CF 349 TSKRRCCE 
LSA-033 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS AND SERVICES 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. CH. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA TMCO

 EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES TM 

 REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ARMY 

GENERATED CA.TASKCDCA XB. CC.  BH.MAININBH/BH.MAINMBBH LCNAMEXB SUBNARCC ITEMS TO 

 

 ITEM NO. INTERVAL CHECK/SERVICE PROCEDURE  0001 BEFORE REFRIGERATION UNIT A. CHECK FOR EVIDENCE OF LEAKAGE (OIL, FUEL,  HYDRAULIC FLUID OR COOLANT) ON OR UNDER THE UNIT.  B. CHECK COOLANT PRESSURE. ADD FREON TO 

NOT CLAS(NO CLAS

 APPROXIMATELY 20-22 PSI.  C. VISUALLY INSPECT FOR LOOSE, MISSING OR  DAMAGED PARTS.  0002 BEFORE ENGINE CHECK OIL LEVEL. ADD OIL UP TO FULL MARK ON  DIPSTICK  0003 BEFORE BELTS VISUALLY INSPECT ENGINE DRIVE BELTS FOR FRAYED OR BELT  DETERIORATED CONDITION.  0004 DURING DOOR CHECK FOR PROPER SEAL AND VACUUM. DOOR  0005 WEEKLY FUEL FILTER DRAIN WATER AND SEDIMENT.  0006 300 HOURS ENGINE DRAIN ENGINE OIL. REFILL CRANKCASE PER  LO5-4110-296-12 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-109 

30.28 LSA-036 PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.28.1 SELECTION. The LSA-036 summary is selected by mandatory PCCN, TYPE 

LIST (PTD SELECTION CODE, DED 313) OUTPUT MODE and UOC(S). Also required for 

the LSA-036 request are the PIIN/SPIIN, NOMENCLATURE OF MODEL OR TYPE NUMBER, 

CONTROL DATA, PRIME CAGE, SUBMITTER CONTROL NO, and SUBMITTAL DATE. Optional 

selections are MULTI-CONFIG UOCS ASSIGNED, FULL EFFECTIVITY UOC SUPPRESS, 

START AND STOP PLISN ranges, PROVISIONING BASELINED, QPEI CALCULATED, OVERHAUL 

PLISNS, and Part III. 

30.28.2 PROCESSING. All records matching the selected PCCN are extracted for 

LSA-036 processing. If the records are disqualified because of no match on 

either Type of PTD List or UOCs selected, these are counted for the Header 

page summary and are displayed in the LSA-036, Part II. 

 a. The following "header" data required to identify the specified list(s) 

are not a part of the LSAR but are contained in the LSA-036 summary. 

 (1) Procurement Instrument Identification (PII). A nineteenposition alphanumeric entry used to identify a specific contractual document. 

The PII includes the procurement instrument identification number (PIIN), (l3 

positions) and the supplementary procurement instruction identification number 

(SPIIN) (6 positions). 

 (2) Nomenclature of model or type number. A twenty-one-position 

alphanumeric entry used to specify the name, model, or type of equipment being 

provisioned. 

 (3) Control Data. A ten-position alphanumeric entry used for control information as specified by the requiring authority. This information 

may consist of such items as identification of provisioning data in 

MIL-STD-1388-2 format or a Weapons System Code. 

 (4) Prime Contractor`s Commercial and Government Entity (CAGE) Code. 

A five-position alphanumeric entry which identifies the prime contractor for 

the equipment being provisioned. 

 (5) Submission Control Code. A five-position numeric entry used to 

control the submission of provisioning data. The first submission will be 

0000l and each subsequent submission is to be numbered sequentially, one 

greater than the prior submission. 

 (6) Date list submitted. A six-position, numeric entry used to 

identify the date of submission. The first two positions will identify the 

year; the next two will identify the month, and the last two will identify the 

day. 

 b. The report will display the following provisioning report control 

data: 

 (1) Card Sequence Number (CSN). A two-position numeric code which 

is used to sequence multiple data input cards for a specific card format indicator. The initial card entry is coded 0l. Subsequent cards are coded 02- 

99. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-110 

 (2) Card Format Indicator (CFI). A one-position alphabetic code: 

A-H, J-M used to identify a card format and content. 

 (3) Reference Designation Overflow Code (RDOC). A one-position alphabetic code: A and B used to link a long Reference Designation which 

exceeds 32 characters. Code "A" is entered against the first 32 characters, 

and code "B" is entered against the last 32 characters. 

 c. Processing of Usable On Codes. 

 (1) Basic UOC display capability. The UOCs (DED 501) are selected 

for report generation. When an PLISN item is qualified by basic PCCN 

selection, it must be further qualified by matching through table HO to at 

least one selected UOC. The UOCs are then displayed on the 036 D cards. 

 (2) Multiple Configuration Usable On Code. A three-position alphanumeric code that indicates the configuration(s) of a system/equipment on 

which the item under analysis is used based on the UOC (DED 501) assignments. 

For example in table XC: 

 Model UOC (DED 501) 

 1A A 

 1B B 

 1C C 

Then the following multiple configuration are then assigned by the 036 system: 

 Multi Models UOC 

 Both 1A and 1B D 

 1B and 1C E 

 1A and 1C F 

 1A, 1B, and 1C blank 

From Table HO, PLISN/LCN X shows a usage on both models 1A and 1C. Then the 

UOC contained on the LSA-036 is "F". The generated combinations of model UOCs 

is shown on the header page of the LSA-036. 

 (3) Full Effectivity UOC Suppression. If the user specifies that 

when the selected UOCs match a qualified record on every UOC, then no UOC are 

displayed on the D card. These are matched from table HO to the selected 

UOCs. (For all UOC combinations of a PCCN in XC). 

 (4) Serial Number UOC (DED 375) display. If the user documents 

Serial Numbers for a model and the associated Serial Number UOCs (Table XD), 

and also documents each items relationship to the Serial Number UOCs via table 

HN, then these UOCs are displayed on the "D" card instead of the XC/HO UOCs. 

On the LSA-036 header page, a display is made of the following: 

 ITEM DESIGNATOR SERIAL NUMBER UOC 

 (XC) FROM (XD) TO (XD) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-111 

 

 

 

 

 C18 SN001 SN015 A 

 SN017 SN017 B 

 SN062 SN071 C 

 C18A1 SN016 SN016 E 

 SN018 SN061 F 

 d. Quantity per End Item (QPEI) (DED 317). The QPEI (three options) may 

be computed during the LSA-036 report preparation using the formulas provided 

in the data definitions. These are displayed on the report and update both 

the data tables HG/XC and the baselined provisioning file. 

 e. Overhaul PLISN (DED 258) and Overhaul Replacement Rate (ORR) DED 281) 

Assignment. The overhaul PLISNs may be assigned during the LSA-036 report 

preparation based on the item having a P- source code, an ORR entry, and 

at least one of its higher assembly PLISN having an SMR Code of P--D-. Only 

those higher assembly PLISNs with and SMR code 0f P--D- will be assigned 

overhaul PLISNs. The ORR is an estimate of the percent of time that a support 

item will be replaced at the NHA during Overhaul. It is manually entered in 

the HH table against its NHA. This base ORR of the item is multiplied by the 

QPA for each succeeding indenture level, beyond the NHA, using the following 

approach for assignment: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 PLISN IC SMR QPA NHA PLISN NHA-IND ORR 

 CFFF F PADZZ 0002 CEAA N 005 

 CEAA E PAODD 0002 CDEE N 002 

 CDEE D PAFDD 0003 CCDD N 

 CCDD C PAOHH 0001 CB12 N 003 

 CB12 B PAFDD 0002 AAAA E 006 

 AAAA A PAODD 0001 

For PLISN CFFF, the Overhaul PLISNs and associated ORRs are: 

 

 

 

 

 OVERHAUL PLISN ORR 

 CEAA 005 

 CDEE 015 

 CB12 030 

 AAAA 030 

NOTE: PLISN CEAA is the items immediate NHA PLISN and therefore no 

calculation is needed; and PLISN CCDD is disqualified because it is SMR Coded 

PAOHH. 

 f. Same as PLISN (DED 364). The Same as PLISN may be assigned during the 

LSA-036 summary preparation. These are displayed on the report and update 

data table HG and the baselined provisioning file. 

 g. LSA-036 Update and Design Change Notices. There are five basic types 

of LSA-036 updates which can result when LSAR data is added, changed or 

deleted affecting PL`s previously delivered. These transactions can be 

automatically generated using a validated LSAR ADP system by establishing 

baseline records upon initial submission of the LSA-036. These transactions 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-112 

are based upon a comparison of the current LSAR provisioning oriented data 

tables and provisioning data baselined by a previous LSA-036 submittal. 

 (1) Standard Data Update. For each LSA-036 card affected by data which 

has been added or changed since the previous PL delivery or LSA-036 update, 

mandatory data, i.e., PCCN, PLISN, CSN, and CFI, an "M" Type of Change Code 

(TOCC) and the added/changed data only are entered. If data has been deleted, 

a "G" is entered in the TOCC and in the left most position of each field 

deleted on the appropriate LSA-036 card. (NOTE: MRR MOD must have all 

positions filled with a "G" to be deleted). Data deletions and changes/ 

additions occurring on the same LSA-036 card will require both a change and 

deletion card for the appropriate data. 

 (a) If all data on an LSA-036 CFI is deleted, mandatory data and a 

"D" TOCC are entered and the data fields are left blank. 

 (b) When an entire PLISN record is deleted, PCCN, PLISN and "D" TOCC 

are entered and the CAGE and Reference Number are displayed on the "01A" card. 

In addition, if any Change Authority related information is changed, CFIs "F" 

"G" and "H" update transactions are also processed. 

 (2) Quantity Data Update. When a quantity field is updated, mandatory 

data, a "Q" TOCC and the updated quantity data field(s) are entered. This 

will only apply to the following data: Quantity Per Assembly, Quantity Per 

End Item, Total Quantity Recommended, Allowance Item Code Quantity, Minimum 

Replacement Unit, Recommended Initial System Stock Buy, Recommended Minimum 

System Stock Level, Recommended Tender Load List Quantity, Quantity Shipped, 

Quantity Procured and Prorated Quantity. When additional data displayed on 

the same LSA-036 card also changes during the update, only one change card is 

entered with TOCC, "Q". When quantity data is deleted, a change card is 

entered with a zero filled quantity field and TOCC "Q". 

 (3) Key Data Update. Certain provisioning data are considered key and 

associated data elements. These are listed below. Changes to key data 

requires the submission of both a delete and change card for the appropriate 

key data. The deletion card should contain a "G" TOCC and the original key 

data. The change card should contain an "M" TOCC with the new key data and 

the applicable associated data. Deletion of key data will result in deletion 

of the corresponding associated data. 

 KEY DATA ASSOCIATED DATA 

 (a) CAGE and Additional RNCC and RNVC 

 Reference Number 

 (b) NHA PLISN ORR, NHA IND. 

 (d) Usable on Code None 

 (d) Reference Designation RDOC 

 RDC 

 (e) Provisioning List Category Code None 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-113 

 (f) Change Authority Number Serial Number Effectivity 

 Prorated ELIN 

 Prorated Qty 

 IC, Replaced or 

 Superseding PLISN, 

 R/S IND, DCN UOC 

 TIC 

 Quantity Shipped 

 Quantity Procured 

 (g) Serial Number Effectivity None 

 (h) DCN UOC None 

 (i) TM Code Figure Number 

 Item Number 

 TM Functional Group Code 

 (j) TM Code, Basis of Issue, 

 Figure Number TM Change Number, TM Ind Cd 

 Item Number Qty Per Fig, Provisioning 

 TM FGC Nomenclature 

 (k) BOI-CTRL BOI-QTY-AUTH 

 BOI-EI, BOI-LVL 

 (4) Associated Data Update. Changes to associated data requires the 

submission of a change card consisting of an "M" TOCC with the changed data 

and entry of the applicable key data. Deletion of associated data requires 

the submission of a deletion card with a "G" TOCC, a "G" in the left-most 

position of the associated data field and entry of the key data. 

 (5) Design Change Notices (DCN). DCN information is not distinguished 

from other updated data for a particular LSA-036 update using a validated LSAR 

ADP system. DCN's can be processed as a separate and distinguishable report 

by specifying that DCN affected data must be processed as an exclusive update, 

i.e., by performing an LSA-036 update, entering the DCN information into the 

LSAR , and by again running an LSA-036 update. An option to obtain an LSA-036 

report for updated data pertaining to specific Design Change Authority Numbers 

is provided on the LSA-036 options. DCN information updates are similar to 

other update transactions with the following exception. When a Change 

Authority Number and Serial Number Effectivity are entered, an "L" TOCC is 

entered for the replaced item. If a quantity change occurs on a limited 

effectivity item, an "L" TOCC is entered in lieu of a "Q". 

 h. Part II, Standard Edit List. This section is automatically produced 

when an LSA-036 is requested. The standard section lists those PLISNs 

matching the PCCN selected which were disqualified or would degrade the 

provisioning list. This list must be reviewed by the user to ascertain what 

corrections, if any, are needed to update the parts data tables for subsequent 

update(s) to the provisioning list. 

 i. Two optional part III listings are also available. Option 1 provides 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-114 

selectable provisioning data edits for Army customer use. Option 2 contains 

Air Force L card data formats to merge with the basic LSA-036 A-K cards. 

 j. PLISN range selection. The user may select START and STOP PLISN 

ranges for inclusion on the LSA-036. Both the Start and Stop PLISN and all 

qualified PLISNs between are included on the report. All other PLISNs are 

excluded. 

 k. Output Options. Output options are combinations of report, report 

with headers and/or output file of 80 card column PLISN records. 

30.28.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.25 

30.28.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The first record on the LSA-036 summary is the 

report header. Following this, the report is sequenced in ascending PLISN. 

Within PLISN records are sequenced in ascending CFI. Within CFI records are 

sequenced in ascending TOCC in the following order: D or G before M, Q, or L. 

Within TOCC items are sorted in ascending CSN. 

30.28.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-036 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code CARD/BLK 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC ALL/1 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 PTD LISTS SELECTED 

 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST HG 313 PPLPTDHG 

 SHORT FORM PROVISIONING PARTS LIST HG 313 SFPPTDHG 

 LONG LEAD TIME ITEMS LIST HG 313 LLIPTDHG 

 REPAIRABLE ITEMS LIST HG 313 RILPTDHG 

 INTERIM SUPPORT ITEMS LIST HG 313 ISLPTDHG 

 TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT LIST HG 313 TTLPTDHG 

 COMMON AND BULK ITEM LIST HG 313 CBLPTDHG 

 POST CONFERENCE LIST HG 313 PCLPTDHG 

 SYSTEM CONFIGURATION PPL HG 313 SCPPTDHG 

 AS REQUIRED (A) HG 313 ARAPTDHG 

 AS REQUIRED (B) HG 313 ARBPTDHG 

 PLISN XC 309 PLISNOXC ALL/2 

 HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 TOCC XC 481 TOCCODXC ALL/3 

 HG 481 TOCCODHG 

 IND CD HG 162 INDCODHG A/4 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH A/5 

 HB 046 ADCAGEHB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA A/6 

 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBERS HB 006 ADDREFHB 

 RNCC HA 338 REFNCCHA A/7 

 HB 338 ADRNCCHB 

 RNVC HA 339 REFNVCHA A/8 

 HB 339 ADRNVCHB 

 DAC HA 086 DOCAVCHA A/9 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-115 

 PPSL HA 302 PPSLSTHA A/10 

 EC HG 100 ESSCODHG A/11 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA A/12 

 SL HA 377 SHLIFEHA A/13 

 SLAC HA 378 SLACTNHA A/14 

 CSN (GENERATED) 

 CFI (GENERATED) 

 NSN AND RELATED DATA 

 PRE HA 253 COGNSNHA B/15 

 HA 253 MATNSNHA 

 FSC HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NIIN HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 SUFF HA 253 SMMNSNHA 

 HA 253 ACTNSNHA 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA B/16 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE B/17 

 [PROVISIONING UM PRICE] HE 314 PROUMPHE 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA B/18 

 UI PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 [PROVISIONING UI PRICE] HD 314 PROUIPHD B/19 

 UI CONV HA 489 UICONVHA B/20 

 QUP HF 321 QTYUPKHF B/21 

 [DEGREE OF PROTECTION (C, B, A)] HF 074 DEGPROHF 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG B/22 

 DMIL HA 076 DEMILIHA B/23 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA B/24 

 HCI HG 151 HARDCIHG B/25 

 PSPC HA 291 PHYSECHA B/26 

 PMIC HA 293 PMICODHA B/27 

 ADP EC HA 027 ADPEQPHA B/28 

 NHA PLISN HH 258 NHAPLIHH C/29 

 NHA IND HH 259 NHAINDHH C/30 

 ORR HH 281 OVHREPHH C/31 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG C/32 

 QPEI HG 317 QTYPEIHG C/33 

 MRR-I HG 211 MRRONEHG C/34 

 MRR-II HG 212 MRRTWOHG C/35 

 MRR MOD HG 213 MRRMODHG C/36 

 TOTAL REC QTY HG 453 TOTQTYHG C/37 

 SAME AS PLISN HG 364 SAPLISHG C/38 

 PRIOR PLISN HG 297 PIPLISHG C/39 

 MAOT HG 221 MAOTIMHG C/40 

 MAC HG 206 MAIACTHG C/41 

 NRTS HG 261 NORETSHG C/42 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC D/43 

 HN/XD 375 SNUUOCXD 

 REFERENCE DESIGNATION HJ 335 REFDESHJ D/44 

 RDOC (GENERATED) D/45 

 RDC HJ 336 RDCODEHJ D/46 

 SMCC HA 395 SPMACCHA D/47 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-116 

 PLCC HA 308 AAPLCCHA D/48 

 HA 308 BBPLCCHA 

 HA 308 CCPLCCHA 

 HA 308 DDPLCCHA 

 HA 308 EEPLCCHA 

 HA 308 FFPLCCHA 

 HA 308 GGPLCCHA 

 HA 308 HHPLCCHA 

 HA 308 JJPLCCHA 

 HA 308 KKPLCCHA 

 HA 308 LLPLCCHA 

 HA 308 MMPLCCHA 

 SMIC HA 392 SMAINCHA D/49 

 AIC HG 017 ALLOWCHG D/50 

 AIC QTY HG 018 ALIQTYHG D/51 

 MRU HG 245 MINREUHG D/52 

 RMSSL HG 329 RMSSLIHG D/53 

 RISS BUY HG 328 RISSBUHG D/54 

 RTLL QTY HG 331 RTLLQTHG D/55 

 RSR HG 351 REPSURHG D/56 

 MAINT TASK DISTRIB 

 O HG 214 OMTDOOHG E/57 

 F HG 214 FMTDFFHG 

 H HG 214 HMTDHHHG 

 SRA HG 214 LMTDLLHG 

 D HG 214 DMTDDDHG 

 CB HG 214 CBDMTDHG 

 CA HG 214 CADMTDHG 

 REPAIR CYCLE TIME--CON 

 O HG 350 ORCTOOHG E/58 

 F HG 350 FRCTFFHG 

 H HG 350 HRCTHHHG 

 SRA HG 350 LRCTLLHG 

 D HG 350 DRCTDDHG 

 TAT HG 350 CONRCTHG 

 REPLACEMENT TASK DIST 

 O HG 355 ORTDOOHG E/59 

 F HG 355 FRTDFFHG 

 H HG 355 HRTDHHHG 

 SRA HG 355 LRTDLLHG 

 D HG 355 DRTDDDHG 

 DES REWORK PT 

 ONE HG 081 DRPONEHG E/60 

 TWO HG 081 DRPTWOHG 

 CTIC HA 058 CTICODHA E/61 

 AMC HA 003 ACQMETHA E/62 

 AMSC HA 004 AMSUFCHA E/63 

 IMC HA 181 ITMMGCHA E/64 

 RIP HG 348 REMIPIHG E/65 

 CHANGE AUTHORITY NUMBER HP 043 CANUMBHP F&G/66 

 IC HP 172 INTCHCHP F/67 

 SERIAL NUMBER EFFECTIVITY 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-117 

 FROM HQ 374 FMSRNOHQ F/68 

 TO HQ 374 TOSRNOHQ 

 TIC HP 452 TOTICHHP F/69 

 REP/SUP PLISN HP 353 RSPLISHP F/70 

 R/S IND HP 354 RSPINDHP F/71 

 QUANTITY SHIPPED HP 323 QTYSHPHP F/72 

 QUANTITY PROCURED HP 322 QTYPROHP F/73 

 DCN-UOC HR/HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC F/74 

 PRORATED ELIN HP 305 PROELIHP G/75 

 PRORATED QUANTITY HP 306 PROQTYHP G/76 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB H/77 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB H/78 

 REMARKS HI 311 REMARKHI H/79 

 TM CODE HK 437 TMCODEXI J&K/80 

 FIG NO HK 144 FIGNUMHK J&K/81 

 ITEM NO HK 184 ITEMNOHK J&K/82 

 TM CHG HK 436 TMCHGNHK J/83 

 TM IND HK 439 TMINDCHK J/84 

 QTY FIG HK 318 QTYFIGHK J/85 

 WUC/TM FGC HG 516 WRKUCDHG J/86 

 HK 438 TMFGCDHK 

 --BASIS OF ISSUE-- 

 QTY-A HM 030 QTYBOIHM J/87 

 EI HM 030 RATIOBHM 

 LV HM 030 LVLBOIHM 

 CTR HM 030 BOICTRHM 

 CC HA 066 CRITCDHA J/88 

 ITEM NAME CODE HA 183 INAMECHA J/89 

 LRU HG 194 LRUNITHG J/90 

 PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE HL 310 PROVNOHL K/91 

 MATERIAL HA 218 MATERLHA M/92 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-119 

30.29 LSA-037 SPARES AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LIST 

 REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.29.1 SELECTION. The LSA-037 report is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, and UOC; and optional (ALC default is all ALCs), Stop LCN 

(default is all LCNs subordinate to, including, the start LCN), Report Parts 

(default is all parts), and ICC'S for each report part (default is all 

applicable ICC's). 

The additional selection options by ICC and RPT PT consist of: 

 a. RPT PT: 

 1. Part 1, enter a (y) if part 1 of the 037 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 2. Part 2, enter a (y) if part 2 of the 037 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 3. Part 3, enter a (y) if part 3 of the 037 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 4. Part 4, enter a (y) if part 4 of the 037 report is required, 

 otherwise, leave blank. 

 b. Enter the ICC's for which the report parts 1-4 are required. 

 1. Part 1, Investment Spare (ICC of X, AA) are allowed. 

 2. Part 2, Expense Spare (ICC of Y, Z, 9, AB, AE) are allowed. 

 3. Part 3, Support Equipment (ICC of G, H, 7, AD) are allowed. 

 4. Part 4, Tool and Test Equipment (ICC of D, M, N, P, R, V, 1-6, 8, 

 AC) are allowed. 

 See appendix E of MIL-STD-1388-2B for a listing and definitions of the 

 various ICCs. These groupings will only have validity when definitions 

 of the ICCs specified in appendix E of MIL-STD-1388-2B have been 

 adhered to. 

 c. If no ICC's are selected for a selected report part (1-4) then all of 

 the possible ICC's for that report part are output. 

30.29.2 PROCESSING. Items qualify for a particular section based on ICCs and 

the report part selected. The Manufacturer's Part Number (Reference Number) is 

wrapped at 16 positions. The MTBF'S are depicted by comparative analyzed (C), 

allocated (A), predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a measured value has not 

been entered, the report will default to the predicted, then allocated, and 

finally comparative analysis) (these come from RAM Indicator Code). The Unit 

of Measure Price that is pulled is identified by a "Y" in UM Price 

Provisioning (PROUMPHE). 

30.29.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.26 

30.29.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Within each section the report is sequenced by 

ascending manufacturer's part number 

30.29.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-037 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-120 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table to the task LCN 

 ICC (SELECTED) 

 RPT PT (SELECTED) 

 SECTION A: INVESTMENT SPARES; REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES (HEADER) 

 MANUFACTURES PART NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

Qualify against ICC's ITMCATHG in HG table 

 EC HG 100 ESSCODHG 

 MTBF BD 229 TEMTBFBD 

 RAM IND BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MB BD 238 TMTBFMBD 

 QTY/EI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 QTY/REC HG 453 TOTQTYHG 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 PMIC HA 293 PMICODHA 

 DMILC HA 076 DEMILIHA 

 SLAC HA 378 SLACTNHA 

 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 SECTION B: EXPENSE SPARES, REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES (HEADER) 

 MANUFACTURES PART NUMBER CI 337 PROREFCI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE CI 046 PROCAGCI 

Qualify against ICC's ITMCATHG in HG table 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 LRU HG 194 LRUNITHG 

 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 SECTION C: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT (HEADER) 

 MANUFACTURES PART NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QTY REC HG 453 TOTQTYHG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

Qualify against ICC's SEICCDEA in EA table 

 PMIC HA 293 PMICODHA 

 DMILC HA 076 DEMILIHA 

 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 SECTION D: TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT 

 MANUFACTURES PART NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

Qualify against ICC's SEICCDEA in EA table 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 UNIT OF MEASURE PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 
LSA-037 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 XB. XB. XB.  SPARES AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LIST 

XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC ICC SELEREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 0 DCY BZQYX  CI. HA.  SECTION A: INVESTMENT SPARES; REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES 

 CI. HG. BD.TEMTBFBD/ BD. HG. HG. HA. HA. HA. HA. 

 PROREFCI ITNAMEHA 

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME PART NUMBER 

PROCAGCI ESSCODHG BD.RAMINDBD TMTBFMBD QTYPEIHG TOTQTYHG PRDLDTHA PMICODHA DEMILIHA SLACT

CAGE EC MTBF MB QTY/EI QTY/REC PLT PMIC DMILC SL

1240D1 CARD ASSY/DPIO 18655 1 20000.0(P) H 2 1 8 A B 33 

 CI. HA.  SECTION B: EXPENSE SPARES, REPAIR PARTS AND SUPPLIES 

 CI. HA. HG. HE. HA. 

 PROREFCI ITNAMEHA PROCAGCI PRDLDTHG LRUNITHG UMPRICHE UNITMSHA 

MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME CAGE PLT LRU UNIT OF MEASURE UM PART NUMBER PRICE 112202-01 LAMP DRIVER 62623 10 Y 541.83 EA  CG. HA.  SECTION C: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT 

 HG. CG. HA. HA. HE. HA. 

 TSREFNCG

MANUFACTURERS PART NUMBER 

 ITNAMEHA 

ITEM NAME 

TOTQTYHG TSCAGECG PMICODHA DEMILIHA UMPRICHE UNITMSHA 

QTY REC CAGE PMIC DMILC UNIT OF MEASURE UM 

PRICE 

HP5411D OSCILLOSCOPE 1 28480 A B 3150.00 EA  SECTION D: TOOLS AND TEST EQUIPMENT 

 CG. HA. CG. HA. HE. HA.  TSREFNCG ITNAMEHA TSCAGECG PRDLDTHA UMPRICHE UNITMSHA MANUFACTURERS ITEM NAME CAGE PLT UNIT OF MEASURE UM PART NUMBER PRICE P6015 PROBE/TEST 28480 6 176.50 EA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-122 

30.30 LSA-039 CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC ITEM SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.30.1 SELECTION. The LSA-039 summary is selected by mandatory EIAC and LCN, 

and optional ALC (default is all ALCs), STOP LCN (default is all LCNs 

subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), UOC (default is all UOCs), PARTS 

(default is all parts), SEQ PART I (default is LCN), SEQ PART II (default is 

LCN), CRITICAL ITEM CODE (Part I only, default is all CICs), AND IMAC (Part II 

only, default is all IMAC Codes). 

30.30.2 PROCESSING. If part I is selected, a CRITICAL ITEM CODE must be 

contained against an item within the selected LCN range; if part II is 

selected, an IMAC must be contained within the selected LCN range in order to 

produce an LSA-039 summary. 

30.30.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.27 

30.30.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I is sequenced in either ascending LCN or by 

ascending Reference Number and CAGE; part II is sequenced in either ascending 

LCN or by ascending IMAC entries. 

30.30.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-039 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the HO Table 

 PARTS (SELECTED) 

 SEQ PT I (SELECTED) 

 SEQ PT II (SELECTED) 

 CRITICAL ITEM CODES SELECTED HA 065 CRITITHA 

 IMAC (1ST POS) SELECTED HA 163 INDMATHA 

 PART I 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 WUC HG 516 WRKUCDHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA 

 CRIT ITEM CD HA 065 CRITITHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

PART II 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-123 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 WUC HG 516 WRKUCDHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

 NHA-PLISN HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 NHA-IND HH 259 NHAINDHH 

 NHA-CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 NHA-REFERENCE-NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA 

 MAT-WT HA 220 MTLWGTHA 

 MAT-LEAD HA 219 MTLEADHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 IMAC HA 163 INDMATHA 

 
LSA-039 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC ITEM SUMMARY  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC.  EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED SELECEIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PARTS SEQ REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ALL LCN  SELECTED SELECTED

 CRITICAL ITEM CODE(S) SELECTED: INDUSTRIAL MATERIALS ANALYSIS OF CAPABI ALL ALL PART I CRITICAL ITEM LISTING 

 HG. HG. HG. HG. HG. HA. HA. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB WRKUCDHG CAGECDXH REFNUMHA ITNAMEHA UNITISHLCN ALC WUC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME 00201 00 04AA 44940 EC1231980 CONNECTION ROD,PIST 0020104 00 04CF 12890 LBAD-123-90/40 BUSHING, CONNECTING 0030401 00 05AA 67902 114-0204 RING, RETAINING 00402 00 051101 44940 113-153 BEARING, ROD, HALF PART II CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC MATERIAL LISTING  HG. HG. HG. HG.PLISNOHG/ HH. HH. HA. HA. HA. HA. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB WRKUCDHG XC.PLISNOXC NHAPLIHH NHAINDHH ITNAMEHA UNITISHA MTLWGTHA MTLEADHA LCN ALC WUC PLISN NHA-PLISN NHA-IND ITEM-NAME UI MAT-WT MAT-LEA HG. HG. HG. HG.  CAGECDXH REFNUMHA CAGECDXH REFNUMHA  CAGE REFERENCE-NUMBER NHA-CAGE NHA-REFERENCE-NUMBER 002011507 00 0205 AA01 AAAV N POWER SUPPLY EA 001.342 104  10825 145-18902 44940 129A123/4R 0040106 00 0485 ACYU AB01 N BEARING, BALL EA 000.150 156  16585 1987-189-543/P6112189-34 33291 1907812-09 0040515 00 0492 ADAQ ADWR N WIDGET EA 010.432 052  87091 64D109-23PL2 13126 198/890123 005120412AA 00 0548 AEAN AD06 N POWER SUPPLY EA 000.539 104  54679 12A90 44940 1433-15430 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-125 

30.31 LSA-040 AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

FIRST TIER SELECTION: The First selection is only one of the following: 

 Option 1: COEI, BII, AAL, and ESML Lists 

 Option 2: Stockage List Type Three 

OPTION 1, COEI, BII, AAL, AND ESML LISTS. 

30.31.1 SELECTION. The LSA-040 summary is selected by mandatory LCN, and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, 

30.31.2 PROCESSING. Option 1 is divided into four sections: components of 

end item, basic issue items list, additional authorization list, and expendable 

durable supplies and materials list. The items are identified by code A in 

position 1 and the appropriate list code in position 2 of the Allowance Item 

Code (AICODEHG). 

 a. Section I, Components of End Item (COEI) List. This section provides 

a listing of those items which are part of the end item, but are removed and 

separately packaged for transportation or shipment. The items are listed in 

alphabetical sequence of Item Name (ITNAMEHA) and are identified by a "C" in 

the second position of the AIC. ILLUS NO. is computer generated based on the 

item sequence. if Section II is also required, then the computer generated 

ILLUS NO. is not reset to 1 but continues with the next sequence number. 

 b. Section II, Basic Issue Items (BII) List. This section provides a 

listing of those minimum essential items required to place an equipment in 

operation, to operate it, and to perform emergency repairs. The items are 

listed in alphabetic sequence of Item Name (ITNAMEHA) and are identified by 

"A" in the second position of the AIC. 

 c. Section III, Additional Authorization List (AAL). This section provides a listing of those items which are not issued with an end item and are 

not listed/identified on the end item engineering drawings as part of the end 

item configuration. The items are listed in alphabetic sequence by item name 

(ITNAMEHA) within each subsection. AAL-MTOE Authorized are identified by AIC 

of "E" and AAL-Other Authorized are identified by AIC, second position of "F". 

Section IV, Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List (ESML) provides a 

listing of those expendable/durable supplies and materials required to operate 

and maintain the equipment. The items are listed in alphabetic sequence by 

item name (ITNAMEHA) and are identified by AIC, second position of "D". ITEM 

NO is computer generated. Level is determined by the SMR (3d position). 

30.31.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.28 

30.31.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Alphabetical sequence of Item Name. Secondary Sort 

on NSN. 

30.31.5. DATA SOURCE. See attached listings. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-126 

OPTION 2. STOCKAGE LIST TYPE THREE 

30.31.1 SELECTION. The LSA-040 option 2 is selected by mandatory LCN, and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, and LIST section. 

30.31.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce Option 2 of the LSA-040 summary, at 

least one entry of an Allowance Item Code of "E" in the first position, and the 

applicable code for the selected section(s) must be contained within the 

selected LCN range. "Ref Desig Fig-Key" is only printed if Ref Des Code = F. 

If item qualifies and no RDC = F, leave Ref Desig Fig-Key blank. Sort blanks 

first in each section with 2nd sort on NSN. 

 a. Section I, Supply System Responsibility consists of AIC items coded 

"A" and "D"in the second position. The items coded "D" will show the AIC 

Quantity (AICQTYHG) preceding the Item Name in the description column. "ED" 

coded items will be indented 2 spaces and AIC quantities printed preceding item 

name and provisioning nomenclature, instead of printing QTYPEIHG value in "QTY 

USED IN UNIT" column, as is the case for "EA" coded items and all other items 

in ither sections. Section II, Using unit Responsibility, is determined by AIC 

values of "C" in the second position. Section III, Collateral Equipment is 

determined by AIC value of "E" in the second position. 

 b. ITEM NO. is a computer generated sequence number assigned to each item 

beginning with 0001. If multiple sections are present, the Item number is NOT 

reset to 1. 

30.31.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.28 

30.31.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Items are sequenced in ascending Reference 

Designation and LCN within each section. 

30.31.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-040 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

OPTION 1, COEI,BII, AAL, ESML 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 AUTH LISTS SELECTED HG 017 ALLOWCHG 

 ILLUS NO (GENERATED) 

 NSN HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER 

 [LCN] HG 199 LSACONXB 

 [ALC] HG 019 ALTLCNXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-127 

 [AIC] HG 017 ALLOWCHG 

 (ITEM NAME) HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 (PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE) HL 310 PROVNOHL 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 QTY REQ HG 018 ALIQTYHG 

 PART III 

 QTY AUTH HG 018 ALIQTYHG 

 USABLE ON CODE HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 PART IV 

 LEVEL HG 389 SMRCODHG 

OPTION 2 STOCKAGE LIST TYPE THREE 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 LISTS OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED HG 017 ALLOWCHG 

 ITEM NO. (GENERATED) 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 REF DESIG FIG-KEY HJ 335 REFDESHJ 

 [RDC] HJ 336 RDCODEHJ 

 MODEL HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 ITEM IDENTIFICATION 

 (ALLOWANCE ITEM QUANTITY)("ED AIC ONLY) HG 018 ALIQTYHG 

 (ITEM NAME) HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 (PROVISIONING NOMENCLATURE) HL 310 PROVNOHL 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 QTY USED IN UNIT HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 XC 317 QTYPEIXC 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 AIC HG 017 ALLOWCHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ADDRESS XH 047 CANAMEXH 

 XH 047 CASTREXH 

 XH 047 CACITYXH 

 XH 047 CASTATXH 

 XH 047 CANATNXH 

 XH 047 CAPOZOXH 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-128 
LSA-040 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. HG.  EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC ALLOWCHG  EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC AUTH LIS

 REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY AL

 PART I COMPONENTS OF END ITEM LIST  (1) 

 GENERATED  ILLUS NO 

(2) 

HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA 

NSN 

(3) 

 HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/HA.CAGECDXH/HA.REFNUMHA HO/XC/UOCSEIXC HA.UN

DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER UOC 

 1 4310-00-017-0125 BOX, CONNECTOR DCY, DCZ 

 (IN MOUNT ON SIDE OF UNIT)  (05472), 1420-1113/R  2 6645-00-089-8842 METER, TIME DCY 

 (IN ELECTRICAL OUTLET ON UNIT SIDE)  (16476) 561/34K  PART II BASIC ISSUE ITEMS LIST  (1) 

 GENERATED  ILLUS NO 

(2) 

HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA 

NSN 

(3) 

 HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/HA.CAGECDXH/HA.REFNUMHA HO/XC/UOCSEIXC HA

DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER UOC 

 3 4930-00-766-7629 LUBRICATING GUN, HAND DCY, DCZ  HIGH PRESSURE (IN TOOL BAG)  (36251) 102758  4  PART III 

8415-00-266-8843 MITTENS, CLOTH DCY, DCX, DCZ 

 PAIR M1942 (IN ODDMENT TRAY)  (19207) 11655982 

ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST 

 (1) 

 HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA  NSN 

(2) 

 HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/HA.CAGECDXH/HA.REFNUMHA 

DESCRIPTION 

 CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER 

HO/XC/UOCSEIXC 

USABLE ON CODE 

(3) (4) 

 HA.UNITMSHA HG.ALIQT

UM QTY 

AUTH 

 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST - MTOE AUTHORIZED  3410-00-145-8795 GENERATOR SET, 5 KW, DCZ EA 1 

 ADDITIONAL AUTHORIZATION LIST - OTHER AUTHORIZED  2315-00-239-4484 CAN, GASOLINE, 16 GAL DCY, DCX EA 1  PART IV  (1) (2) 

 GENERATED HG.SMRCODHG

 ITEM NO LEVEL  1 C 

EXPENDABLE/DURABLE SUPPLIES AND MATERIALS LIST 

(3) (4) 

 HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/HA.CAGECDXH/HA.REFNUMHA 

NSN DESCRIPTION, CAGE AND REFERENCE NUMBER 

2310-00-198-8710 FUEL, DIESEL 

(5

 HA.UNITMS

UM GL 

 2 C 2310-00-178-9800 FUEL, GASOLINE GL 
LSA-040 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 AUTHORIZATION LIST ITEMS SUMMARY  STOCKAGE LIST TYPE THREE  SELECTION SUMMARY 

 HG.EIACODXA

 EIAC  REFRIG-UNT 

 HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. 

 ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC 

 ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC  REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY 

 HG.ALLOWCHG 

 TM DESIGNATION  SL-3-88643E 

LIST OF COMPONENTS REQUIRED SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY YES 

 USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY YES  COLLATERAL EQUIPMENT YES  MARINE CORPS STOCK LIST  LIST OF COMPONENTS 

SL-3-88643E LSA-040, S

 SUPPLY SYSTEM RESPONSIBILITY TIME: 14: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7  HA.FSCNSNHA/ HJ. HO/XC. HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/ HA. HG.QTYPEIHG/ HG. 

 GENERATED 

 ITEM 

HA.NIINSNHA 

NATIONAL STOCK 

REFDESHJ UOCSEIXC 

 REF 

DESIG MODEL 

HG.ALIQTYHG (FOR AIC=ED) UNITMSHA XC.QTYPEIXC 

QTY 

USED IN 

LSACONXB 

 NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN 

 1 4420-00-189-3876 002-0001 DCY COMPRESSOR UNIT EA 1 005 

 USING UNIT RESPONSIBILITY  1 2 3 4 5 6 7 

 HA.FSCNSNHA/ HJ. HO/XC. HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/ HA. HG.QTYPEIHG/ HG. 

 GENERATED 

 ITEM 

HA.NIINSNHA 

NATIONAL STOCK 

REFDESHJ 

 REF 

DESIG 

UOCSEIXC 

MODEL 

 UNITMSHA XC.QTYPEIXC 

QTY 

USED IN 

 LSACONXB 

 NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN 

 2 6645-00-089-8842 014-0018 DCY METER TIME EA 1 00702 

 1 

 COLLATERAL EQUIPMENT 

2 3 4 5 6 7 

 HA.FSCNSNHA/ HJ. HO/XC. HA.ITNAMEHA/HL.PROVNOHL/ HA. HG.QTYPEIHG/ HG. 

 GENERATED 

 ITEM 

HA.NIINSNHA 

NATIONAL STOCK 

REFDESHJ UOCSEIXC 

 REF 

DESIG MODEL 

 UNITMSHA XC.QTYPEIXC 

QTY 

USED IN 

 LSACONXB 

 NO. NUMBER FIG-KEY ITEM IDENTIFICATION UM UNIT LCN  3 3410-00-145-8795 036-0004 DCY GENERATOR SET, 5 KW EA 1 008 

 COMMERCIAL AND GOVERNMENT ENTITY 

 HG. XH.CANAMEXH/XH.CASTREXH/XH.CACITYXH/  CAGECDXH XH.CASTATXH/XH.CANATNXH/XH.CAPOZOXH  CAGE ADDRESS CAGE ADDRESS  00779 TOLEDO ELECTRONICS 11215 YORK MANUFACTURING  105 EAST HIGH ST 1324 CHAMBERSBURG ROAD  TOLEDO, OH 46217 YORK, PA 16189 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-131 

30.32 LSA-046 NUCLEAR HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEMS SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.32.1 SELECTION. The LSA-046 summary is selected by mandatory EIAC and LCN, 

and optional ALC (default is all ALCs), STOP LCN (default is all LCNs 

subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), UOC (default is all UOCs) and 

SEQ OPT (default is reference number CAGE). 

30.32.2 PROCESSING. Items are primarily qualified by HCI entries of "Y". In 

order to produce an LSA-046 summary at least one Hardness Critical Item value 

(HARDCIHG) of "Y" must be contained within the selected Start and Stop LCN 

range. If the report is sequenced by Reference Number and CAGE, then the 

Reference Number, CAGE, Item Name, and IMC are suppressed on the second and 

subsequent application (PCCN/PLISN) of the same part number. 

30.32.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.29 

30.32.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in either ascending 

Reference Number and CAGE or PCCN/PLISN. 

30.32.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-046 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the HO Table 

 SEQ OPT (SELECTED) 

 [HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM] HG 151 HARDCIHG 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 IMC HA 181 ITMMGCHA 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 IND HG 162 INDCODHG 

 QTY/ASSY HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 QTY/EI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 
 LSA-046 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 

 NUCLEAR HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM SUMMARY 

 HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC.  EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED  EIAC  REFRIG-UNT 

ITEM NAME REFRIGERATION UNIT 

START LCN 0 

ALC TYPE 00 P 

STOP LCN UOC 

DCY 

SEQ OPT REF-NO 

 XC.  PLISNOXC Q

 HG. HG. HA. HA. HG. XC. HG. HG.  REFNUMHA  REFERENCE NUMBER  A5051 

CAGECDXH ITNAMEHA ITMMGCHA SMRCODHG PCCNUMXC PLISNOHG INDCODHG 

CAGE ITEM NAME IMC SMR PCCN PLISN IND 41947 NUT, TUBE, COUPLING A PAOZZ A90B10 A034 C 

 PAFZZ A90B10 A179 E  BC192015  MS27183-123 

34127 VALVE, SHUTOFF G PAOFF B90134 AACX B 10855 WASHER, FLAT A PAOZZ A90B10 A031 C 

 PAFZZ A90B10 F110 E  PAHZZ B90134 ACAL D  MS18802.35 10855 SCREW, CAP, HEX HD A PAOZZ A90B10 A032 C  PAFZZ A90B10 F111 E  PAHZZ B90134 ACAM D 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-133 

30.33 LSA-050 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.33.1 SELECTION. The LSA-050 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, and UOC; and optional ALC (default is all ALC's), Stop LCN 

(default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), RPT RT 

(default is none), SHSC, and SELECT DISP. The report part selection, SHSC, and 

Disposition Selection are as follows: 

 RPT PT: 

 a. Part 1 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 1 of the 050 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 1 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) of the failure modes which are of interest to the RCM 

 analysis. If the SHSC field has been left blank, all SHSCs will 

 be shown. 

 3. Enter (A) if the report is to be sequenced by the Disposition, 

 (B) if the report is to be sequenced Disposition by Maintenance 

 Level, and (C) if the report is to be sequenced by Maintenance 

 Level only. (Defualt is A). 

 b. Part 2 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 2 of the 050 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 2 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) of the failure modes which are of interest to the RCM 

 analysis. If the SHSC field has been left blank, all SHSC will 

 be shown. 

 3. Enter (A) if the report is to be sequenced by the Disposition, 

 (B) if the report is to be sequenced Disposition by Maintenance 

 Level, (C) if the report is to be sequenced by Maintenance Level 

 only, and (D) is the report is to be sequenced by Maintenance 

 Level by Skill Specialty Code. (Defualt is A.) 

 c. Part 3 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 3 of the 050 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 3 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) for which RCM analysis has not been performed. If the SHSC 

 field has been left blank, all SHSCs will be shown. 

30.33.2 PROCESSING. 

 a. Part 1. The report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables. Either a Failure Mode Criticality Number or a 

 Failure Probability level may be used in the FM Crit or Fail Prob data 

 element, Failure Mode Criticality Numbers should be used wherever 

 possible. Only preventive maintenance tasks are identified on this 

 report and they are identified by the second position of the task code 

 or by task type of "P" or "U". The (P) and (M) preceding the Elapsed 

 Time values on the output represent predicted and measured, 

 respectively. Measured values should be used wherever possible. The 

 failure rates are depicted by comparative analysis (C), allocated (A), 

 predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a measured value has not been 

 entered, the report will default to the predicted, then allocated, and 

 finally comparative analysis)(these come from RAM IC). 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-134 

 b. Part 2, The report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables, except for: 

 The LCN (AA) and inherent availability (AA) are from the system/end 

 item these are based on the end item whether or not it is with the LCN 

 selection. 

 

 If the task type (B) is "U" (Usage based) then calculate the task 

 frequency using this calculation. 

 Calculated Task Frequencies. The task frequency can be calculated by: 

 AOR X Conv Fact (The preventive TF will be calculated 

 TF = ---------------------- for only that item that the task is 

 Maintenance Interval being done against). 

 The MB from the AOR and the Maintenance interval must match, otherwise 

 it can not be calculated. 

 The AOR for the calculation is based on the LCN AOR from the CA table 

 via the link between the B (task requirement LCN) and the LCN from CA 

 tables through the Task Code. 

 If the task type is "P" (calendar time) for preventive maintenance task 

 first check the 2nd position of the task code if it is Q, C, P, M, N, 

 or L then convert it to a task frequency. If the 2nd position of the 

 task code is "B" (schedule) then the task frequency is the maintenance 

 interval (MB) (converted) divided by the maintenance interval. 

 (example) the maintenance interval is 2 and MB is T (months) (converted 

 = 12) therefore the TF is 12/2 or 6. This applies only to the MB codes 

 of D, G, H, T, and Y. All other MB codes are usage based, Task Type = 

 "U", and do not apply to the calendar time conversion. 

 The Total number of Man-Hours will be summed up for the Maintenance 

 Level for each of the SSC's used in that maintenance level and output 

 at the bottom of each maintenance level. MH/SSC and Maintenance Level = 

 Sum of Mean Man-minutes per SSC and O/M level divided by 60 to convert 

 to hours. 

 Either a Failure Mode Criticality Number or a Failure Probability level 

 may be used in the FM Crit or Fail Prob data element, Failure Mode 

 Criticality Numbers should be used wherever possible. The (P) and (M) 

 preceding the Elapsed Time and Man Hour values on the output represent 

 predicted and measured, respectively. Measured values should be used 

 wherever possible. The failure rates are denoted by comparative 

 analysis (C), allocated (A), predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a 

 measured value has not been entered, the report will default to the 

 predicted, then allocated, and finally comparative analysis) (these 

 come from RAM Indicator Code). 

 c. Part 3 of the report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables. Either a Failure Mode Criticality Number or a 

 Failure Probability level may be used in the FM Crit or Fail Prob data 

 element, Failure Mode Criticality Numbers should be used wherever 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-135 

 possible. 

 d. Each part of the 050 report should start at the top of a new page. 

30.33.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.30 

30.33.4 REPORT SEQUENCING. 

 a. Part 1. 

 1. Select Disp of (A), the report is sequenced by ascending Disposition 

 values then LCN then Task Code. 

 2. Select Disp of (B), the report is sequenced ascending Disposition by 

 Maintenance Level, the first being Crew the last being Depot, 

 then LCN then Task Code. 

 3. Select Disp of (C), the report is sequenced by Maintenance Level, 

 the first being crew the last depot, then LCN then Task Code. 

 b. Part 2. 

 1. Select Disp of (A), the report is sequenced by ascending Disposition 

 values then LCN then Task Code. 

 2. Select Disp of (B), the report is sequenced ascending Disposition by 

 Maintenance Level, the first being Crew the last being Depot, 

 then LCN then Task Code. 

 3. Select Disp of (C), the report is sequenced by Maintenance Level, 

 the first being crew the last depot, then LCN then Task Code. 

 4. Select Disp of (D), the report is sequenced by ascending Skill 

 Specialty Code then Maintenance Level then LCN then Task Code. 

 c. Part 3. Shall be sorted by ascending LCN, FMI, MPC, and SHSC. 

30.33.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-050 summary 

is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Codes Ded Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 SHSC (SELECTED) 

 RPT PT (SELECTED) 

 SELECT DISP (SELECTED) 

 LOGIC UTILIZED AA 345 RCMLOGAA 

 LCN BA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 LOGIC RESULTS (HEADER) 

 01 BF 344 RCMRO1BF 

 02 BF 344 RCMRO2BF 

 03 BF 344 RCMRO3BF 

 04 BF 344 RCMRO4BF 

 05 BF 344 RCMRO5BF 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-136 

 06 BF 344 RCMRO6BF 

 07 BF 344 RCMRO7BF 

 08 BF 344 RCMRO8BF 

 09 BF 344 RCMRO9BF 

 10 BF 344 RCMR10BF 

 11 BF 344 RCMR11BF 

 12 BF 344 RCMR12BF 

 13 BF 344 RCMR13BF 

 14 BF 344 RCMR14BF 

 15 BF 344 RCMR15BF 

 16 BF 344 RCMR16BF 

 17 BF 344 RCMR17BF 

 18 BF 344 RCMR18BF 

 19 BF 344 RCMR19BF 

 20 BF 344 RCMR20BF 

 21 BF 344 RCMR21BF 

 22 BF 344 RCMR22BF 

 23 BF 344 RCMR23BF 

 24 BF 344 RCMR24BF 

 25 BF 344 RCMR25BF 

 DISPOSITION (HEADER) 

 A BF 084 RCMDSABF 

 B BF 084 RCMDSBBF 

 C BF 084 RCMDSCBF 

 D BF 084 RCMDSDBF 

 E BF 084 RCMDSEBF 

 F BF 084 RCMDSFBF 

 G BF 084 RCMDSGBF 

 H BF 084 RCMDSHBF 

 I BF 084 RCMDSIBF 

 J BF 084 RCMDSJBF 

 FAILURE MODE CRIT OR FAIL PROB (HEADER) 

 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL BI 139 FPROBLBI 

 MTBPM BD 234 MTBMPVBD 

 MB BD 238 MTBMPMBD 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 FMR BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 PREVENTATIVE MAINTENANCE (HEADER) 

 (LCN IS BASED ON TASK TYPE BH 433 TATYPEBH 

 AND THE 2ND POSITION OF THE TASK CODE) BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 ELAPSED TIME (HEADER) 

 MEASURED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 PREDICTED CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 RCM REASONING BG 346 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (K)) 

 RCM REDESIGN/NARRATIVE BG 426 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-137 

 CODE OF (L)) 

 RCM AGE EXPLORATION BG 343 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (J)) 

 PART II 

 LCN END ITEM AA 199 LSACONXB 

 INHERENT AVAILABILITY END ITEM AA 164 INHAVAAA 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 (3RD POSITION OF TASK CODE) 

 LCN BH 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BH 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

 (AOR IS BASED ON LCN AOR LINK FROM CA TABLE VIA TASK CODE, PEACETIME) 

 IA BD 164 INHAVABD 

 DISPOSITION (HEADER) 

 A BF 084 RCMDSABF 

 B BF 084 RCMDSBBF 

 C BF 084 RCMDSCBF 

 D BF 084 RCMDSDBF 

 E BF 084 RCMDSEBF 

 F BF 084 RCMDSFBF 

 G BF 084 RCMDSGBF 

 H BF 084 RCMDSHBF 

 I BF 084 RCMDSIBF 

 J BF 084 RCMDSJBF 

 TASK LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 TABLE CA TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQ BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 (IF TASK TYPE IS P THEN CONVERT OR 

 USING THE STEPS REFERENCED IN PART 2 BH 208 MAININBH 

 PARAGRAPH) BH 238 MAINMBBH 

 CALCULATED TASK FREQ (CALCULATED) 

 (IF TASK TYPE IS CODED "U" THEN CALCULATE BH 433 TATYPEBH 

 USING FORMULA. AOR AND MAINTENANCE 

 INTERVAL MUST MATCH OTHER WISE LEAVE 

 BLANK) 

 MB (TAKEN FROM THE CALCULATIONS) 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 (AOR IS BASED ON LCN AOR LINK FROM CA TABLE VIA TASK CODE) 

 MB AG 238 MEASBSAG 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL BH 208 MAININBH 

 MB BH 238 MAINMBBH 

 MAN HOURS (HEADER) 

 MEASURED CA 225 MSDMMHCA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-138 

 PREDICTED CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 ELAPSED TIME (HEADER) 

 MEASURED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 PREDICTED CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 MAINTENANCE INTERVAL BH 208 MAININBH 

 MB BH 238 MAINMBBH 

 PERSON ID CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 SSC (HEADER) 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 NEW OR MODIFIED SSC CD 264 MDCSSCGB 

 SL (HEADER) 

 SL GA 386 SKLVCDGA 

 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL LEVEL GB 386 MDSCLCGB 

SSC and new or modified SSC are pulled from table CD, there should only be 

one, but if there is 2, the new or modified SSC should be selected. The 

corresponding skill levels should be pulled from either table GA or GB. 

 MAN-MINUTES CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 RAM LCN BH 199 LSACONBH 

 ALC BH 019 ALTLCNBH 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 FEP BI 130 FEPROBBI 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 FAIL MODE RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

 FAILURE MODE CRIT OR FAIL PROB (HEADER) 

 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL BI 139 FPROBLBI 

 SSC (TAKEN FROM SSC FOR THAT O/M LEVEL) 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 NEW OR MODIFIED CD 257 MDCSSCGB 

 TOTAL MAN-HOURS (CALCULATED FOR THAT SSC AND 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL) 

 MAN HOURS (HEADER) 

 SUM OF MEAN MAN-MINUTES CD 233 SUBMMMCD 

 DIVIDE THIS SUM BY 60 TO GET MAN-HOURS 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 (3RD POSITION OF TASK CODE) 

 PART III 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 LCN BI 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BI 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 FAILURE MODE CRIT OR FAIL PROB (HEADER) 

 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL BI 139 FPROBLBI 
LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 

 RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY 

0730 DA

 PART I  FAILURE MODES WITH RCM ANALYSIS 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC.  EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELEEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SREFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 P 00602 DCY AA.RCMLOGAA

LOGIC UTILIZED: AMCP 750-2 

 BA. BA. XB. BI. BI. BI. BF. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB FMSHSCBI FAMOINBF MISSPCBL (RCMRO1BF - RCMR25BF) (RCMDSA LOGIC RESULTS DI

LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE SHSC FMI MPC 0000000001111111111222222 

 1234567890123456789012345 AB0 00 REFRIGERATION UNIT 2 FAAB B Y NNNN Y Y 

 BD. BD. BD. BD. BD. BF. MTBMPVBD MTBMPMBD FAILRTBD RAMINDBD FARAMBBD FMRATOBF MTBPM MB FAILURE RATE MB FMR 

 7.2(P) H 

 BH. BH. 

.0006667(P) H .607 

BH. CA.MSDMETCA/ 

 TLSACNBH TALCNCBH TTASKCBH CA.PRDMETCA 

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE ELAPSED LCN ALC TASK CODE TIME 

0 

BG.FMNCNABG (K) BG.TEXSEQBG RCM REASONING: 

00 ABCACAA .27(P) 

LOGIC RESULT OF 01 IS (Y) BECAUSE THE ITEM HAS A SHSC OF (2). 

BG.FMNCNABG (L) BG.TEXSEQBG RCM REDESIGN/NARRTATIVE: NOT APPLICABLE. BG.FMNCNABG (J) BG.TEXSEQBG RCM AGE EXPLORATION NARRATIVE: NOT APPLICABLE. LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME:  RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY 

0730 DA

 PART II  RCM MANAGEMENT SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC.  EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELEEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC S

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 00602 00 P 00603 DCY 

AA.LSACONXB AA.INHAVAAA LCN INHERENT AVAILABILITY END ITEM 0 95.000000 BH.TTASKCBH (3RD POSITION) MAINTENANCE LEVEL: CREW  BH. BH. XB. AG. AG. BD. BF. 

LSACONXB

LCN 

 ALTLCNXB

ALC 

 LCNAMEXB 

LCN NOMENCLATURE 

 ANOPREAG

AOR 

 MEASBSAG

MB 

 INHAVABD 

IA 

(RCMDSABF - RCMDSJBF) 

DISPOSITION ABCDEFGHIJ 

00602 00 PISTON ASSEMBLY 7200 H 95.000000 Y 

 BH. BH. BH. CA. CA.MSDMMHCA/ CA.MSDMETCA/ BH. 

 TLSACNBH 

 LCN 

TALCNCBH 

ALC 

TTASKCBH 

TASK 

TSKFRQCA 

TABLE CA 

CALC 

CALCULATED 

CA.PRDMMHCA 

MAN 

CA.PRDMMHCA 

ELAPSED 

 MAININBH 

MAINTENA

 CODE TASK FREQ TASK FREQ HOURS TIME INTERVA
 00602 00 FBCAGAA 

 CD. 

45.0000 

CD.SKSPCDGA/ 

43.8000 

GA.SKLVCDGA/ CD. 

.35(M) .35(M) 20

 SUBPIDCD CD.MDCSSCGB GB.MDSCLCGB SUBMMMCD  PERSON ID SSC SL MAN-MINUTES  A 76J10 B 0.15  B 36C20 B 0.20  BH. BH. BI. BI. BI. BI. BF. BD. BD. BD. BA. 

 LSACONBH ALTLCNBH FMSHSCBI FEPROBBI MISSPCBL FAMOINBF FMRATOBF FAILRTBD RAMINDBD FARAMBBD CONVFABA 

 LCN ALC SHSC FEP MPC FMI FAIL MODE FAILURE MB 

 RATIO RATE 

CONV FACT 

 00602 00 2  3 

.60 A FAAA 1.000 .0006667(P) H 

B 

20050 

 CD.SKSPCDGA/  CD.MDCSSCGB CALC  SSC TOTAL MAN-HOURS  76J10 .25  36C20 .33 LSA-050 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA RELIABILITY CENTERED MAINTENANCE SUMMARY  PART III  FAILURE MODES WITHOUT RCM ANALYSIS  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC.  EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SEEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC 

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P 00602 DCY 

 BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. XB. BI.FACRNUBI/ 

FMSHSCBI MISSPCBL FAMOINBF LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB BI.FPROBLBI 

SHSC MPC FMI LCN  3 A FAAA 00201 

ALC 

00 

LCN NOMENCLATURE UNIT 

FM CRIT/FAIL PROB 

21.25 

 3 B FAAB 21.25 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-141 

30.34 LSA-056 FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS, AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT 

REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.34.1 SELECTION. The LSA-056 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, UOC and SERV DES; and optional ALC (default is all ALCs), Stop 

LCN (default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), and RPT 

RT. 

The report part selections consist of: 

 RPT PT: 

 a. Part 1 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 1 of the 056 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 1 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) of the failure modes which are of interest. If the SHSC 

 field has been left blank, data involving only SHSC's of 1 and 2 

 will be reported. 

 b. Part 2 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 2 of the 056 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 1 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) of the failure modes which are of interest. If the SHSC 

 field has been left blank, data involving only SHSC's of 1 and 2 

 will be reported. 

 3. Enter the lowest values of a failure mode criticality number to 

 be included in the report. If an entry is made in b.4, Failure 

 Probability Level then leave this field blank. 

 4. Enter the lowest value of a Failure Probability Level to be 

 include in the report. An entry must be made in either b.3 or in 

 in this field. If an entry is made in both blocks; failure 

 probability level is disregarded. 

 c. Part 3 

 1. Enter a (y) if part 3 of the 056 report is required, otherwise, 

 leave blank. 

 2. If part 1 has been selected then enter only those SHSC's (1, 2, 

 3,4) of the failure modes which are of interest. If the SHSC 

 field has been left blank, data involving only SHSC's of 1 and 2 

 will be reported. 

30.34.2 PROCESSING. 

 a. Part 1. The report will pull the information from the appropriate 

 tables, except for: 

 j 

 Calculated Item Criticality Number, Cr = 3 (Cm)n n=1,2,3.....j 

 n=1 

 where 

 Cr = Criticality Number for the item 

 Cm = Failure Mode Criticality Number 

 n = The failure modes in the items that fail under a particular 

 severity classification/mission phase combination 

 j = Last failure mode in the item under the severity 

 classification/mission phase combination 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-142 

 Calculated Failure Mode 

 Criticality Number Cm = (B*a*FR*T)(1,000,000.) 

 B = Failure Effect Probability 

 a = Failure Mode Ratio 

 FR = Failure Rate 

 t = Operating Time 

 NOTE: FM Criticality Number is computed for each LCN/ALC and Failure 

 Mode combination. 

 This report will print a part 1 for each LCN that Falls within the LCN 

 select range. The failure rates are depicted by comparative analysis 

 (C), allocated (A), predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a measured 

 value has not been entered, the report will default to the predicted, 

 then allocated, and finally comparative analysis) (these come from RAM 

 Indicator Code). If Type is (F) the Reference Number and CAGE may not 

 appear on report. Use the second position of the task code for 

 identifying corrective maintenance tasks. 

 b. Part 2 of the report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables. Reference Number is wrapped at 16 positions. 

 c. Part 3 of the report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables, except for: 

 Calculated Failure Mode 

 Criticality Number Cm = (B*a*FR*T)(1,000,000.) 

 B = Failure Effect Probability 

 a = Failure Mode Ratio 

 FR = Failure Rate 

 t = Operating Time 

 NOTE: FM Criticality Number is computed for each LCN/ALC and Failure 

 Mode combination. 

 The Failure mode ratio(s) for an LCN should be added up (TOTAL) and 

 placed on the report. An edit check should be made against this total 

 to make sure it never exceeds 1.00. If the total of the Failure Mode 

 are greater than 1.00 then an (***) should appear. 

 j 

 Total = 3 FMR 

 n=1 

 FMR = Failure Mode Ratio 

 n = The failure modes indicator that falls under a particular 

 LCN, ALC, and FMI combination 

 j = Last failure mode indicator in the LCN and ALC combination 

 The failure rates are depicted by comparative analysis (C), allocated 

 (A), predicted (P), and measured (M) (Where a measured value has not 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-143 

 been entered, the report will default to the predicted, then allocated, 

 and finally comparative analysis) 

 d. Each part of the 056 report should start at the top of a new page. 

30.34.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.31 

30.34.4 REPORT SEQUENCING. 

 a. Part 1, The report is sequenced by ascending values of LCN then FMI 

 then MPC then SHSC. Part 1 will be produced once for each LCN ALC 

 combination which falls within the select range. 

 b. Part 2, The report is sequenced by ascending values of FPL or 

 descending values of FM Crit for a LCN/ALC and FMI. 

 c. Part 3, The report is sequenced by ascending values of LCN, ALC, FMI, 

 and MPC. 

30.34.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-056 summary 

is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Codes Ded Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the XF Table 

 SERVICE DESIGNATOR (SELECTED) 

Use the fourth position of the task code to 

distinguish the SER DES BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 RPT PR (SELECTED) 

 SHSC (SELECTED) 

 PART I 

 --- FMECA WORKSHEET SUMMARY --- 

 LCN BA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN-TYPE BA 203 LCNTYPXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 FR MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 FAIL RATE SOURCE BA 141 FRDATABA 

 DRAWING NUMBER (HEADER) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER HB 337 REFNUMHB 

To retrieve a drawing number you will need to check first in the HA table to 

see if the reference number documented in that area is a drawing number. To 

make this check look at the Reference number category Code and see if the code 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-144 

of "D" has been entered. If a "D" has not been entered check in the HB table 

under additional reference number and go through the same check of the ARNCC. 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM FUNCTION BB 180 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 CODE OF (A)) 

 CRIT MPC BK 246 MISSPCBL 

 CRIT SHSC BK 362 FMSHSCBK 

 TABLE BK ITEM CRIT NO BK 180 RICRITBK 

 CALCULATED ITEM CRIT NO (CALCULATED BY 

 SUMMING CALCULATED FM CRIT NO) 

 MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE BB 244 RAMNARBB 

 (RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 CODE OF (C)) 

 LOG CON CD BC 425 LOCOCOBC 

 LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS/SYSTEM REDESIGN BC 426 LOGNARBC 

 FMI (MUST BEGIN WITH F) BF 134 FAMOINBF 

 FM-RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 EFM-MTBF BF 097 EFMTBFBF 

 MB BF 238 EFMMMBBF 

 FAILURE MODE BG 128 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (E)) 

 FAILURE CAUSE BG 124 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (D)) 

 FAILURE EFFECTS (HEADER) 

 LOCAL BG 126 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (B)) 

 NEXT HIGHER BG 127 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (C)) 

 END EFFECT BG 125 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (A)) 

 FAILURE DETECTION METHOD BG 129 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (F)) 

 FAILURE PREDICTABILITY BG 138 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (G)) 

 REMARKS (FMI MUST BEGIN WITH (F)) BG 137 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (H)) 

 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS FOR (HEADER) 

 LCN BH 199 LSACONBH 

 LCN IS BASED ON 2nd POSITION OF TASK BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 CODE OR ON TASK TYPE OF "C" FOR BH 433 TATYPEBH 

 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS) 

 ALC BH 019 ALTLCNBH 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-145 

 

 FMI BH 134 FAMOINBF 

 TASK-LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 TASK-ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

Look for a referenced task in the CA table 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 FAIL PROB LVL BI 139 FPROBLBI 

 F-E PROB BI 130 FEPROBBI 

 OPER TIME BI 269 FMOPTIBI 

 OT MB BI 238 FMOTMBBI 

 TABLE BI FM CRIT NO BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 CALCULATED FM CRIT NO (CALCULATED) 

 F-E PROB BI 130 FEPROBBI 

 FM-RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 FAILURE RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 FR MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 OPER TIME BI 269 FMOPTIBI 

 OT MB BI 238 FMOTMBBI 

 MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE BL 247 MPOPLDBL 

 COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS BJ 049 FMCNARBJ 

 (FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE BJ 135 FMMPCNBJ 

 CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE OF (A)) 

 COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS BJ 050 FMCNARBJ 

 (FAILURE MODE INDICATOR MISSION PHASE BJ 135 FMMPCNBJ 

 CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE OF (B)) 

 SYSTEM REDESIGN BG 426 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (I)) 

 --- DAMAGE MODES AND EFFECT ANALYSIS --- 

 DMI (FMI MUST BEGIN WITH (D)) BG 134 FAMOINBF 

 DAMAGE MODE BG 128 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (E)) 

 DAMAGE EFFECTS (HEADER) 

 (FMI MUST BEGIN WITH (D)) 

 LOCAL BG 126 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (B)) 

 NEXT HIGHER BG 127 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (C)) 

 END EFFECT BG 125 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (A)) 

 REMARKS BG 125 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 CODE OF (H)) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-146 

 PART II 

 FM CRIT BI 133 FACNUMBI 

OR 

 FPL BI 139 FPROBLBI 

 LCN BA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 FMI BF 134 FAMOINBF 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 FAIL RATE SOURCE BA 141 FRDATABA 

 PART III 

 LCN BI 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BI 019 ALTLCNXB 

 PART F-RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 RAM I C BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 OP TIME BI 269 FMOPTIBI 

 MB BI 238 FMOTMBBI 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 FEP BI 130 FEPROBBI 

 F-M RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 TABLE BI F-MODE CRIT BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 CALCULATED F-MODE CRIT (CALCULATED) 

 FEP BI 130 FEPROBBI 

 F-M RATIO BF 136 FMRATOBF 

 PART F-RATE BD 140 FAILRTBD 

 MB BD 238 FARAMBBD 

 RAM I C OF PART F-RATE BD 347 RAMINDBD 

 OPER TIME BI 269 FMOPTIBI 

 MB BI 238 FMOTMBBI 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS 

 XB. XB. 

LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT  PART I (FMECA) WORKSHEET SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. BH. 

 EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TTASK

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SE

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY N

 BA. BA. BA.  ---- FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS ---- 

 XB. BD. BD. BD. BA. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LCNAMEXB FAILRTBD FARAMBBD RAMINDBD FRDATABA 

LCN ALC LCN-TYPE LCN NOMENCLATURE FAILURE RATE FR MB RAM IC FAIL RATE 

0 

HA.REFNUMHA/HB.REFNUMHB DRAWING NUMBER 

00 F REFRIGERATION UNIT 0.002346100(M) 

 HG.REFNUMHA 

REFERENCE NUMBER 

O P 

HG.CAGECDXH 

CAGE 

GIDEP 

1451-109832 

BB.RAMCNABB (A) BB.TEXSEQBB

ITEM FUNCTION: PROVIDES REFRIGERATED AIR FOR AN ENCLOSED SPACE, MAINTAINING A TEMPERATURE BETWEEN 0 AND 50 DEGREES F (-18 AND 10 DEGREES C). 

 BK. BK. BK. MISSPCBL FMSHSCBK RICRITBK CALC CRIT CRIT TABLE BK CALCULATED CRIT CRIT TABLE BK CALCUALTED 

MPC SHSC ITEM CRIT NO ITEM CRIT NO MPC SHSC ITEM CRIT NO ITEM CRIT NO 

 A 2 354.4 300.2 

BB.RAMCNABB (C) BB.TEXSEQBB

MINIMUM EQUIPMENT LIST NARRATIVE:  NOT APPLICABLE. 

 BC.LOCOCOBC LOG CON CD  B 

BC.LOGNARBC BC.TEXSEQBC 

LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS/SYSTEM REDESIGN: RECOMMEND REDESIGN OF REFIGERATION UNIT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE 

 ACCESSIBILITY TO COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY. 

 BF. BF. BF. BF. 

 FAMOINBF FMRATOBF EFMTBFBF EFMMMBBF 

 FMI FM-RATIO EFM-MTBF MB 

 FAAA 0.182 2341.975222 O  1. 

BG.FMNCNABG (E) BG.TEXSEQBG

FAILURE MODE: 

 POOR PERFORMANCE.  2. 

BG.FMNCNABG (D) BG.TEXSEQBG

FAILURE CAUSE: 

 DUE TO INSUFFICENT COOLING.  3. 

BG.FMNCNABG (B) BG.TEXSEQBG

FAILURE EFFECTS: LOCAL: INSUFFICENT COOLING. 

BG.FMNCNABG (C) BG.TEXSEQBG

 NEXT HIGHER: MISSION DEGRADATION. 

BG.FMNCNABG (A) BG.TEXSEQBG

 END EFFECT: MISSION DEGRADATION.  4. 

BG.FMNCNABG (F) BG.TEXSEQBG

FAILURE DETECTION METHOD: 

 OBSERVANCE OF OPERATIONAL CHARACTERISTICS - HUMAN DETECTION. 
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 FAILURE MODE, EFFECTS AND CRITICALITY ANALYSIS (FMECA) REPORT 

BG.FMNCNABG (G) BG.TEXSEQBG

 5. FAILURE PREDICTABILITY:  NOT APPLICABLE. 

BG.FMNCNABG (H) BG.TEXSEQBG

 6. REMARKS:  NOT APPLICABLE 

BH.LSACONBH 

 CORRECTIVE MAINTENANCE TASKS FOR LCN 0 

BH.TLSACNBH BH.TALCNCBH BH.TTASKCBH

 TASK-LCN TASK-ALC TASK CODE TASK-LCN 

BH.ALTLCNXB

, ALC 00 

 BH.FAMOINBF

, FMI FAAA: 

TASK-ALC TASK CO

 0 00 NGFNAAA 0 00 JGFNAAA 

 BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. 

 FAMOINBF MISSPCBL FMSHSCBI FPROBLBI 

 FAIL PROB 

 FEPROBBI FMOPTIBI FMOTMBBI

OT 

 FACRNUBI 

TABLE BI 

 CALC 

CALCULAT

 FMI MPC SHSC LVL F-E PROB OPER TIME MB FM CRIT NO FM CRIT 

 FAAA A 2 B 0.83 0001.00 O 354.4 300.2 

BL.MPOPLDLBL

 1. MISSION PHASE/OPERATIONAL MODE:  FAILURE OCCURS DURING SYSTEM COOLING PHASE. 

BJ.FMMPCNBJ (A) BJ.TEXSEQBJ

 2. COMPENSATING DESIGN PROVISIONS:  NONE. 

BJ.FMMPCNBJ (B) BJ.TEXSEQBJ

 3. COMPENSATING OPERATOR ACTION PROVISIONS:  OPERATOR PROCEDURES MONITORING UNIT PERFORMANCE AND ROOM TEMPERATURE. 

BG.FMNCNABG (I) BG.TEXSEQBG

 4. SYSTEM REDESIGN:  NONE.  ---- DAMAGE MODE AND EFFECTS ANALYSIS ---- 

BG.FAMOINBF

 DMI 1. 

BG.FMNCNABG (E) BG.TEXSEQBG

DAMAGE MODE: 

 DA01 RUST AND CORROSION DETERIORATING THE SYSTEM OPERATION.  2. 

BG.FMNCNABG (B) BG.TEXSEQBG

DAMAGE EFFECTS: LOCAL: 

BG.FMNCNABG (C) BG.TEXSEQBG

 NEXT HIGHER: 

BG.FMNCNABG (A) BG.TEXSEQBG

 END EFFECT: INCREASED SUSCEPTIBILITY TO CORROSION, AND IN TH COMPONENTS ARE EXPOSED, THE UNIT WILL BE MORE SU MAY PRESENT A SAFETY HAZARD. THIS DAMAGE MODE I 3.  OF THE FOLLOWING FAILURE MODES: AAC, AAE, AAF A

BG.FMNCNABG (H) BG.TEXSEQBG

REMARKS: 

 A FINE RUST LAYER NEAR THE CONDENSATION DRIP PIPE IS ACCEPTABLE. 
LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA

 PART II CRITICALITY ANALYSIS SUMMARY 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. BH. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TTAS

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC S

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY 

 SELECTED SELECTED FM CRIT SEL FAIL PROB SEL  B BI.FACNUMBI / BA. BA. BF. XB. XB. HG. HG. 

BI.FPROBLBI LSACONXB ALTLCNXB FAMOINBF TMFGCDXB LCNAMEXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH 

FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE 

 7890123456789012  A 00607 00 FAAB 0603 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE  B 006 00 FAAA 06 ENGINE ASSY CCKA-MS/3834J 44940 FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE  B 00602 00 FAAA 0602 ENGINE BLOCK 110-1860 44940 FPL LCN ALC FMI TM FGC LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE  B 00607 00 FAAA 0603 CARBURETOR ASSY 142-0431 44940 

LSA-056 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DA PART III FAILURE MODE ANALYSIS SUMMARY  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. BH. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TTASKC

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SER

REFRIG-UNT REFRIGURATION UNIT 0 00 F DCY NA

 BI. BI. BD. BD. BD. BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. BI. BF. BI. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB FAILRTBD RAMINDBD FARAMBBD FMOPTIBI FMOTMBBI MISSPCBL FMSHSCBI FAMOINBF FEPROBBI FMRATOBF FACRNUBI 

 OP TABLE BI 

LCN ALC PART F-RATE MB TIME MB MPC SHSC FMI FEP F-M RATIO FM CRIT 

0 00 .001250(P) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .95 .80 

CALC

218.50 

 TOTAL .80 00501 00 .0000500(P) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .75 1.00  TOTAL 1.00 

8.63 

006 00 .0012024(M) H .23  .23 

H H 

B A 

3 2 

FAAA FAAB 

.30 

1.00 

.42 .03 

110.34 

8.30 

 H .23 H B 2 FAAB .00 .03 8.30 

 TOTAL .45 00602 00 .0006667(M) H .23 H B 3 FAAA .70 1.00 107.34 
 TOTAL 1.00 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-151 

30.35 LSA-058 RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.35.1 SELECTION. The LSA-058 summary is selected by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, and UOC; and optional ALC (default is all ALCs), Stop LCN 

(default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), RPT PT 

(default is none), and SELECTION (default is none). 

The report selections consist of: 

 a. RPT PT: 

 1. Enter a (Y) in this field if part 1 is required for the report. 

 2. Enter a (Y) in this field if part 2 is required for the report. 

 b. SELECTION: (part 1 only) 

 1. Enter a (Y) in this field if the description of the failure modes 

 and causes are required for the report. 

 2. Enter a (Y) in this field if the system Redesign Recommendations 

 resulting from the analysis of the failure modes and causes are 

 required for the report. 

 3. Enter a (Y) in this field if the logistic considerations are 

 required for the report. 

 4. Enter a (Y) in this field if the RAM Logistics Considerations 

 Narrative resulting from the analysis of the logistic considerations 

 and failure modes are required for the report. 

 Part 2. There are no selections possible. 

30.35.2 PROCESSING. 

 a. Part 1, The report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables (BA, BG, B, BI). Either a Failure Mode Criticality 

 Number or a Failure Probability level may be used in the FM Crit or 

 Fail Prob data element, Failure Mode Criticality Numbers should be used 

 wherever possible. 

 b. Part 2, The report will pull the required information from the 

 appropriate tables (B, BI). 

 c. The (P) or (M) preceding the elapsed time values on the output 

 represent predicted and measured, respectively. Measured values are 

 reported wherever possible. 

 d. Each part of the 058 report should start at the top of a new page. 

30.35.3 REPORT FORMAT See Figure 3.32 

30.35.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. 

 a. Part 1, The report will be sequenced by ascending RAM LCNs then FMIs. 

 b. Part 2, The report will be sequenced by ascending LCNs then FMIs then 

 MPC for each Maintenance Level, the first being crew and the last 

 being depot. 

30.35.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-058 summary 

is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Codes Ded Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-152 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SELECTION (SELECTED) 

 RPT PT (SELECTED) 

 RAM LCN BI 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC BI 019 ALTLCNXB 

 FMI BI 134 FAMOINBF 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 FM CRIT OR FAIL PROB LVL (HEADER) 

 FAILURE MODE CRITICALITY NUMBER BI 133 FACRNUBI 

 FAILURE PROBABILITY LEVEL BI 139 FPROBLBI 

 FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE BG 128 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE OF (E)) BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 FAILURE CAUSE BG 124 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE OF (D)) BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 SYSTEM REDESIGN BG 426 FMNNARBG 

 (FAILURE MODE AND RCM NARRATIVE OF (I)) BG 131 FMNCNABG 

 LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS (HEADER 

 STANDARDIZATION BA 196 LOGSTABA 

 ACCESSIBILITY BA 196 LOGACCBA 

 MAINTENANCE EASE BA 196 LOGMAIBA 

 SAFETY BA 196 LOGSAFBA 

 TEST POINTS BA 196 LOGTEPBA 

 SKILLS BA 196 LOGSKIBA 

 TRAINING BA 196 LOGTRABA 

 CONN REMOVAL BA 196 LOGCONBA 

 PKG AND TRANSP BA 196 LOGPATBA 

 FAULT LOCATION BA 196 LOGFLOBA 

 LABELING BA 196 LOGLABBA 

 DAMAGE PROTECT BA 196 LOGDSPBA 

 CORR AND RUST CONT BA 196 LOGCRCBA 

 LOG CON CD BC 425 LOCOCOBC 

 RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS NARRATIVE BC 426 LOGNARBC 

 PART II 

 LCN BH 199 LSACONBH 

 ALC BH 019 ALTLCNBH 

 M/L (3RD POSITION TASK CODE) BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 FMI BH 134 FAMOINBF 

 MPC BI 246 MISSPCBL 

 SHSC BI 362 FMSHSCBI 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 TASK LCN BH 199 TLSACNBH 

 TASK ALC BH 019 TALCNCBH 

 TASK CODE BH 427 TTASKCBH 

 ELAPSED TIME (HEADER) 

 MEASURED MEAN ELAPSED TIME CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 PREDICTED MEAN ELAPSED TIME CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 FM CRIT NUMBER BI 133 FACRNUBI
LSA-058 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 

 RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS 

0730 DA

 PART I RELIABILITY SUMMARY - REDESIGN 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC 

REFRIG-UNT WIRE HARNESS ASSY 002 00 P OO2 DCY 

 BI. BI. BI. XB. HG. HG. BI. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB FAMOINBF LCNAMEXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH MISSPCBL 

RAM LCN ALC FMI LCN NOMENCLATURE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MP 002 00 FAAA WIRE HARNESS ASSY BR549-0076666TG 94833 A 

BG.FMNCNABG (E) BG.TEXSEQBG

 FAILURE/DAMAGE MODE:  WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY FAILURE. 

 B 

BG.FMNCNABG (D) BG.TEXSEQBG

 FAILURE CAUSE:  DEGRADED CONDITION OF THE WIRES. 

BG.FMNCNABG (I) BG.TEXSEQBG

 SYSTEM REDESIGN: LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS: 

 BA.LOGSTABA BA.LOGACCBA BA.LOGMAIBA BA.LOGSAFBA BA.LOGTEPBA BA.LOGSSTANDARDIZATION Y ACCESSABILITY Y MAINTENANCE EASE Y SAFETY Y TEST POINTS Z SK BA.LOGCONBA BA.LOGPATBA BA.LOGFLOBA BA.LOGLABBA BA.LOGDSPBA  CONN REMOVAL Z PKG AND TRANSP Y FAULT LOCATION Y LABELING Z DAMAGE PROTECT Y C BC.LOCOCOBC 

LOG CON CD 

 BC.LOGNARCBC TEXSEQBC

RAM LOGISTICS CONSIDERATIONS NARRATIVE: 

 B RECOMMEND REDESIGN OF REFRIGERATION UNIT IN ORDER TO IMPROVE  ACCESSIBILITY TO COMPRESSOR ASSEMBLY LSA-058 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730  RELIABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS 

DA

 PART II MAINTAINABILITY SUMMARY - LEVEL OF REPAIR 

 XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC 

REFRIG-UNT WIRE HARNESS ASSY 002 00 P OO2 DCY 

 BH. BH. BH. BH. BI. BI. XB. BH. BH. BH. CA.MS

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TTASKCBH FAMOINBF MISSPCBL FMSHSCBI TMFGCXXB TLSACNBH TALCNCBH TTASKCBH CA

 TASK TASK LCN 002 

ALC M/L FMI MPC SHSC TM FGC 

00 O FAAA A 3 06 

 FAAA B 3 06  FAAB A 2 06  FAAB B 2 06  FAAB B 2 06  FAAB B 2 06  FAAC A 3 06  FAAC B 3 06  F FAAA A 3 06  FAAB A 2 06  FAAB A 2 06 

TASK LCN ALC 002 00 002 00 002 00 002 00 00207 00 00207 00 00207 00 002 00 002 00 002 00 00214 00 

CODE HGOXAAA NGOAAAA HGOXAAA NGOAAAA HGOAGAA HGOAGAA DGOAAAA NGOAAAA BGFAGAA BGFAGAA HGFAGAA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-154 

30.36 LSA-065 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS CRITERIA (MARC) REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.36.1 SELECTION. The LSA-065 summary is selected by mandatory EIAC, LCN, 

TYPE, and SERV DES, and optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC and SSC. 

30.36.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-065 summary, qualified TaskS 

have subtask mean man-minutes per person ID must be contained within the 

selected LCN range. 

 a. The following formula applies for Mean Time Between Task Maintenance 

Actions (MTBTMA) for all Task Interval codes except Q, C, P, M, N, and L. The 

exceptions have MTBMA calculated by dividing 365 days by the Task Frequency. 

Therefore, the MB for these exceptions is always "D". 

 Annual Operating Requirements

 (1) MTBTMA(i) = Task Frequency(i) 

 Where: i = Task Codei 

 N 

 E SUBMMMCDx

 (2) M-HRS PER i=1 60 

 PERS ID = 

 Where: N = Number of Subtasks of Task Code with Mean Minutes per 

 Person Identifier (PID) of PIDx 

 b. The report displays the system/component Reference Number. Within 

each reference number, tasks are displayed by unscheduled/on equipment (Task 

Interval Codes F, G and J, and Task Operability Codes A, B, C, D and E); 

unscheduled/off equipment (Task Interval Codes F, G and J and Task Operability 

Code G); and scheduled (all Task Interval Codes except F, G, J, and Y). 

30.36.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.33 

30.36.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced by ascending Reference 

Number/CAGE. Within Reference Number/CAGE by On Equipment Tasks, Off 

equipment corrective tasks, and Scheduled Tasks. Within Tasks lines of report 

data are sorted in ascending SSC/PERS ID. 

30.36.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-065 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 CD 257 MDCSSCGB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-155 

 LCN CA/CD 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA/CD 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG/HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG/HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 NATIONAL STOCK NO HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 PERSON ID CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 M-HR PER PERS ID (CALCULATED) CD 226 SUBMMMCD 

 TASK CODE CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 MTBMA (CALCULATED) 

 TASK CRIT CA 429 TSKCRCCA 
LSA-065 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DAT

 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS CRITERIA (MARC)  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. CEIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SKEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES REFFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY  CA/CD. CA/CD. HA/HG. HA/HG. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA HA. 

LSACONXB ALTLCNXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA ITNAMEHA

LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NATIONAL STOCK NO. ITEM NAM0 00 F10000RG-2 44940 4110-01-074-5175 REFRIGER UNSCHEDULED ON-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE  CD. CD. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. 

 SKSPCDGA SUBPIDCD CALC TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA CALC TSKC

 PERSON M-HR PER TASK M  SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA  44B10 AAA 0.33 JGFAAAA REPAIR REFRIGERATION UNIT 0.2720 O 26470.6  UNSCHEDULED OFF-EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE  PERSON M-HR PER TASK M  SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA  4C24K ACH 1.42 JGFAGAA REPAIR COOLANT CONTAINER 0.2720 O 26470.6  4C24K ACI 0.71 JGFAGAA REPAIR COOLANT CONTAINER 0.2720 O 26470.6  5C210 ALQ 3.54 JGFAGAA REPAIR MOTOR LINKAGE 0.0330 O 2.182E+5  SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE  PERSON M-HR PER TASK M  SSC ID PERS ID CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION TASK FREQ B MTBMA  44B10 ADC 0.22 ANFAAAA INSPECT REFRIGERATION UNIT 2.000 O 3600.0  44B10 LPR 0.05 APFAAAA INSPECT FOR COOLING CONDITION 12.000 O 600.0 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-157 

30.37 LSA-070 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) REPORT 

SPECIFICATION 

30.37.1 SELECTION. The LSA-070 report is selectable by mandatory EIAC, 

Support Equipment Reference Number and Support Equipment CAGE code. 

30.37.2 PROCESSING. To produce the report, the selected SE Reference Number 

and CAGE must have an exact match with an entry in the EA table. This report 

is used to describe only the selected piece of SE and the Unit(s) Under Test 

(UUT) that it supports. EIAC is needed to link the SE to the correct Weapon 

System/End Item and it's subordinate UUTs. 

 a. The E-CAGE/PN code ("Y" or "N") in Section 2 is generated based on 

whether or not the SE Reference Number and CAGE has equivalent Part Numbers 

and CAGE codes. This is determined by searching the HB table for Additional 

Reference Numbers (ADDREFHB) and ARN CAGE codes (ADCAGEHB) for the SE 

Reference Number and CAGE code. If any are found, they are to be printed out 

in Section 2, Administrative Data (following Section 2, Articles Requiring 

Support), under the heading Equivalent CAGE/PN(s). 

 b. Under the Price Data header in Section 2, the Design Data and ILS 

values must equal the total Design Data Price and total ILS Price that are 

calculated in Sections 4 and 5, respectively. Pull Total Design Data and ILS 

values from Sections 4 and 5 and place here in Section 2. The Nonrecurring 

Total in Section 2 is computed by adding up the Hardware Device, Design Data, 

Pass Thru, and ILS prices. 

 c. Under Section 2, Articles Requiring Support, the ARS Designator should 

be pulled from Table XC for an exact match against the ARS LCN and ALC only. 

 d. The total Design Data Price and total ILS Price (Sections 4 and 5, 

respectively) are computed by summing the estimated price values for each of 

their respective category requirements (ESTPRCEJ and ESTPRCEL, respectively). 

 e. In Section 6, SE Parameters and UUT Related Information, there may be 

multiple parameters that the SE can measure or calibrate and multiple UUTs 

that the SE can support. The Parameter Group Code (PGC) for the SE (PARGPCEC) 

will distinguish between the different parameters that the SE can 

measure/calibrate and the PARGPCEC will be matched against the UUT PGC 

(UUTPGCUG) to associate the SE and UUT. For UUT Parameters, pull from Table 

HD where PROUIPHD = Y. 

 f. Page breaks are required between each section of the report. Also, an 

option should exist to allow for the headers to be printed out for the whole 

report even if some sections may not contain data. 

30.37.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.34 

30.37.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Section 2, System Equipment Required, will be 

sequenced by ascending Reference Number and CAGE. Section 2, Articles 

Requiring Support, and Section 6, UUT Related Information, will be sequenced by 

ascending LCNs. Section 6, (OTP, TPI, and AID) will be sequenced by ascending 

UUT LCNs, then ascending Reference Number and CAGE codes within each UUT LCN. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-158 

30.37.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-070 

summary is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 MANUFACTURER'S CAGE CODE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 SECTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF RQMTS (HEADER) 

 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS EE 147 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF A) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION EE 078 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF B) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 SE NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT EE 415 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF C) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 CHARACTERISTICS OF SE EE 044 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF D) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES EE 169 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF E) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING EE 008 SEQNAREE 

 REQUIREMENTS 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF F) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 SERD NO. EF 416 SERDNOEF 

 REV EF 360 SRDREVEF 

 REV DT EF 071 DTRVSBEF 

 STATUS EF 404 STATUSEF 

 SE ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA (HEADER) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 PREPARING ACTIVITY EA 294 PREATYEA 

 ORIG DT EF 071 INTSUBEF 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 E-CAGE/PN (GENERATED) 

 (ARN CAGE CODE) HB 046 ADCAGEHB 

 (ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER) HB 006 ADDREFHB 

 EA DESIGNATOR EA 183 ENDARTEA 

 EA NAME HA 188 ITNAMEHA 

 ACTION DATE EF 071 DTGVDSEF 

 GOVT DESIGNATOR EA 149 GOVDESEA 

 SE FULL ITEM NAME EA 412 FLITNMEA 

 SIASCN EA 401 SIASCNEA 

 SKETCH EA 383 SKETCHEA 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-159 

 ALT NSN (GENERATED) 

 (ALTERNATE NSN) EH 253 ALTFSCEH 

 ALTNIIEH 

 CONTRACT NUMBER EA 055 CNTRNOEA 

 RESPONSIBLE AGENCY (HEADER) 

 NAME EA 002 AQDCOFEA 

 CODE EA 198 LGDCOFEA 

 PE EA 301 PROELEEA 

 PSICP EA 303 PSICPOEA 

 ICC EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 CFE/GFE EA 056 CFEGFEEA 

 CAL ITEM EA 038 CALITMEA 

 CAL REQD EA 040 CALRQDEA 

 SER EA 376 SERDESEA 

 USER EA 376 USESEREA 

 CTIC HA 058 CTICODHA 

 SM&R EA 389 SMRCSEEA 

 TEC EA 480 TYPEEQEA 

 TECHEVAL EA 435 TECEVLEA 

 TECH MANUAL CODES EA 441 TMRQCDEA 

 PROD LEAD TIME HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 1ST ARTICLE EA 071 DATFADEA 

 SPCL MGT EA 393 SPMGNTEA 

 MGT PLAN EA 216 MGTPLNEA 

 USABLE ON CODES XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 PHYSICAL DATA (HEADER) 

 DIMENSIONS (HEADER) 

 OPERATING LN EA 268 OPLENGEA 

 OPERATING WD EA 268 OPWIDTEA 

 OPERATING HT EA 268 OPRHGTEA 

 OPERATING UM EA 491 LWHOUMEA 

 STORAGE LN EA 405 STOLENEA 

 STORAGE WD EA 405 STOWDTEA 

 STORAGE HT EA 405 STOHGTEA 

 STORAGE UM EA 491 LWHSUMEA 

 SHIPPING LN EA 419 SESHPLEA 

 SHIPPING WD EA 419 SESHPWEA 

 SHIPPING HT EA 419 SESHPHEA 

 SHIPPING UM EA 491 UMSHIPEA 

 OPERATING WT EA 270 OPRWGTEA 

 OPERATING WT UM EA 491 WGTOUMEA 

 STORAGE WT EA 406 STOWGTEA 

 STORAGE WT UM EA 491 WGTSUMEA 

 SHIPPING WT EA 420 SESHWTEA 

 SHIPPING WT UM EA 491 UMSEWTEA 

 SHIPPING MODES JD 475 WHTRLOJD 

 (TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF E) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 PRICE DATA (HEADER) 

 HDWR DEV EA 153 HDWRPREA 

 DESIGN DATA (CALCULATED) 

 PASS THRU EA 285 PASTHREA 

 ILS (CALCULATED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-160 

 NONRECURRING TOTAL (CALCULATED) 

 RECURRING EA 332 RCURCSEA 

 SYSTEM EQUIPMENT REQUIRED (GFAE)(HEADER) 

 [SE REFERENCE NUMBER] EM 345 SEREFNEA 

 [SE CAGE] EM 046 SECAGEEA 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 CAGE EM 046 SCAGECEM 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER EM 337 SREFNOEM 

 WORK UNIT CODE HG 516 WRKUCDHG 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 UNIT PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 GFAE DESIGNATOR EM 179 GFAEIDEM 

 GFAE NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QUANTITY EM 320 QTYTSTEM 

 ARTICLES REQUIRING SUPPORT (ARS)(HEADER) 

 LCN UA 199 UUTLCNUA 

 ALC UA 019 UUTALCUA 

 TASK CODE CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 MAINTENANCE PLAN UA 209 UMNTPLUA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 SM&R HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 ARS DESIGNATOR XC 179 ITMDESXC 

 ARS NAME XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 MTBF BD 229 TEMTBFBD 

 MB BD 238 TMTBFMBD 

 Ai BD 164 INHAVABD 

 CMRS UB 036 UTSTCDUB 

 WORK UNIT CODE HG 516 WRKUCDHG 

 ALLOWANCE UA 016 UTALLOUA 

 WORK PKG REF UA 515 UTWPRFUA 

 SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA (HEADER) 

 E-CAGE/PN HB 046 ADCAGEHB 

 006 ADDREFHB 

 ALTERNATE NSN(S) EH 253 ALTFSCEH 

 ALTNIIEH 

 REVISION REMARKS EG 417 REVREMEG 

 EXPLANATION EE 411 SEQNAREE 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-161 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF G) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 SECTION 3. SUPERSEDURE/DELETION/ 

 DISTRIBUTION DATA (HEADER) 

 SUPERSEDURE DATA (HEADER) 

 SERDS SUPERSEDED BY THIS SERD (HEADER) 

 SERDS THAT SUPERSEDE THIS SERD (HEADER) 

 [SUPERCEDURE TYPE] EK 408 SUTYPEEK 

 SERD NO EK 416 SUSRNOEK 

 REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE EK 327 REASUPEK 

 CAGE EK 046 SPRCAGEK 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER EK 337 SPRREFEK 

 SE ITEM NAME EK 182 SUPITNEK 

 IC EK 172 ICCODEEK 

 REASON FOR DELETION EK 327 REASUPEK 

 ALLOCATION DATA (HEADER) 

 ALLOWANCE EB 016 ALDCNMEB 

 SIDN EB 015 ALSTIDEB 

 MLF EB 015 ALMLVLEB 

 LVC EB 015 ALLVCDEB 

 CUST CODE EA 069 CUSTCDEA 

 DESIG DESCRIP EB 015 ALDNDSEB 

 ALLOWANCE RANGE EB 015 ALORG1EB 

 ALORG2EB 

 ALORG3EB 

 ALORG4EB 

 ALORG5EB 

 ALORG6EB 

 ALORG7EB 

 ALORG8EB 

 ALORG9EB 

 ALRG10EB 

 (END ITEM DENSITIES - SELECTED) 

 MOBILE FACILITY EA 248 MOBFACEA 

 SPARE FACTOR EA 390 SPRFACEA 

 REVOLVING ASSETS EA 361 REVASSEA 

 SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATIONS (HEADER) 

 NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES ED 399 NUMACTED 

 TYPE OF ACTIVITY ED 399 TYPACTED 

 NAME/LOCATION OF ACTIVITY ED 399 ACTNAMED 

 QTY PER ACTIVITY ED 399 SEQTYAED 

 SECTION 4. DESIGN DATA (HEADER) 

 REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 DESIGN DATA CATEGORIES (HEADER) 

 DDCC EJ 079 DSNDATEJ 

 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED EJ 057 CNTRECEJ 

 GOVERNMENT REQUIRED EJ 150 GOVRQDEJ 

 ESTIMATED PRICE EJ 101 ESTPRCEJ 

 SCOPE EJ 365 DDCCSCEJ 

 DESIGN DATA PRICE (CALCULATED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-162 

 SECTION 5. ILS DATA (HEADER) 

 REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 ILS CATEGORIES (HEADER) 

 IRCC EL 171 IRCCODEL 

 CONTRACTOR RECOMMENDED EL 057 CONRECEL 

 GOVERNMENT REQUIRED EL 150 GOVRQDEL 

 ESTIMATED PRICE EL 101 ESTPRCEL 

 SCOPE EL 365 IRCSCOEL 

 ILS PRICE (CALCULATED) 

 SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED 

 INFORMATION (HEADER) 

 SE PARAMETERS (HEADER) 

 PGC EC 284 PARGPCEC 

 I/O EC 284 SPARIOEC 

 PARAMETER EC 284 PARPAREC 

 RANGE FROM EC 284 RNGFRMEC 

 RANGE TO EC 284 RNGTOCEC 

 ACCURACY EC 284 PARACCEC 

 R/V EC 284 PARRVCEC 

 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE EC 039 CALPROEC 

 UUT RELATED INFORMATION (HEADER) 

 UUT INFORMATION (HEADER) 

 LCN UB 199 UUTLCNUA 

 ALC UB 019 UUTALCUA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 MAINTENENCE PLAN NUMBER UA 209 UMNTPLUA 

 TRD UA 448 UTTRDNUA 

 CMRS STAT UB 036 UTSTCDUB 

 CMRS RECMD UB 035 UTCMRSUB 

 ALLOWANCE UA 016 UTALLOUA 

 WORK PKG REF UA 515 UTWPRFUA 

 CONV FACT BA 059 CONVFABA 

 MTBF BD 229 TEMTBFBD 

 MB BD 238 TMTBFMBD 

 PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 UUT PARAMETERS (HEADER) 

 PGC UG 284 UUTPGCUG 

 I/O UG 284 UUTPIOUG 

 PARAMETER UG 284 UUTPARUG 

 RANGE FROM UG 284 UUTPRFUG 

 RANGE TO UG 284 UUTPRTUG 

 ACCURACY UG 284 UUTPACUG 

 R/V UG 284 UUTPRVUG 

 TASK CODE CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 CMRSP UG 034 UUTPPCUG 

 TAR DES UG 442 UUTPTDUG 

 TAR ACT UG 442 UUTPTAUG 

 FAULT ISOLATED REPLACEABLE UNITS (HEADER) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-163 

 CAGE UH 046 PROCAGCI 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER UH 337 PROREFCI 

 ITEM NAME (BASED ON PROREFCI & PROCAGCI) HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 TRD IND UH 447 UUTFTDUH 

 FAULT ISO AMGR UH 143 UUTFA1UH 

 UUTFA2UH 

 FAULT ISO PCT UH 143 UUTFP1UH 

 UUTFP2UH 

 SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED 

 INFORMATION (HEADER) 

 OPERATIONAL ATE/TMDE TEST PROGRAM (HEADER) 

 UUT LCN UD 199 UUTLCNUA 

 UUT ALC UD 019 UUTALCUA 

 CAGE UC 046 OTPCAGUC 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER UC 337 OTPREFUC 

 SERD NO UC 416 OTPSRDUC 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING UC 025 OTPACNUC 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING UC 025 OTPACRUC 

 STAN COMP UC 402 OTPSFCUC 

 CTP UC 060 OTPCTPUC 

 TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION (HEADER) 

 UUT LCN UD 199 UUTLCNUA 

 CAGE UE 046 TPICAGUE 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER UE 337 TPIREFUE 

 SERD NO UE 416 TPISRDUE 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING UE 025 TPAUCNUE 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING UE 025 TPAUCRUE 

 TDP UE 434 TPITDPUE 

 SELF TEST UE 370 TPISTSUE 

 ADAPTER/CABLE SET/INTERCONNECTING DEVICE (HEADER) 

 UUT LCN UJ 199 UUTLCNUA 

 CAGE UI 046 AIDCAGUI 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER UI 337 AIDREFUI 

 SERD NO UI 416 AIDSRDUI 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST NONRECURRING UI 025 AIDUCNUI 

 APPORTIONED UNIT COST RECURRING UI 025 AIDUCRUI 

 COMMON UUT UI 048 AIDCUTUI 

 ATE TEST STATION (HEADER) 

 CAGE UK 046 ATECAGUK 

 MFR'S PART NUMBER UK 337 ATEREFUK 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR UK 149 ATEGDSUK 

 UUT RELATED REMARKS UF 499 UTEXPLUF 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-164 
 LSA-070 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD) 

 SELECTION SUMMARY 

XB.EIACODXA

 END ITEM ACRONYM CODE: F14 

EA.SEREFNEA

 MANUFACTURER'S PART NUMBER: A31U14200-5 

EA.SECAGEEA

 MANUFACTURER'S CAGE CODE: 26512 
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS 

EE.SENARCEE (A) EE.TEXSEQEE

 FUNCTIONAL ANALYSIS:  A requirement exists at the intermediate maintenance level to  test, troubleshoot and fault isolate to the SRU level and to  perform serviceability tests after repair of the H-60 aircraft  LRUs. Support equipment is required to provide the necessary  test interface, stimulus, and measurement capability for the  following LRU and SRU requirements:  PARAMETER RANGE ACCURACY  DC Voltage 3A maximum 10 mV to 10VDC +/- 1%  AC Voltage 15A maximum 1, 10, 100 VAC +/- 3%  Resistance 1, 10, 100 ohms +/- 1%  Frequency 0 to 18 GHz +/- 0.5%  RF Power 0 to 100 dB +/- 1 dB  Wave Form (sine, square, 1mHz to 50 MHz +/- 5% of selected  triangle, and ramp) value  Phase 45 to 90 Degrees +/- 2 Degrees  Phase 90 to 315 Degrees +/- 5 Degrees 

EE.SENARCEE (B) EE.TEXSEQEE

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION:  The RADCOM ATE II Test Station, NSN 4920-01-211-2823 is recom-  mended to fulfill the functional requirements. The test station  is comprised of the following elements: signal switch section;  digital input/output; interface panel; power supplies; signal  generators; measurement devices; MIL-STD-1553 bus test unit; RF  interface unit; and control and mass storage elements. The  RADCOM ATE II Test Station will perform end-to-end and fault  isolation tests of airborne UUTs. The Test Station also provides  support requirements for analog/hybrid/RF WRAs and SRAs.  Critical or limiting characteristics: The RADCOM ATE II Test  Station is designed for operation in a temperature and humidity  controlled environment. This limitation must be considered  before substitution is considered. 

EE.SENARCEE (C) EE.TEXSEQEE

 SE NON-PROLIFERATION EFFORT:  All applicable DOD and commercial documents were reviewed. Docu-  mentation review included: MIL-STD-2097A, MIL-STD-1364,  MIL-HDBK-300 (SE TIF), MIL-HDBK-265, DI-E-7098, NAVAIR 16-1-525,  and NAVAIR 19-1-127. The RADCOM ATE II Test Station is the only  test station that will satisfy the requirements. 

EE.SENARCEE (D) EE.TEXSEQEE

 CHARACTERISTICS OF SE:  See Section 6 for characteristics/parametric data. 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 1. DESCRIPTION OF REQUIREMENTS 

EE.SENARCEE (E) EE.TEXSEQEE

 INSTALLATION FACTORS OR OTHER FACILITIES:  None. 

EE.SENARCEE (F) EE.TEXSEQEE

 ADDITIONAL SKILLS AND SPECIAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS:  None. 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA HG.LSACONXB HG.ALTLCNXB EA.PREATYEA EF.INTSUBEF EA.SECAGEEA EA.SEREFNEA 

LCN ALC PREPARING ACTIVITY ORIG DT CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER  Grumman Aerospace Corp. 280284 26512 A31U14200-5 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. EA. HA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ENDARTEA ITNAMEHA SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) END ARTICLE DESIGNATOR EA NAME 0000005162 BB 020585 A H-60 Aircraft HA.ITNAMEHA EA.GOVDESEA EA.FLITNMEA EA.SSE ITEM NAME GOVT DESIGNATOR SE FULL ITEM NAME RADCOM ATE II AN/USM-467 Test Station, RADCOM, ATE II HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA EA. EA. EA. EA. EHA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA GENERATED CNTRNOEA AQDCOFEA LGDCOFEA PROELEEA PSNATIONAL STOCK NUMBER (NSN) ALT NSN CONTRACT NUMBER RESPONSIBLE AGENCY(G).............. PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX NAME CODE PE 6RX 4920-01-211-2823 EE N N00019-81-C-0172 NAEC52A51  EA. EA. EA. EA. HA. EA. EA. EA.  CALITMEA CALRQDEA SERDESEA USESEREA CTICODHA SMRCSEEA TYPEEQEA TECCAL ITEM CAL REQD SER USER CTIC SM&R(G) TEC(G) TE N Y N N PEGGD GHUW  EA.TMRQCDEA HA.PRDLDTHA EA.DATFADEA EA.SPMGNTEA TECH MANUAL CODES PROD LEAD TIME 1ST ARTICLE SPCL MGT(G) 08, 12, 16 48 250688 A  XF/XC.UOCSEIXC

USABLE ON CODES: 

--------------------------------- PHYSICAL DATA -------------------------------------------------- 

 .......... DIMENSIONS .......... ... WEIGHT ... 

 LN WD HT UM WT UM 

 EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA.  OPLENGEA OPWIDTH OPRHGTEA LWHOUMEA OPRWGTEA WGTOUMEA OPERATING: 092.0 034.0 077.5 IN 02800.0 LB  EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA.  STOLENEA STOWDTEA STOHGTEA LWHSUMEA STOWGTEA WGTSUMEA STORAGE: 092.0 034.0 077.5 IN 02800.0 LB  EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA.  SESHPLEA SESHPWEA SESHPHEA UMSHIPEA SESHWTEA UMSEWTEA SHIPPING(G): JD.TREINCJD (E) JD.TEXSEQJD 

SHIPPING MODES(G): Air, sea, land transportable. Wooden shoring required for air 

 transportation. 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA  SYSTEM EQUIPMENT REQUIRED (GFAE)  HG. HG. EM. EM. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB SCAGECEM SREFNOEM LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA HD. EM. HA. HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA UIPRICHD GFAEIDEM ITNAMEHA NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER UNIT PRICE GFAE DESIGNATOR GFAE NAME PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX  EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR
0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200

LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA  ARTICLES REQUIRING SUPPORT (ARS)  UA. UA. CG. UA. HG. HG. UUTLCNUA UUTALCUA TASKCDCA UMNTPLUA CAGECDXH REFNLCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MOO6 00 QLGNGAA MP-PSE-0462:EK 26512 AHA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA HG. XC. HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA SMRCODHG ITMDESXC NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR 2VX5895-01-279-4288 PEGGD J-4429/USM-467  BD. BD. BD. UB. HG. UA. TEMTBFBD TMTBFMBD INHAVABD UTSTCDUB WRKUCDHG UTALLOUA MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE 20000.0 H 80.000000 N 72TEB00 R5466 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MNATIONAL STOCK NUMBER PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------LCN ALC TASK CODE MAINTENANCE PLAN CAGE MNATIONAL STOCK NUMBER PREFIX FSC NIIN SUFFIX SM&R ARS DESIGNATOR MTBF MB Ai CMRS WORK UNIT CODE ALLOWANCE  EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA

___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200
LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 2. ADMINISTRATIVE DATA HB.ADCAGEHB/HB.ADDREFHB

EQUIVALENT CAGE/PN(S): N = No equivalent CAGEs/PNs available. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

EH.ALTFSCEH/EF.ALTNIIEH

ALTERNATE NSN(S): N = No alternate NSNs available. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

EG.REVREMEG

REVISION REMARKS: (REVISION, REVISION DATE, ACTION DATE (G), REVISION REMARKS) BB, 020585, 250685, system improvements resulting from ECP 999. AA, 020584, 250684, station reconfiguration. Parametric data summations. ___________________________________________________________________________________________________

EE.SENARCEE (G) EE.TEXSEQEE

EXPLANATION: The following information expands/clarifies data element data: 1. LCN/ALC-TBD due to SE and related data keying off CAGE/PN in LSAR. 2. WUC of ATE II Test Station is 72TCO for planning purposes. 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR
0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200

LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 3. SUPERSEDURE/DELETION/DISTRIBUTION DATA  SUPERSEDURE DATA SERDS SUPERSEDED BY THIS SERD  EK. EK. EK. EK. EK. SUSRNOEK REASUPEK SPRCAGEK SPRREFEK SUPITNSERD NO. REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SE I0000005161 F3 26512 A31U14150-1 RADCSERDS THAT SUPERSEDE THIS SERD SERD NO. REASON FOR SUPERSEDURE CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SE IEK.REASUPEK

REASON FOR DELETION: ___________________________________________________________________________________________________ ALLOCATION DATA 

 EB. EB. EB. EB. EA. EB.  ALDCNMEB ALSTIDEB ALMLVLEB ALLVCDEB CUSTCDEA ALDNDSEB (EB.ALORG1EB - EB.ALG10EB ................... ALLOWANCE RANGALLOWANCE SIDN MLF LVC CUST. DESIG 1 5 9 13 17 25 33 6 (G) (G) (G) (G) CODE(G) DESCRIP.(G) 4 8 12 16 24 32 64 12R5466 I B 001 001 001 001 001 001 001 00 EA.MOBFACEA EA.SPRFACEA EA.REVASSEA MOBILE FACILITY(G) SPARE FACTOR(G) REVOLVING ASSET(G) X Q000 Q000 --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SPECIFIC AUTHORIZATIONS  ED.NUMACTED ED.TYPACTED ED.ACTNAMED NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES (G) TYPE OF ACTIVITY(G) NAME/LOCATION OF ACTIVITY (G)  1 6 NADEP Pensacola, FL  EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA 
___________________________________________________________________________________________________

SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 4. DESIGN DATA  EJ. EJ. EJ. EJ. EJ.  DSNDATEJ CNTRECEJ GOVRQDEJ ESTPRCEJ DDCCSCEJ REQUIREMENTS DDCC CONTRACTOR GOVERNMENT ESTIMATED PRICE SCOPE  RECOMMENDED REQUIRED SE STANDARDIZATION N SE SPECIFICATION N DESIGN ENGINEERING Y 111711 Level 3 drawiCONFIGURATION CONTROL N RELIABILITY N MAINTAINABILITY N QUALITY ASSURANCE N SAFETY N HUMAN ENGINEERING N TEST & EVALUATION N COMPUTER RESOURCES N OTHER N 

CALC

 DESIGN DATA PRICE  111711 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. 
SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA

___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 5. ILS DATA 

 EL. EL. EL. EL. EL. 

 IRCCODEL CONRECEL GOVRQDEL ESTPRCEL IRCSCOEL 

REQUIREMENTS IRCC CONTRACTOR GOVERNMENT ESTIMATED PRICE SCOPE  RECOMMENDED REQUIRED ILS PLAN N LSA N MAINTENANCE PLAN Y 112636 IAW DI-ILSS-SUPPORT MATERIALS LIST Y 1942 IAW UDI-V-21REPAIR OF REPAIRABLES N PROV TECH DOC Y 13159 IAW DI-V-700MASTER INDEX REP N CMRS N FACILITIES MANUALS N TECHNICAL MANUALS N MRCs N ICPs N PHASED SUPPORT PLAN N CPR/R N REWORK STANDARD N NEW START N TRAINING N CETS N PHS&T N OTHER 

CALC

 ILS PRICE  127737 
 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. 

SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED INFORMATION  SE PARAMETERS  EC. EC. EC. EC. EC. EC. EC. PARGPCEC SPARIOEC PARPAREC RNGFRMEC RNGTOEC PARACCEC PARRVEC PGC I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACY R/V AA O Hertz DC 18 E+9 ∀5% R 

___________________________________________________________________________________________________ UUT RELATED INFORMATION UUT INFORMATION 

 UB. UB. HG. HG. UUTLCNUA UUTALCUA CAGECDXH REFNUMHA LCN ALC CAGE MANUFACTURER'S PA006 00 26512 A34U118001  HA. UA.  ITNAMEHA UMNTPLUA ITEM NAME MAINTENANCE PLAN NUMBER Amplifier Control MP-PSE-O462:EK  UB. UB. UA. UA. BA. BD. BD.  UTSTCDUB UTCMRSUB UTALLOUA UTWPRFUA CONVFABA TEMTBFBD TMTBFMBD CMRS STAT CMRS RECMD ALLOWANCE WORK PKG REF CONV FACT MTBF M N N R5466 20000.0 H UUT PARAMETERS  UG. UG. UG. UG. UG. UG. UG. CG. UUTPGCUG UUTPIOUG UUTPARUG UUTPRFUG UUTPRTUG UUTPACUG UUTPRVUG TASKCDCA PGC I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACY R/V TASK COD AA I 18 GHz ∀5% V QLGNGAA ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------FAULT ISOLATED REPLACEABLE UNITS  UH. UH. HA. UH. UH.UUTFA1UH/ PROCAGCI PROREFCI ITNAMEHA UUTFTDUH UH.UUTFP1UH CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER ITEM NAME TRD IND FAULT ISO  AMGR PCT 
 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. 

SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA ___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200LSA-070 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 00: SUPPORT EQUIPMENT RECOMMENDATION DATA (SERD)  SECTION 6. SE PARAMETERS AND UUT RELATED INFORMATION OPERATIONAL ATE/TMDE TEST PROGRAM  UD. UD. UC. UC. UC. HA. UC. UUUTLCNUA UUTALCUA OTPCAGUC OTPREFUC OTPSRDUC ITNAMEHA OTPACNUC OTUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT  NONRECURRING R005 00 26512 TPD(R)127165-1-* 0000005061 TPD, RR TEST PROGRAM INSTRUCTION  UD. UD. UE. UE. UE. HA. UE. UE. UUTLCNUA UUTALCUA TPICAGUE TPIREFUE TPISRDUE ITNAMEHA TPAUCNUE TPAUUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT C NONRECURRING REC005 00 26512 TPI(R)127165-1-* 0000005062 TRI, RR  1234 ADAPTER/CABLE SET/INTERCONNECTING DEVICE  UJ. UJ. UI. UI. UI. HA. UI. UUUTLCNUA UUTALCUA AIDCAGUI AIDREFUI AIDSRDUI ITNAMEHA AIDUCNUI AIUUT LCN ALC CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER SERD NO. ITEM NAME APPORTIONED UNIT  NONRECURRING R005 00 26512 123SAV57030-1 0000005064 Cable Set, RX ATE TEST STATION  UK. UK. HA. UK. ATECAGUK ATEREFUK ITNAMEHA ATEGDSUK CAGE MFR'S PART NUMBER ITEM NAME GOVERNMENT DESIGNATOR UF.UTEXPLUF

UUT RELATED REMARKS 1. SE/UUT parametric data for RF attenuation f's within a range of 0 to 100 dBs. Reference Serd Number 0000005161 for all test station parametric values. 2. Daily usage = 19.2 hrs. Service life > 20 yrs. 3. UUT requires 260-6XLP (55820) and 2336-YA (80009) or equivalents for support. 4. FIRU, data requirements - N/A. 

 EF. EF. EF. EF. HA. EA. EA. 
SERDNOEF SRDREVEF DTRVSBEF STATUSEF ITNAMEHA SECAGEEA SEREFNEA

___________________________________________________________________________________________________SERD NO. REV REV DT STATUS(G) SE ITEM NAME CAGE MFR'S PAR0000005162 BB 020585 A RADCOM ATE II 26512 A31U14200
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-178 

30.38 LSA-071 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.38.1 SELECTION. This report is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start LCN, 

UOC, and Initial/Reissue List (User must enter whether this is an initial or 

reissue Candidate List); and optional ALC, Stop LCN and SERV DES. 

30.38.2 PROCESSING. Item qualify through CG table in the specified LCN range 

must exist and have a match between the CG table Reference Number (TSREFNCG) 

and CAGE (TSCAGECG) and the EA table Reference Number (SEREFNEA) and CAGE 

(SECAGEEA). Items are further qualified by Item Category Codes (SEICCDEA) of 

7, 8, M, D, 1, H, 5, 2, G, P, 3, AD, AF. Task codes are qualified by matching 

on the selected SERV DES (4th position task code). 

 a. Part I items must match on Status Code (STATUSEF) of A, C, G, R, or U. 

 b. Part II Disapproved Support Equipment Candidates are further qualified 

by matching against a Status code (STATUSEF, table EF) of "X". 

 c. If the Status code is not available, the qualified support equipment 

will be included in Part I. 

 d. Initial or Reissue (whichever is selected) will be printed out on the 

report selection header line. 

30.38.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.35 

30.38.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I of this report is sequenced by ascending 

Reference Number. All applicable Tasks for that piece of SE will be listed by 

ascending LCN then Task Code. Part II is sequenced by ascending Reference 

Numbers. 

30.38.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-071 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 INITIAL/REISSUE LIST (THROUGHPUT) 

 PART I - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATES 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TASK CD CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-179 

 TM FGC XB 438 TMFGCDXB 

 SE REFERENCE NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 SE ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 UNIT PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 SE NSN HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 SMR CODE EA 389 SMRCSEEA 

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SE EE 078 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF B) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 PART II - DISAPPROVED SE CANDIDATES (HEADER) 

 SERD NUMBER EF 416 SERDNOEF 

 DATE OF GOVT DISPOSITION EF 071 DTGVDSEF 

(REMAINDER OF DATA ELEMENT SOURCES SAME AS ABOVE) 
LSA-071 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DAT

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DEREFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 005 00599 DCY ALL ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  PART I - SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATES  CA. CA. XB. CA. CA. XB. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TMFGCDXB LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE TASK CD TASK IDENTIFICATION TM F005 COMPRESSOR ASSY HGDAAAA REMOVE AND REPLACE COMPRESSOR ASSY 05  EA. EA. HA. HD. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA  SEREFNEA SECAGEEA ITNAMEHA UIPRICHD HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNH SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SE ITEM NAME UNIT PRICE SE NSN  5D43-139-A 10855 COMPRESSOR, RING 100.00 5480001239876 

EE.SENARCEE (B) EE.TEXSEQEE

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: BAND TYPE SLEEVE WITH A MECHANICAL LEVERAGE MEC

 TATE EASY REDUCTION OF RING RADII.  SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST 

 PART II - DISAPPROVED SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATES 

 EA. EA. HA. EF. EF.  SEREFNEA SECAGEEA ITNAMEHA SERDNOEF DTGVDSEF  SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE SE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER DATE OF 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-181 

30.39 LSA-072 TEST, MEASUREMENT and DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY 

REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.39.1 SELECTION. This report can be selected in two different ways. First, 

the Reference Number and CAGE of the piece of TMDE equipment can be selected. 

Second, a range of LCNs can be selected and the TMDE that qualify under this 

range are output. In either case, the EIAC is mandatory. If the first option 

is chosen, the Reference Number and CAGE are mandatory and the Start LCN, ALC, 

Stop LCN, UOC, and SERV DES are not applicable. If the second option is 

chosen, the Start LCN, UOC are mandatory and SERV DES, ALC and Stop LCN are 

optional. 

30.39.2 PROCESSING. If the Support Equipment Reference option is used, the 

selected Reference Number and CAGE must have an exact match with a reference 

number (and CAGE) from table EA (SEREFNEA and SECAGEEA). If an LCN range is 

selected, at least one UB table must exist and have a match on EIAC, LCN, ALC, 

and LCN Type within the selected LCN range. The Support Equipment(s) will be 

pulled from qualified Table UB records. 

 a. The Part I header "TMDE Item Selected By" will show the Reference 

Number/CAGE selected if the Support Equipment Reference Number option is 

chosen, or it will show the LCN/ALC combination(s) which requires the piece of 

support equipment, if the other option is chosen. 

 b. Part II Quantity is calculated by multiplying the values for Number of 

activities (NUMACTED) by the Quantity per Activity (SEQTYAED). 

 c. Manual entries can be made at the end of Part II for Estimated Type 

Classification Date, Prepared By, and the Date. 

 d. Page breaks are required between Part I and Part II. 

30.39.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.36 

30.39.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. If the Reference Number selection option is used, 

the report will only produce output for the one Reference Number. If the LCN 

range option is used, the report will sequence by qualified ascending LCNs 

first, then by ascending Support Equipment Reference Numbers within each LCN. 

30.39.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-072 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SE REFERENCE NUMBER (SELECTED) EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE (SELECTED) EA 046 SECAGEEA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-182 

 TMDE ITEM SELECTED BY (HEADER) 

 PART I - TMDE TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION 

 SE REFERENCE NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 FULL ITEM NAME EA 412 FLITNMEA 

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SE EE 078 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF B) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 I/O EC 284 SPARIOEC 

 PARAMETER EC 284 PARPAREC 

 RANGE FROM EC 284 RNGFRMEC 

 RANGE TO EC 284 RNGTOCEC 

 RANGE ACCURACY EC 284 PARACCEC 

 DEPTH EA 268 OPLENGEA 

 WIDTH EA 268 OPWIDTEA 

 HEIGHT EA 268 OPRHGTEA 

 UM EA 491 LWHOUMEA 

 WEIGHT EA 270 OPRWGTEA 

 UM EA 491 WGTOUMEA 

 MIN VOLTS EI 168 IPOPRGEI 

 MAX VOLTS EI 168 IPSRGMEI 

 AC/DC EI 168 IPACDCEI 

 MAX FREQUENCY EI 168 IPFRMXEI 

 MIN FREQUENCY EI 168 IPRGMXEI 

 PHASE EI 168 IPPHASEI 

 WATTS EI 168 IPPOWREI 

 PERCENT MAX RIPPLE EI 168 IPMXRPEI 

 ITEMS THIS WILL REPLACE (HEADER) 

 SUPERSEDED REFERENCE NUMBER EK 337 SPRREFEK 

 CAGE EK 046 SPRCAGEK 

 SKILL SPECIALTY CODE FOR SE EA 387 SSCOPREA 

 PUBLICATIONS EA 278 OPRMANEA 

 MAINT LEVEL EA 277 RPRLVLEA 

 TMDE RAM CHARACTERISTICS (HEADER) 

 MTBF EA 229 SEMTBFEA 

 MTTR EA 236 SEMTTREA 

 CAL TIME EA 042 CALTIMEA 

 NSN AND RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 TYPE CLASS EA 479 TYPCLSEA 

 LIN HA 193 LINNUMHA 

 LOG CONTROL CODE EA 197 LGCTCDEA 

 SELF TESTING EA 370 SLFTSTEA 

 CAL INTERVAL EA 037 CALINTEA 

 LIFE CYCLE STATUS EA 190 LICYSTEA 

 UNIT COST HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 END ITEM NSN AND RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-183 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 SE MANAGING COMMAND EA 217 MGCOATEA 

 SE REMARKS EE 411 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF G) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATING PROCEDURE 

 (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 PART II - TMDE REQUIREMENTS REVIEW (HEADER) 

 SUPPORTED LCN UB 199 UUTLCNUA 

 ALC UB 019 UUTALCUA 

 SUPPORTED NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 TMDE NON-PROLIFERATION SEARCH EE 415 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF C) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 SSC EA 387 SSCOPREA 

 MAINT LVL EA 277 RPRLVLEA 

 TMDE REG NO EA 445 TMDERIEA 

 TMDE CODE EA 444 TMDERCEA 

 JUSTIFICATION EE 188 SEQNAREE 

 (SUPPORT EQUIPMENT NARRATIVE CODE OF H) EE 414 SENARCEE 

 QUANTITY OF TMDE ITEMS TO BE PROCURED (HEADER) 

 QUANTITY (CALCULATED) 

 (NUMBER OF ACTIVITIES) ED 399 NUMACTED 

 (QUANTITY PER ACTIVITY) ED 399 SEQTYAED 

 DATE REQUIRED EA 071 DATFADEA 

 ESTIMATED TOTAL COST EA 103 EXUNPREA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 CHARACTERISTICS TO BE MEASURED/STIMULUS 

 REQUIRED (HEADER) 

 I/O UG 284 UUTPIOUG 

 PARAMETER UG 284 UUTPARUG 

 RANGE FROM UG 284 UUTPRFUG 

 RANGE TO UG 284 UUTPRTUG 

 RANGE ACCURACY UG 284 UUTPACUG 

 INTERFACE ADAPTERS/SIGNAL CONDITIONING 

 CIRCUITRY (HEADER) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UJ 337 AIDREFUI 

 CAGE UJ 046 AIDCAGUI 

 RECURRING APPORTIONED UNIT COST UI 025 AIDUCRUI 

 NONRECURRING APPORTIONED UNIT COST UI 025 AIDUCNUI 

 ATE SOFTWARE REQUIRED (HEADER) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UD 337 OTPREFUC 

 CAGE UD 046 OTPCAGUC 

 RECURRING APPORTIONED UNIT COST UC 025 OTPACRUC 

 NONRECURRING APPORTIONED UNIT COST UC 025 OTPACNUC 

 TEST PLAN UC 060 OTPCTPUC 

 UNIT UNDER TEST REMARKS UF 499 UTEXPLUF 

 ESTIMATED TYPE CLASSIFICATION DATE 

 (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 PREPARED BY (MANUAL ENTRY) 

 DATE (MANUAL ENTRY) 
LSA-072 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEREFNE

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES SE REFERREFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT N/A N/A 5D43-139---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------TMDE ITEM SELECTED BY REFERENCE NUMBER/CAGE: 5D43-139-A 10855  PART I - TMDE TECHNICAL DESCRIPTION  EA. EA. HA. EA.  SEREFNEA SECAGEEA ITNAMEHA FLITNMEA  SE REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME FULL ITEM NAME  5D43-139-A 10855 COMPRESSOR, RING COMPRESSOR, RING, CIRCUMFER

EE.SENARCEE (B) EE.TEXSEQEE

 DESCRIPTION AND FUNCTION OF SUPPORT EQUIPMENT: A BAND TYPE SLEEVE WITH A MECHANICAL LEVER FACILITATE EASY REDUCTION OF RING RADII. 

 EC.SPARIOEC EC.PARPAREC EC.RNGFRMEC EC.RNGTOCEC EC.PARACCEC  I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO RANGE ACCURACY  DIAMETER IN. 2 5 RANGE IS IN INCHES  EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EI.IPOPRGEI/ EI. EI.IPRGMXEI/ EI. EI.  OPLENGEA OPWIDTEA OPRHGTEA LWHOUMEA OPRWGTEA WGTOUMEA EI.IPSRGMEI IPACDCEI EI.IPRGMXEI IPPHASEI IPPOWR DEPTH WIDTH HEIGHT UM WEIGHT UM VOLTS AC/DC FREQUENCY PHASE WAT MIN MAX MAX MIN  4.0 5.0 5.0 IN 3.5 LB 10 110 

EK.SPRREFEK EK.SPRCAGEK

 ITEMS THIS WILL REPLACE: SUPERCEDED REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE 

 EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. EA. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MA SSCOPREA OPRMANEA RPRLVLEA SEMTBFEA SEMTTREA CALTIMEA HA.NIINSNHA HA.S SKILL SPECIALTY PUBLICATIONS MAINT LEVEL TMDE RAM CHARACTERISTICS NSN AN CODE FOR SE MTBF MTTR CAL TIME  52C20 300.0 .50 1 582 EA. HA. EA. EA. EA. EA. HD.  TYPCLSEA LINNUMHA LGCTCDEA SLFTSTEA CALINTEA LICYSTEA UIPRICHD  TYPE CLASS LIN LOG CONTROL SELF TESTING CAL INTERVAL LIFE CYCLE UNIT C CODE STATUS  T N 720 D 75 HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA EA.  HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA MGCOATEA  END ITEM NSN AND RELATED DATA SE MANAGING COMMAND  4110-010745175 MRSA 

EE.SENARCEE (G) EE.TEXSEQEE

 SE REMARKS: ACCURACY IS NOT APPLICABLE TO THE RING COMPRESSOR 

MANUAL

 DESCRIPTION OF OPERATING PROCEDURE: _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________ _____________________________________________________
LSA-072 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DAT

 TEST MEASUREMENT AND DIAGNOSTIC EQUIPMENT REQUIREMENTS SUMMARY  PART II - TMDE REQUIREMENTS REVIEW  UB. UB. XB. EE.SENARCEE (C)/  UUTLCNUA UUTALCUA LCNAMEXB EE.TEXSEQEE  SUPPORTED LCN ALC SUPPORTED NOMENCLATURE TMDE NON-PROLIFERATION SEARCH:  005 INTERNAL COMPRESSOR THE PROPOSED RING COMPRESSOR IS OF SUFFICIENT  WITH ALL PRESENT DESIGN CRITERIA AND FOR THOSE  SEEABLE IN THE NEAR FUTURE.  EA. EA. EA. EA.  SSCOPREA RPRLVLEA TMDERIEA TMDERCEA EE.SENARCEE (H) EE.TEXSEQEE  SSC MAINT LVL TMDE REG NO TMDE CODE JUSTIFICATION:  52C20 IAJ3114 E  EA. EA. HA. HA.FSCNSNHA/  CALC DATFADEA EXUNPREA ITNAMEHA HA.NIINSNHA  QUANTITY OF TMDE ITEMS TO BE PROCURED ITEM NAME NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER  QUANTITY DATE REQUIRED ESTIMATED TOTAL COST  20 901231 COMPRESSOR, RING 5820-003478650  CHARACTERISTICS TO BE MEASURED/STIMULUS REQUIRED  UG. UG. UG. UG. UG.  UUTPIOUG UUTPARUG UUTPRFUG UUTPRTUG UUTPACUG  I/O PARAMETER RANGE FROM RANGE TO RANGE ACCURACY  DIAMETER IN. 32 45 NOT APPLICABLE  DIAMETER 32 42 NOT APPLICABLE  INTERFACE ADAPTERS/SIGNAL CONDITIONING CIRCUITRY  HA. UJ. UJ. UI. UI.  ITNAMEHA AIDREFUI AIDCAGUI AIDUCRUI AIDUCNUI  APPORTIONED UNIT COST  ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE RECURRING NONRECURRING  ATE SOFTWARE REQUIRED  HA. UD. UD. UC. UC. UC.  ITNAMEHA OTPREFUC OTPCAGUC OTPACRUC OTPACNUC OTPCTPUC  ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE APPORTIONED UNIT COST TEST P RECURRING NONRECURRING 

UF.UTEXPLUF

 UNIT UNDER TEST REMARKS: THE RANGE CRITERIA ARE GIVEN IN INCHES. 

MANUAL

 ESTIMATED TYPE CLASSIFICATION DATE: __/__/__ 

MANUAL MANUAL

 PREPARED BY: _______________________________ DATE: __/__/__ 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-186 

30.40 LSA-074 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.40.1 SELECTION. The LSA-074 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN Type, UOC; and optional ALC, SERV DES, Stop LCN and ICC-1, ICC-2, 

ICC-3, ICC-4. Selectable ICCs are limited to Group B (See DED 177) for ICC-1, 

Group C for ICC-2, code AC for ICC-3, and Group A for ICC-4. If ICCs are not 

selected, then each part of the report will default to all allowable ICCs, 

respectively. 

30.40.2 PROCESSING. The same qualifying criteria is used for all parts of the 

report. As a minimum, there must be at least one LCN within the selected 

range of LCNs with a Task Code (TASKCDCA) qualifying against the selected SERV 

DES (qualified by 4th position of the Task Code). LCNs are further qualified 

by requiring at least one CG table entry where the Support Equipment 

identified by Reference Number (TSREFNCG) and CAGE (TSCAGECG) matches against 

the selected ICCs (TSREFNCG and TSCAGECG are matched against SEREFNEA and 

SECAGEEA of table EA in order to access the ICC). 

 a. Part III, Modified Hand Tools, assumes that a breakdown of the tool 

exists within the LSAR. This part of the report can only be produced if an 

LCN, EIAC, and ALC exist on file for the tool and for subordinate items. If 

so, "Make From" items will include those which are subordinate to the tool in 

LCN structure and which have an Indenture Code greater than that of the tool 

(e.g., Tool Indenture Code + 1). 

 b. Within each part of the report, the support equipment item should only 

be listed once. If more than one qualified entry per part occurs for a piece 

of support equipment, then all information must be consolidated. 

 c. Page breaks are required between each part of the report. 

30.40.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.37 

30.40.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Each part of this report is sequenced by ascending 

Reference Numbers. 

30.40.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-074 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 209 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 ICC - 1 (SELECTED) (GROUP "B" ICCs) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ICC - 2 (SELECTED) (GROUP "C" ICCs) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ICC - 3 (SELECTED) (ICC CODE "AC" ONLY) EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 ICC - 4 (SELECTED) (GROUP "A" ICCs) EA 177 SEICCDEA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-187 

 PART I - TOOLS IN INVENTORY (HEADER) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 ACQ DEC OFFICE EA 002 AQDCOFEA 

 SERD NUMBER EF 416 SERDNOEF 

 NSN AND RELATED DATA HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 SMMNSNHA 

 MATNSNHA 

 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 ACTNSNHA 

 MAINT LEVEL CG 427 TASKCDCA (3RD 

 PART II - TOOLS IN INVENTORY BUT NOT POSITION) 

 ASSIGNED TO A GAINING UNIT (HEADER) 

 SIASCN EA 401 SIASCNEA 

 SKETCH EA 383 SKETCHEA 

 PART III - MODIFIED HAND TOOLS 

 (HEADER) 

 MAKE FROM (HEADER) 

 (INDENTURE CODE) HG 162 INDCODHG 

 (TOOL LCN AND SUBORDINATE LCNs) HG 199 LSACONXB 

 (EIAC) HG 096 EIACODXA 

 (ALC) HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 PART IV - PECULIAR TOOLS REQUIRING 

 DEVELOPMENT (HEADER) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER CG 337 TSREFNCG 

 CAGE CG 046 TSCAGECG 
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EA. 

EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA SEICCDEA 

EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES ICC-1 REFRIG UNT DOOR-SCREEN ASSY 00510 00520 DCY ARMY N --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- PART I - TOOLS CURRENTLY IN INVENTORY  CG. CG. HA. EA. EF. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNS TSREFNCG TSCAGECG ITNAMEHA ADQCOFEA SERDNOEF HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER NSN AND RELATED DAA123C 13579 TORQUE WRENCH USAAMCCOM 6018123456 A135 44940 SCREWDRIVER USAAMCCOM 6015123456 5120-00-278-1273 CB9234569 44940 DOLLIE, 4WH USATROSCOM 6010123456 KT024683N2 44940 SCISSORS USATROSCOM 6020123456  SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST  PART II - TOOLS IN INVENTORY BUT NOT ASSIGNED TO GAINING UNIT  CG. CG. HA. EA. EF. EA. EA.  TSREFNCG TSCAGECG ITNAMEHA ADQCOFEA SERDNOEF SIASCNEA SKETCHEREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKEA24 34521 WRENCH, SOCKET USAAMCCOM 6016123456 MAR-098 N A610 12345 EXT, SOCKET WRENCH USATROSCOM 6006123456 N45098X B25 44940 TONGS, 7 IN USATROSCOM 6008123456 N1389XX 45021 44940 WELDER USATROSCOM 6019123456 N453-0X N 
LSA-074 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST  PART III - MODIFIED HAND TOOLS  CG. CG. HA. EA. EF. EA. EA.  TSREFNCG TSCAGECG ITNAMEHA ADQCOFEA SERDNOEF SIASCNEA SKETCHEREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKEE3727 44940 SHIM, 1/4 CM USATROSCOM 6012123456 N129(2) N  HA. HG. HG. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNH ITNAMEHA REFNUMHA CAGECDXH HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSN MAKE FROM ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NSN AND REL SLEEVE, CHOKE COVER 142-205 44940  DISK, VALVE 142-0055 44940 2910-00-358REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKESN517832105 44940 VOLTMETER, 1/3AMP USACECOM 6003123456 G-CE2/9 Y  MAKE FROM ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NSN AND REL ARMATURE 191-1088 44940  SLEEVE, CHOKE COVER 142-2054 44940  SPRING SET 191-0984 44940  SPRING 142-0035 44940 5360-01-066 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT TOOL LIST  PART IV - PECULIAR TOOLS REQUIRING DEVELOPMENT  CG. CG. HA. EA. EF. EA. EA.  TSREFNCG TSCAGECG ITNAMEHA ADQCOFEA SERDNOEF SIASCNEA SKETCHEREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME ACQ DEC OFFICE SERD NUMBER SIASCN SKEAT503 44940 WRENCH, ADJUSTABLE 6014123456 MAR-023 N A26 44940 WRENCH, SOCKET USAAMCCOM 6017123456 MAR-005 Y B2502 44940 SET, SOCKET USATROSCOM 6009123456 NR123XX Y CC586T3692 44940 DITMCO STATION USATROSCOM 6004123456 N3987XX N FC1036921 44940 BRUSH, WIRE USATROSCOM 6013123456 N238/2X Y 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-191 

 

30.41 LSA-075 CONSOLIDATED MANPOWER, PERSONNEL AND TRAINING REPORT 

REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.41.1 SELECTION. The LSA-075 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN Type, UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC, Stop LCN, Maintenance Levels, 

Skill Specialty Code, and Available M-Hrs Peace/War Indicator (default is 

peace). 

30.41.2 PROCESSING. The same qualifying criteria is used for both Parts I and 

II. Task codes are qualified by matching on selected SERV DES (4th position of 

task code) and on selected Maintenance Levels (3rd position task code). As a 

minimum, there must be an exact match in table XB with the selected EIAC, LCN, 

and ALC. If a Skill Specialty Code is selected, an exact match must be made in 

table GA or GB. 

 a. Section I, Manpower and Personnel Summary, requires at least one 

existing GA table and CD table on file. 

 b. Available Man-Hours of 0.00 are significant as opposed to blank values 

which depicts no data being on file for that element. If Actual Man-Hours can 

be calculated, then the Available Man-Hours will be printed even if it is 

blank. 

 c. Actual Man-Hours are calculated by summing all mean man-minutes 

(SUBMMMCD) for a given SSC at a given Maintenance Level across all applicable 

tasks at the Start LCN and all subordinate LCNs, then dividing by 60. 

Modified SSCs (MDCSSCGB) entries in Table CD take precedence over SSCs 

(SKSPCDGA). 

 d. Actual Quantity of an SSC at a given Maintenance Level can only be 

calculated correctly if a unique Person ID has been assigned to each 

maintenance person and that relationship is carried out for all tasks 

throughout the system at or subordinate to the Start LCN. If so, it is simply 

a matter of counting the different number of Person IDs for a given SSC at a 

given Maintenance Level. If not, the same Person ID could be assigned to two 

different personnel in different tasks, or the same person could be assigned 

different Person IDs from task to task. Either way, a correct value for 

Actual Quantity cannot be calculated. 

 e. Section II requires at least one existing GB table be on file. 

 f. A page break is required between sections. 

30.41.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.38 

30.41.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Section 1 is sequenced by ascending SSC, then by 

maintenance level within each SSC. Section 2 is sequenced by ascending 

Original SSC, then by ascending New SSC. 

30.41.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-075 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-192 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 MAINT LVLS (SELECTED) CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 SSC (SELECTED) (EXISTING SSC) GA 395 SKSPCDGA 

 (MODIFIED/NEW SSC) GB 264 MDCSSCGB 

 AVAILABLE M-H PEACE/WAR (SELECTED) 

 SECTION I - MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL 

 SUMMARY (HEADER) 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 SSC CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 MAINTENANCE LEVEL CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 AVAIL M-H AE 028 AVAIMHAE 

 ACTUAL M-H (CALCULATED) 

 AVAIL QTY AE 324 QTYAVAAE 

 ACTUAL QTY (CALCULATED) 

 SECTION II - NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL AND 

 TRAINING REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 ORIGINAL SSC GA 387 SKSPCDGA 

 ORIGINAL SLC GA 386 SKLVCDGA 

 NEW/MOD SSC GB 257 MDCSSCGB 

 NEW/MOD SLC GB 386 MDSCLCGB 

 DUTY POSITION REQUIRING NEW/MOD SKILL GB 092 DPRNRSGB 

 RECOMMENDED RANK/RATE/GRADE-MIL RANK GB 330 RPPMILGB 

 RECOMMENDED RANK/RATE/GRADE-CIVIL GRADE GB 330 RPPCIVGB 

 SECURITY CLEARANCE GB 369 SCRSSCGB 

 TEST SCORE GB 449 SSCTESGB 

 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL REQUIREMENTS GC 007 NMSNARGC 

 (NEW/MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE OF A) GC 256 NMSNCDGC 

 EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS GC 094 NMSNARGC 

 (NEW/MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE OF B) GC 256 NMSNCDGC 

 SKILL JUSTIFICATION GC 188 NMSNARGC 

 (NEW/MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE OF C) GC 256 NMSNCDGC 

 ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS GC 012 NMSNARGC 

 (NEW/MODIFIED SKILL NARRATIVE CODE OF D) GC 256 NMSNCDGC 

 PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 LCN GE 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC GE 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TASK CD GE 427 TASKCDCA 

 SUBTASK NO GE 407 SUBNUMCB 

 PERSON ID GE 288 SUBPIDCD 

 NARRATIVE GE 372 PAMENRGE 
LSA-075 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 MANPOWER PERSONNEL AND TRAINING REPORT  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. CA. GA.SKSPCDGAEIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA TASKCDCA GB.MDCSSCEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES MAINT LVLS SSC REFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 P DCY ARMY --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- CA. CA. XB. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNAMEXB LCN ALC LCN NOMENCLATURE 0 REFRIGERATION UNIT  PART I - MANPOWER AND PERSONNEL SUMMARY  CD. CA. AE. AE.  SKSPCDGA TASKCDCA AVAIMHAE CALC QTYAVAAE  SSC MAINTENANCE LEVEL AVAIL M-H ACTUAL M-H AVAIL QTY  35B20 OPER/CREW (C) 100.00 .00 2  ORG/ON EQP (O) 600.00 668.90 1  35B30 ORG/ON EQP (O) 1400.00 1328.90 2  INT/DS/AVIM (F) 100.00 25.29 1  44B10 INT/DS/AVIM (F) 13.50 0  44E10 INT/DS/AVIM (F) 0.00 6.60 0  52C10 ORG/ON EQP (O) 25.00 24.57 1  INT/DS/AVIM (F) 15.00 0  52C20 ORG/ON EQP (O) 600.00 624.30 1  INT/DS/AVIM (F) 1200.00 1219.20 2  76J10 OPER/CREW (C) 50.00 54.49 1 
LSA-075 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 MANPOWER PERSONNEL AND TRAINING REPORT  NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL AND TRAINING REQUIREMENTS  GA. GA. GB. GB. GB. GB. GB. GB.  SKSPCDGA SKLVCDGA MDCSSCGB MDSCLCGB DPRNRSGB RPPMILGB RPPCIVGB SCRSSCGB  RECOMMENDED ORIGINAL ORIGINAL NEW/MOD NEW/MOD DUTY POSITION RANK/RATE/GRADE SECUR SSC SLC SSC SLC REQUIRING NEW/MOD SKILL MIL RANK CIVIL GRADE CLEAR

GC.NMSNCDGC (A) GC.TEXSEQGC

 NEW OR MODIFIED SKILL REQUIREMENTS  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 

GC.NMSNCDGC (B) GC.TEXSEQGC

 EDUCATIONAL QUALIFICATIONS  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 

GC.NMSNCDGC (C) GC.TEXSEQGC

 SKILL JUSTIFICATION  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 

GC.NMSNCDGC (D) GC.TEXSEQGC

 ADDITIONAL TRAINING REQUIREMENTS  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 

GE.LSACONXB GE.ALTLCNXB GE.PAMENRGE GE.TEXSEQGE LCN ALC PHYSICAL AND MENTAL REQUIREMENTS GE.TASKCDCA GE.SUBNUMCB GE.SUBPIDCD

TASK CD SUBTASK NO PERSON ID NARRATIVE 002 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX AGCABAA 003 AA XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX  XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 006 B XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX HGOABAA 002 AB1 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-195 

30.42 LSA-076 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY REPORT 

SPECIFICATION 

30.42.1 SELECTION. The LSA-076 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN Type, and UOC; and optional SERV DES, ALC and Stop LCN. 

30.42.2 PROCESSING. As a minimum, at least one UB table must exist within the 

selection range of LCNs (UUTLCNUA) and have CMRS Recommended Code (UTCMRSUB) of 

"Y". LCNs are further qualified by matching the keys from table UA (EIAC, LCN, 

ALC, and LCN Type) against the same keys in table CA to determine if the Task 

Code qualifies against the selected SERV DES (4th position of Task Code). A 

general description of the logic necessary to generate this report follows: 

 a. Select first qualified LCN (Category I LCN). This LCN will be 

included in Contents For CMRS Summary Data section and Section 4. 

 b. Category II items are pulled from Table UG (SEREFNEA & SECAGEEA), 

matching keys against the Category I item keys from Table UB (LCN, ALC, Type). 

Search for Parameter Group Code(s) (PGC) associated with Category I LCN from 

Table UG (UUTPGCUG) and match against the corresponding CMRS Category II 

item's PGC from Table EC (PARGPCEC). This item will be included in the Table 

of Category II TMDE section (2) and Section 4 under Category II heading. 

 c. Identify Calibration Procedures for the selected Category II item 

(CALPROEC). This data will be included in the Table of Category II TMDE 

section and on Section 4, under Category III Calibration 

Equipment/Standards/Procedures in the Item Name block. 

 d. Category III items are pulled from Table UN (TGSREFUN & TGSCAGUN), 

matching keys with Category II Item's keys (SEREFNEA & SECAGEEA vs. SUTREFUM & 

SUTCAGUM). Pull all associated Category III items by matching the PGC of the 

Category II item (PARPGCEC) with the PGC of the Category III item (SEUPGCUN). 

This data will be included in Section 3, Table of Category III Calibration 

Equipment/Standards. It will also be included in Section 4 under the Category 

III heading, if Calibration Procedures for Category II items are not found 

(see 2.c. above). If a Calibration Procedure(s) exists for the Category II 

item, then that alone will be listed in Section IV under Category III heading. 

 e. Section IV - Identify each PGC associated with the Category I item's 

LCN and identify the corresponding Category II item as described in 2.b. 

above, then go to steps 2.c and 2d. If no other PGC exists for the Category I 

item, then proceed to the next qualified PGC associated with the category II 

item LCN and repeat steps 2c and 2d. If no other PGC exists for Category II 

item, repeat entire procedure for next qualified Category I LCN. 

 f. Page breaks are required following each section, and for each new 

Section 4 output (new Section 4 outputs are required for each Category I PGC 

for a given item and each new Category I LCN). 

 f. The "Page" in Part I is generated based on the page number that 

includes the first page of Section 4 information of the given Category I LCNs 

reported in Section 1. The first generated "Page" number will depend on the 

number of pages each of the first three sections takes up. For example, if 

Section 1 is one page long, Section 2 is two pages long, and Section 3 is one 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-196 

page long, then the first generated "Page" number (for the first LCN by 

sequence) would be five (sum of Sections 1, 2, and 3 page numbers plus one). 

The "Page" numbers for the succeeding Section 1 LCNs is equal to the prior 

Category I item's "Page" number plus the total pages for Section IV of the 

prior Category I item (i.e., Section 4 for 1st item is 2 pages, "Page" = 

5+2 = 7 for 2nd Category I item). 

30.42.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.39 

30.42.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. All Category I items will be listed in Section I, 

then all Category II items will be listed in Section II before proceeding to 

Section III and listing all Category III items. Section IV must be sequenced 

according to the "Page" number listed in Section I for the corresponding 

Category I item. Section 1 is sequenced by ascending LCN values. Sections 2 

and 3 are sequenced by ascending Reference Number and CAGE codes. Section 4 

is based on the sequence of Section 1. 

30.42.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-076 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR CMRS SUMMARY DATA 

 (HEADER) 

 LCN UB 199 UUTLCNUA 

 ALC UB 019 UUTALCUA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 PAGE (GENERATED) 

 TABLE OF CATEGORY II TMDE (HEADER) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NSN HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UG 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE UG 046 SECAGEEA 

 ICC EA 177 SEICCDEA 

 MTBF EA 229 SEMTBFEA 

 CALIBRATION REQ EA 040 CALRQDEA 

 CALIBRATION INTVL EA 037 CALINTEA 

 OPERATOR'S MANUAL EA 278 OPRMANEA 

 CALIBRATION PROCEDURE EC 039 CALPROEC 

 SERD EF 416 SERDNOEF 

 O/M LEVEL RCCP EA 277 RPRLVLEA 

 CALLVLEA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-197 

 PCBLVLEA 

 TABLE OF CATEGORY III CALIBRATION 

 EQUIPMENT STANDARDS (HEADER) 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NSN HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NIINSNHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UN 337 TGSREFUN 

 CAGE UN 046 TGSCAGUN 

 SECTION IV (HEADER) 

 CATEGORY I - OPERATION/AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT 

 (HEADER) 

 LCN UB 199 UUTLCNUA 

 ALC UB 019 UUTALCUA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 AOR AG 023 ANOPREAG 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 MTBF BD 229 TEMTBFBD 

 PARAMETER UG 284 UUTPARUG 

 S/O UG 284 UUTPSOUG 

 I/O UG 284 UUTPIOUG 

 R/V UG 284 UUTPRVUG 

 RANGE FROM UG 284 UUTPRFUG 

 RANGE TO UG 284 UUTPRTUG 

 ACCURACY UG 284 UUTPACUG 

 TASK CODE CG 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 429 TSKFRQCA 

 MEAN ELAP TIME CA 224 MSDMETCA/ 

 PRDMETCA 

 CATEGORY II TMDE (HEADER) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 PARAMETER EC 284 PARPAREC 

 I/O EC 284 SPARIOEC 

 R/V EC 284 PARRVCEC 

 RANGE FROM EC 284 RNGFRMEC 

 RANGE TO EC 284 RNGTOCEC 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UG 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE UG 046 SECAGEEA 

 ACCURACY EC 284 PARACCEC 

 CATEGORY III CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT/ 

 STANDARDS/PROCEDURES (HEADER) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 PARAMETER UN 284 UTPAPAUN 

 I/O UN 284 UTPAIOUN 

 R/V UN 284 UTPARVUN 

 RANGE FROM UN 284 UTRGFRUN 

 RANGE TO UN 284 UTPRRTUN 

 REFERENCE NUMBER UN 337 TGSREFUN 

 CAGE UN 046 TGSCAGUN 

 ACCURACY UN 284 UTPAACUN 
LSA-076 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DA

 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. CA. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCEIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEFX FX AIRCRAFT 0 P N--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- SECTION 1. TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR CMRS SUMMARY DATA  UB.UUTLCNUA UB.UUTALCUA HA.ITNAMEHA HG.REFNUMHA HG.CA LCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER  005 ATTITUDE DIRECTOR CX1  SECTION 2. TABLE OF CATEGORY II TMDE  HA.ITNAMEHA HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA EA.SEICCDEA EA.OPRMANEA EF.SERD ITEM NAME NSN ICC CALIBRATION OPERATOR'S MANUAL S UG.SEREFNEA UG.SECAGEEA EA.SEMTBFEA EA.CALRQDEA EA.CALINTEA EC.CALPROEC  REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MTBF REQ INTVL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE  DIGITAL MULTIMETER 6625-01-131-XXXX 5 33D7-34-20-01-1 0 9XXX 28560 30000 Y 012 17-20AGG-11-00XD  SECTION 3. TABLE OF CATEGORY III CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT/STANDARDS  HA.ITNAMEHA HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA EA.SEICCDEA EA.OPRMANEA EF.SERD ITEM NAME NSN ICC CALIBRATION OPERATOR'S MANUAL S UN.TGSREFUN UN.TGSCAGUN EA.SEMTBFEA EA.CALRQDEA EA.CALINTEA EC.CALPROEC  REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE MTBF REQ INTVL CALIBRATION PROCEDURE  PHASE ANALYZER 6625-01-156-XXXX 5  X000A 11289 44890 Y 006  SECTION 4. CATEGORY I - OPERATION/AIRBORNE EQUIPMENT UB.UUTLCNUA UB.UUTALCUA HA.ITNAMEHA HG.REFNUMHA HG.CAGECDXH AG.ANOPREAG CA.AORMSLCN ALC ITEM NAME REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE AOR M005 ATTITUDE DIRECTOR CX1 10855 7200 O  UG.UUTPARUG UG.UUTPSOUG UG.UUTPIOUG UG.UUTPRVUG UG.UUTPRFUG UG.UUTPRTUG UG.UUTPACUG  PARAMETER S/O I/O R/V RANGE FROM RANGE TO ACCURACY  mVAC S O V 340.000 +/- 1%  UB.UUTLCNUA UB.UUTALCUA CG.TSKCDCA CA.TSKFRQCA CA.MSDMETCA/CA.PRDMETCA  LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK FREQ MEAN ELAP TIME  005 FBFNAAA 0.5000 6.23 ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------CATEGORY II TMDE CATEGORY III CALIBRATION EQUIPMENT/STHG.LSACONXB HG.ALTLCNXB EC.PARPAREC EC.PARRVCEC EC.RNGFRMEC HG.LSACONXB HG.ALTLCNXB UN.UTPAPAUN LCN ALC PARAMETER R/V RANGE FROM LCN ALC PARAMETER  HA.ITNAMEHA EC.SPARIOEC EC.RNGTOCEC HA.ITNAMEHA UN.UTPAIOUN  ITEM NAME I/O RANGE TO ITEM NAME I/O  UG.SEREFNEA UG.SECAGEEA EC.PARACCEC UN.TGSREFUN UN.TG REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ACCURACY REFERENCE NUMBER 600 mVAC R 0  DIGITAL MULTIMETER I 1.000 17-20AGG-11-00XD  9XXX 28560 mVAC +/- 0.25  % 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-199 

30.43 LSA-077 DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.43.1 SELECTION. The LSA-077 summary is selected by mandatory LCN, TYPE and 

SERV DES, and optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC and ORIGINATING COMMAND. 

30.43.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-077 summary at least one 

qualified depot (O/M Level "L" or "D") in Task Code (3d position) must be 

contained within the selected LCN range. 

 a. Part I contains a listing of Depot Repairable items qualified by 

either an "L" or "D" O/M level in the Task Codes documented against the LCN of 

the item. 

 b. Part II, section A, contains all support equipment listed against 

tasks matching the selected SERV DES within the selected LCN range found in 

table CG. 

 c. Part II, section B, contains all Facility Requirement that are 

documented against a Facility Category Code and Facility Name from table FE 

which have a Task Code SERV DES matching the selected Service and an O/M value 

of "L" or "D". 

 d. Part III of the report contains all Depot level support equipment 

items (from table CG) and all depot or "L" level tasks requiring the use of the 

support equipment. 

 The following formula applies. 

 N 

 MAN-MINUTES = ∑ SUBMMMCDx 

 i=1 

 Where: N = Number of Subtasks of Task Code with Mean Minutes per 

 Person Identifier (PID) of PIDx 

30.43.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.40 

30.43.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part I is sequenced in ascending LCN. Within the 

LCNs tasks are sequenced by ascending Task Code. Part II section A is 

sequenced by ascending Reference Number and CAGE; section B is sequenced by 

ascending Facility Category Code and Facility Name. Part III is sequenced by 

ascending Reference Number and CAGE, within the SE tasks are sequenced in 

ascending LCN/ALC and Task Code, within Task Code, Person Ids are sorted in 

ascending Person Identifier Codes. 

30.43.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-077 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-200 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERV DES AA 427 SERDESAA 

 ORIGINATING COMMAND (SELECTED) 

 ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE XC 179 ITMDESXC 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED AA 454 TOSYSUAA 

 NAT STOCK NUMBER HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 LCN CA 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC CA 019 ALTLCNXB 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 ENGRG DRAWING NO HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 (IF RNCC=D) HA 338 REFNCCHA 

 (OR ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NO) HB 006 ADDREFHB 

 (IF RNCC=D) HB 338 ADRNCCHB 

 DWC (DAC) HA 086 DOCAVCHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 DAC HA 086 DOCAVCHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 QPEI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 TASK CODE CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 FREQUENCY CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 REQUIREMENT FOR FAC CA 358 FTRNRQCA 

 TRN-EQ CA 358 TRNRQCCA 

 TOOL CA 358 TSEREQCA 

 ITEM FUNCTION BB 180 RAMNARBB 

 [RAM CHARACTERISTICS NARRATIVE CODE(A)] BB 341 RAMCNABB 

 PART II 

 REFERENCE NUMBER EA 337 SEREFNEA 

 CAGE EA 046 SECAGEEA 

 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME EA 412 FLITNMEA 

 GOVERNMENT DESIG EA 149 GOVDESEA 

 SERD NUMBER EF 416 SERDNOEF 

 ST EF 404 STATUSEF 

 REV EF 360 SRDREVEF 

 [SERD DATE OF REVISION (HIGHEST VALUE)] EF 071 DTRVSBEF 

 FACILITY CATEGORY CODE FE 115 FACCCDFA 

 FACILITY NAME FE 118 FACNAMFA 

 [TASK CODE (O/M LEVEL = D, L)] FE 427 TASKCDCA 

 FACILITY REQUIREMENT FD 108 NMFNARFD 

 [NEW OR MODIFIED FACILITY NARRATIVE FD 255 NMFNCDFD 

 CODE (E)] 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-201 

 PART III 

 CFE GFE EA 056 CFEGFEEA 

 YEAR FIELD EA 518 YRFLDGEA 

 TOTAL QUANTITY AUTHORIZED ED 399 SEQTYAED 

 NONRECURRING COST 

 DEVELOPMENT EA 153 HDWRPREA 

 DESIGN EA 080 DSNPRCEA 

 PASS-THRU EA 285 PASTHREA 

 ILS EA 170 ILSPRCEA 

 RECURRING EA 332 RCURCSEA 

 CONDITION CA 428 TCONDACA 

 CA 428 TCONDBCA 

 CA 428 TCONDCCA 

 MAN-HOURS CA 225 MSDMMHCA 

 CA 225 PRDMMHCA 

 ELAPSED TIME CA 224 MSDMETCA 

 CA 224 PRDMETCA 

 PERSON ID CD 288 SUBPIDCD 

 SKILL SPEC CODE CD 387 SKSPCDGA 

 SKILL LEVEL CODE GA 386 SKLVCDGA 

 MAN-MINUTES (CALCULATED) CD 226 SUBMMMCD 
 LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. AA. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SERDESAA EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERV DES OREFFRIG UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY  HEADER DATA:  XC.ITMDESXC HA.CAGECDXH HA.REFNUMHA AA.TOSYSUAA HA.F ITEM DESIGNATOR CODE CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER TOTAL SYSTEMS SUPPORTED N TYPE1 MODEL02 S SFX12 44940 F10000RG-2 003000 4 PART I JLC 28/29 DATA DEPOT REPAIRABLE ITEMS/ENGINEERING DRAWINGS  CA. CA. HA. HA. HA.REFNUMHA REFNCCHA (D)/ HA. HA. HA.FSCNSNHA/ LSACONXB ALTLCNXB REFNUMHA CAGECDXH HB.ADDREFHB ADRNCCHB (D) DOCAVCHA ITNAMEHA HA.NIINSNHA LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ENGR DRAWING NO DWC ITEM NAME NAT STOCK N002 00 L1090V123-39802. 94833 11902AA 2N WIRE HARNESS ASSY 4110-01-074 11123  DEPOT LEVEL TASKS REQUIREMENT FOR  CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA. CA.  TASKCDCA TASKIDCA TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA FTRNRQCA TRNRQCCA TSEREQCA  TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQUENCY MB FAC TRN-EQ TOOL  BGDAGAA TEST WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O Y Y B  GGDFGAA INSTALL WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O N N C  JGDAGAA REPAIR WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.1500 O Y N C  RGDAGAA REMOVE WIRE HARNESS ASSEMBLY 000.2000 O N Y C 

BB.RAMCNABB (A) BB.TEXSEQBB 

 ITEM FUNCTION  WIRE HARNESS SERVES AS THE NETWORK OF POWER TRANSMISSION. LCN ALC REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ENGR DRAWING NO DWC ITEM NAME NAT STOCK N005 00 5D43-139-A 10855 1910877.32-2134 2N COMPRESSOR ASSY 4130-01-091 .16YLQ  DEPOT LEVEL TASKS REQUIREMENT FOR  TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION FREQUENCY MB FAC TRN-EQ TOOL  HGDAAAA REMOVE AND REPLACE AT DEPOT 000.1215 O N N C  KRDAAAA OVERHAUL COMPRESSOR AT DEPOT 000.1100 O N N C  ITEM FUNCTION  COMPRESSES THE REFRIGERANT GAS AND PUMPS IT THROUGH THE SYSTEM. 
 LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY  PART II SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST FOR ALL MAINTENANCE LEVELS  AND DEPOT FACILITY REQUIREMENTS  SECTION A. SUPPORT EQUIPMENT LIST  EA. EA. HA. EA. EA. E SEREFNEA SECAGEEA ITNAMEHA FLITNMEA GOVDESEA SER REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SUPPORT EQUIPMENT FULL ITEM NAME GOVERNMENT DESIG  A12891-6 33215 MULTIMETER MULTIPLE USE ELECTRICAL MEASUREMENT  CV-1298056/349.3 87012 DEVICE, LK DET FREON LEAK DETECTION DEVICE, REFRIGER LPSQM32  37/2Y  LP-1214309Y 66218 DYNOMOMETER DEVICE, POWER MEASUREMENT, PRECISION  11289-654 77125 ANALYZER, EXH ANALYZER, EXHAUST GAS  4003100 24940 SET, SOLDERING REPAIR SET, VACUUM/TEMPERATURE CONTRO ANUSF1624  4003100 32189 RING, COMPR COMPRESSOR, RING, BAND  4891210.32 32190 BENCH, LK DOWN COMPRESSION LEAK DOWN TEST BENCH WP23A78  SECTION B. NEW OR MODIFIED DEPOT FACILITIES REQUIREMENTS LIST  FE.FACCCDFA FE.FACNAMFA  FACILITY CATEGORY CODE: 23333 FACILITY NAME: FREON FACILITY  FUNCTIONS PERFORMED AT THE FACILITY:  FE. FE. FE.  LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TASKCDCA  LCN ALC TASK CODE LCN ALC TASK CODE LCN  005 00 HGDAAAA 005 00 HGDAAAA 0050201  0050201 00 KGDAAAB 0050204 00 KGDAAAA 

FD.NMFNCDFD (E) FD.TEXSEQFD

 FACILITY REQUIREMENT: THE FREON FACILITY IS REQUIRED TO PERFORM REPAIR ON THE REFRIGERATION  BEING DEVELOPED TO SUPPORT THE ARMY MISSION INTO THE TWENTY-FIRST CENT NEW WEAPON DEVELOPMENTS REQUIRE THAT 155 MM ROUNDS BE KEPT AT A TEMPER OF 10 DEGREES CELCIUS. THE REFRIGERATION UNIT REPAIRS WORKLOAD WILL  INCREASE BY THREE MILLION PERCENT THUS REQUIRING AN ORGANIC REPAIR FAC
 LSA-077 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DAT

 DEPOT MAINTENANCE INTERSERVICE DATA SUMMARY  PART III JLC 30 DATA NEW/UNIQUE DEPOT SUPPORT EQUIPMENT  EA. EA. HA. EF. EF. EF. HA.FSCNSNHA/ EA. EA.  SEREFNEA SECAGEEA ITNAMEHA SERDNOEF STATUSEF SRDREVEF HA.NIINSNHA CFEGFEEA YRFLDGEA  SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CFE YEAR  REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER ST REV NAT STOCK NUMBER GFE FIELD  CC56T3692 33721 DITCMO STATION L110 6004 3210-00-321-9865 90  EA. EA. EA. EA EA. EA.  HDWRPREA DSNPRCEA PASTHREA ILSPRCEA RCURCSEA GOVDESEA  ----- NONRECURRING COST -----  DEVELOPMENT DESIGN PASS-THRU ILS RECURRING GOVERNMENT DESIGNATION  000321890 000087091 00000000 00004589 00009523 LQ110  TASKS REQUIRING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT  CA. CA. CA. CA.TCONDACA/ CA.MSDMMHCA/ CA.MSDMETCA/  LSACONXB ALTLCNXB TASKCDCA CA.TCONDBCA/CA.TCONDCCA CA.PRDMMHCA CA.PRDMETCA  LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME  002 00 BGDAGAA BC 000.40(M) 000.65(M)  CD. CD. GA.  SUBPIDCD SKSPCDGA SKLVCDGA CALC  PERSON SKILL SPEC SKILL LEVEL MAN-MINUTES  ID CODE CODE  AAL 35B30 A 012.8  ACY 42C20 B 027.2  LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME  00201 00 KGDAGAA BC 000.32(P) 000.47(P)  SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CFE YEAR  REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SERD NUMBER ST REV NAT STOCK NUMBER GFE FIELD  SN517832105 01762 VOLTMETER, 1/3 AMP V120 6120 4120-00-967-9865 C 92  ----- NONRECURRING COST -----  DEVELOPMENT DESIGN PASS-THRU ILS RECURRING GOVERNMENT DESIGNATION  000001289 000002300 00000268 00000699 00000984 VQ84-Q  TASKS REQUIRING SUPPORT EQUIPMENT  LCN ALC TASK CODE CONDITION MAN-HOURS ELAPSED TIME  005 00 KRDAGAA BC 003.75(P) 003.75(P) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-205 

30.44 LSA-078 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.44.1 SELECTION. The LSA-078 summary is selected by mandatory LCN and TYPE, 

and optional SERV DES, ALC, STOP LCN, and UOC. 

30.44.2 PROCESSING. In order to qualify for LSA-078 summary, an LCN/task code 

must be contained within the selected LCN range/Serv Des Selection. 

Provisioned items for qualified LCN/Tasks (table CI) are further qualified by 

having entries in either Hazardous Storage, Waste Storage or Disposal Costs. 

COMPUTED QUANTITY is calculated by multiplying the TASK FREQ times the 

QTY/TASK. TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED is calculated by summing all COMPUTED 

QUANTITY for a given Reference Number and CAGE. 

30.44.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.41 

30.44.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The LSA-078 summary is sequenced by ascending CAGE 

and Reference Number. Within each Reference Number, tasks are sorted in 

ascending LCN/ALC and Task Code. 

30.44.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-078 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 SERVIC DES CA 427 TASKCDCA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 MATERIALS STORAGE COST HA 156 HMSCOSHA 

 WASTE STORAGE COST HA 158 HWSCOSHA 

 WASTE DISPOSAL COST HA 157 HWDCOSHA 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 [PROVISIONING UM PRICE] HE 314 PROUMPHE 

 LCN CI 199 TSKLCNCI 

 ALC CI 019 TSKALCCI 

 TASK CODE CI 427 TSKTCDCI 

 TASK IDENTIFICATION CA 431 TASKIDCA 

 TASK FREQ CA 430 TSKFRQCA 

 MB CA 238 AORMSBCA 

 COMPUTED QUANTITY (COMPUTED) 

 QTY/TASK CI 319 PQTYTKCI 

 TOTAL QTY RECOMMENDED HG 453 TOTQTYHG 

 [LCN] CI 199 PROLCNCI 

 [ALC] CI 019 PROALCCI 

 [CAGE] CI 046 PROCAGCI 

 [REFERENCE NUMBER] CI 337 PROREFCI 

 TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED (COMPUTED) 
 LSA-078 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUMMARY  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. CA. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC TASKCDCA EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SERVIC DEREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY ARMY  HG. HG. HA. HA. HA. HA. H

CAGECDXH REFNUMHA ITNAMEHA HMSCOSHA HWSCOSHA HWDCOSHA U

 MATERIALS WASTE WASTE CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME STORAGE COST STORAGE COST DISPOSAL COST 21980 121908.34-09 LEAD IZIDE 00000987 00018902 00026729  CI. CI. CI. CA. CI. CA. CA. 

 TSKLCNCI TSKALCCI TSKTCDCI TASKIDCA PQTYTKCI TSKFRQCA AORMSBCA 

 M  LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION QTY/TASK TASK FREQ B  0181001 00 CACAGAA SERVICE FUZE FOR MK32 ROUND 000.12 0001.1250 O  0181001 00 JGOAGAA REPAIR FUZE FOR MK32 ROUND 001.50 0000.6670 O 

CALCULATED

 TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED:  MATERIALS WASTE WASTE CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME STORAGE COST STORAGE COST DISPOSAL C33216 89-09121 HYDRAZINE 00003498 00008902 00032128  M C LCN ALC TASK CODE TASK IDENTIFICATION QTY/TASK TASK FREQ B Q 00102 00 CACAGAA SERVICE AUXILIARY POWER UNIT 012.00 0056.2500 O 0 00102 00 CHOAGAA POST-OPERATIVE FLIGHT SERVICING 017.50 0056.2500 O 0 0030401 00 CACAGAA SERVICE SECONDARY POWER SUPPLY 003.00 0028.1250 O 0 0030401 00 CHOAGAA POST-OP POWER SUPPLY SERVICE 004.50 0028.1250 O 0 TOTAL QUANTITY REQUIRED: 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-207 

30.45 LSA-080 BILL OF MATERIALS REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.45.1 SELECTION. The LSA-080 summary is selected based on the Sequence 

option by either (LCN sequence) mandatory EIAC, LCN, and UOC, or (PLISN 

sequence) PCCN and UOC; and optional ALC (default is all ALCs), STOP LCN 

(default is all LCNS subordinate to, and including, the start LCN), and 

LCN-CODE. PLISN Sequence takes precedence over LCN sequence. 

 a. If the report is selected by LCN, then the LCN-CODE should specify if 

the type of LCNs are either: Classical or Modified Classical. 

30.45.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-080 summary at least one 

qualified row of information must be within the specified PCCN or LCN range. 

 a. The LSA-080 report, Part I, identifies parts to the assemblies of 

which they are contained, in order that the parts documentation in the data 

tables can be checked for completeness against the assembly drawings. Each 

assembly will only show parts one indenture lower;, e.g., a "C" indentured 

assembly will only show "D" indentured items. These items may be both repair 

parts and spares. If the item is a spare, a separate page breakdown of the 

item will appear on the report. 

 b. If the report is selected by LCN, then either the LCN structure, or 

LCN-Indenture Code and the LCN "values" are used to place items to assemblies. 

All items sorted in ascending LCN sequence with either an LCN-IC or structure 

value of one indenture greater are placed as items to an assembly, until 

within the sorted range another item is found at the same indenture level, or 

greater than the assembly. Items at more than one indenture greater are 

"grouped" with the item (now assembly) immediately preceding this indenture 

change. ALC items are "grouped" together as an assembly/item set, if there is 

no indenture level missing between them. If an ALC item does not have a 

matching ALC it is then "grouped" to the blank, or basic assembly item. 

 c. If PCCN is selected, then PLISN and IC are used to sort items to 

assemblies, with all items sorted in ascending PLISN sequence of one IC 

greater than the IC of the assembly PLISN record placed below the assembly 

PLISN until an IC is encountered that is equal to or greater than the assembly 

IC. The NHA PLISN is a value found in table HH which is one indenture less 

than the item with a value closest to the item's PLISN value and without an 

NHA-Indicator of "*". 

 b. The part II is produced automatically when the LSA-080 report is 

requested and data errors are found. The report identifies the items having 

erroneous data, and provides a message describing the type of error found. 

The errors that the edit routine will detect are: 

 (1) Error Code 1. If an item is SMR coded: with "Z", or "B" in the 

fourth position, but parts are contained below this item with source codes 

other than K- or XA, then this error is output. (appears on part I with 

asterisks by both the assembly and/or part location. 

 (2) Error Code 2. An item does not have an identifiable next higher 

assembly, e.g., if the indenture structure lists the item as an "F" and the 

logical NHA by file sort is a "D". then this error is output (part II only). 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-208 

 (3) Error Code 3. No indenture Code. This item appears on part II 

only, when the selection is made by PCCN. If the selection is by LCN, then 

the item is shown on both parts I and II. 

 (4) Error Code 4. An item whose Source, Maintenance and 

Recoverability (SMR) code is blank or incomplete (without 3/4th positions). 

 (5) Error Code 5. If LCN-Code is "CLASSICAL" and duplicate LCNs are 

encountered, each duplicate receives this error message. The item(s) will 

appear on both parts I and II. 

 (6) Error Code 6. Allowable recoverability codes are as follows 

based on the repair code: 

 If position 4 is: the position 5 must be: 

 Z Z, A 

 O (2, 3, 4, 5, 6) Navy only O, F, H, G, D, L, A 

 F F, H, G, D, L, A 

 H H, G, D, L, A 

 G G, D, L, A 

 D D, L, A 

 L D, L, A 

 B Z, A 

 (7) An assembly is SMR coded repairable (e.g., SMR-4 is not Z or B) 

but has no parts breakout beneath it. 

 c. Items having the errors codes 2 and 3 with PCCN selection are listed 

on the LSA-080 part II only. Other errors will be flagged with "**" to the 

right of the line the error appears in part I and also displayed in part II. 

The error messages will be displayed on part II. 

30.45.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.42 

30.45.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in either ascending assembly 

REFERENCE NUMBER and CAGE (ASCII sequence) or in ascending assembly PLISN 

(EBCDIC sequence) based on the selection option specified in SEQ OPTION. 

30.45.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-080 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is matched VIA the HO Table 

 SEQ OPT (SELECTED) 

 LCN STRUCTURE XA 202 LCNSTRXA 

 LCN CD (SELECTED) 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-209 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 LINE (GENERATED) 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

Pull PLISN from HG for sub assemblies 

and from XC for system/end items 

 IC HG 162 INDCODHG 

 NHA-PLISN HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 XC 317 QTYASYXC 

 LCN-IC XB 200 LCNINDXB 

 MRR-I HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 ERROR (GENERATED) 
 LSA-080 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DA

 BILL OF MATERIALS  PART 1 PARTS LIST  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC SEQ OPTIREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY PLISN  HG.PLISNOHG/ HG. HH. HG. HG. HA. HG. HG.QTYASYHG/ HG. HGENERATED XC.PLISNOXC INDCODHG NHAPLIHH REFNUMHA CAGECDXH ITNAMEHA SMRCODHG XC.QTYASYXC LSACONXB ALLINE PLISN IC NHA-PLISN REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME SMR QPA LCN  A124 D A013 BC1920 44940 PISTON ASSEMBLY PAOFF 2 0060201  1 A125 E A124 112-0069 44940 PIN, PISTON PAFZZ 1 0060201AA  2 A126 E A124 112-0003 44940 RING, RETAINING PAFZZ 3 0060201AB  3 A127 E A124 114-0203-1234 44940 CONNECTING ROD, PI PAFZZ 1 0060201AC  RT/E  4 A128 E A124 114-0145 44940 BEARING, ROD, HALF PAFZZ 2 0060201AD  5 A129 E A124 114-0036 44940 BUSHING, CONNECTIN PA 2 0060201AE  6 A130 E A124 113-0153 44940 RING SET, PISTON PAFZZ 4 0060201AF  7 A131 E A124 112-0136 44940 PISTON, INTERNAL C XAFZZ 1 0060201AG  8 A132 E A124 116-1845 44940 BOLT, CONNECTING R PAFZZ 2 0060201AH  9 A133 E A124 112-0187 44940 NUT,HEXAGONAL, 3/4 PAFZZ 2 0060201AI  BILL OF MATERIALS  PART 2 ERROR LISTING 

GENERATED

 ITEMS IN PCCN/LCN RANGE: 14 

GENERATED

 ITEMS ON PARTS LIST: 10 

GENERATED

 ITEMS ON ERROR LIST ONLY: 4 

GENERATED

 ITEMS ON ERROR LIST: 5  ERROR CODES:  1 ITEM SMR CODED NONREPAIRABLE WITH PART BREAKDOWN  2 PART OF THE PCCN/SELECTED LCN RANGE BUT NOT ATTACHED TO ANY ASSEMBLY OR PART  3 NO INDENTURE CODE  4 SMR CODE BLANK OR INCOMPLETE  5 DUPLICATE LCNS WHEN CLASSICAL ASSIGNMENT IS SPECIFIED  6 RECOVERABILITY CODE IN ERROR  7 SMR CODED REPAIRABLE ASSEMBLY WITH NO PARTS 

HG.PLISNOHG/ HG. HG. HG. HA. HG.QTYASYHG/ HG. HH. HG. XC.PLISNOXC INDCODHG CAGECDXH REFNUMHA ITNAMEHA XC.QTYASYXC SMRCODHG NHAPLIHH LSACONXB   PLISN IC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER ITEM NAME QPA SMR NHA-PLISN LCN  AAAA A 44940 CCKA-MS/1423 REFRIGERATION UNIT 1 PEOZZ 0  A001 B 44940 11890-12 ENGINE, INTERNAL CO 1 PAOHH AAAA 006  A129 E 44940 114-0036 BUSHING, CONNECTING 2 PA A124 0060201AE  A312 C 44940 118-0192 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY 1 PAOFF AAAA 0060701 
 A362 E 44940 118-3210 CHOKE, PULLY ASSEMB 1 PAOZZ A342 006070101AAA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-212 

30.46 LSA-085 TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.46.1 SELECTION. The LSA-085 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, Start 

LCN, LCN TYPE, and UOC; and optional ALC (default is all ALCs) and Stop LCN 

(default is all LCNs subordinate to, and including, the start LCNs). The 

report has no optional selections. 

30.46.2 PROCESSING. The report will pull information from the JA, JB, JC, JD, 

JE, JF, HA, HG, AND XH TABLES against the specific LCN range. If Type is (F) 

then NSN and Related Data, CAGE, and Reference Number may not be able to 

be pulled from there respective tables. The Reference Number is wrapped at 

16 positions. 

30.46.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.43 

30.46.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced by ascending value of the LCN. 

30.46.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of the data appearing on the LSA-085 summary 

is depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB 096 EIACODXA 

 LCN NOMENCLATURE XB 201 LCNAMEXB 

 START LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE XB 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XF/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER 

 NSN COGNIZANCE CODE HA 253 COGNSNHA 

 NSN MATERIEL CONTROL CODE HA 253 MATNSNHA 

 NSN FEDERAL SUPPLY CLASSIFICATION HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 NSN NATIONAL ITEM IDENTIFICATION NUMBER HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 NSN SPECIAL MATERIAL IDENTIFICATION CODE/ HA 253 SMMNSNHA 

 MATERIEL MANAGEMENT AGGREGATION CODE 

 NSN ACTIVITY CODE HA 253 ACTNSNHA 

 CONTRACT NUMBER JA 055 CONNUMJA 

 REVISION DATE JA 071 TRCHRDJA 

 TYPE ACQ XA 478 WSTYAQXA 

 THEATER OF OPER JA 451 TRCHTHJA 

 CONTRACTOR NAME AND LOCATION (HEADER) 

 NAME XH 047 CANAMEXH 

 STREET XH 047 CASTREXH 

 CITY XH 047 CACITYXH 

 STATE XH 047 CASTATXH 

 NATION XH 047 CANATNXH 

 POSTAL ZONE XH 047 CAPOZOXH 

 PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE (HEADER) 

 FY JE 145 TRAFYRJE 

 1QTY JE 298 FIQPQTJE 

 2QTY JE 298 SQPQTYJE 

 3QTY JE 298 TQPQTYJE 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-213 

 4QTY JE 298 FQPQTYJE 

 MILITARY UNIT TYPE JA 242 MILUNTJA 

 PROPER SHIPPING NAME JA 304 PROPSNJA 

 NOFF JA 260 NOPRFFJA 

 NET EXP WEIGHT JA 254 NETEXWJA 

 SPEED JA 400 SPSPEDJA 

 TOWING SPEED JA 455 TWSPEDJA 

 SECT ID JA 366 SECTIDJA 

 --SHIPPING MODES-- 

 FREIGHT CLASSIFICATION JB 146 FRCLASJB 

 SHIPPING CONFIGURATION JB 380 SHPCONJB 

 CONTAINER LENGTH JB 053 CONLENJB 

 CONTAINER TYPE JB 054 CONTYPJB 

 RAIL USE JB 326 RAILUSJB 

 RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES JB 325 RAILTCJB 

 HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL (HEADER) 

 LOAD JB 250 HIPRMLJB 

 TYPE JB 251 HIPRMTJB 

 HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL 

 LOAD JB 250 HALTMLJB 

 TYPE JB 251 HALTMTJB 

 SHIP ITEM DESIGNATOR JB 469 TRITDRJB 

 (TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE (F)) JB 464 TRCHMTJB 

 DECK STOWAGE JB 072 SDECKSJB 

 LIGHTERAGE ITEM DESIGNATOR JB 469 TRITDRJB 

 (TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE (D)) JB 464 TRCHMTJB 

 DECK STOWAGE JB 072 SDECKSJB 

 AIRCRAFT ITEM DESIGNATOR JB 469 TRITDRJB 

 (TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE (A)) JB 464 TRCHMTJB 

 EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR JB 104 EOILINJB 

 HELICOPTER ITEM DESIGNATOR JB 469 TRITDRJB 

 (TRANSPORTATION CHARACTER MODE TYPE (B)) JB 464 TRCHMTJB 

 EXTERNAL OR INTERNAL LOAD INDICATOR JB 104 EOILINJB 

 HELICOPTER MISSION REQUIREMENTS (HEADER) 

 ALTITUDE JB 159 HMATLRJB 

 DISTANCE JB 159 HMDISRJB 

 PAYLOAD JB 159 HMPAYRJB 

 TEMPERATURE JB 159 HMTMPRJB 

 TIME JB 159 HMTIMRJB 

 --TRANSPORTED END ITEM-- 

 SHIPPING WEIGHT EMPTY JC 381 SHWEEMJC 

 SHIPPING WEIGHT LOADED JC 381 SHWELDJC 

 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT EMPTY JC 276 OPWEEMJC 

 MIL LOAD CLASS EMP JC 241 HICLNEJC 

 OPERATIONAL WEIGHT LOADED JC 276 OPWELDJC 

 MIL LOAD CLASS LOADED JC 241 HICLNLJC 

 CREST ANGLE JC 063 CREANGJC 

 AXLE LENGTH (HEADER) 

 FRONT IN JC 029 TWALFIJC 

 FRONT OUT JC 029 TWALFOJC 

 REAR IN JC 029 TWALRIJC 

 REAR OUT JC 029 TWALROJC 

 MOBILITY TYPE JC 249 MOBTYPJC 

 TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER JC 473 TRCONMJC 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-214 

 TRACKED GROUND PRESSURE JC 456 TRGRPRJC 

 TRACKED PADS TOUCHING JC 458 TRNUPTJC 

 TRACKED ROAD WHEEL WEIGHT JC 459 TRRWWTJC 

 TRACKED PAD SHOE AREA JC 457 TRPSARJC 

 UM JC 491 TPSAUMJC 

 NUMBER OF SKIDS JC 264 SNUMSKJC 

 SKID AREA JC 384 SDSICGJC 

 UM JC 491 SKADUMJC 

 MOBILITY TYPE JC 249 MOBTYPJC 

 TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER JC 473 TRCONMJC 

 WHEELED INFLATION PRESSURE JC 507 WHINPRJC 

 WHEELED NUMBER OF PLIES JC 508 WHNUPLJC 

 WHEELED NUMBER TIRES JC 509 WHNUTIJC 

 WHEELED TIRE LOAD RATINGS JC 510 WHTLDRJC 

 WHEELED TIRE SIZE JC 512 WHTIFTJC 

 WHEELED WEIGHT RATINGS JC 513 WHWERAJC 

 MOBILITY TYPE JC 249 MOBTYPJC 

 TRANSPORTED CONFIGURATION NUMBER JC 473 TRCONMJC 

 WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS JD 511 WHTRLOJD 

 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF (A) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 SKID REMARKS JD 385 WHTRLOJD 

 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF (B) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 TURNING INFORMATION JD 477 WHTRLOJD 

 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF (C) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS JD 506 WHTRLOJD 

 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF (D) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT JD 475 WHTRLOJD 

 TRANSPORTED END ITEM NARRATIVE CODE OF (E) JD 474 TREINCJD 

 TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATION REMARKS JF 382 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (A)) JF 475 TRANCDJF 

 LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REMARKS JF 192 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (B)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 TRANSPORTATION PROJECTION REMARKS JF 471 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (C)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS JF 340 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (D)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 TRANSPORTATION REMARKS JF 472 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (E)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 SPECIAL SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT JF 398 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (F)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 SECTIONALIZED REMARKS JF 368 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (G)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM JF 476 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (H)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATIONS JF 099 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (I)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION JF 240 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (J)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS JF 500 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (K)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING JF 504 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (L)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 

 DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE REQUIREMENTS JF 082 TRANARJF 

 (TRANSPORTATION NARRATIVE CODE OF (M)) JF 474 TRANCDJF 
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DAT

 TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY  XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XB. XF/XC. EIACODXA LCNAMEXB LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC EIAC LCN NOMENCLATURE START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC M113A3 M113A3 APC (WAK) 0 00 P DCY  HG. HG. HA.COGNSNHA HA.MATNSNHA HA.FSCNSNHA JA. JA. JA. JA REFNUMHA CAGECDXH HA.NIINSNHA HA.SMMNSNHA HA.ACTNSNHA CONNUMJA TRCHTHJA WSTYAQXA TRC REVISION TYPE TREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE NATIONAL STOCK NUMBER CONTRACT NUMBER DATE ACQ OF1000111RG-2 45940 2350-01-219-7577 DAAA21-12145 900301 N XH.CANAMEXH XH.CASTREXH XH.CACITYXH XH.CASTATXH XH.CANATNXH CONTRACTOR NAME AND LOCATION: NAME STREET CITY STATE NATION FMA CORPORATION 114 BAJA ST. LONG BEACH NY UNITED STATJE.TRAFYRJE JE.FIQPQTJE JE.SQPQTYJE JE.TQPQTYJE JE.FQPQTYJE PROCUREMENT SCHEDULE:  FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY 2QTY 3QTY 4QTY FY 1QTY  90 010 010 020 020 91 003 005 009 016 92 022  JA.MILUNTJA

MILITARY UNIT TYPE: THIS UNIT WILL BE TRANSPORTED BY A GROUND TRANSPORTATION COMPANY; FIXED WING C-130, C-141, AND C-5 AND CH-53 UNITS. THIS UNIT WILL BE USED BY DIFFERENT ARMORED DIVISIONS. 

 JA.PROPSNJA JA.NOPRFFJA JA.NETEXWJA JA.SPSPEDJA PROPER SHIPPING NAME NOFF NET EXP WEIGHT SPEED M113A ARMORED PERSONNEL CARRIER (WITHOUT ARMOR KIT) 1000 40  --SHIPPING MODES--  JB.FRCLASJB JB.SHPCONJB JB.CONLENJB JB.CONTYPJB JB.RAILUSJB  FREIGHT SHIPPING CONATINER RAIL  CLASSIFICATION CONFIGURATION LENGTH CONTAINER TYPE USE  01223AZ VE CGAB JB.RAILTCJB

RAIL TRANSPORTATION COUNTRY OR COUNTRIES: UNITED STATES 

 JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB.  HIPRMLJB HIPRMTJB HALTMLJB HALTMTJB TRITDRJB TRCHMTJB (F) SDECKSJB TRITDRJB TRCHMTJB HIGHWAY PRIME MODEL HIGHWAY ALTERNATE MODEL SHIP DECK LIGHTERA LOAD TYPE LOAD TYPE ITEM DESIGNATOR STOWAGE ITEM DESIG B M931A1/M172A1 B M851A2/M172A1 BREAK BULK Y LARC-XV  RORO Y  BARGE Y  JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB. JB.  TRITDRJB TRCHMTJB (A) EOILINJB TRITDRJB TRCHMTJB (B) EOILINJB HMATLRJB HMDISRJB  AIRCRAFT E/I LOAD HELICOPTER E/I LOAD HELICOPTER MIITEM DESIGNATOR INDICATOR ITEM DESIGNATOR INDICATOR ALTITUDE DISTANCE C-130 B C-47 A 15000 235 C-141 B C-53 A 25000 500 C-5 B  --TRANSPORTED END ITEM--  JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC.  SHWEEMJC SHWELDJC OPWEEMJC HICLNEJC OPWELDJC HICLNLJC CREANGJC TWALFIJC TWALFOJC  AXL SHIPPING SHIPPING OPERATIONAL MIL LOAD OPERATIONAL MIL LOAD CREST FRONT FRONWEIGHT EMPTY WEIGHT LOADED WEIGHT EMPTY CLASS EMP WEIGHT LOADED CLASS LOADED ANGLE IN OUT  3.2 6.4 5.4 06 6.8 07 15 75.8 105.
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DAT

 TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY  JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC.  TRGRPRJC TRNUPTJC TRRWWTJC TRPSARJC TPSAUMJC SNUMSKJC SDSICGJC SKADUM TRACKED TRACKED TRACKED ROAD TRACKED PAD NUMBER SKID AREA UGROUND PRESSURE PADS TOUCHING WHEEL WEIGHT SHOE AREA UM OF SKIDS  7.9 40 1000 3150 SI  JC. JC. JC. JC. JC. JC.  WHINPRJC WHNUPLJC WHNUTIJC WHTLDRJC WHTIFTJC WHWERAJC WHEELED INFLATION WHEELED NUMBER WHEELED NUMBER WHEELED TIRE WHEELED TIRE WHEELED WEIGHT  PRESSURE OF PLIES OF TIRES LOAD RATINGS SIZE RATINGS  0 20 SOLID  JD.TREINCJD (A) JD.TEXSEQJD 1. WHEELED TIRE REQUIREMENTS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JD.TREINCJD (B) JD.TEXSEQJD 2. SKID REMARKS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JD.TREINCJD (C) JD.TEXSEQJD 3. TURNING INFORMATION:  TURNING RADIUS: PIVOT TURN TO INFINITE.  JD.TREINCJD (D) JD.TEXSEQJD 4. WHEELED AXLE AND SUSPENSION REMARKS: AXLE LOADS AXLE AND SUSPENSION COMBAT LOADED (FRONT TO REAR) COMBAT LOADED  (FRONT TO REAR) LEFT RIGHT 2205 LBS 2341 LBS 4546 LBS 3345 LBS 3346 LBS 6691 LBS 3129 LBS 3129 LBS 6258 LBS 2910 LBS 2911 LBS 5821 LBS 1932 LBS 1933 LBS 3865 LBS EMPTY (FRONT TO REAR) EMPTY (FRONT TO REAR) LEFT RIGHT 2023 LBS 2144 LBS 4167 LBS 3074 LBS 3075 LBS 6149 LBS 2875 LBS 2875 LBS 5750 LBS 2677 LBS 2678 LBS 5355 LBS 1769 LBS 1769 LBS 3538 LBS  JD.TREINCJD (E) JD.TEXSEQJD 5. TRANSPORTED OTHER EQUIPMENT:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (A) JF.TEXSEQJF 6. TRANSPORTATION SHOCK VIBRATIONS REMARKS:  NOT APPLICABLE. 
LSA-085 REQUESTER: BOBO ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 0730 DAT

 TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY  JF.TRANCDJF (B) JF.TEXSEQJF 7. LIFTING AND TIEDOWN REMARKS:  THE M113A3 APC (WAK) MEETS THE MINIMUM STRENGTH REQUIREMENTS OF MIL-STD-209 FOR LIFTING AND TIEDOWN PROVISIONS. WHEN FINAL CONFIGURATION OF THE M113A3 WITH ARMOR KIT INSTALLED IS ESTABLISHED, ALL LIFTING AND TIEDOWN PROVISIONS WILL HAVE TO BE REEVALUATED.  JF.TRANCDJF (C) JF.TEXSEQJF 8. TRANSPORTATION PROJECTION REMARKS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (D) JF.TEXSEQJF 9. REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (E) JF.TEXSEQJF 10. TRANSPORTATION REMARKS:  AS SOON AS THE FINAL CONFIGURATION OF THE M113A WITH ARMOR KIT INSTALLED, WE RECOMMEND IT BE REEVALUATED.  JF.TRANCDJF (F) JF.TEXSEQJF 11. SPECIAL SERVICE AND EQUIPMENT:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (G) JF.TEXSEQJF 12. SECTIONALIZED REMARKS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (H) JF.TEXSEQJF 13. TRANSPORTED TO AND FROM:  NOT KNOW AT THIS TIME.  JF.TRANCDJF (I) JF.TEXSEQJF 14. ENVIRONMENTAL CONSIDERATION:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (J) JF.TEXSEQJF 15. MILITARY DISTANCE CLASSIFICATION:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (K) JF.TEXSEQJF 16. UNUSUAL AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (L) JF.TEXSEQJF 17. VENTING AND PROTECTIVE CLOTHING:  NOT APPLICABLE.  JF.TRANCDJF (M) JF.TEXSEQJF 18. DISASTER RESPONSE FORCE REQUIREMENTS: 
 NOT APPLICABLE. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-219 

30.47 LSA-126 LCN/PCCN INDENTURE STRUCTURE TREE REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.47.1 SELECTION. The LSA-126 summary is selected by either (LCN sequence) 

mandatory EIAC, LCN or (PLISN sequence) PCCN; and optional ALC (default is all 

ALCs), STOP LCN (default is all LCNS subordinate to, and including, the start 

LCN) and UOC (default is all UOCs). PLISN Sequence takes precedence over LCN 

sequence. 

30.47.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-126 summary at least one row 

of HG information must be contained within the selected LCN/PCCN range. 

 a. If the report is selected by LCN then items are sequenced for the 

report by ascending LCN. Identical ALCs (other than 00) are sorted and 

"grouped" based on no break in the indenture structure of the items. If a 

break in structure occurs, then these items are sorted back to the basic or 

"blank" ALC. Items are placed in the report indenture breakdown by the LCN-IC 

(XB). 

 b. If the report is selected by PCCN, then items are sequenced by 

ascending PLISN and placed in indenture breakdown by the Provisioning 

Indenture Code (HG/XC) 

30.47.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.44 

30.47.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Report is sequenced by ascending LCN/ALC for LCN 

range selection; and by PLISN for PCCN selection. 

30.47.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-126 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

UOC is match VIA the HO table 

 LCN STRUCTURE XA 202 LCNSTRXA 

 LCN CD (SELECTED) 

 PCCN HG 307 PCCNUMHG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 NSN HA 253 FSCNSNHA 

 HA 253 NIINSNHA 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 LCN-IC XB 200 LCNINDXB 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

 CAL-IC (GENERATED) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 IC HG 162 INDCODHG 
LSA-126 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE

 LCN/PCCN INDENTURE STRUCTURE TREE  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. XC. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC PCCNUMXEIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PCCREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY A90 LEGEND FOR DATA ON LSA-126  +-----------------------------------------------------------+ 

 HA.ITNAMEHA HA.FSCNSNHA/HA.NIINSNHA HG.SMRCODHG XB.LCNINDXB 

 I ITEM NAME--------- NSN------------- SMR--- LCN-IC I 

 HG.PCCNUMHG HG.PLISNOHG/XC.PLISNOXC HG.LSACONXB HG.ALTLCNXB GENERATED 

 I PCCN-- PLISN LCN--------------- ALC CAL-IC I 

 HG.REFNUMHA HG.CAGECDXH HG.INDCODHG 

 I REFERENCE NUMBER---------------- CAGE- IND-CD I  +-----------------------------------------------------------+  THE CAL-IC (CALCULATED INDENTURE CODE) IS BASED ON EITHER LCN STRUCTURE OR LCN-INDENTURE CODE (LC SELECTED BY LCN RANGE. THE CAL-IC IS BASED ON THE PROVISIONING INDENTURE CODE (IND-CD) WHEN SELE THE CAL-IC IS ALWAYS USED TO POSITION THE RECORD FOR THE REPORT.  A B C D E F G H I J K L M N  I I I I I I I I I I I I I I  +---------------------------------------------------+  I REFRIGERATION UNIT 4110-01-074-5175 PAOHH I  I A90B10 AAAA 0 00 A I  I FIOOOOORG-2 94833 A I  +---------------------------------------------------+  I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I ENGINE, INTERNAL C 3420-00-126-1920 PAOFF I  I--I A90B10 A001 006 00 B I  I I 11898-12 44940 B I  I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I I ENGINE BLOCK 3120-00-120-3219 PAFFF I  I I--I A90B10 A002 00602 00 C I  I I I 114-109AC 44940 C I  I I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I I I PISTON ASSEMBLY 3210-00-125-9873 PAOFF I  I I I--I A90B10 A124 0060201 00 D I  I I I I BC1920 44940 D I  I I I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I I I +---------------------------------------------------+  I I I I I PIN, PISTON 3120-00-678-9845 PAFZZ I  I I I I--I A90B10 A125 0060201AA 00 E I  I I I I I 112-0069 44940 E I  I I I I +---------------------------------------------------+ 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-222 

30.48 LSA-151 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST INDEX REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.48.1 SELECTION. The LSA-151 summary is selected by mandatory LCN, and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, SEQ, PCCN and PTD-SEL 

30.48.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-151 summary at least one row 

of information must be contained within the selected LCN range/PCCN. When 

selected by LCN, this report may be across multiple PCCNs. The report can be 

generated in reference number, LCN, or PLISN sequence. Additional data which 

further describes the item at its usage level(s) are provided for the user's 

information (i.e., item name, quantities, SMR, etc.). 

 a. Next Higher Assembly Reference Number and CAGE is determined by the 

item's NHA PLISN with an "N" NHA Indicator, and one indenture less than the 

item. The HG Item's keys are compared to HH keys to find the NHA PLISN. A 

search for this PLISN is conducted in the HG table to find the NHA. Both the 

PLISN and NHA PLISN must have the same t PCCN (found in XC table through HO). 

The HG table key Reference Number and CAGE containing the PLISN matched to the 

NHA PLISN is the NHA reference number and CAGE. 

30.48.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.45 

30.48.4. REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced by either ascending PLISN or 

Reference Number based on the SEQ selected. 

30.48.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-151 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 SEQ (SELECTED) 

 PTD-SEL 

 PPL HG 313 PPLPTDHG 

 SFPPL HG 313 SFPPTDHG 

 LLTIL HG 313 LLIPTDHG 

 RIL HG 313 RILPTDHG 

 ISIL HG 313 ISLPTDHG 

 TTEL HG 313 TTLPTDHG 

 CBIL HG 313 CBLPTDHG 

 PCL HG 313 PCLPTDHG 

 SCPL HG 313 SCPPTDHG 

 ARA HG 313 ARAPTDHG 

 ARB HG 313 ARBPTDHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-223 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

 TOC HG 481 TOCCODHG 

 XC 481 TOCCODXC 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 IC HG 162 INDCODHG 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 XC 316 QTYASYXC 

 QPEI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 XC 317 QTYPEIXC 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 EC HG 100 ESSCODHG 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 [NHA PLISN] HH 258 NHAPLIHH 
LSA-151 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE

 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST INDEX  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. XC. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC PCCNUMXC SELEIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC PCCN REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P DCY A90B10 

 XC. HG. HG.QTYPEIHG/ HG. HA.  TOCCODXC INDCODHG XC.QTYPEIXC SMRCODHG PRDLD

 HG. HG. XC. HG.PLISNOHG/ HG. HG. HA. HG.QTYASYHG/ HA. HG. CAGECDXH REFNUMHA PCCNUMXC XC.PLISNOXC LSACONXB ALTLCNXB ITNAMEHA XC.QTYASYXC UNITMSHA ESSCODHG  T A  O L I E CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER PCCN PLISN C LCN C C ITEM NAME QPA QPEI UM SMR C 44282 123123123 A90B10 ALNE 0040108AW 00 E CAP, TUBE 1 1 EA PAOZZ 3 31246 ENO748EAA3412378 A90B10 AALV 00205AQ 00 D VALVE, SERVICE 1 1 EA PAOZZ 3  12-23N 10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 AALD 00201AA 01 D SCREW, CAP, HEX 10 26 EA PAOZZ 3 10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 ACLN 0071801AV 00 E SCREW, CAP, HEX 6 REF EA PAOZZ 3  10855 MS18802.35 A90B10 AQLR 00912010204AN 00 G SCREW, CAP, HEX 5 REF EA PAOZZ 3 10855 MS27183-123 A90B10 AAQN 0020501AF 00 E WASHER, FLAT 8 37 EA PAOZZ 3 10855 MS27183-123 A90B10 ABYW 003021901AC 00 F WASHER, FLAT 11 REF EA PAOZZ 3 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-225 

30.49 LSA-152 PLISN ASSIGNMENT/REASSIGNMENT REPORT SPECIFICATION 

 

30.49.1 SELECTION. The LSA-152 summary is selectable by mandatory EIAC, and 

either Start LCN or PCCN. There is a wide range of options when using the 

PLISN assignment routine: 

 a. NHA PLISNs and/or ICs may be assigned to the PMF, if this option is 

selected on the 152 report. 

 (1) If the file is constructed using the classical/modified 

classical LCN assignment technique, the IC may be assigned, provided the LCN 

structure exists in the XA table or the indenture code in the XB table. 

Asterisk ICs may be assigned to the parts file based on the ICC of "9" 

representing kit components being previously assigned (Table HG). An option is 

also available to assign a constant NHA PLISN indicator of "N" against each NHA 

PLISN assigned to the HH table. 

 (2) When a sequential LCN assignment method is utilized, the LCN 

structure field is left blank in the XA table, and the LCN-ICs must be 

entered on the XB table in order to assign NHA PLISN. The IC (Table HG) 

should be that of the provisioned end item, while the LCN-IC should be related 

to the system level in the LSAR. 

 b. When assigning PLISNs for a subordinate end item the IC is not 

assigned to the HG table. For example, a separately provisioned end item at 

the "C" indenture to the system (LCN-IC,Table XB) will have an IC of "A" come 

out on the LSA-152, and LSA-036 reports but will keep its IC of "C" assigned 

under the system end item assignment. All components to the subordinate end 

item will then have their IC assigned as before. For example, a "D" indenture 

item under the "C" indenture subordinate end item will have a "B" IC assigned 

when PLISN assignment is run on the "C" indenture subordinate end item. 

 c. PLISNs may be assigned only to items that qualify by PTD Selection 

Code for a specified Provisioning List (PL) or lists (Table HG). 

 d. PLISNs may be assigned in either topdown (LCN) or Reference Number 

sequence. When PLISNs are assigned in Reference Number sequence, the system 

will lock out the option to assign NHA PLISNs/ICs. Default is topdown. 

 e. PLISNs may be assigned as either all alphabetic, alphanumeric, 

numeric, or, first position alphabetic, then second through fourth position 

numeric. Default is alphanumeric. 

 f. A starting PLISN value may be specified on the report selection card. 

 g. PLISN values of "AAAA" through "AAAHZ" may be reserved for the system 

level and separately provisioned end items (Model Reserve). If this option is 

selected, a starting model PLISN value may be specified (within the given 

range). If none is selected, the first model PLISN assignment will be "AAAA". 

 h. PLISNs may be assigned to overlay old PLISN values established in the 

file; to overlay PLISNs and to move the old PLISN value to the Prior Item 

PLISN field; or to assign PLISNs only to items that do not have a PLISN value 

already established (insert) (Insert/Overlay selection on report). If the 

insert option is chosen, PLISNs already assigned to the file must match with 

the LCN structure or LCN-ICs of the selected LCN range. The Prior Item PLISN 

may be added as a separate selection from the I/O selection as shown in 

Appendix B of -2B. 

 i. It is possible to skip PLISN values between the assigned PLISNs for 

future use, when the item is impacted by Design Change Notice or Engineering 

Change Proposals, or for when the item having PLISNs assigned is not fully 

broken down to piece part level. This option cannot be utilized if the insert 

option (paragraph h) is in use. PLISN gaps may be as great as 1,121. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-226 

 j. PLISNs may be assigned to items based upon the Data Status Code (Table 

HG) contained against the qualified item. This can be useful when performing 

incremental provisioning on an LSAR that is not fully mature. 

 k. LCN structure and System 036 are no longer selection options. 

30.49.2 PROCESSING. This summary provides a listing, by reference number, of 

PLISN, Indenture Code (IC), NHA PLISN, and PRIOR ITEM PLISN, assigned by the 

LSAR system based on parameters of the assignment select card. The summary 

will depict the file content before and after the assignments or reassignments 

are made (PLISNs are assigned using the EBCDIC collating sequence). As an 

option, this report can be used to assign provisioning related control and 

reference data to the LSAR Parts Master File. The format is contained on 

figure 60. Spacing between rows and columns is not critical on this report. 

 a. It is necessary that the LSAR be properly structured using either a 

uniform (nonbroken) LCN structure when applying either a classical or modified 

classical LCN assignment technique; or an LCN-IC (Table XB) assignment without 

missing or unlinked indenture levels, when LCNs are assigned using the 

sequential method. Using the LSA-080 report, the analyst can review the file 

for correct structure, or by using the LSA-152 report detect error conditions 

in file structure. 

 b. The LSA-152 report consists of two parts. Part I will only be output 

when an error in file structure is encountered, or when the PLISN assignment 

(with selected PLISN spacing) exceeds the limit of 9999 for the proposed 

assigned PMF candidates. When these occur, the error location in the file is 

depicted on the report with a display of the unlinked or remaining file 

segment. If an error condition does occur, the LSA-152 process will not 

assign any PLISNs, but will continue processing to determine whether 

additional error conditions exist in the file. Validated LSAR systems will be 

required to have the capability to produce an error listing for the LSA-152 

report. However, the format, messages and explanation of those messages for 

the error listing is vendor dependent. Part II of the report reflects the 

results of the PLISN assignment/reassignment; only a Part I or a Part II will 

be produced in a processing cycle. Also, PLISN assignment must occur as an 

exclusive cycle. 

 c. The report selection for PLISN assignment occurs within a PCCN and 

optionally Start and Stop LCN range. ALC is not a selection option. 

Alternate LCNs must be considered when assigning the basic LCN PLISNs because 

alternates may have basic items as NHAs. A row in table HO creates the end 

item (XC) to part application (HG) relationship. One HG row cannot be related 

to multiple PCCNs except when the item is a subordinate end item. When the 

item is a subordinate end item, HO would have one row depicting the end item 

relationship (end item and item LCN-ALCs are the same), and one or more rows 

showing the relationship to the system. Having the end items located in the 

XC table, and the fact that no other item except a subordinate end item can be 

linked to more than one PCCN, makes the suppression indicator code obsolete. 

 d. Since there are unlimited "correct" structuring techniques using the 

ALC, there is no system edit to detect errors in file structure when the ALC 

is utilized, other than missing an indenture level when the ALC is being 

sequenced to the "basic" LCN structure. ALC assignment errors, therefore, can 

only be detected by a manual review of the LSA-152 or LSA-080 reports. 

30.49.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.46 

 

30.49.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. Part II of this summary is sequenced by ascending 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-227 

PLISN numbers. PLISNs can be assigned in topdown (LCN) sequence or Reference 

Number sequence. 

30.49.5 DATA SOURCES. The source of data appearing on the LSA-152 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report Header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC XB/HG 096 EIACODXA 

 START LCN XB/HG 199 LSACONXB 

 STOP LCN XB/HG 199 LSACONXB 

 PCCN XC 307 PCCNUMXC 

 PTD SELECT (SELECTED) HG 313 

 STATUS (SELECTED) HG 070 DATASCHG 

 INSERT/OVERLAY (SELECTED THROUGHPUT) 

 SEQ METHOD (SELECTED) (LCN/REF NUMBER) XB/HA 

 NHA PLISN/IND CODE (SELECTED) 

 PLISN TYPE (SELECTED) 

 START PLISN (SELECTED) XC/HG 309 PLISNOXC 

 PLISNOHG 

 PLISN GAP (SELECTED) 

 MODEL PLISN (SELECTED) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 LCN XB 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC XB 019 ALTLCNXB 

 PLISN XC/HG 309 PLISNOXC 

 PLISNOHG 

 IND CODE HG 162 INDCODHG 

 NHA PLISN HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 PRIOR ITEM PLISN HG 297 PIPLISHG 

OLD RECORD DATA 

 PLISN XC/HG 309 PLISNOXC 

 PLISNOHG 

 IND CD HG 162 INDCODHG 

 NHA PLISN HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 SAME AS PLISN HG 364 SAPLISHG 

 PRIOR ITEM PLISN HG 297 PIPLISHG 

 LCN IC XB 200 LCNINDXB 
LSA-152 REQUESTER: BOB ORENDAS LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 10:20 DATE

 PLISN ASSIGNMENT/REASSIGNMENT  XB. XB. XB. XC. HG. THROUGH XC.PLISNOXC/ EIACODXA LSACONXB LSACONXB PCCNUMXC SELECTED DATASCHG PUT SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED SELECTED HG.PLISNOHG  NHA  PRIOR PLISN/  PTD STATUS ITEM SEQ IND PLISN START EIAC START LCN STOP LCN PCCN SELECT CODE I/O PLISN METHOD CODE TYPE PLISN REFRIG UNT 0 AUTOPL OVLAY YES X ALPHA ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  NEW RECORD DATA ON PARTS MASTER FILE OLD RECORD DATA ON PARTS  HG. HG. XB. XB. XC.PLISNOXC/ HG. HH. HG. XC.PLISNOXC/ HG. HH. HG.  REFNUMHA CAGECDXH LSACONXB ALTLCNXB HG.PLISNOHG INDOCDHG HNAPLIHH PIPLISHG HG.PLISNOHG INDCODHG NHAPLIHH SAPLI PRIOR SA IND NHA ITEM IND NHA AREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE LCN ALC PLISN CD PLISN PLISN PLISN CD PLISN PLF100000GR-2 64643 0 00 AAAE A AAAA AAAA A F10000R-6 11599 0 01 AAAF A AAAB AAAB A 8742SPRTEQGRP1 64643 00S 00 AAAJ B AAAE 45 74369 81343 001 00 AAAK B AAAE AAAJ AAAJ B 74817 11599 00101 00 AAAL C AAAK AAAK AAAK C 74643 11599 00101 01 AAAM C AAAK AACZ AACZ C 74639-1 11599 00102 00 AAAN C AAAK AAAL AAAL C 74640-2 11599 00102AA 00 AAAP D AAAN AAAM AAAM D AD44BS 64643 00104 00 AAAQ C AAAK AAAP AAAP C MS35489-123-12 81343 00106 01 AAAR C AAAK AACO AACO C 934 53580-10-12 64643 00108 00 AAAS C AAAK AAAR AAAR C 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-229 

30.50 LSA-154 PROVISIONING PARTS BREAKOUT SUMMARY REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.50.1 SELECTION. The LSA-154 summary is selected by either a mandatory LCN 

or REFERENCE NUMBER and CAGE, and optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, CTIC1, CTIC2, 

SRC, and PART. 

30.50.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-154 summary at least one row 

of information (table HG) qualified by specified CTICs or Source Codes (SRC) 

must be contained within the selected LCN range. If the selection is made by 

Reference Number/CAGE, then this number must be contained in table HA. 

 a. The report is selectable by Part I only or by both parts. 

 b. If both parts of the report are selected, a page break will occur 

between each change in Reference Number/CAGE. If only part I is selected, 

multiple Reference Number/CAGEs may appear on the same page. 

 c. Next Higher Assembly Reference Number and CAGE is determined by the 

item's NHA PLISN with an "N" NHA Indicator, and one indenture less than the 

item. The HG Item's keys are compared to HH keys to find the NHA PLISN. A 

search for this PLISN is conducted in the HG table to find the NHA. Both the 

PLISN and NHA PLISN must have the same t PCCN (found in XC table through HO). 

The HG table key Reference Number and CAGE containing the PLISN matched to the 

NHA PLISN is the NHA reference number and CAGE. (Same process for LSA-151 

summary). 

30.50.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.47 

30.50.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in ascending Reference 

Number and CAGE. 

30.50.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-154 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 CTIC1 HA 058 CTICODHA 

 CTIC2 HA 058 CTICODHA 

 SOURCE HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 PARTS (SELECTED) 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 RNCC HA 338 REFNCCHA 

 RNVC HA 339 REFNVCHA 

 DAC HA 086 DOCAVCHA 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-230 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 CTIC HA 058 CTICODHA 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 AMC HA 003 ACQMETHA 

 AMSC HA 004 AMSUFCHA 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER(S) HB 006 ADDREFHB 

 CAGE HB 046 ADCAGEHB 

 RNCC HB 338 ADRNCCHB 

 RNVC HB 339 ADRNVCHB 

 CTIC CAGE HC 046 CTCAGEHC 

 CAGE NAME XH 047 CANAMEXH 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 LOT QUANTITY 

 FROM HE 205 LOTQFMHE 

 TO HE 205 LOTQTOHE 

 CPC HE 051 CURPRCHE 

 TUC HE 485 TUMPRCHE 

 FY HE 145 FISCYRHE 

 IC HG 162 INDCODHG 

 PCCN XC 309 PCCNUMXC 

 PLISN HG 309 PLISNOHG 

 XC 309 PLISNOXC 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 QPA HG 316 QTYASYHG 

 XC 316 QTYASYXC 

 QPEI HG 317 QTYPEIHG 

 XC 317 QTYPEIXC 

 SMR HG 389 SMRCODHG 

 EC HG 100 ESSCODHG 

 NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY 

 CAGE HG 046 CAGECDXH 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HG 337 REFNUMHA 

 [NHA PLISN] HH 258 NHAPLIHH 

 TOT QTY RECOMMENDED HG 453 TOTQTYHG 

 UOC(S) HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 
LSA-154 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE

 PROVISIONING PARTS BREAKOUT SUMMARY  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HA. HA. HG. HG. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB CTICODHA CTICODHA SMRCODHG CAGECDXH EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN CTIC1 CTIC2 SRC CAGE REFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P ALL ALL PART I REFERENCE NUMBER INFORMATION  HG. HG. HA. HA. HA. HA. HA.FSCNSNHA/ HA. HA.  REFNUMHA CAGECDXH REFNCCHA REFNVCHA DOCAVCHA ITNAMEHA HA.NIINSNHA CTICODHA PRDLREFERENCE NUMBER CAGE RNCC RNVC DAC ITEM NAME NSN CTIC PCCG45/1842-11AC 51440 3 2 1 POWER SUPPLY 2805-01-108-9240 AN  HB.ADDREFHB HB.ADCAGEHB HB.ADRNCCHB HB.ADRNVCHB  ADDITIONAL REFERENCE NUMBER(S) CAGE RNCC RNVC  3417-158(C) 33210 5 9  T38-09127/7 11215 5 9  HC. XH. HE. HE. HE. HE. H CTCAGEHC CANANEXH UMPRICHE LOTQFMHE LOTQTOHE CURPRCHE TU CTIC CAGE CAGE NAME | UM PRICE LOT QUANTITY CPC  | FROM TO  33210 ACME ELECTRONICS | 327.25 1 2000 N  11215 YORK MANUFACTURING | 234.91 2001 3000 N  23219 GENERAL ELECTRICAL | PART II REFERENCE NUMBER APPICATIONS INFORMATION  HG. HG. HG. XC. HG.PLISNOHG/ HG.QTYASYHG/ HG.QTYPEIHG/ HG. HG. HG. HG. LSACONXB ALTLCNXB INDCODHG PCCNUMXC XC.PLISNOXC XC. QTYASYXC XC.QTYPEIXC SMRCODHG ESSCODHG CAGECDXH REFNUMHA  I NEXT HIGHER ASSEMBLY LCN ALC C PCCN PLISN QPA QPEI SMR EC CAGE REFERENCE NUMBER 00602 00 C A90B10 A109 1 3 PAOFF 3 18976 18798 0080102 00 E A90B10 B024 1 REF PAOFF 3 25597 5T23-98/12 01203 00 C A90B10 E127 1 REF PAOFF 3 87390 119-563290 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-232 

30.51 LSA-155 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST FOR SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED 

WITH PRODUCTION (SAIP) REPORT SPECIFICATION 

30.51.1 SELECTION. The LSA-155 summary is selected by mandatory LCN, and 

optional ALC, STOP LCN, UOC, and TYPE PRICES. 

30.51.2 PROCESSING. In order to produce an LSA-155 summary at least one item 

with a SAIP Indicator of "Y" (SAIPCDHA) must be contained within the selected 

LCN range. The requester may specify either UM or UI prices to be displayed on 

the report. 

30.51.3 REPORT FORMAT. See Figure 3.48 

30.51.4 REPORT SEQUENCE. The report is sequenced in ascending Reference 

Number/CAGE. 

30.51.5 DATA SOURCE. The source of data appearing on the LSA-155 summary is 

depicted below by data table and element codes. 

 Report header Table Code DED Element Code 

 EIAC HG 096 EIACODXA 

 ITEM NAME HA 182 ITNAMEHA 

 START LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 TYPE HG 203 LCNTYPXB 

 STOP LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 UOC HO/XC 501 UOCSEIXC 

 TYPE PRICES (SELECTED) 

 [SAIP INDICATOR] HA 391 SAIPCDHA 

 REFERENCE NUMBER HA 337 REFNUMHA 

 CAGE HA 046 CAGECDXH 

 [UM/UI INFORMATION] 

 UM HA 491 UNITMSHA 

 UM PRICE HE 492 UMPRICHE 

 LOT QUANTITY 

 FROM HE 205 LOTQFMHE 

 TO HE 205 LOTQTOHE 

 CPC HE 051 CURPRCHE 

 TUC HE 485 TUMPRCHE 

 UI HA 488 UNITISHA 

 UI PRICE HD 490 UIPRICHD 

 LOT QUANTITY 

 FROM HD 205 LOTQFMHD 

 TO HD 205 LOTQTOHD 

 CPC HD 051 CURPRCHD 

 TUC HD 485 TUIPRCHD 

 PLT HA 299 PRDLDTHA 

 NO. (GENERATED) 

 LCN HG 199 LSACONXB 

 ALC HG 019 ALTLCNXB 

 MRR-1 HG 211 MRRONEHG 

 ORR HH 281 OVHREPHH 

 NRTS HG 261 NORETSHG 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 3 

3-233 

 MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION 

 CBD HG 214 CBDMTDHG 

 CAD HG 214 CADMTDHG 

 TOT QUANTITY RECOMMENDED HG 453 TOTQTYHG 
LSA-155 REQUESTER: MS. SCHMIDT LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS RECORD TIME: 14:20 DATE

 RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS LIST  FOR SPARES ACQUISITION INTEGRATED WITH PRODUCTION (SAIP)  HG. HA. HG. HG. HG. HG. HO/XC. EIACODXA ITNAMEHA LSACONXB ALTLCNXB LCNTYPXB LSACONXB UOCSEIXC SELECTED EIAC ITEM NAME START LCN ALC TYPE STOP LCN UOC TYPE PRICEREFRIG-UNT REFRIGERATION UNIT 0 00 P UM --------------------------------------  HA. HA. HA. HA. HD.UIPRICHD/ HD.LOTQFMHD/ HD.LOTQTOHD/ HD.CURPRCHD REFNUMHA CAGECDXH ITNAMEHA UNITMSHA HE.UMPRICHE HE.LOTQFMHE HE.LOTQTOHE HE.CURPRC LOT QUANTITY REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME UM UM PRICE FROM TO CPA4622 41947 COUPLING, FEMALE EA 0.30 1 25 Y  0.28 26 150 N  REFERENCE NUMBER APPLICATIONS  HG. HG. HG. HH. HG. HG. HG.  GENERATED LSACONXB ALTLCNXB MRRONEHG OVEREPHH NORETSHG CBDMTDHG CADMTDHG  MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION TO NO. LCN ALC MRR-1 ORR NRTS CBD CAD RE 001 0020103 00 0.1230 0.03 010 01 02  002 00301 00 0.1439 0.05 010 00 02 -------------------------------------- REFERENCE NUMBER CAGE ITEM NAME UM UM PRICE FROM TO CP142-0431 44940 CARBURETOR ASSEMBLY EA 49.56 1 500 N  46.00 501 1000 Y  39.95 1001 10000 N  REFERENCE NUMBER APPLICATIONS  MAINTENANCE TASK DISTRIBUTION TO NO. LCN ALC MRR-1 ORR NRTS CBD CAD RE 001 00607 00 0001.3323 0.05 010 00 05 -------------------------------------- 
4-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 4 

LSAR SOFTWARE VALIDATION 

40.0 OBJECTIVE. Provide guidance on MIL-STD-1388-2B software validation. 

40.1 General. MIL-STD-1388-2B, 28 Mar 91, DOD Requirements for a Logistic 

Support Analysis Record, cites the requirement for performing activities to 

use a validated LSAR ADP system. Paragraph 4.2.2.2 of the standard defines 

the minimum design criteria for such a software system. Validation will be 

completed by the USAMC Logistic Support Activity (LOGSA). Validation of these 

independently developed LSAR ADP systems is not, and shall not be construed as 

a Government endorsement of an ADP system's design or capability. It is simply 

recognition that the vendor or performing activity software system satisfies 

the minimum LSAR ADP system requirements and criteria established by the 

standard and is, therefore approved for use in support of government contract 

LSAR requirements. 

40.2 Purpose. This handbook describes the validation process to be followed, 

and the requirements the vendor or performing activity developed LSAR ADP 

system must satisfy to acquire system validation. 

40.3 Differences in Validation Requirements with the Revised Standard. Under 

MIL-STD-1388-2A there is Government furnished software called the Joint 

Service LSAR ADP system--developed by the DOD LSA Support Activity and 

furnished free of charge to any agency/contractor requesting it. The old 

standard also encouraged the use and development of independently developed 

LSAR ADP systems which were categorized as three different types: 

40.3.1 Type I. Type I systems are "front-end" entry and edit systems only, 

which created transactions for processing by the government developed LSAR ADP 

system. 

40.3.2 Type II. Type II systems carry this process further by independently 

creating complete and transferable LSAR Master Files. Reports are generated 

using the report generation sections of the government developed LSAR ADP 

system. 

40.3.3 Type III. Type III systems are "full blown" and completely 

independent LSAR ADP systems with the capability of independent report 

generation and data transfer using the complete LSAR master files. 

Under MIL-STD-1388-2B, there is no Joint Service Standard ADP system, on which 

to build independent ADP system. Therefore, all independent ADP systems are 

similar to type III. Additionally, validated systems must be capable of 

transferring and accepting change only data from the last delivery of LSAR 

data and providing automated user comment capability. 

40.4 Differences in LSAR Software System Design Criteria 2A versus 2B. The 

new capabilities of the 2B designed LSAR system are a large improvement over 

the 2A capabilities. These new capabilities were desired by both the 
CHAPTER 4 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

government and contractors. Therefore, these new capabilities must be part of 

the validation criteria. The differences in the 2A verse 2B validation 

criteria, see figure 4.1, are as follows: 

FIGURE 4.1 

40.4.1 Master Table(s) Acceptance. A new criteria requires capability to 

automatically accept relational master table data in the formats described in 

appendix A (MIL-STD-1388-2B) using the data elements, definitions, data 

element edits, data field lengths, and data relationships contained in 

appendices A and E of the standard (MIL-STD-1388-2A does not require the 

acceptance of master files). 

40.4.2 Master Table(s) Delivery. The ADP system must have the capability of 

outputting LSAR relational tables as displayed in Appendix A, 

(MIL-STD-1388-2B) to satisfy the Data Item Description format for data 

delivery. (Criteria unchanged from 2A to 2B, only data is in relational 

table format, instead of master file format). 

40.4.3 LSAR Reports. All 2B ADP system are required to produce all LSAR 

reports, including all options and selection criteria as displayed and 

described in Appendix B, MIL-STD-1388-2B. (MIL-STD-1388-2A requirement for a 

Type III system was to produce at least one or more of the standard LSA output 

4-2
CHAPTER 4 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

4-3

reports.) 

40.4.4 Appendix A and E. The system must satisfy the business rules 

established in Appendix A of MIL-STD-1388-2B. The system must, as a minimum, 

have the capability of satisfying appendix E, (MIL-STD-1388-2B) data elements 

definitions. (Criteria unchanged from Appendix F of MIL-STD-1388-2A, only 

there have been new data elements added.) 

40.4.5 Change Only Data. The system must have the capability of outputting 

and inputting change only data. Change only data is that data which is 

different from last delivery of data. (MIL-STD-1388-2A could accept full file 

transfers only; it did not specify the requirement for change only data.) 

40.4.6 Comment Capabilities. The system must have the capability to provide 

automated user comments. MIL-STD-1388-2B does not specify how the comment 

capability be done, only that it must be automated. (This capability was not 

available under MIL-STD-1388-2A.) 

40.5 General Validation Procedures. The following describes the test 

parameters and step by step validation process. Additional and more detailed 

instructions of the validation procedures are available from LOGSA in the form 

of a Validation Guide, provided upon request. 

40.5.1 Step 1. The system developer will submit a written validation request 

to LOGSA, the DOD LSAR Support Activity. 

40.5.2 Step 2. LOGSA then forwards test data and instructions to the system 

developer. Testing parameters for the system include: 

 (1) Evidence of integrity between tables. 

 (2) Correct data edits. 

 (3) Establishment of records with full record identification 

 (4) Recognition of business rules, e.g., in table BD, if you have a 

failure rate, you must have a failure rate measurement base. 

 (5) Accepting and producing change only data. 

 (6) Accepting and producing Master tables. 

40.5.3 Step 3. The test data is uploaded to the developer's system. The 

modules must be processed in their numerical sequence. The modules contain 

initial input to all master tables in Cycle 1, updates in Cycle 2, and valid 

and invalid manual transactions in Cycle 3. 

40.5.4 Step 4. After running Cycle 1, hardcopies of the LSAR reports are 

generated from the master tables. The Government validation team will perform 

a comparison of each LSA hardcopy report generated from the master tables 

produced by the system developer. Validation requires that the LSA product 
CHAPTER 4 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

4-4

oriented reports such as the MAC, RPSTL, and 036, Provisioning Requirements be 

identical in format and content to those displayed in Appendix B, 

MIL-STD-1388-2B; while other summary reports such as the LSA-001, Man-Hours by 

Skill Specialty Code and Level of Maintenance, LSA-003, Maintenance Summary, 

and the LSA-005, Support Items Utilization Summary are reviewed only for 

content, spacing, etc. is not considered critical, but the general format of 

the report should be adhered to. 

40.5.5 Step 5. The system developer must then submit the following items to 

LOGSA for validation: 

 (1) LSAR data tables on 5 l/4 or 3 1/2 inch floppy disk following 

Cycle 3. 

 (2) Change only LSAR data reflecting changes caused by Cycle 2 and 

Cycle 3 test data to the initial cycle. 

 (3) Hardcopy listing and floppy disk of LSAR reports in sequence as 

shown in Appendix B, MIL-STD-1388-2B. 

 (4) Report of entry/edit discrepancies for Cycles 1 and 2 . 

 (5) Completed survey contained in Appendix A, MIL-STD-138 8-2B, 

Software Validation Guide. Data contained in this survey may be released to 

LSAR users requesting information on validated LSAR software systems. 

40.5.6 Step 6. LOGSA will contact the developer if any validation 

discrepancies are discovered that are not explained in his validation report 

and survey. In addition, direct access to that system via modem, or on-site 

inspection, for automated edit or user comment capability review may be 

requested. 

40.6 Validation Completion. LOGSA evaluates the LSAR products submitted. 

Assuming no major problems are encountered in the validation process, up to 60 

working days may be required for review after initial submission of the 

validation request and accompanying files, listings, survey, and report. 

Upon successful completion of the system's validation review, the developer 

will receive an official letter of validation from the Office of the Assistant 

Secretary of Defense (Defense Logistic Support Office). 

40.7 Validation Letter Renewal Procedures. Under MIL-STD-1388-2B a letter of 

validation issued to any independently developed LSAR ADP system is renewable 

annually on the anniversary date of the letter currently in effect. 

MIL-STD-1388-2A validations no longer require renewals. 

40.7.1 Renewal Request. The system developer must request renewal, in 

writing, to LOGSA, the DOD LSAR Support Activity. The request must include: 

the date of the current letter of validation and a statement clearly 

confirming that the LSAR ADP system has not been modified from the initial 

description submitted for validation. 
CHAPTER 4 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

4-5

40.7.2 Renewal Issuance. The DOD LSAR Support Activity requires 15 working 

days to process validation renewal requests. These requests are forwarded to 

OASD, where the official renewal letter is mailed to the system developer and 

a copy furnished to LOGSA. 

40.8 LSAR ADP System Revalidation. Revalidation is mandatory if a system is 

altered from that which is described in the validation request letter on file 

in the DOD LSA Support Activity. It is the responsibility of the independent 

system developer to apply for revalidation. Revalidation procedures and the 

processing time table are identical to those described in paragraphs at 1.5 

for initial system validation. Revalidation requests received within 120 days 

of a previously validated or renewed system will not be honored. 

40.9 Disapproval of Validation Request. If an LSAR ADP system fails 

validation, its developer will be informed of the reason(s) for failure and 

recommended corrective action(s) to facilitate system validation. 

40.10 Revocation of Validation. There are endless combinations of data edits 

and business rules to be adhered to in developing this type of ADP system. 

With the expertise of our validation team and high standards for our 

validation process, hopefully, the result will be the availability of some 

excellent quality MIL-STD-1388-2B software. However, if a vendor demonstrates 

noncompliance with these standards or continually exhibits problems within his 

system that are not corrected, he risks revocation of his validation. 

40.11 Considerations for Software Evaluation. Listed below are some suggested 

areas to think about in evaluating the LSAR software available, and help you 

in determining the one(s) that best suit your particular needs: 

a. Type of hardware platform to be used, (mainframe, mini, etc.). 

b. Volume of data to be documented. 

c. Rate of processing (number of transactions). 

d. Types of users/operators--user friendliness. 

e. Number of simultaneous users. 

f. Interface requirements to other systems. 

g. Conversion capability from MIL-STD-1388-2A to MIL-STD-1388-2B. 

h. Cost of the system. 

i. Ad hoc reporting capability. 

j. Any other special requirements you may need. 

40.12 LSAR Independently Developed ADP Pamphlet. LOGSA also produces a 

pamphlet on LSAR Independently Developed ADP Systems. This pamphlet contains 
CHAPTER 4 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

4-6

a brief description of each of the independently developed LSAR software 

programs that have been validated by LOGSA. This brochure is periodically 

updated to reflect both systems validated under MIL-STD-1388-2A as well as the 

future MIL-STD-1388-2B systems. 
5-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

Chapter 5 

 GUIDANCE FOR ASSIGNMENT OF LOGISTIC SUPPORT ANALYSIS (LSA) 

 CONTROL NUMBER (LCN), ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC), LCN TYPE 

 AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC)

50. PURPOSE. This chapter provides guidance for the assignment of LCNs, 

ALCs, LCN-Types, and UOCs; their use; and, their relationship to one another. 

50.1 Traditional LCN assignments. Traditionally, the LCN was developed using 

the physical hardware configuration (or engineering drawings), for LCN 

assignment. Using this approach, the LCNs assigned directly tracked with 

provisioning documentation requirements, and enabled easy conversion to 

provisioning data keys (PLISN). Any product documentation, such as the 

Maintenance Allocation Chart, Maintenance Plans, or Repair Parts and Special 

Tools List requiring a Functional Group Code (FGC) or Work Unit Code (WUC) 

sequencing was selected by LCN and then resorted by the data element 

WUC/TM-FGC. 

50.2 Functional and physical LCN assignments. Under MIL-STD-1388-2B, the 

capability exists to assign physical and/or functional LCNs. The functional 

breakdown of the system is useful for rolling up RAM type of information and 

also for documenting reliability allocation. Under the Reliability and 

Maintainability areas, a physical hardware breakdown may create problems in 

"rolling up" failure rates, reliability times, and maintainability frequencies 

to the appropriate higher item. For example, if an antenna connected to a 

wing-tip fails, the failure should be rolled to the communications system, and 

not to the wing structure on which it is physically attached. The traditional 

WUC/TM-FGC cannot be used for functional documentation since this element is 

used for product development and may contain a consolidated code for "like" 

items which will create problems for reliability/ maintainability summations 

and calculations. In addition, a WUC/TM-FGC cannot be documented until a 

physical (or traditional) LCN has already been assigned. The functional LCN 

will provide the flexibility necessary to correct these situations. In cases 

where the functional and physical breakdown are identical, separate structures 

will not be required. When there is a requirement for both physical and 

functional breakdowns, a cross-reference table mapping the functional and 

physical LCNs (table XG) will be documented to link the two. There can only 

be one physical LCN per functional LCN, and vice-versa. In an automated data 

processing system, the physical LCN structure will take precedence for data 

storage, when both a physical and functional LCNs exist for the same item. 

Upon creating the physical/functional mapping, any data documented under a 

functional LCN will be converted from a functional to a physical key. It is 

important to recognize that the two structures are completely independent, and 

that a "mixing" of structures (part physical/part functional) for a system/end 

item is not permitted. Also recognize the importance of proper mapping of the 

functional and physical LCNs. Figure 5.1 provides an example of a comparison 

between a physical and functional LCN breakdown. Note that the LCN for the 

antenna is A0301A on the functional breakdown and is A0101 on the physical 

breakdown. If reliability data had already been developed against the 

functional LCN and you now want to relate that information to a part in the 

physical breakdown, all you would have to do is use the mapping table (table 

XG) to document that the functional LCN A0301A and the physical LCN A0101 are 

the same item. Also note that the functional and physical LCNs are at 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-2

figure 5.1 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-3

different indenture levels, but they can still be mapped to each other. 

50.2.1 LCN Type. To document functional/physical LCN assignment requires a 

new data element, LCN Type. This element is a key and is required where all 

LCN oriented data resides. The LCN-Type is a one-position code of either "F", 

Functional; or "P", Physical. One note of caution, if provisioning data is 

required for your system/equipment, Physical LCNs must be assigned because 

tables HG through HR require a physical breakdown. 

50.3 LCN ASSIGNMENT. The LCN may represent either a functional or hardware 

generation breakdown/disassembly sequence of system/equipment hardware 

including support equipment, training equipment, and installation (connecting) 

hardware. As such, the LCN is a key field utilized to input data into the 

LSAR data system and to extract reports from the data system. Normally, 

development of the LCN structure and assignment of LCNs through the subsystem 

level should be accomplished prior to completion of the first LSAR data 

tables. Extreme care should be exercised in developing the structure, so that 

the least number of characters is used for each indenture level. This can be 

accomplished by identifying the maximum number of parts/assemblies which will 

be assigned a unique LCN at each indenture level. A special caution needs to 

be mentioned regarding the use of special characters in LCN assignment; if 

possible, do not utilize special characters when assigning LCNs. The reason 

for this warning is different ADP systems utilize special characters in 

different ways. Although your ADP system may allow a certain set of special 

characters for LCN assignment, another ADP system which your data may be 

passed to may use some of those special characters in system administration, 

and, therefore, produce critical errors when reading in LCNs with those 

special characters. If the maximum number of items at a given indenture level 

is less than or equal to 36, then 1 alphanumeric character would suffice. If 

the maximum number of items is greater than 36 but less than or equal to 1296, 

then 2 alphanumeric characters would suffice and so on. No more than one 

position of the LCN should be used to identify the system. It is useful to 

develop an LCN structure for the entire system/equipment hardware. Care 

should be exercised in assigning the LCNs, since the order in which they are 

assigned will affect the order of FMECA data and task analysis information, 

and may affect the order in which it will be used on a repair parts lists and 

assignment of PLISNs. For example, if it is a requirement for attaching 

hardware to appear on a repair parts list prior to the assembly, these items 

would have to be assigned LCNs which are less in value than the one assigned 

to the assembly. In assigning the LCN early in the design of an end item, it 

is also advantageous to skip one, two,or more LCNs, so that an additional item 

can be inserted later on due to design changes. This advance planning avoids 

the possibility of having to resequence at a later point in the program. 

Figure 5.2 provides an example of a developed LCN structure. In this example, 

we allocated 1 character at the A indenture level; the second indenture level 

B was allocated 2 spaces; the third level (the C indenture level) we allocated 

3; the D level 3; the E level 4; and down at the piece part level we allocated 

5 characters to document the LCN. Therefore, our LCN structure for this 

example is 1,2,3,3,4,5. If there is a 3 position LCN, then the ADP system 

will recognize that we must be at the B indenture level. Likewise, a 6 

character LCN must be at the C indenture level. The total sum of the 

positions in the LCN structure 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-4

figure 5.2 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-5

cannot exceed 18, that is the maximum number of characters available for LCN 

assignment. The above guidance should be considered prior to assigning the 

LCNs. Three basic methods for assigning LCNs are discussed below, but you are 

not limited to these methods. 

50.3.1 Classical LCN assignment. This method dictates assignment of a unique 

LCN to every application of a part numbered item in the system including piece 

parts. This method ensures proper identification of an item to its Next 

Higher Assembly (NHA) and ensures proper roll-up/summarization of data for all 

LSA Record (LSAR) reports. Figure 5.3 is an example of the classical LCN 

assignment method. From a provisioning standpoint, use of the classical 

assignment method would allow the automatic assignment of PLISN, NHA PLISN, 

SAME AS PLISN, and Indenture Code. 

50.3.2 Modified classical assignment method. This method is a variation of 

the classical assignment method, which permits piece parts to be assigned the 

same LCN at the indenture level below the component/assembly of which they are 

a part. In addition, attaching hardware may be assigned the same LCN at the 

same indenture level at which the assembly is located. The assembly to which 

the attaching hardware is required is provided a separate LCN. Figure 5.4 

shows an example of the modified classical method. The items with an asterisk 

have been assigned the same LCN. Application of this method could economize 

the number of LCNs required at the lower indenture levels. Use of this method 

ensures proper roll-up/summarization of data for all LSAR reports. From a 

provisioning standpoint when hardware breakdown approach is used for the LCN, 

this method allows the automatic assignment of all PLISNs and the indenture 

code. 

50.3.3 Sequential assignment method. For large systems, an attempt to use 

any of the above methods can still result in a need for more than the 18 

characters allocated to the LCN field. In this situation, the classical or 

modified classical assignment method would be employed for the first 12 or 13 

characters of the LCN field; the last five or six characters of the LCN field 

would be assigned sequentially through the remaining indentures. An example 

of the sequential assignment method is provided on figure 5.5. This method 

does not affect the normal processing of the LSAR output reports; however, it 

is necessary to select reports at indenture levels above the point where 

sequential assignment of LCNs was initiated. From a provisioning standpoint, 

this method dictates manual input of the LCN-indenture code (LCN-IC) in order 

to automatically assign PLISN, NHA PLISN, and Indenture Code. 

50.4 ALTERNATE LCN CODE (ALC). The ALC (codes 00 through 99) provides the 

capability to document alternate design concepts or like items for different 

models using identical LCNs at the same system breakdown level. As such, ALC 

is a key data element and a value of 00 is considered just as significant as a 

value of 01, 10, or 23. In fact, all LCNs which have a corresponding ALC with 

a value of 00 represent the "basic system" hardware. The ALC is LCN oriented 

and is used to aid in the documentation of the following: 

 a. Alternate items with different reference numbers (e.g., diesel engine 

versus gas engine), one of which will be selected for production. 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-6

figure 5.3 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-7

figure 5.4 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-8

figure 5.5 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-9

 b. Different reference numbered items which are used in the same 

functional and physical location (i.e., same LCN) in the hardware breakdown, 

and the usage of either item results in a different configuration/model 

designation (i.e., different UOCs). 

The use of ALC for a single configuration/model is discussed in the 

immediately following paragraphs, while ALC usage for multiple 

configurations/models is discussed in paragraph 3. 

50.4.1 ALC usage for a single configuration/model. A system/end item which 

has a single configuration/model designation will have only one assigned UOC. 

When a system/end item has a single UOC, then the ALC can be used to capture 

analysis data for alternative designs or maintenance concepts. To properly 

input LSAR data and establish a traceable LCN breakdown structure, the 

following rules should be adhered to: 

 a. Rule 1. The "basic system" hardware breakdown must be input using ALC 

values of 00. This is necessary since the selection process will always 

default to the "basic system" data, if alternative data has not been entered. 

 b. Rule 2. Alternative designs will be broken down completely in terms 

of LCN and associated data. 

 c. Rule 3. To the maximum extent possible, the ALC assigned should be 

the same value throughout the alternative design/maintenance concept. 

Following these rules allows for an orderly buildup of LSAR data and avoids 

confusion concerning which items may be common to two or more alternatives and 

provides for easier retrieval of LSAR reports. 

50.4.1.1 Figure 5.6 is an example of a single configuration/model end item 

with a UOC of "ABC". The example also represents how the ALC can be used for 

alternative hardware design concepts. Three different fuel pumps are being 

considered for use on the gas engine, as well as an alternative diesel engine. 

All "basic" hardware items have an ALC of 00, while two additional fuel pumps 

and the entire diesel engine breakdown have different ALCs. This is in 

accordance with the first rule stated above. Rule 2 is also followed for the 

figure xx breakdown of the diesel engine because the identical electrical 

system was repeated from the gas engine. Rule 3 is followed in assignment of 

ALCs for the diesel engine (the multiple fuel pumps and their ALC assignments 

are an example of the Rule 3 statement "To the maximum extent possible ..."). 

50.4.2 ALC usage for LSAR reports. For most report selections, the UOC is 

always the first criteria that must be met for data selection and LCN is the 

second criteria. ALC becomes the third select criteria, if the user specifies 

a specific ALC value on the report request. As already discussed, an ALC of 

00 on the report submittal will result in choosing "basic system" LCN data 

(i.e., records with 00 ALCs). If an ALC is requested with a specific 

numeric value, only items with a matching ALC will be chosen. If no ALC value 

is selected (blank), any ALC value can be chosen. 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-10

figure 5.6 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-11

50.4.3 Lower-tiered LCN/ALC selections. In addition to the basic report 

request, different LCN and ALC combinations at a lower indenture level from 

the basic report selection may be chosen to specify the alternative design 

desired by identifying these LCNs and ALCs. This is necessary when rule 3, 

discussed in paragraph 2.1, cannot be strictly adhered to and designation of 

the ALC on the basic report request will not result in a complete substitution 

of the alternative design. This situation will occur when alternative designs 

are being considered within the hardware breakdown of another alternative 

design. The example on figure 5.6 displays this situation; alternative fuel 

pumps are being considered within the gas engine and two alternative engines 

are being considered. Thus, in order to obtain the "basic system" (i.e., with 

gas engine), but with fuel pump RN5, a lower-tiered LCN/ALC request selection 

must be input with an LCN of "A203" and an ALC of "03". The basic report 

request would have an ALC value of 00. In order to produce a report for the 

"basic system" with the diesel engine substituted, the following selection 

request would be required: 

 a. A basic selection request with an LCN of "A", UOC of "ABC", and an ALC 

of "00". This produces a report of the "basic" truck. 

 b. A lower-tiered LCN/ALC selection request with an LCN of "A2" and an 

ALC value of "01". This information would modify the basic selection request 

to choose the diesel engine and its components, in lieu of the gas engine. 

The lower-tiered LCN/ALC selection request allows the user to create many 

different variations of a system/end item via the LSAR reports. While use of 

the ALC for alternative designs does not reduce the amount of data required 

(i.e., rule 2 of paragraph 30.1), it does provide for easier data storage and 

report generation. 

50.5 USABLE ON CODE (UOC). The UOC is used to identify the model/ 

configuration relationship of each LCN comprising a system/equipment and to 

control these relationships for LSAR report generation. The UOC is a critical 

data element and should therefore be used when establishing an LSAR. This 

requirement holds even if only one configuration/model of a system/equipment 

is being documented. In accordance with table XC, contained in appendix A of 

MIL-STD-1388-2B, each configuration/model is assigned a unique UOC at the 

system/end item level LCN. Each individual assembly/component/piece part is 

also "linked" to the assigned UOC of the model of which it is applicable 

through tables XF and HO. When an assembly/component/piece part is applicable 

to more than one configuration/model, then multiple UOCs are "linked" to the 

component for a single LCN and ALC via tables XF and HO. This eliminates the 

requirement of duplicating analysis and related data, merely because an item 

has application to multiple configurations/models. It should be stressed that 

if an item's usage for a given configuration model differs from another 

configuration/model in terms of quantity, Source, Maintenance, Recoverability 

(SMR) coding or analysis data, then multiple UOCs should not be used for a 

single LCN. This situation dictates using the ALC to indicate different data 

for the same LCN and a different UOC. 

50.5.1 ALC and UOC relationship. In order to document multiple 

configurations/ models in the LSAR, the ALC plays an important role. As 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-12

already stated, for items that are common to all configurations/models, only 

one LCN/ALC entry is required in table XB for the multiple UOCs (table XF will 

have multiple entries, one entry per UOC). In addition, since such an item is 

considered part of the "basic system", its ALC would be 00. For those items 

that bring about a configuration/model change, the ALC is used in a manner 

similar to that discussed in paragraph 50.4. Figure 5.7 is an example of 

multiple UOCs for a given system/end item and the usage of ALC in conjunction 

with multiple model items. In the example, the basic model truck has a UOC of 

"ABC", while the new model truck has a UOC of "ABD". The reason for the 

additional model is the use of a diesel engine, instead of the gas engine. 

Since both types of engines physically and functionally appear in the same 

location of the truck breakdown, their LCNs are the same. The ALC of "01" has 

been used to differentiate new reference numbered items from the basic items. 

50.5.2 UOC and ALC usage for LSAR reports. Paragraph 50.4.2 states that most 

selection requests for the LSAR reports must have, as a minimum, LCN and UOC 

on the request. The reason for this is that UOC is the overall report 

generation key that must match to a record before LCN and ALC are considered. 

 In the case of a single configuration/model, its importance is reduced since 

every item has the same UOC value. For multiple configurations/models, the 

identification of the desired UOC on the selection request will result in 

building the desired output LSAR reports without lower-tiered LCN/ALC 

selections and without knowing which ALC values were used for that UOC's LCNs. 

 Using the example on figure 5.7, a report selection request with an LCN of 

"A", an ALC of 00, and a UOC of "ABC" will result in the basic model breakdown 

being output. This means that the fuel pump, with reference number RN7, would 

be chosen over the other two fuel pumps. If the report selection request had 

been LCN of "A", a blank ALC, and UOC of "ABC", all items containing the UOC 

"ABC" would be selected. Therefore, all three fuel pumps under the basic 

model would be output. If the second model of the truck with UOC of "ABD" is 

to be selected, a report selection request with an LCN of "A" and a UOC of 

"ABD" is all that is needed. This would result in all LCN items with UOC 

values of "ABC" and "ABD", as well as all LCN items with UOC of "ABD" only 

being selected. In effect, the basic model with the diesel engine substituted 

would be output for the desired reports. What this selection should pull out 

is the diesel model truck, diesel engine, block, fuel pump, and it should also 

pull out from the basic model the body, transmission, and electrical system. 

50.6 SUMMARY. The assignment of LCNs, UOCs, and ALCs must be approached 

carefully and logically in order to ensure that the LSAR reports represent the 

hardware logistics data desired. In general, a system/end item development 

effort normally begins with a single model designation (i.e., one UOC). 

During this phase of development, the ALC is needed only when alternative 

designs are being considered. As the hardware design stabilizes, the 

"undesirable" alternatives are deleted from the LSAR database in favor of 

"basic system" configuration. Once a system/end item enters the production 

phase, engineering change proposals, because of producibility limitations, 

design deficiencies, or changes in operational requirements, can dictate a new 

configuration model. When this occurs, the ALC once again would be used to 

aid in the documentation effort. This orderly application of the ALC to 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-13

figure 5.7 
Chapter 5 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

5-14

alternative design/maintenance concepts or multiple configuration/models can 

preclude user confusion. It is possible that some system/end item 

developments will initially be faced with documenting multiple configurations/ 

models and alternative design/maintenance concepts, simultaneously. When this 

occurs, an orderly and logical approach to UOC and ALC, following the guidance 

of this chapter, will result in a properly documented system/end item. 
6-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

CHAPTER 6 

60. ACTIVITY AND DATA MODELING 

60.1 Activity Modeling. In today's environment, the importance of 

identifying and managing data as a resource has been well documented. The 

traditional approach, activity modeling, has been to identify the activities 

requiring data and then to develop an application system to meet the need of 

the activity. The result has been a legacy of programs, files, and databases 

that are not integrated. In addition, data are inconsistent and unreliable 

since there are multiple sources of data. 

60.2 Data Modeling. The modern approach utilizes activity modeling and data 

modeling. Activity modeling is used to identify data; data modeling is used to 

define the data structure. The process of modeling the organization's data 

identifies, defines, and graphically portrays these data as well as the 

relationships. Once the data have been modeled and verified by the user 

community, an organization will have a better understanding of the data's 

meaning and usage. Data that may have been process-bound in the past now 

becomes shared data, data that may be useful to multiple areas. 

60.3 LSAR Data Model. 

The data modeling 

technique used for the 

LSAR was a top-down, 

entity-relationship 

concept. This was based 

on a relational concept, 

group or set theory. 

These concepts include 

entity identification, 

key and non-key attribute 

definition, and 

identification of 

integrity constraints 

between pairs of 

entities. These concepts 

provide a base for 

normalizing the data 

models. Figure 6-1 

depicts an excerpt of the 

data model developed for 

the LSAR. Shown are the 

entity names, key 

attributes, non key 

attributes, and 

relationships between 

entities. Entities name 

a class of real or 

abstract objects. Entity 

End Item Acronym (EIA) is 

used to identify the 

object, while entity LCN 

Figure 6-1 
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-2

Indentured Items is used to identify the different LCNs needed for the object. 

 EIA is an independent entity depicted by a box, which means the entity is not 

dependent upon another entity. Entity LCN Indentured Item depicted by a 

rounded corner box is a dependent entity relying upon the EIA entity key for 

its identity. The relationship between the two entities identifies that 

entity EIA "names" the entity LCN Indentured Item. The entity EIA has only 

one key attribute. Key attributes are defined as one or more attributes that 

uniquely define an instance of an entity. Attributes represent the 

characteristics or properties of an entity. Non Key attributes are not 

considered as specifically required to identify an entity and rely upon the 

key attributes to uniquely define them for an entity. The key attribute for 

the entity EIA is the EIA Code (EIAC). The non key attributes for entity EIA 

consist of numerous data elements which will be called LORA Information in 

figure 6-1. The set of attributes that uniquely identify the LCN Indentured 

Item entity is LCN, ALC, LCN Type, and the foreign key attribute of EIAC. 

EIAC has migrated from the EIA entity and is needed to uniquely identify the 

information in the LCN Indentured Item entity. Non Key attributes identified 

for the entity LCN Indentured Item are LCN Indentured Code, LCN Structure, End 

Item Container Size, Non Self Propelled Handling Type, Tracked Wheeled Towing 

Speed, System End Item Identifier, Non Self Propelled Skid Requirement 

Narrative, Self Propelled Remarks Narrative, and Tracked Wheeled Towing 

Narrative. This set was identified as attributes that are specifically tied 

to the key attribute set, which means that when the key set changes the non 

key attributes can change also. The LSAR data model represents to the third 

normal form the data captured in the LSAR. What is shown in figures 6-2 

through 6-11 are the data model entity names, key attributes to uniquely 

identify the entity, and the relationships between the entities. 

60.3.1 Normalization. When data models are developed, the optimal result is 

to avoid the problems caused by data redundancy, incorrect path assertions, 

and incorrect data definitions such as repeating groups and no-null 

constraints. The result is achieved by designing data structures that are 

normalized to third normal form. This means that each attribute resides in 

only one place in the model, has only one value, and that it depends entirely 

upon the full key of the entity for its existence. 
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-3
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-4
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-5
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-6
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-7
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-8
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-9
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-10
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-11
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-12
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

60.4 Implementation of the LSAR Data Model for MIL-STD-1388-2B. When a 

data model is develop into a 

functional computer program 

there is a chance that some 

of the normalization is 

lost. This maybe done for 

ADP processing performance 

or in MIL-STD-1388-2B's case 

for usage of data. Figure 

6-12 shows and excerpt of 

the implementation of MILSTD-1388-2B. It was decided 

that the LCN structure 

should only be identified 

once for the entire EIAC. 

This would help in the ADP 

processing of the LCN's, so 

it was moved from the entity 

LCN Indentured Item to the 

entity EIA. Some of the non 

key attributes; End Item 

container size, Non Self 

Propelled Handling Type, 

Tracked Wheeled Towing 

Speed, Non Self Propelled 

Skid Requirements Narrative, 

Self Propelled Remarks 

narrative, and Tracked 

Wheeled Towing Narrative of 

the entity LCN Indentured 

Item were moved to another 

functional area of 

transportation. This was 

done because these Non key 

attributes will only apply 

to a minimal amount of LCNs. 

 There are other cases of Non Key Attributes being moved to increase 

performance of the ADP system. MIL-STD-1388-2B identifies the implementation 

of the LSAR data model. 

Figure 6-12 

6-13
CHAPTER 6 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

6-14
A-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX A 

APPENDIX A 

ACRONYM LISTING

AAL Additional Authorization List 

ADP Automatic Data Processing 

AF Air Force 

AFMC Air Force Material Command 

ALC Alternate Logistic Support Analysis Control Number Code 

ALUR Automated Logistic Support Analysis Record Utilities 

 Routines 

AMC Amry Material Command 

ARN Additional Reference Number 

BIIL Basic Issue Items List 

BIT Built In Test 

BITE Built In Test Equipment 

BOI Basis of Issue 

CAGE Commercial and Government Entity code 

CBIL Common and Bulk Items List 

CCSS Commodity Command Standard System 

CDRL Contract Data Requirements List 

CED Concept Exploration/Definition 

CFI Card Format Indicator 

CIC Critical Item Code 

CM Corrective Maintenance 

CMRS Calibration and Measurement Requirement Summary 

COEA Cost and Operational Effectiveness Analysis 

COEIL Components Of End Item List 

CSC Card Sequencing Code 

CSN Card Sequence Number 

DARS Defense Acquisition Regulation Supplement 

DCN Design Change Notice 

DID Data Item Description 

DLSC Defense Logistics Services Center 

DOD Department of Defense 

DODISS Department of Defense Index of Specifications and Standards 

D&V Demonstration and Validation 

EBCDIC Extended Binary Coded Decimal Interchange Code 

EDFP Engineering Data for Provisioning 

EIAC End Item Acronym Code 

EMD Engineering and Manufacturing Development 

ESML Expendable/Durable Supplies and Materials List 

FGC Functional Group Code 

FMEA Failure Modes Effects Analysis 

FMECA Failure Modes Effects and Criticality Analysis 

FOI Functional Operating Instructions 

GFE/GFI Government Furnished Equipment/Government Furnished Information 

HFE Human Factors Engineering 

IC Indenture Code 

ICC Item Category Code 

ICTP Individual and Collective Training Plan 

ILS Integrated Logistic Support 

ILSP Integrated Logistic Support Plan 
APPENDIX A 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

A-2

IMAC Industrial Materials Analysis of Capacity 

IPB Indentured Parts Breakout 

IPS Integrated Program Summary 

ISIL Interim Support Items List 

JCL Job Control Language 

LCC Life Cycle Costs 

LCN Logistic Support Analysis Control Number 

LLTIL Long Lead Time Items List 

LOGPARS Logistics Planning and Requirements Simplifications Systems 

LORA Level of Repair Analysis 

LSA Logistic Support Analysis 

LSAP Logistic Support Analysis Plan 

LSAR Logistic Support Analysis Record 

MAC Maintenance Allocation Chart 

MARC Manpower Requirements Criteria 

MB Measurement Base 

MCCDC Marine Corps Combat Development Command 

MCSC Marine Corps Systems Command 

MD Material Developer 

MNS Mission Need Statement 

MPT Manpower, Personnel, and Training 

MRR Maintenance Replacement Rate 

MTBF Mean Time Between Failures 

MTD Maintenance Task Distribution 

NAVAIR Naval Aviation Command 

NAVSEA Naval Sea Command 

NAVSUB Naval Submarine Command 

NDI Non-Developmental Item 

NHA Next Higher Assembly 

NSN National Stock Number 

O&M Operations and Maintenance 

O&O Organizational and Operational 

OPNAV Operations Naval 

ORD Operational Requirements Document 

ORR Overhaul Replacement Rate 

O&S Operations and Support 

PA Performing Activity 

PBF Provisioning Baseline File 

PCCN Provisioning Contract Control Number 

PCL Post Conference List 

P&D Production and Deployment 

PERT Program and Evaluation Review Technique 

PHS&T Packaging, Handling, Storage and Transportation 

PIP Product Improvement Program 

PL Provisioning List 

PLCC Provisioning List Category Code 

PLISN Provisioning List Item Sequence Number 

PM Preventive Maintenance 

PMAC Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart 

PMCS Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services 

PMF Parts Master File 

PMR Provisioning Master Record 
APPENDIX A 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

A-3

PPI Planned Product Improvement 

PPL Provisioning Parts List 

PPLI Provisioning Parts Listing Index 

PPS Provisioning Performance Schedule 

PPSL Program Parts Selections List 

PTD Provisioning Technical Documentation 

PUC Provisioning Unit of Measure Price Code 

QPA Quantity per Assembly 

QPEI Quantity per End Item 

QQPRI Qualitative and Quantitative Personnel Requirements Information 

RA Requiring Authority 

RAM Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability 

RCM Reliability Centered Maintenance 

RDBMS Relational Data Base Management System 

RDOC Reference Designation Overflow Code 

RFP Request For Proposal 

R&M Reliability and Maintainability 

RNCC Reference Number Category Code 

RNVC Reference Number Variation Code 

RPSTL Repair Parts and Special Tools List 

RPT Resident Provisioning Team 

RIL Repairable Items List 

RTD Replacement Task Distribution 

SAIP Spares Acquisition Integrated with Production 

SCC Significant Character Code 

SCN Submitter Control Number 

SCPL System Configuration Provisioning List 

SE Support Equipment 

SERD Support Equipment Recommendations Data 

SESAME Selected Essential-Item Stockage for Availability Method 

SFPPL Short Form Provisioning Parts List 

SHSC Safety Hazard Severity Code 

SIC Suppression Indicator Code 

SMR Source, Maintenance and Recoverability Code 

SOW Statement of Work 

SPAWAR Space and Warfare Command 

SPCC Ships Parts Control Center 

SPS Statement of Prior Submission 

SQL Structured Query Language 

SRA Specialized Repair Activity 

SR&M System Reliability and Maintainability 

SSC Skill Specialty Code 

SSP System Support Package 

TDP Technical Data Package 

T&E Test and Evaluation 

TEMP Test and Evaluation Master Plan 

TM Technical Manual 

TMDE Test Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment 

TM/FGC Technical Manual/Functional Group Code 

TOCC Type of Change Code 

TPS Test Program Set 

TT Technical Test 
APPENDIX A 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

A-4

TTEL Tools and Test Equipment List 

UOC Usable On Code 

UM Unit of Measure 

USAMC United States Army Material Command 

UT User Test 

UUT Unit Under Test 

WBS Work Breakdown Structure 

WUC Work Unit Code 
APPENDIX B 

MIL-HDBK-1388 

B-1

APPENDIX B

 MIL-STD-1388-2B DATA TABLES AND REPORTS

1.0 DATA TABLES AND REPORTS 

1.1 PURPOSE. This appendix is design to be used as reference to reports, 

data tables, and report to data table usage. 

1.2 REPORT COMPARISON. Table 1 is a comparison of MIL-STD-1388-2A and 

MIL-STD-1388-2B reports. This table should help those familiar with 

MIL-STD-1388-2A reports, but are not familiar with the new set of MIL-STD1388-2B reports. 

1388-2A 1388-2B 1388-2A 1388-2B 

001 & 002 001 027 027 (Changed) 

003 003 028 Deleted 

004 & 020 004 029,030,031,& 034 030 

005 005 032 032 

006 006 036 & 150 036 

007 007 040-043, & 045 040 

008 008 050 050 

009 009 051-055 Replace by 056 & 058 

010 010 060 & 061 Deleted 

011 011 070 070 (Changed) 

012 012 072 072 

013 013 074 074 

014 014 075 075 (Changed) 

015 Replaced by 019 077 077 

016 & 17 016 080 080 

018 Deleted 100-109 Deleted 

019 019 (Changed) 151 151 

021 & 022 Deleted 152 152 

023 023 154 154 

024 024 155 155 

025 & 026 025 & 026 

 Table 1 LSAR REPORTS MIL-STD-1388-2A TO MIL-STD-1388-2B 
B-2

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

COMPARISON

1.3 NEW 1388-2B REPORTS. Under MIL-STD-1388-2B there where requirements to 

add new reports. There where 13 reports added to MIL-STD-1388-2B. These 

reports are: 

 a. LSA-018 TASK INVENTORY SUMMARY 

 b. LSA-033 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHECKS & SERVICES 

 c. LSA-037 SPARES AND SUPPORT EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICATION LIST 

 d. LSA-039 CRITICAL AND STRATEGIC ITEM SUMMARY 

 e. LSA-046 NUCLEAR HARDNESS CRITICAL ITEM SUMMARY 

 f. LSA-056 FMECA SUMMARY 

 g. LSA-058 RELIABILITY AVAILABILITY AND MAINTAINABILITY SUMMARY 

 h. LSA-065 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS CRITERIA 

 i. LSA-071 SUPPORT EQUIPMENT CANDIDATE LIST 

 j. LSA-076 CALIBRATION AND MEASUREMENT REQUIREMENT SUMMARY 

 k. LSA-078 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS SUMMARY 

 l. LSA-085 TRANSPORTABILITY SUMMARY 

 m. LSA-126 LCN/PCCN INDENTURE STRUCTURE TREE 

1.4 LSAR DATA TABLES. Listed in table 2 are the 10 functional areas of 

MIL-STD-1388-2B. Provided in table 2 are the table designation and title for 

each of these functional areas. Table 3 is a list of tables, there codes, and 

table titles. 

LSAR DATA TABLES

X DATA TABLES CROSS FUNCTIONAL REQUIREMENT 

A DATA TABLES OPERATIONS and MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENT 

B DATA TABLES RELIABILITY, AVAILABILITY, and MAINTAINABILITY; 

 FAILURE MODES, EFFECTS, and CRITICALITY ANALYSIS; 

 and MAINTAINABILITY ANALYSIS 

C DATA TABLES TASK ANALYSIS and PERSONNEL and SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS 

E DATA TABLES SUPPORT EQUIPMENT and TRAINING MATERIEL REQUIREMENTS 

U DATA TABLES UNIT UNDER TEST REQUIREMENTS and DESCRIPTION 
B-3

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

F DATA TABLES FACILITIES CONSIDERATIONS 

G DATA TABLES PERSONNEL SKILL CONSIDERATIONS 

H DATA TABLES PACKAGING and PROVISIONING REQUIREMENT 

J DATA TABLES TRANSPORTABILITY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS 

Table 2 Functional Areas of MIL-STD-1388-2B 

THE FOLLOWING IS A LISTING OF ALL DATA TABLES, TABLE CODES AND TABLE TITLES 

TABLE TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

"X" TABLES 

 XA End Item Acronym Code (EIAC) 

 XB LCN Indentured Item 

 XC System/End Item 

 XD System/End Item Serial Number 

 XE LCN to Serial Number Usable on Code 

 

 XF LCN to System/End Item Usable on Code 

 

 XG Functional/Physical LCN Mapping 

 XH Commercial and Government Entity 

 XI Technical Manual Code and Index Number 

"A" TABLES 

 AA Operations and Maintenance Requirements 

 

 AB War/Peace Operations and Maintenance 

 Requirements 

 

 AC Maintenance Level Requirements 

 AD Organizational Level Requirements 

 AE Skill, Operations, and Maintenance 

 Requirements 

 

 AF War, Peace, Additional Requirements 

 Narrative 
B-4

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

 AG Reliability Requirement 

 AH Interoperability Requirement 

 AI Modeling Data 

 AJ Operations and Maintenance Shipping 

 Requirements 

 AK System/End Item Narrative 

 

"B" TABLES 

 BA Reliability, Availability, and 

 Maintainability Characteristics 

 

 BB Reliability, Availability, and 

 Maintainability Characteristics 

 Narrative 

 BC Reliability, Availability, and 

 Maintainability Logistics 

 Considerations 

TABLE TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

"B" TABLES BD Reliability, Availability, and 

 Maintainability Indicator 

 Characteristics 

 BE War/Peace Reliability, Availability, and 

 Maintainability Indicator Characteristics 

"B" TABLES (CONT) 

 BF Failure Mode/Reliability Centered 

 Maintainability Analysis 

 BG Failure Mode/Centered Maintenance Narrative 

 BH Failure Mode Task 

 BI Failure Mode Indicator, Mission Phase Code 

 Characteristics 

 

 BJ Failure Mode Indicator Mission Phase Code 

 Characteristics Narrative 

 

 BK Reliability, Availability, and Maintainability 

 Criticality 

 BL Mission Phase Operational Mode 
B-5

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

C TABLES 

 CA Task Requirement 

 CB Subtask Requirement 

 CC Sequential Subtask Description 

 CD Subtask Personnel Requirement 

 CE Task Remark 

 CF Task Remark Reference 

 CG Task Support Equipment 

 CH Task Manual 

 CI Task Provisioned Item 

 CJ Job and Duty Assignments 

 CK Task Inventory 

"E" TABLES 

 EA Support Equipment 

 EB Allocation Data 

 EC Support Equipment Parameters 

 ED Support Equipment Authorization 

 EE Support Equipment Narrative 

TABLE TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

"E" TABLES EF Support Equipment Recommendation Data 

 EG Support Equipment Recommendation Data 

 Revision Remarks 

 EH Alternate National Stock Numbers 

 EI Input Power Source 

 EJ Support Equipment Design Data 

 EK Supercedure Data 

 EL Support Equipment Integrated Logistic Support 

 Requirement Category Code 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

B-6

 EM System Equipment 

"U" TABLES 

 UA Article Requiring Support/Unit Under Test 

 UB Unit Under Test Support Equipment 

 UC Operational Test Program 

 UD Unit Under Test Support Equipment Operational 

 Test Program 

 UE Test Program Instruction 

 UF Unit Under Test Explanation 

 UG Unit Under Test Parameter Group 

 

 UH Unit Under Test Fault Isolated Replaceable 

 Unit 

 UI Adapter-Interconnector Device 

 UJ Unit Under Test Support Equipment Adapter- 

 Interconnector Device 

 UK Automatic Test Equipment Test Station 

 UL Unit Under Test Support Equipment Automatic 

 Test Equipment 

 UM Support Equipment Item Unit Under Test 

 UN Support Equipment Unit Under Test Parameter 

 Group 

"H" TABLES 

 HA Item Identification 

 HB Additional Reference Number 

 HC Contractor Technical Information Code CAGE 

 HD Unit of Issue Price 

TABLE TABLE CODE TABLE TITLE

"H" TABLES HE Unit of Measure Price 

 HF Item Packaging Requirement 

 HG Part Application Provisioning 
B-7

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

 

 HH Overhaul-Kit Next Higher Assembly PLISN 

 HI Provisioning Remark 

 HJ Provisioning Reference Designation 

 HK Parts Manual Description 

 HL Parts Manual Provisioning Nomenclature 

 HM Basis of Issue 

 HN Provisioning Serial Number Usable on Code 

 HO Provisioning System/End Item Usable on Code 

 HP Design Change Information 

 

 HQ Serial Number Effectivity 

 HR Design Change Usable on Code 

"J" TABLES 

 JA Transportation 

 JB Transportation Shipping Mode 

 

 JC Transported End Item 

 JD Transported End Item Narrative 

 

 JE Transport by Fiscal Year 

 JF Transportation Narrative 

Table 3 Data Tables of MIL-STD-1388-2B 
B-8

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

1.5 DATA TABLE TO REPORT USAGE. Table 4 is a matrix of LSAR reports to data 

tables. The user can determine tables or functional areas which are required 

to produce a given report. Table 4 is a condensed version of Figure 14 of 

MIL-STD-1388-2B. To determine specific data elements required for each report 

figure 14 of MIL-STD-1388-2B should be used. 

 

 LSAR DATA TABLES 

LSAR REPORTS X A B C E U F G H J 

LSA-001 X X 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LSA-003 X X X 

LSA-004 X X X X 

LSA-005 X X X X 

LSA-006 X X X 

LSA-007 X X X X 

LSA-008 X X X X 

LSA-009 X X 

LSA-010 X X 

LSA-011 X X 

LSA-012 X X X X X 

LSA-013 X X X 

 

 

 

 

 

LSA-014 X X 

LSA-016 X X X X 

LSA-018 X X X 

LSA-019 X X X X 

LSA-023 X X X X X X X 

LSA-024 X X X X X 

LSA-025 X 

 

 

 

X 

LSA-026 X X 

LSA-027 X X X X X 

LSA-030 X X 
B-9

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX B 

 LSAR DATA TABLES 

LSAR REPORTS X A B C E U F G H J 

LSA-032 X X 

LSA-033 X X X 

LSA-036 X X 

LSA-037 X X X 

LSA-039 X X 

LSA-040 X X 

LSA-046 X X 

LSA-050 X X X X X 

LSA-056 X X X X 

LSA-058 X X X X 

LSA-065 X X X 

LSA-070 X X X X X X X 

LSA-071 X X X X 

LSA-072 X X X X X 

LSA-074 X X X X 

LSA-075 X X X 

LSA-076 X X X X X X 

LSA-077 X X X X X X X X 

LSA-078 X X X 

LSA-080 X X 

LSA-085 X X X 

LSA-126 X X 

LSA-151 X X 

LSA-152 X X 

LSA-154 X X 

LSA-155 X X 

Figure 4 Data Table to Report Matrix 
C-1

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Appendix C 

PROVISIONING 

1. INTRODUCTION

1.1 PURPOSE. This appendix is designed to be used as a procedural 

supplement to MIL-STD-1388-2B. Three report processes that can be generated 

by an Logistic Support Analysis Record (LSAR) Automated Data Processing (ADP) 

system directly result in functional provisioning related products. A basic 

understanding of the functional/system requirements are needed, in order to 

properly code the LSAR and prepare the report selection cards to produce these 

reports. The term Parts Master File (PMF) is a term used to describe the 

provisioning related LSAR data, most of which is stored in the H data tables. 

The term LCN Master File will be used to describe all other data in the LSAR. 

 

1.2 PRODUCT REPORTS AND THEIR INTERRELATIONSHIP. 

 a. The product reports, described in this guide are the Maintenance 

Allocation Chart (MAC), Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD), and Repair 

Parts and Special Tools List (RPSTL). 

 (1) The MAC identifies the maintenance task functions and 

associated maintenance man-hours, maintenance level allocations, tool and test 

equipment requirements, and other pertinent information. The MAC is produced 

directly from the LSA-004, Maintenance Allocation Chart Summary. The MAC will 

appear as appendix B to organizational level maintenance manuals. While the 

MAC is an Army-oriented summary, the Air Force use the LSA-023, Maintenance 

Plan Summary, and the Navy/Marine Corps uses the LSA-024, Maintenance Plan, as 

the primary planning, analysis and review tools for maintenance requirements. 

 (2) Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD) is used by the 

requiring authority for the identification selection and determination of 

initial requirements and cataloging of support items to be procured through 

the provisioning process. The various types of provisioning lists are 

automatically produced using the LSA-036 report. Each service uses the LSA036 summary for receipt of PTD as inputs to their in-house provisioning ADP 

system. Accompanying the PTD is the LSA-151, Provisioning Parts List Index 

(PPLI). 

 (3) The RPSTL or illustrated parts breakout manual contains lists 

of repair parts and special tools and illustrations of the parts and tools 

peculiar to the end item. The RPSTL manual format includes a table of 

contents; a tabular listing of authorized spare/repair parts; a listing of 

special tools and support equipment; illustrations that show all spare/repair 

parts and special tools and support equipment; and, part number/National Stock 

Number (NSN) to figure and item numbers indexes. The listings and indexes are 

produced directly from the LSA-030, Indenture Parts List. In addition the 

parts manual listings, the LSAR produces the listing of various 

authorization/ancillary equipment requirements required for the operators 

manual. These listings are the basic issue items, component of end items list 

items, additional authorization list items, and expendable/durable supplies 

and materials list items provided through the LSA-040, Authorization List 
C-2

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Items Summary. 

 b. The MAC is a reflection of the maintenance concept. The Functional 

Group Code (FGC) sequence of the MAC will dictate the sequence of entries in 

the narrative technical manual and RPSTL. This maintenance concept 

establishes the basic guidelines under which a materiel system is to be 

maintained and repaired. The MAC evolves from the maintenance concept that is 

documented in the LSAR, i.e., CA data table, during the task analysis process. 

 The support item requirements portion of the task analysis, i.e., CG Table, 

serves as a baseline for determination of the Source, Maintenance and 

Recoverability Code (SMR). The third position of the SMR code provides 

authorization for requisition and stockage of an item. The SMR code is 

provided to the user in the field in the RPSTL or -P (parts) manual. The SMR 

code and other PTD, i.e., Replacement Task distribution, Repair Cycle Time, 

Maintenance Task Distribution, and Maintenance Replacement Rates (MRR) are 

used for determination of initial spares and repair requirements. 

 c. MRR can be determined by summing the products of the Task Frequency 

(CA table) times the Quantity per Task (CI Table) for all tasks using the 

particular Reference Number within a given component of LSA candidate. This 

coding must be in consonance with the task analysis documentation, so the 

provisioning requirement computations are performed in accordance with the 

maintenance concept, or MAC, and the support item authorization or RPSTL. 

Support items that are determined by the task analysis as necessary to be 

procured and stocked, but aren't currently in the Federal Supply System, must 

be cataloged and have NSNs assigned. These NSNs are also reflected in the 

RPSTL. 

 d. The MAC and other service maintenance plans are produced from data 

contained in both the LCN and PMFs. All other provisioning oriented summaries 

are produced exclusively from the PMF. The PMF stores data using primarily 

the CAGE and Reference Number. Multiple application of an item is stored by 

LCN/ALC/UOC/LCN TYPE. 

 e. Notice 4 to MIL-STD-1388-1A, 21 Jan 93, Logistic Support Analysis, 

incorporated the provisioning requirements previously contained in 

MIL-STD-1561B, 17 Mar 84, Provisioning Procedures, Uniform Department of 

Defense. Most references made to -1A in this document are requirements 

previously contained in -1561B. 

 f. In order to review/validate the data and file structure to produce 

these product reports, a discussion of various interrelated LSAR review 

reports will also be conducted, such as the LSA-032, Defense Logistics 

Information System (DLIS) Submittals; LSA-080, Bill of Materials; LSA-151, 

Provisioning Parts List Index (PPLI); LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment, 

also the LSA-016, and the Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart (PMAC). 
C-3

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

2. CODING REQUIREMENTS AND REPORT 

SELECTION LOGIC EXCEPTION FOR 

PROVISIONING REPORTS

2.1 ASSIGNMENT OF THE LCN. 

 a. The LCN assignment techniques described in appendix C of 

MIL-STD-1388-2B, are appropriate for developing the LSAR database for 

provisioning purposes. It is important to emphasize that LCNs are assigned in 

hardware generation breakdown sequence and not by Work Unit Code/Technical 

Manual (WUC/TM) Functional Group Code (FGC) or work breakdown structure codes. 

 b. When LCNs are assigned sequentially, the LCN-IC must be manually 

entered in the LSAR, XB table, before PCCN, PLISNs, ICs and NHA PLISNs can be 

automatically assigned. The LCN-IC must begin against the first item within a 

PCCN. 

2.2 UOC ASSIGNMENT. 

 a. The UOC is a key data element used to identify the 

model/configuration relationship of each LCN comprising a system/equipment, 

and to control these relationships for LSAR report generation. Each 

Separately Provisioned End Item record, in the XC table, will contain a UOC. 

The part application records in the HG table are linked to the applicable UOC 

through the HO table. A part application may be tied to multiple UOCs by 

having multiple HO records but may have only one PCCN. The MAC data is tied 

to the UOC through the XF table. The HO and XF tables eliminate the 

duplication of data merely because an item has application to multiple 

configurations/models. 

 b. Multiple UOCs should not be assigned to the same LCN when the 

application related information such as SMR, quantity data or analysis data. 

This situation dictates input of additional relational table rows using the 

ALC to show different data for the same LCN and a different UOC. 

2.3 ALTERNATE LCN ASSIGNMENT

 a. The LSA-004, LSA-152, and the LSA-030 can be selected without regard 

for the ALC. In fact, ALC selection is not an option on the LSA-152 report. 

The LSA-030 selects on TM code disregarding LCN/ALC assignments. Because of 

this, ALC should be used to document alternate vendor or model (UOC) items, 

but under no circumstances should be used to document an alternate end item 

(PCCN). When documenting alternate maintenance concepts/configurations, which 

ultimately do not represent the final concept/hardware configuration, 

documentation and selection of the MAC by the TM Code will allow these items 

to be screened out of the selection process. 

 b. ALC coded assemblies, subassemblies, of piece parts are sequenced 

immediately following the breakdown of the basic item for which it is 

interchangeable when using the LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment routine. 

This is applicable whether the alternate item is from an alternate model, i.e. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

C-4

having a different assigned UOC, or is an alternate vendor component. Care 

must therefore be exercised to assign all the alternate items components/piece 

parts the same ALC, and to ensure that no break or gap in either the LCN 

structure or IC exist. A break in the items's breakdown structure, i.e., a 

missing indenture level, will not create an error condition, but will cause 

the alternate item to appear as part of the basic item.(See Figure 1). The 

Connector, Plug is different on each configuration. Since there is no B 

indenture documented for the "01" ALC structure, the "C" indenture "01" ALC 

connector plug is documented as part of the basic, "00", system and will have 

it's PLISN assigned in this manner. To avoid this situation, the "B" 

indenture Power Supply should be repeated, completing the Alternate structure 

(figure 2). Review the LSA-80, Bill of Materials List to validate proper 

structure of ALC assemblies. 

 c. Specific guidance for documentation of alternate assemblies in the 

LSAR should be received from the requiring authority, since this documentation 

may lead to "doubling" the spares requirements when requirements computations 

are performed. 

 d. When multiple alternate items are to be documented, the first to be 

sequenced will be the alternate with the lower assigned ALC, i.e., an item 

with an ALC "A" will appear before an item with an ALC "B", when both have the 

same LCN. When a break occurs in the structure of an ALC documented item or 

when another value of ALC is documented, these items will again be 

sequence/inserted within the basic system LCN ("00" ALC) structure. This will 

preclude the documenting of an alternate sub assembly within an alternate 

assembly, since instead of sequencing the alternate subassembly within the 

alternate assembly, it would insert the item back to the basic system (SEE 

Figure 3.) In this example there are two applicable circuit cards for the 

alternate "01" Controller Assembly. The "02" circuit card will not be 

assigned a PLISN as if it were under the Controller assembly, but rather it 

would be documented as part of the "00" controller assembly. To document the 

above situation, it is necessary to assign the alternate subassembly the next 

available LCN following the breakdown of the subassembly that it replaces and 

code the alternate subassembly with the same ALC as the alternate assembly. 

(SEE figure 4.) 

2.4 FGC (WUC/TM FGC) VERSUS LCN ASSIGNMENT

 a. The FGC assigned to the XB table is displayed as the Group Number on 

the MAC report, while the FGC used in the PMF (HK table) is not displayed in 

the formal RPSTL report portion of the summary. However, it is the prime 

sequencing key for the report generation. The matching FGC between the MAC 

and RPSTL is not necessarily contained in the Parts File for the identical 

LCN/ALC combination. The matched FGC is a throughput on the "D" section cards 

(FGC header) when the RPSTL report is generated. Specific guidance on FGC 

assignment is normally provided by the requiring authority (publications 

community), since a standardized method of FGC assignment for commodity types 

of components/items is normally established. These standardized assignments 

make it easier for the user in the field to cross-reference between different 

TMs of equipment maintained by that organization. For instance, engines may 

always be documented under an FGC of "04" across all Army helicopter types. 
C-5

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 1. PLISN Assignment Where Alternate Assembly Missing B Indenture 

Figure 2. PLISN Assignment With Complete ALC Structure 
C-6

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 3. PLISN Assignment Of Alternate Subassemblies On Alternate Assemblies 

With Different ALCs 

Figure 4. PLISN Assignment Of Alternate Subassemblies On Alternate Assemblies 

With The Same ALC 
C-7

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 b. There are conditions when the FGC, that is documented in the LCN 

Master File, must be different from the code contained in the PMF for an 

identical LCN. Since the FGC is used for sequencing publications, it may be 

assigned in a manner to facilitate this development, rather than be in an 

unadulterated complete topdown generation breakdown, such as what is used for 

LCN/PLISN assignment. An example of such a situation would be a higher level 

RPSTL illustration, which depicts only one indenture of lower level parts. 

Some of these parts may be reparable with lower indenture(s) of 

components/piece parts beneath them. These reparable items' breakdown would 

be documented in another illustration, or possibly, in another manual 

altogether. When documenting these items by means of the LCN/PLISN, all 

reparable items must be broken down completely to piece-part level before 

beginning another indentured components/piece parts to the proper location of 

these items in the RPSTL by assigning an FGC that is greater than the FGCs 

assigned to all the items depicted on the higher level illustration. 

 c. When an alternate vendor assembly is to be documented in the MAC and 

RPSTL, a unique FGC should be assigned to this item even though the item may 

be contained in the LSAR under an identical LCN distinguished by ALC. An 

example of FGC versus LCN assignment to the Parts File is provided at 

figure 5. A comparison of file sequencing, based upon LCN/ALC with both PLISN 

and WUC/TM FGC sequence, is provided at figure 6. 

 d. Figure 7 illustrates a technique for assigning FGCs to both the LCN 

(XB) and PMF (HG). Notice that a distinct FGC is assigned to each reparable 

(illustrated) item in the LCN file. Each of these items will then appear as a 

separately, called-out item on the MAC. When the FGC is then assigned to the 

PMF, the same FGC that is assigned to the assembly (illustration) level is 

used for each item (reparable and nonreparable) that comprises the assembly. 

 e. Using this technique, the Item Number then becomes the primary 

sequencing criteria within an illustration. The LCN Master File and PMF FGCs 

will not match on LCN, but will "track" based on LCN and subordinate LCN 

relationships from the LCN and Parts files, respectively. 

 f. This technique will work for most illustrations. A RPSTL 

illustration review should be made when assigning FGCs to the PMF, since it is 

possible to illustrate smaller subassemblies completely within a higher 

assembly illustration. This is documented in the RPSTL data by using the TM 

IC. Standard practice calls for subassembly parts, documented in the 

illustration of an assembly, to be TM Indentured by "2". This will cause 

these parts to appear in the RPSTL with two leading periods (.) before the 

item names. If the FGC and illustration instructions provided by the 

requiring authority deviate from the actual hardware generation breakdown 

(engineering drawings) by requiring a more functional oriented approach, the 

LCN and subordinate LCN relationship between the files may not be strictly 

maintained with the assigned FGCs. 

2.5 TM CODE

 a. The TM Code can be assigned to the CH table (LCN Master File) and 

the HJ, HK and HL tables (Parts Master File). Use of the TM Code in the LCN 
C-8

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 5. LCN Versus FGC Assignment 
C-9

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 SEQUENCING ON LCN/ALC - PLISN - FGC 

 (LCN STRUCTURE 12222) 

 LCN SORT 

 LCN ALC NOTE FGC PLISN 

 1. A AAAA 

 2. A A 1 AAAB 

 3. A01 001 AAAJ 

 4. A01AA 0101 AAAK 

 5. A01AA A 2 0101 AAAL 

 6. A01AB 0102 AAAM 

 7. A01AC 0103 AAAN 

 8. A02 002 AAAP 

 9. A02 A 1 002 AAAZ 

 10. A02AA 0200 AAAQ 

 11. A02AA A 1 0201 AAA1 

 12. A02AB 0200 AAAR 

 13. A02AB A 1 0202 AAA2 

 14. A02AC 0200 AAAS 

 15. A02AC A 1 0201 AAA3 

 16. A02AC B 2 0200 AAAV 

 17. A02AC01 02300 AAAT 

 18. A02AC01 A 1 02301 AAA4 

 19. A02AC01 B 2 02302 AAAW 

 20. A02AC02 02300 AAAU 

 21. A02AC02 A 1 02301 AAA5 

 22. A02AC02 B 2 02302 AAAX 

 23. A03 003 AAAY 

 PLISN SORT 

 1. A AAAA 

 2. A A 1 AAAB 

 3. A01 001 AAAJ 

 4. A01AA 0101 AAAK 

 5. A01AA A 2 0101 AAAL 

 6. A01AB 0102 AAAM 

 7. A01AC 0103 AAAN 

 8. A02 002 AAAP 

 9. A02AA 0200 AAAQ 

 10. A02AB 0200 AAAR 

 11. A02AC 0200 AAAS 

 12. A02AC01 02300 AAAT 

 13. A02AC02 02300 AAAU 

 14. A02AC B 2 0200 AAAV 

 1. ALCS REPRESENTING COMPONENTS TO ALT MODEL ITEM 

 2. ALCS REPRESENTING ALT VENDOR COMPONENT(S) 

 (LINKED TOGETHER IN PLISN ASSIGNMENT BY LCN STRUCTURE) 

 Figure 6. LCN - PLISN - FGC File Sort Example. 
C-10

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 LCN ALC NOTE FGC PLISN 

 15. A02AC01 B 2 02302 AAAW 

 16. A02AC02 B 2 02302 AAAX 

 17. A03 003 AAAY 

 18. A02 A 1 002 AAAZ 

 19. A02AA A 1 0201 AAA1 

 20. A02AB A 1 0201 AAA2 

 21. A02AC A 1 0201 AAA3 

 22. A02AC01 A 1 02301 AAA4 

 23. A02AC02 A 1 02301 AAA5 

 FGC PRIMARY SORT - PLISN SECONDARY 

 1. A AAAA 

 2. A A 1 AAAB 

 3. A01 001 AAAJ 

 4. A02 002 AAAP 

 5. A02 A 1,3 002 AAAZ 

 6. A03 003 AAAY 

 7. A01AA 0101 AAAK 

 8. A01AA A 2,3 0101 AAAL 

 9. A01AB 0102 AAAM 

 10. A01AC 0103 AAAN 

 11. A02AA 0200 AAAQ 

 12. A02AB 0200 AAAR 

 13. A02AC 0200 AAAS 

 14. A02AC B 2,3 0200 AAAV 

 15. A02AA A 1,4 0201 AAA1 

 16. A02AB A 1,4 0201 AAA2 

 17. A02AC A 1,4 0201 AAA3 

 18. A02AC01 02300 AAAT 

 19. A02AC02 02300 AAAU 

 20. A02AC01 B 2,4 02301 AAAW 

 21. A02AC02 B 2,4 02301 AAAX 

 22. A02AC01 A 1,4 02302 AAA4 

 23. A02AC02 A 1,4 02302 AAA5 

 3. THE TOP ALT FGC IS INCLUDED IN THE BASIC ILLUSTRATION 

 WITH THE SAME ITEM NUMBER AS THE BASIC ITEM ITSELF. 

 4. THE ALT BREAKDOWN IS THEN NORMALLY DOCUMENTED UNDER A 

 SEPARATE ILLUSTRATION(S). 

 Figure 6. LCN - PLISN - FGC Sort Example - Continued. 
C-11

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 7. FGC Assignment In The LSAR Data Tables 
C-12

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

file is optional to generate a proof MAC. It is used to distinguish specific 

tasks within an LSA candidate, which may be applicable to two separate MACs. 

TM Code selection of the MAC can be significant when a system level MAC report 

is required, which needs to document only the removal/replacement of a 

subordinate end item. In this case, the LCN of the end item would have the 

Replace task function entered with the TM Code of the system and the other 

maintenance functions, i.e., repair, inspect, fault locate, entered with the 

TM Code for the subordinate end item. This, of course, is applicable when 

separate organizational (-20) manuals are to be developed for the system 

itself and the end item within the system. 

 b. Use and assignment of the TM Code within the LCN file is much less 

restrictive than use in the Parts File. The preparing activity may control TM 

codes assigned to the LCN file without worrying about interfacing with a 

government ADP system. If the preparer does opt to utilize the TM Code to 

designate tasks to be contained in the proof MAC, he must assign the same TM 

code throughout the file to all CH Task Codes depicted in the MAC being 

developed. Then, LCN will no longer become the primary selection item for the 

LSA-004 report. 

 c. The TM Code entered in the PMF is assigned by the requiring 

authority. The TM code represents a TM Designation series for an RPSTL 

e.g., -20P, -34P, of the same TM series (TM9-2350-300-XXP)). The TM Code must 

correspond to a TM Code to TM Designation Index maintained within the 

Commodity Command Standard System (CCSS). The TM Code is a provisioning Key 

Data Element to all the other RPSTL data, meaning that without the TM Code in 

the PMF, the associated RPSTL data, i.e. Figure Number, Item Number TM IC, 

will not be displayed on the LSA-036 report and submitted to the requiring 

authority. The proof RPSTL report selection keys to TM Code for report 

generation. 

2.6 LCN-IC AND IC. 

 a. There are two types of Indenture Codes (ICs) documented in the LSAR, 

which depict either a total system or end item relationship. 

 (1) The LCN-IC is used to depict a relationship of an item's 

application to the entire LSAR system based upon the assigned LCN. The LCN-IC 

is only assigned when a sequential LCN assignment method is utilized, where 

the indenture level cannot be determined by LCN alone. 

 (2) The IC is used to identify the hardware breakdown of an item's 

application to its provisioned end item. The IC can be either automatically 

assigned, based upon the LCN structure logic using a classical LCN assignment 

method, or by LCN-IC and the relationship of the provisioned end item to the 

total LSAR system. 

 b. The IC can be automatically assigned to the PMF (HG Table) using the 

LSA-152, PLISN Assignment/Reassignment process. 

 (1) When a sequential LCN assignment method is utilized, the LCN-IC 

must be entered in the XB table. The LCN-IC entered should represent the 
C-13

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

indenture in relation to the total system (LCN), not the IC of the provisioned 

end item, if the user intends to utilize the LSA-152 system to assign PLISNs. 

 For example, suppose the LSAR is developed for a main battle tank, and the 

requiring authority decides to manage the tank engine, which has a "C" 

indenture to the tank, as a separately provisioned end item, i.e. under a 

different PCCN. The engine will be documented in the LSAR as follows; a 

record will be placed in the XC table denoting the item is a separately 

provisioned end item, the LCN-IC would have been developed in the XB table as 

a "C", and the item will be in the HG table with two records in the HO table 

showing its relationship to the tank and to itself. (Note: Only subordinate 

end items are allowed to have multiple HO records mapped to multiple PCCNs in 

XC.) When the PLISN assignment routine is run on the tank, the ADP system 

finds the engines relationship to the tank from the LCN-IC (table XB), and 

assigns a "C" to the HG table IC (Figure 8). 

 (2) At the next indenture below the engine are the engine block and 

carburetor assembly. When the PLISN assignment is run for the engine, the ADP 

system will compare the engine block and carburetor assembly LCN-IC with that 

of the engine and assign the proper IC. Figure 9 shows this example. Since 

the ADP system will only build HO records to one PCCN for each part 

application record in HG, unless the item is a subordinate end items in which 

case it can have two, the ADP system will be able to determine which "C" 

indenture items are related to the engine and which are related to the turret. 

 Note the IC of the Engine is only output "A" on the LSA-152, and LSA-036 but 

not updated in the HG table. This situation only arises for subordinate 

separately provisioned end items. 

 (3) Manual IC, PCCN/PLISN, and NHA PLISN assignment can be reviewed 

by using the LSA-080 report. 

2.7 PROVISIONING CONTRACT CONTROL NUMBER (PCCN) RELATIONSHIPS. 

 a. The PCCN is a manditory selection on the LSA-152 and LSA-036 report, 

and is an optional selection LSA-032, LSA-080, LSA-126, and LSA-151 reports. 

 When the provisioning data is entered, the ADP system should build HO records 

to tie the HG part application data back to their end items located in the XC 

table. A part application can have several Usable On Codes (UOCs) but can 

only have one End Item or PCCN. In other words, a part application (HG 

record) may have several HO records tying it back to several XC records, but 

all of the XC records must have the same PCCN. In the example below the LCN 

LEAA05AE is tied to UOC's CE1 and CD2 but both have the PCCN GLH850. 

 b. There can be only one LCN assigned to each PCCN in the XC table, but 

there may be multiple UOCs. See the example below. Both of the XC records 

have the same LCN, LEAA05, the same PCCN, GLH850, but different UOCs CE1 and 

CD2. The reason this is established in this manner is to avoid duplication of 

common parts. All common parts will be documented under the basic ALC item, 

and only parts peculiar to the alterant assembly will be documented under the 

alternate assembly. When the PCCN, GLH850, is selected parts under both UOCs 

CE1 and CD2 will be selected. See section 2.2 and 2.3 for more information on 

UOC and ALC assignment. 
C-14

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 

 

----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+----0----+--

--+ 

XC T850 LEAA05 00PCE1GLH850LH-850A/LHTEC850 AAAA 0001 

XC T850 LEAA05 01PCD2GLH850LH-850A/LHTEC850 AAAB 0001 

 

HO T850 P645472118539 LEAA05AA 00LEAA05 00 

HO T850 P645472118539A LEAA05AA 01LEAA05 01 

HO T850 P68524DCT7900P4A2 LEAA05AA00 01LEAA05 01 

HO T850 P68524DCT7900P4A2 LEAA05AA00 00LEAA05 00 

HO T850 P645472123254 LEAA05AC 00LEAA05 00 

HO T850 P645472123497 LEAA05AC00 00LEAA05 00 

HO T850 P645472123497A LEAA05AC00 01LEAA05 00 

HO T850 P64547805986 LEAA05AE 01LEAA05 01 

HO T850 P64547805986 LEAA05AE 01LEAA05 00 

 

HG 64547805986 T850 LEAA05AE 01PA027 0001 C Y Y 

B... 

2.8 SUPPRESSION INDICATOR CODE (SIC). The SIC was used in the -2A 

software to suppress the assignment of PLISNs to subordinate end items. The 

-2B LSAR ADP systems suppress the subordinate end items by only allowing a 

part application to be tied to one PCCN in the HO table, with the exception of 

subordinate end items themselves which will have two. The SIC can still be 

used to stop PLISN assignment at any desired location. 

 
C-15

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 8. PLISN Assignment With Sequential LCN Structure. 

Figure 9. PLISN Assignment of Subordinate End Items With Sequential LCN 

Structure. 
C-16

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

3. MAINTENANCE ALLOCATION CHART (MAC) 

3.1 PURPOSE OF THE MAC. 

 a. The MAC is contained in appendix B of the Organizational Level 

Maintenance Manual (-20). It depicts maintenance authorizations and average 

maintenance times by function and maintenance level. It also contains a 

reference to peculiar tools and test equipment required against each 

maintenance function. The MAC consists of four sections developed in 

accordance with (IAW) MIL-M-63038 (TM). The proof LSA-004 report is capable 

of producing Sections II-IV. 

 (1) Section I, Introduction. This is developed IAW figure 20 of 

MIL-M-63038(TM). 

 (2) Section II, MAC. The proof LSA-004 report is formatted according 

to the requirements of this section. 

 (3) Section III, Tool and Test Equipment Requirements. The proof 

LSA-004 report fulfills the requirements to produce this section. 

 (4) Section IV, Remarks. The proof LSA-004 report fulfills the 

requirements to produce this section. 

 b. The draft MAC report contains all the maintenance levels and 

functions, as they are defined under the Task Code data element definition in 

MIL-STD-1388-2B. Man-hours in the report are rounded to the nearest hundredth 

of an hour. When a task is documented against a particular item, but the 

computation of mean man-hours for the function is not rounded to 1/100 of an 

hour, the man-hour field of the draft MAC will be filled with asterisks; 

however, on the proof MAC, a value of 1/10 of an hour will be displayed. If 

the man-hours are zero or are not entered against a proof MAC qualified task, 

asterisks will appear in the Man-hour column. When the LSA-020 report 

contains a tool Reference Number, which is not matched with a PMF Reference 

Number, SCC combination, asterisks will appear in the NSN column. The proof 

MAC contains the maintenance functions, as defined in MIL-M-63038(TM): 

 (1) Access, Disassemble/Assemble and Fault Locate times are included 

as part of the repair time. 

 (2) Remove and Install times are included as part of the Remove/ 

Install time. 

 (3) Lubricate times are included as part of service times. 

 (4) End of Runway Inspection is included as part of Inspect time. 

 (5) Mission Profile Change, Package/Unpackage, Preserve, Operate, 

Transport, and Transportation Preparation are not included on the proof MAC. 

 c. An aviation MAC formatted IAW figure 21 of MIL-M-63038(TM) 

using the Operations/Maintenance (O/M) levels Aviation Unit Maintenance (AVUM) 
C-17

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

or "O"; Aviation Intermediate Maintenance (AVIM) or "F"; and, Depot or 

"D" can also be produced from the LSAR. 

3.2 MAC MAN-HOUR COMPUTATIONS. 

 a. For each maintenance level determined by the O/M Level subfield of the 

Task Code, the Mean Man-hours is calculated for all tasks with the same task 

function or consolidated task functions as follows: 

 N 

 3 (TFi) (M-Hi) 

 i=1 

 M-Hm = ______________________ 

 N 

 3 TFi 

 i=1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 M-Hm = Mean man-hours 

 M-Hi = Total man-hours for task i (calculated by 

 summing the man-hours for each SSC of Task i) 

 TFi = Task Frequency for task i 

 N = Total number of tasks performed 

 

 

 

 

 b. For each unique O/M level entry within an LCN, a separate maintenance 

function row is required. When the Task Frequency value for the only task 

function documented against an LSA candidate is zero, then the total man-hours 

for that task will be displayed in the Man-hour column of the MAC. 

Documentation of a task in this manner may be necessary when the only repair 

task against a higher level assembly consists in the removal/replacement of a 

lower indentured assembly. The man-hours should be documented against both 

assembly (REPAIR task function) and the subassembly (REPLACE task function), 

but in order to preclude "double counting" of man-hours to perform the same 

task under the assembly and subassembly, i.e., the LSA-001 report, a zero task 

frequency for the higher assembly with the repair task function is entered 

into the LSAR. 

 c. By reviewing the format of the MAC, it should become obvious the only 

way to properly allocate maintenance man-hours against a particular "GROUP" or 

WUC/TM FGC, is to document those task codes pertaining to an item against the 

item's LCN. It should also be noted that a Replace function is applicable to 

removal/replacement of the LSA candidate itself, and not of a lower indentured 

spare/repair part. 

 d. It is recommended data item description (DID), DI-ILSS-81140A, 

Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), be utilized in order to ensure an 

acceptable MAC, derived from the LSAR, is produced and delivered by the 

preparing activity. 
C-18

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

3.3 RELATIONSHIP OF THE MAC AND TOOL AND TEST EQUIPMENT 

REQUIREMENTS SECTIONS. 

 a. The MAC section is derived directly from the CA or CH task analysis 

documentation for the selected LCN range or TM Code, respectively. When 

producing the Tool and Test Equipment Requirements section, the appropriate 

Item Category Codes (ICC) for these types of items must be entered on the 

report selection. These items (ICCs) are matched with the CG/EA record ICCs 

of the qualified Tasks. 

 b. When producing a draft MAC, any combination of ICCs may be entered in 

order to review/validate any group of support equipment or items required for 

the selected Tasks; however, when the proof MAC is developed, the ICCs should 

be limited to those categories which represent system peculiar tools and 

existing or new tool kits and outfits. It should not contain common tools as 

separately selected items. 

 c. A consolidated list of all tools/tool kits across all qualified tasks 

is generated (section III), and a numerical reference is assigned to this 

list in ascending part number sequence. This numerical reference is then 

included in the Tool and Test Equipment column of the MAC for every qualified 

task in which the referenced tool is utilized. The numerical reference is 

displayed on a line across from the task function listed on the MAC. On the 

Tool and Test Equipment Requirements section, under the Maintenance Category 

column, a consolidation of all maintenance levels requiring the particular 

tool/test equipment is displayed. This is determined by the O/M Levels 

subfield of the task codes requiring the item. 

 d. A consolidated list of all remarks for qualified tasks is generated in 

Section IV. Remarks are limited to applicable Section II (or TM-FGCs) and 

Maintenance Functions by Remarks Reference Codes (table CF). 

3.4 MAC SOURCE DATA. 

 a. The MAC is a reflection of the results of maintenance planning. It 

does not provide either the analyst or the reviewer with a tool to assess the 

optimization of supportability requirements for the weapon system. By 

reviewing other LSAR output reports, the analyst may obtain a better picture 

of the true impact the system will have on logistics resources. For example: 

 (1) a. The LSA-001, Annual Man-hours By Skill Specialty Code and 

Level of Maintenance, will provide the analyst with a one or two-page summary 

of the total O/M man-hours required to support the weapon system. This data 

can be used to assess the new system impact on field/depot manpower by 

Military Occupational Specialty (MOS)/Wage Grade (WG). 

 b. The LSA-001 also provides the analyst with a one-line summary 

of all tasks requiring a given MOS/WG. Also provided on the report are a 

summary of MOS skill levels required, as well as any requirement for special 

training equipment to acquire the skill to perform the task. Review of this 

report may lead the analyst to request a detailed step-by-step task review by 

means of the LSA-015, Sequential Task Description, or a review of the E record 
 

C-19

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

for training material requirements. 

 (2) The LSA-006, Critical Maintenance Task Summary, provides the 

analyst with a listing of tasks which exceed a report parameter in descending 

sequence of the selected parameter values. The report may be selected against 

four categories of data: task frequency; elapsed time; man-hours; or, annual 

man-hours. Again, as with the LSA-001 report, tasks depicted on the LSA-006 

report as "high drivers" of the weapon system's logistics requirements may 

be reviewed in great detail, and on an exception basis, by requesting an 

LSA-015 report against those tasks that are contained in this report. 

 (3) The LSA-007, Support Equipment Requirements; LSA-011, Requirement 

for Special Training Device; LSA-012, Requirements for Facility; and, LSA-014, 

Training Task List, may be used to determine, again on an exception basis, 

those tasks requiring greater review via the LSA-029 report, as well as those 

tasks requiring additional justification. 

 b. The above report utilizations represents only one technique to review 

the information that is available using the LSAR and the Joint Service LSAR 

ADP System. Ad hoc queries can also be utilized (if user's ADP system has the 

capability) as a review tool. 
C-20

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

4. PROVISIONING REQUIREMENTS

4.1 PREPARATION OF THE PMF. 

 a. In order to ensure the LSAR PMF is accurate and complete to perform 

provisioning, e.g, to generate an LSA-036 report, there are several review and 

analysis reports which can be used to ascertain the file condition. These 

are: 

 (1) LSA-016, Preliminary Maintenance Allocation Chart (PMAC) 

 (2) LSA-027, Failure/Maintenance Rate Summary 

 (3) LSA-080, Bill of Materials 

 b. The PMAC is a more detailed depiction of the maintenance concept. 

 (1) The PMAC displays each LSA candidate having Task Functions "A" 

"N" "R", "S" or "W", and computes the average man-hours for each candidate by 

function and maintenance level similar to the MAC. In addition, the PMAC can 

also display a listing of all the repair parts or "Y" ICC items, which are 

documented in the LSAR for the tasks functions of Replace and Repair (other 

support items can be displayed based on ICCs). These repair parts are 

displayed by item name and reference number. A comparison is then made of all 

qualified tasks for the LSA candidate to determine the lowest maintenance 

level which can remove/replace the repair part. This maintenance level is 

also displayed on the same line with the repair part. The analyst can then 

use this information to assign the SMR to these nonreparable items. 

 (2) By reviewing the task functions and associated maintenance levels 

on the PMAC, the SMR for the LSA candidate can also be assigned. The LSA-016 

report can also be used to validate the LCN/Reference Number assignment 

between the LCN and PMF. When a particular LSA candidate is qualified from 

the LCN file for inclusion in the PMAC report, the report process will cross 

via LCN and Reference Number to the PMF, in order to extract and display 

certain parts file data. If there is no match between the LCN and PMF on 

either LCN or Reference Number, the PMF data will not be displayed on the 

LSA-016 report. 

 c. The LSA-027 report displays a comparison of the Failure Rate, 

Replacement and Repair Task Codes, and their associated Task Frequencies 

against each LSA candidate and displays the SMR, MRR, and MRRII from the PMF 

to validate this critical provisioning data. 

 d. The LSA-080 report provides a detailed analysis of the provisioning 

data contained in the PMF. The Bill of Materials Report, Part I, identifies 

assembly level items, and a one indenture lower listing of the spare/repair 

parts that comprise the assembly. The LSA-080 report can be used to check for 

completeness of the PMF against assembly drawings and may also be useful for 

RPSTL data development: 

 (1) The report is sequenced by the assembly level reference 
C-21

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

number, so that it can track with a drawing package provided in drawing number 

sequence. Basic data related to the development of a properly structured PPL 

is also edited. 

 (2) An LSA-80 report should accompany an LSA-036 report when 

performing an LSA/LSAR/Provisioning Review. 

4.2 UTILIZATION OF THE AUTOMATIC PLISN ASSIGNMENT ROUTINE. 

 a. The LSA-152 summary assigns/reassigns provisioning related control and 

reference data to Table HG, PLISN, Indenture Code (IC), NHA PLISN, and Table 

HH, Next Higher Assembly (NHA) PLISN, based on selection parameters. The 

summary will depict the file content before and after the assignments or 

reassignments are made. PLISNs are assigned using the EBCDIC collating 

sequence. 

 b. It is necessary that the LSAR be properly structured using either a 

uniform (nonbroken) LCN structure when applying either a classical or modified 

classical LCN assignment technique; or an LCN-IC (Table XB) assignment without 

missing or unlinked indenture levels, when LCNs are assigned using the 

sequential method. Using the LSA-080 report, the analyst can review the file 

for correct structure, or by using the LSA-152 report detect error conditions 

in file structure. 

 c. The LSA-152 report consists of two parts. Part I will only be output 

when an error in file structure is encountered, or when the PLISN assignment 

(with selected PLISN spacing) exceeds the limit of 9999 for the proposed 

assigned PMF candidates. When these occur, the error location in the file is 

depicted on the report with a display of the unlinked or remaining file 

segment. If an error condition does occur, the LSA-152 process will not 

assign any PLISNs, but will continue processing to determine whether 

additional error conditions exist in the file. Validated LSAR systems will be 

required to have the capability to produce an error listing for the LSA-152 

report. However, the format, messages and explanation of those messages for 

the error listing is vendor dependent. Part II of the report reflects the 

results of the PLISN assignment/reassignment; only a Part I or a Part II will 

be produced in a processing cycle. 

 d. The report selection for PLISN assignment occurs within a PCCN and 

optionally Start and Stop LCN range. ALC is not a selection option. 

Alternate LCNs must be considered when assigning the basic LCN PLISNs because 

alternates may have basic items as NHAs. A row in table HO creates the end 

item (XC) to part application (HG) relationship. One HG row cannot be related 

to multiple PCCNs except when the item is a subordinate end item. When the 

item is a subordinate end item, HO would have one row depicting the end item 

relationship (end item and item LCN-ALCs are the same), and one or more rows 

showing the relationship to the system. Having the end items located in the 

XC table, and the fact that no other item except a subordinate end item can be 

linked to more than one PCCN, makes the suppression indicator code obsolete. 

 e. Since there are unlimited "correct" structuring techniques using the 

ALC, there is no system edit to detect errors in file structure when the ALC 
C-22

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

is utilized. ADP systems will detect a missing indenture level for alternate 

assemblies and sequence them back to the basic "00" LCN structure. Reference 

section 2.3 of this document of the effects of ALC coding during PLISN 

assignment. ALC assignment errors can only be detected by a manual review of 

the LSA-152 or LSA-080 reports. 

 f. There is a wide range of options when using the PLISN assignment 

routine: 

 (1) NHA PLISNs and/or ICs may be assigned to the PMF, if this option 

is selected on the 152 report. 

 a. If the file is constructed using the classical/modified 

classical LCN assignment technique, the IC may be assigned, provided the LCN 

structure exists in the XA table. Asterisk ICs may be assigned to the parts 

file based on the ICC of "9" representing kit components being previously 

assigned (Table HG). An option is also available to assign a constant NHA 

PLISN indicator of "N" against each NHA PLISN assigned to the HH table. 

 b. When a sequential LCN assignment method is utilized, the LCN 

structure field is left blank in the XA table, and the LCN-ICs must be 

entered on the XB table in order to assign NHA PLISN. The IC (Table HG) 

should be that of the provisioned end item, while the LCN-IC should be related 

to the system level in the LSAR. 

 (2) When assigning PLISNs for a subordinate end item the IC is not 

assigned to the HG table. For example, a separately provisioned end item at 

the "C" indenture to the system (LCN-IC,Table XB) will have an IC of "A" come 

out on the LSA-152, and LSA-036 reports but will keep its IC of "C" assigned 

under the system end item assignment. All components to the subordinate end 

item will then have their IC assigned as before. For example, a "D" indenture 

item under the "C" indenture subordinate end item will have a "B" IC assigned 

when PLISN assignment is run on the "C" indenture subordinate end item. See 

section 2.6 for a more detailed explaination. 

 (3) PLISNs may be assigned only to items that qualify by PTD 

Selection Code for a specified Provisioning List (PL) or lists (Table HG). 

 (4) PLISNs may be assigned in either topdown (LCN) or Reference 

Number sequence. When PLISNs are assigned in Reference Number sequence, the 

system will lock out the option to assign NHA PLISNs/ICs. Default is topdown. 

 (5) PLISNs may be assigned as either all alphabetic, alphanumeric, 

numeric, or, first position alphabetic, then second through fourth position 

numeric. Default is alphanumeric. 

 (6) A starting PLISN value may be specified on the report selection 

card. 

 (7) PLISN values of "AAAA" through "AAAHZ" may be reserved for the 

system level and separately provisioned end items (Model Reserve). If this 

option is selected, a starting model PLISN value may be specified (within the 
C-23

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

given range). If none is selected, the first model PLISN assignment will be 

"AAAA". 

 (8) PLISNs may be assigned to overlay old PLISN values established 

in the file; to overlay PLISNs and to move the old PLISN value to the Prior 

Item PLISN field; or to assign PLISNs only to items that do not have a PLISN 

value already established (insert) (Insert/Overlay selection on report). If 

the insert option is chosen, PLISNs already assigned to the file must match 

with the LCN structure or LCN-ICs of the selected LCN range. 

 (9) It is possible to skip PLISN values between the assigned PLISNs 

for future use, when the item is impacted by Design Change Notice or 

Engineering Change Proposals, or when the item having PLISNs assigned is not 

fully broken down to piece part level. This option cannot be utilized if the 

insert option (paragraph h) is in use. PLISN gaps may be as great as 1,121. 

 (10) PLISNs may be assigned to items based upon the Data Status Code 

(Table HG) contained against the qualified item. This can be useful when 

performing incremental provisioning on an LSAR that is not fully mature. 

 (11) LCN structure and System 036 are no longer selection options. 

4.3 DEFENSE LOGISTICS INFORMATION SYSTEM (DLIS) SUBMITTALS. 

 a. The LSA-032 report summary provides a cross-reference between 

reference numbers selected for provisioning screening and the submitter's 

control number. DLIS screening is specified by MIL-STD-1388-1A. This summary 

provides a valuable tool once the items have been screened through DLSC files, 

and the screening results are received as the DLIS results are sequenced by 

submitter's control number. 

 b. There are data elements located on the LSA-032 that are not contained 

in the LSAR. The majority of these codes are contained in DOD 4100.38-M, 

Department of Defense Provisioning and other Preprocurement Screening Manual. 

 (1) Document Identifier Code (DIC). A three-position alphanumeric 

code which is used for identifying interservice agency or intraservice agency 

logistic transactions. On part II of this LSAR report the DIC should always 

be "LSR" to denote reference number and CAGE screening requests. Items may be 

excluded from DLIS screening if an entry showing a screening result is already 

contained in the DIC field for the reference number and CAGE. 

 (2) Priority Indicator Code (PIC). A single numeric code used to 

designate the required priority to be applied to processing transactions (see 

DOD 4l00.38-M). 

 (3) Activity Code. A two-position alpha code identifying a DOD 

activity, Federal agency or other authorized government agency for cataloging, 

standardization or other management purposes (see DOD 4l00.38-M). 

 (4) Destination Code. A five-position alphanumeric code used in 

conjunction with the activity code to register the address data for recipients 
C-24

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

of the results of provisioning screening (see DOD 4l00.38-M). 

 (5) Output Data Request Code (ODRC). A numeric series of 

established sets of data (Defense Integrated Data System output segments) 

identified by specific ODRCs and available for extraction from DLSC files for 

provisioning and preprocurement screening purposes (see DOD 4l00.38-M). 

 (6) Single/Multiple Output Code. A numeric code used by the 

submitter to indicate whether the results of screening are to be furnished to 

one or all of the recipients as registered under the applicable activity code 

and destination code (see DOD 4l00.38-M). 

 (7) Submitter's Control Number. A 17-position computer assigned 

alphanumeric field peculiar to provisioning and preprocurement screening 

transactions which is used to control and reference the transactions. The 

number consists of a four position julian date (YDDD), and a unique sequential 

13 position number assigned for each reference number and additional reference 

number package which is to be screened. 

 (8) Statistical Indicator Code. A code designating whether data 

submitted for screening is required for provisioning or other services (see 

DOD 4100.38-M). 

 (9) DIDS segment code. This is the number of inputs segments that 

are required by DILS for each record. This should always be a "2" to 

represent a fixed length record LSR (DIC) submittal. 

 (10) Package Sequence Number (PSN). The PSN is a three-character 

code used to indicate the quantity, sequence and interrelationship of cards 

related to a line item as within a package (i.e. applies to the same 

submitter's control number). If all line items submitted for screening are 

individually sequence in the submitters control number field, the PSN will 

always be "Z01". For reference number screening (DIC of "LSR") a maximum of 

25 reference numbers may be submitted under the same SCN. In this instance 

the first record would have a PSN of "A01", the second "A02", the third "A03", 

etc, through "A24", and the last (25th) record would be "Z25". The last 

record in any package submitted under one SCN will always contain a "Z" in the 

first position of the PSN. 

 

 c. This report may be selected by either LCN or PCCN. At least one 

qualified Reference Number/CAGE combination must exit between the LCN range in 

order to produce an LSA-032 summary. When selected by LCN range this report 

may have items from multiple PCCNs. The TAPE option results in an 80-column 

file of part II information. The report is sequenced in ascending SCN. On 

the first line is information about the Prime Reference Number and the item's 

LCN/ALC and SMR of the first appearance. Within this item are listed all 

additional reference numbers (ARN) in ascending ARN sequence. The report is 

processed as follows: 

 (1) Items may be excluded from the report by already having a 

screening result displayed in the DIC field. This means that if suppression 

is selected, any item that has a DIC code in the database will not be screened 
C-25

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

again, and therefore, not output on the report. Items may also be excluded 

from the report by having a result in DLIS Screening Result Code (DSRC). The 

ADP system should allow suppression of up to five codes, A, B, C, D, and E. 

If an item contains one of these codes, i.e. "A", and "A" is selected to be 

suppressed on the selection card, then any item having an "A" DSRC will not 

come out on the report. 

 (2) Part of the submitter control number is the PCCN/PLISN. The 

PLISN used is the lowest EBCDIC valued PLISN for the item within the selected 

PCCN/LCN range (the Same As PLISN field is blank). If no PCCN/PLISN is 

recorded for an item, then a Type "1" error is displayed. No rows of data for 

the item are placed on part II. 

 (3) If ARN Select (ARN SEL) is "YES" and the item has more than 24 

ARNs, error Type "2" is displayed. The first 24 ARNs in ascending reference 

number sequence are placed on part II of the report. 

 (4) If a specific SOURCE CODE is selected and the SMR is not 

contained against an item, at its first appearance, error Type "3" is shown 

and the item is disqualified from part II. The source code may be selected by 

its first position only in which case all corresponding second positions would 

qualify. For example, if you select "P" source code, that would qualify "PA", 

"PB", "PC","PD","PE","PF", and "PG" source codes. 

 (5) If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "F" or "S", and if ARN SEL is "YES" and 

if an Additional Reference Number matches the prime Reference Number, then 

error type "4" is displayed. Only the duplicate ARN is disqualified from part 

II. In part II of the report, columns 41 and 42 are always left blank for "F" 

or "S" type screen. 

 (6) If TYPE SCREEN CODE is "P", and either the reference number 

category code (RNCC) or reference number variation code (RNVC) is missing for 

the reference number/CAGE (in HA) or if ARN SEL is "YES" and there are any 

additional reference number and CAGEs (in HB), then error Type "5" is 

displayed. If the RNCC/RNVC is an ARN, only the ARN is disqualified from part 

II. If the RNCC/RNVC is the prime reference number, the entire item is 

disqualified from Part II. 

4.4 PROVISIONING PARTS LIST INDEX. 

 a. The LSA-151, Provisioning Parts List Index (PPLI) provides a 

cross reference between reference numbers and the applicable PLISN of the 

provisioning list as required by MIL-STD-1388-1A. It provides a ready 

reference of usage and location within the provisioning list for a given 

reference number. 

 b. In order to produce an LSA-151 summary at least one row of 

information must be contained within the selected LCN range/PCCN. When 

selected by LCN, this report may be across multiple PCCNs. The report can be 

generated in reference number, LCN, or PLISN sequence. Additional data which 

further describes the item at its usage level(s) are provided for the user's 

information (i.e., item name, quantities, SMR, etc.). 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

C-26

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 c. The NHA Reference Number and CAGE are determined by the item's NHA 

PLISN (HH Table) with an "N" NHA Indicator, and one indenture less than the 

item. The HG Item's keys are compared to HH keys to find the NHA PLISN. A 

search for this PLISN is conducted in the HG table to find the NHA. Both the 

PLISN and NHA PLISN must have the same PCCN (found in XC table through HO). 

The HG table key Reference Number and CAGE containing the PLISN matched to the 

NHA PLISN is the NHA reference number and CAGE. 

4.5 LSA-036 SYSTEM. 

 a. This report is a summary of those data recorded on the data tables 

identified for provisioning requirements. The summary contains that data 

required for review at various provisioning conferences (e.g., long-lead time 

items conference, provisioning conference, etc.) and is used in the selection 

procedures to identify repair parts requirements in support of the equipment 

to be fielded. 

 b. The minimum data required to establish a PLISN record are the PCCN, 

PLISN, Reference Number, CAGE, UOC, LCN, ALC, LCN Type and EIAC. These 

satisfy the key data elements of the XC, HO, HA, and HG data tables in -2B 

which are required for a PLISN record. These minimum data are less than the 

minimum data needed to establish a PLISN record in the CCSS PMR (Table II). 

Using the optional LSA-036 part III Army Edit Routine will ensure that minimum 

data requirements for CCSS processing are contained in the LSA-036 report. 

4.5.1 REPORT SEQUENCE. The first record on the LSA-036 summary is the 

report header. Following this, the report is sequenced in ascending PLISN. 

Within PLISN records are sequenced in ascending CFI. Within CFI records are 

sequenced in ascending TOCC in the following order: D or G before M, Q, or L. 

 Within TOCC items are sorted in ascending CSN. 

4.5.2 REPORT FORMAT. The data format of the LSA-036 is contained in 

figure 10. When an LSA-036 is generated, all data contained in the PMF that 

is applicable to a PLISN record is output. A basic flowchart of the LSA-036 

is contained in figure 11. 

4.5.3 REPORT OPTIONS. 

 a. The summary will satisfy the deliverables cited in MIL-STD-1388-1A 

(taken from MIL-STD-l56l). These deliverables or Provisioning Technical 

Documentation (PTD), which were under separate Data Item Descriptions (DIDs) 

under MIL-STD-1388-2A, are now under one DID, DI-ILSS-81285. The PTD lists 

are as follows: 

a. Provisioning Parts List (PPL) 

b. Short Form Provisioning Parts List (SFPPL) 

c. Long Lead Time Items List (LLTIL) 

d. Repairable Items List (RIL) 

e. Interim Support Items List (ISIL) 

f. Tools and Test Equipment List (TTEL) 

g. Common and Bulk Items List (CBIL) 

h. Post Conference List (PCL) 
C-27

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 i. System Configuration Provisioning List (SCPL) 

Figure 10. LSA-036 Report Format. 
C-28

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 11. LSA-036 System Flowchart. 
C-29

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 b. The report may be selected to perform review only, that is without 

updating either the LSAR PMF or the LSA-036 system PBF. This option may be 

utilized in two ways: A review report may be generated, which is a completely 

independent and complete Provisioning List (PL), i.e., is not bumped against 

the Provisioning Baseline File (PBF); or, the report may be generated for 

review, which consist of change transactions only which does not update either 

the PMF or PBF. A standard, approved PL should be run with the option to 

generate a electronic output and to update the LSAR files. A more complete 

description will be provided later this chapter. 

 c. When an PLISN item is qualified by basic PCCN selection, it must be 

further qualified by matching through table HO to at least one selected Usable 

On Code (UOC). The UOCs are then displayed on the LSA-036 D cards. Other UOC 

selection options are: 

 (1) Multiple Configuration Usable On Code. A three-position 

alphanumeric code that indicates the configuration(s) of a system/equipment on 

which the item under analysis is used based on the UOC (DED 501) assignments. 

 The generated combinations of model UOCs is shown on the header page of the 

LSA-036. This was a good idea but impractical because of the exponentiality 

of the combinations of UOCs. This is not required for -2B validation although 

some ADP systems will generate this to some degree. 

 (2) Full Effectivity UOC Suppression. If the user specifies that 

when the selected UOCs match a qualified record on every UOC, then no UOC are 

displayed on the D card. These are matched from table HO to the selected 

UOCs. (For all UOC combinations of a PCCN in XC). 

 (3) Serial Number UOC (DED 375) display. If the user documents 

Serial Numbers for a model and the associated Serial Number UOCs (Table XD), 

and also documents each items relationship to the Serial Number UOCs via table 

HN, then these UOCs are displayed on the "D" card instead of the XC/HO UOCs. 

On the LSA-036 header page, a display is made of the following: 

 ITEM DESIGNATOR SERIAL NUMBER UOC 

 (XC) FROM (XD) TO (XD) 

 C18 SN001 SN015 A 

 SN017 SN017 B 

 SN062 SN071 C 

 C18A1 SN016 SN016 E 

 SN018 SN061 F 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 d. Subsequent UOC and PTD Selections. The selection criteria that cannot 

be narrowed are the UOC and Provisioning Technical Documentation (PTD). For 

example if UOCs of CE1 and CD2 are selected on the first 36 selection, all 

future selections must contain these UOCs. Any attempt to narrow UOC 

selection should result in the error message similar to "CANNOT NARROW UOC 

SELECTION". PTD selection is accumulated, meaning that if a PPL is selected 

on the first run, and a LLTIL is selected on the second, any changes to the 

PPL data will come out on the LLTIL. Any of the other report options, e.g., 

QTY/EI Calculation, Overhaul PLISN creation, or Change Authority selection, 
C-30

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

may be changed between selections. 

 

 e. Using the LSA-036 system, the Quantity Per End Item (QPEI) can be 

automatically computed, based upon either options 1, 2, or 3 Quantity Per 

Assembly (QPA). The QPEI option must match the QPA option assigned if the 

QPEI values are to be valid. The Army will always use option 1 QPA, which 

requires that a QPA be entered for each component/piece part and an assembly 

be broken out completely for each application. See section 4.5.6 of this 

document for further explanation of QPEI processing. 

 f. Overhaul PLISN (DED 258) and Overhaul Replacement Rate (ORR) DED 281) 

Assignment. The overhaul PLISNs may be assigned during the LSA-036 report 

preparation based on the item having a P- source code, an ORR entry, and at 

least one of its higher assembly PLISN having an SMR Code of P--D-. Only 

those higher assembly PLISNs with and SMR code of P--D- will be assigned 

overhaul PLISNs. The ORR is an estimate of the percent of time that a support 

item will be replaced at the NHA during Overhaul. It is manually entered in 

the HH table against its NHA. This base ORR of the item is multiplied by the 

QPA for each succeeding indenture level, beyond the NHA, using the following 

approach for assignment: 

 PLISN IC SMR QPA NHA PLISN NHA-IND ORR 

 CFFF F PADZZ 0002 CEAA N 005 

 CEAA E PAODD 0002 CDEE N 002 

 CDEE D PAFDD 0003 CCDD N 

 CCDD C PAOHH 0001 CB12 N 003 

 CB12 B PAFDD 0002 AAAA E 006 

 AAAA A PAODD 0001 

For PLISN CFFF, the Overhaul PLISNs and associated ORRs are: 

 OVERHAUL PLISN ORR 

 CEAA 005 

 CDEE 010 = 0002 (QPA of CEAA) * 005 

 CB12 030 = 0003 (QPA of CDEE) * 0001 (QPA of CCDD) * 010 

 AAAA 060 = 0002 (QPA of CB12) * 030 

 

 

 

 

 

In this example, PLISN CEAA is the items immediate NHA PLISN and therefore no 

calculation is needed. The PLISN CCDD is disqualified because it is SMR Coded 

PAOHH. These Overhaul PLISNs will come out on consecutive LSA-036 C cards 

with the items actual NHA having an "N" NHA indicator coming out on the 01C 

card. 

 g. Change Authority Number (CAN). Up to six CANs may be selected for the 

LSA-036 report. Only those items matching the CAN(s) in the HP table will be 

selected. This report is called a Design Change Notice (DCN). When a DCN is 

run, all PLISN record changes (A-K cards) which have occurred against a PLISN 

record that matches on the selected CAN, are output. The QPEI cannot be 

recomputed during this selection, nor can the Same As PLISN be redesignated. 

This is also true of any selection that does not contain a full file. 
MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

C-31

 h. PLISN range selection. The user may select up to five Start and 

Stop PLISN ranges for inclusion on the LSA-036. Both the Start and Stop PLISN 

and all qualified PLISNs between are included on the report. All other PLISNs 

are excluded. 

 i. Part III selections. The two optional part III selections are the 

Army edit Routine (option 1) and the Air Fore L card Merge (option 2). These 

options are explained in more detail later in this chapter. 

 j. Output options are combinations of the following; live run without 

headers (which will allow QPEI, ORR, calculations, Same as PLISN recognition 

and update the baseline file and the LSAR data tables); test bump without 

headers (which will look exactly like the live run except does not update the 

baseline file or data tables); database dump without headers (this will be a 

straight dump of the LSAR data base without any calculations); and all of the 

above with headers. 

4.5.4 CONTROL DATA. The report will display the following provisioning 

report control data not contained in the LSAR: 

 a. Card Sequence Number (CSN). A two-position numeric code which is used 

to sequence multiple data input cards for a specific card format indicator. 

 The initial card entry is coded 01. Subsequent cards are coded 02-99. 

 b. Card Format Indicator (CFI). A one-position alphabetic code: A-H, J-M 

used to identify a card format and content. 

 c. Reference Designation Overflow Code (RDOC). A one-position alphabetic 

code: A and B used to link a long Reference Designation which exceeds 32 

characters. Code "A" is entered against the first 32 characters, and code "B" 

is entered against the last 32 characters. 

 

4.5.5 PROVISIONING BASELINE FILE (PBF). 

 a. The PBF is a file within an LSAR ADP system, which is 

only accessible through the LSA-036 system. It is an exact image of the data, 

which is delivered to the requiring authority. The PBF contains all 

provisioned end items included in the LSAR. 

 b. Each PCCN contained in the PBF includes all previously selected 

provisioning lists. Updates against a PCCN will reflect changes from the PMF 

made since the last LSA-036 processing cycle. The items included in the PBF 

must match at least one of the PTD Selection Code subfields from the LSAR to 

qualify. If an item qualifies under more than one selected provisioning list, 

only one consolidated file is maintained and updated. The LSA-036 hard copy 

report summary page will list the current and all previously selected PLs. 

 c. A PBF can be developed against any PL. For instance, if an LLTIL is 

required 2 years before generation of the completed PPL, this list can be 

established in the PBF, and updates to the LLTIL can be provided for the time 

between its delivery and the delivery of the PPL. A reserved set of PLISNs 

can be used for these items, and prior to delivery of the PPL, these PLISNs 
C-32

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

can be reassigned to the appropriate locations within the PPL. At this point, 

no update of the PBF should be requested and only hard copy review LSA-036 

reports should be prepared until the PPL is reviewed by the requiring 

authority. After approval when the PBF is updated with the PPL submission, 

the LSA-036 report would contain the LLTIL items incorporated into the PPL and 

delete PLISN transactions for the long lead items under their reserved PLISNs. 

 d. The PBF serves as the input file when LSA-036 update transactions are 

to be generated. It consists of a header record, which contains the 

information from the most recent LSA-036 report selection to include, UOCs, 

QTY/EI option, and type of output. It also contains a record of previous PLs 

selected. When selecting an update LSA-036 report, the UOCs entered must be 

equal to or greater in content than the UOCs entered on previous selections 

against the PCCN, and the UOC suppression must be identical to previous 

selections for that PCCN or the report will reject. The PBF file contains all 

PCCNs qualified from the LSAR and is sequenced in ascending PCCN/PLISN. 

4.5.6 QPEI CALCULATION. 

 a. The LSA-036 system can compute QPEI based upon the Quantity Per 

Assembly (QPA) option chosen when quantities were assigned. There are three 

QPEI options to go along with three QPA options. These options will be 

discussed in greater detail in this chapter. 

 b. Within the LSA-036 system, the QPEI calculation is performed before 

final qualification of a PLISN record for inclusion on the LSA-036 report. 

4.5.6.1 OPTION 1 QUANTITY PER END ITEM. 

 a. Normally the Army will utilize option 1, QPA/QPEI. For this option 

each part is rolled up at each location (part application) and then each 

location is summed up to give the total QPEI for that item. Figure 12 shows 

an example of option 1 processing. Notice that the every part in the system 

in broken out to the piece part level. 

 b. For all QPEI options, the QPA contained on LCNs with ALCs other than 

"00" are not included in the grand total for a reference number, unless there 

are no "00" ALCs for the item. In this case, all ALC subtotals are summed to 

determine the QPEI. An example of the QPEI computation, based on combinations 

of "00" and nonbasic ALC applications, is depicted in figure 9. Note: Items 

with asterisk ICs are also not included in the QPEI total. 
C-33

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

FIGURE 12. Option 1 Quantity Per End Item (ARMY) 
C-34

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 c. The formula for option 1/option 1 QPA-QPEI is as 

follows: 

 N M 

 QPEI = 3 [ θ QPAj ] i 

 i=1 j=1 

Where: 

 N = Number of applications for unique part 

 i = Application of unique part 

 M = Number of indenture levels 

 j = Indenture level of application 

 APPLICATIONS OF REFERENCE NUMBER 1430-0926 

 1 2 

PLISN IC LCN ALC SAME AS PLISN SUBTOTAL QPEI 

 AAKN C 00208 ---- 4 60 

 AALY D 0030602 A AAKN 10 REF 

 ABCC E 0040802AA AAKN 24 REF 

 ABLD E 0060201CC AAKN 32 REF 

 ACFR * 00703 AAKN -- REF 

 ADCM E 00801AA01 B AAKN 14 REF 

1. Subtotal calculated by multiplying qpa by all NHA QPA(S). 

 EXAMPLE: PLISN IC NHA PLISN QPA 

 AAAA A ---- 1 

 AAYQ B AAAA 1 SUBTOTAL FOR PLISN 

 AAZF C AAYQ 2 "ABCC" EQUALS 

 ABBL D AAZF 4 (3 x 4 x 2 x 1 x 1) 

 ABCC E ABBL 3 

2. QPEI does not include PLISNS "AALY" AND "ADCM" subtotals. A subtotal 

is not computed for PLISN "ACFR" because of the asterisk IC. Subtotals are 

added together to determine QPEI (32 + 24 + 4). 

 FIGURE 13. QPEI roll-up for Multiple Applications Under Blank and 

 Nonblank ALC. 
C-35

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 14. Option 2 Quantity Per End Item (Navy). 
C-36

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

4.5.6.2 OPTION 2 QUANTITY PER END ITEM. 

 a. The option 2 QPA/QPEI combination is primarily utilized by the Navy. 

 The primary difference between this option and option 1 is that the option 2 

QPA, represents a roll-up of the assembly piece parts, which includes the 

totals for the subsequent appearances of the assembly. Intermediate totals, 

which are entered by the analyst in the QPA field, are merely added together 

using this option. A sample of this calculation is shown in Figure 13. 

 b. The following formula applies for option 2 QPA/QPEI: 

 N 

 QPEI = 3 QPAi 

 i=1 

Where: 

 N = Number of applications for unique part 

 i = Application of unique part 

4.5.6.3 OPTION 3 QUANTITY PER END ITEM. 

 a. The option 3, QPA/QPEI, requires that the LSA-036 system generate 

assembly breakdowns, where only the "first appearance" or application of the 

assembly is completely broken down to piece part level. These generated 

breakdowns are then used to compute the QPEI for each of the items 

applications. This is performed by determining what items are assemblies 

(have lower indentured parts), and then by means of the Same as PLISN, 

determining whether or not these assemblies are "broken out" at their 

subsequent appearance(s). When it is detected the subsequent appearance is 

not broken out, the first appearance breakdown is then generated in the file 

following the subsequent appearance assembly PLISN record by using this basic 

PLISN, and then appending to it the PLISN assigned to the assembly components 

in the first appearance breakdown. Utilizing this "mother PLISN" and the IC 

to maintain descending family tree relationships, the breakdown legs of the 

generated piece parts are then subtotaled to the reference number QPEI total. 

 The "mother PLISNs" ICs are reassigned at the generated breakdown based upon 

the difference between the IC of the first appearance and subsequent 

appearance(s) of the assembly. 

 b. This technique of generated breakdowns is illustrated in figure 15. 

The LSAR file condition requiring the use of this technique is primarily used 

by the Marine Corps, although it does provide an efficient/space saving method 

of file construction. 
C-37

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Figure 15. Option 3 Quantity Per End Item (Marine Corps) 
C-38

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 c. The following formula applies to option 3 QPA/QPEI: 

 N M P-1 Q 

QPEI = 3 [ [ θ QPAj ] + 3 [ θ QPAl ] k ] i 

 i=1 j=1 k=1 l=1 

Where: 

 N = Number of applications of unique part (first appearance of NHA 

 only) 

 i = Application of unique part 

 M = Number of indenture levels 

 j = Indenture level of application of first appearance 

 P = Number of applications of unique assembly containing unique part 

 k = Application of unique part (other than first appearance of a higher 

 assembly) 

 Q = Number of indenture levels at assembly application (other than first 

 appearance of a higher assembly) 

 l = Indenture level of application (other than first appearance of 

 a higher assembly) 

Note: 

 (1) The Greek "3", or SIGMA, represents the mathematical symbol for a 

series summation, while the symbol "θ", or TAU, is the mathematical 

expression for a series multiplication. 

 (2) The first product and summation in this formula are performed 

against the first appearance of an item. These applications are documented in 

the LSAR hardware breakdown. The second product and summation are performed 

against subsequent appearances of an item which are not documented in the LSAR 

(e.g., will not appear on a PPL). These item applications are identified by 

the first appearance of the item in an assembly (either NHA or higher), and 

the Reference Number of the higher assembly containing the unique part 

appearing in multiple applications. 

4.5.7 SAME AS PLISN. 

 a. Same as PLISN (DED 364). The QPEI is one of two data elements that 

assigned or updated during LSA-036 processing. The other, the Same as PLISN 

(SAP), will be assigned during LSA-036 summary preparation. The SAP will be 

automatically updated in the PMF (HG table) and the PBF except if a the 

selection is made not to update the baseline or master file. The SAP is the 

lowest EBCDIC value PLISN of all part applications for a given reference 

number. 

 b. The Same As PLISN is used to determine the QPEI. After the QPEI 

calculation is performed, the actual QPEI is entered on the lowest value PLISN 

and reference requirements for subsequent or higher valued PLISN applications 

of the same reference number are determined, and the appropriate reference 

code (REF, reference; or, REFX, reference assembly) is assigned to the QPEI 

field. The REFX code is assigned using option 2, QPEI, in the same manner as 
C-39

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

the determination of the nonbreakout of a subsequent appearance of an 

assembly. Figures 9 and 10 also depict the assignment of Same as PLISN and 

REF/REFX. 

4.5.8 UPDATE TRANSACTIONS. 

 a. LSA-036 Update and Design Change Notices. There are five basic types 

of LSA-036 updates which can result when LSAR data is added, changed or 

deleted affecting PL`s previously delivered. These transactions can be 

automatically generated using a validated LSAR ADP system by establishing 

baseline records upon initial submission of the LSA-036. These transactions 

are based upon a comparison of the current LSAR provisioning oriented data 

tables and provisioning data baselined by a previous LSA-036 submittal. 

 (1) Standard Data Update. For each LSA-036 card affected by data 

which has been added or changed since the previous PL delivery or LSA-036 

update, mandatory data, i.e., PCCN, PLISN, CSN, and CFI, and "M" TOCC and the 

added/changed data only are entered. If data has been deleted, a "G" is 

entered in the TOCC and in the left most position of each field deleted on the 

appropriate LSA-036 card. Data deletions and changes/additions occurring on 

the same LSA-036 card will require both a change and deletion card for the 

appropriate data. It should be noted that "T" TOCC is not used by the 

automated LSA-036 reports and only apply to mannually prepared LSA-036 

reports. 

 a. If all data on an LSA-036 CFI is deleted, a delete transaction 

will be generated consisting of the PCCN, PLISN, CSN "01", CFI (Except A), the 

key data associated with that CFI, and a "G" TOCC. Conversely, if data is 

contained in the PMF which does not appear in the PBF, and this data would 

cause a new LSA-036 record, an "M" TOCC will be gnerated for the added card 

record. TOCCs will only be displayed for established PLISN records. A new or 

"first time" appearance of a PLISN will always have a blank TOCC. 

 b. When an entire PLISN record is deleted (HG record), a delete 

transaction will be generated consisting of the appropriate PCCN, PLISN, CAGE, 

Reference Number, and a "D" TOCC on the "01A" card. Also, there should be an 

option for the reference designation, that if it exists, it is displayed with 

the PCCN and PLISN on the "01D" card with a "G" TOCC. In addition, if any 

change authority related information is changed, CFIs "F", "G", and "H" update 

transactions are also processed. 

 (2) Quantity Data Update. When a quantity field is updated, 

mandatory data, a "Q" TOCC and the updated quantity data field(s) are entered. 

 This will only apply to the following data: Quantity Per Assembly, Quantity 

Per End Item, Total Quantity Recommended, Allowance Item Code Quantity, 

Minimum Replacement Unit, Recommended Initial System Stock Buy, Recommended 

Minimum System Stock Level, Recommended Tender Load List Quantity, Quantity 

Shipped, Quantity Procured and Prorated Quantity. When additional data 

displayed on the same LSA-036 card also changes during the update, only one 

change card is entered with TOCC, "Q". When quantity data is deleted, a 

change card is entered with a zero filled quantity field and TOCC "Q". Note: 

 When a quantity field is initially established, eg. from a blank to a numeric 
C-40

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

value, a TOCC of "M" is assigned. 

 (3) Key Data Update. Certain provisioning data are considered key 

and associated data elements. These are listed below. Changes to key data 

requires the submission of both a delete and change card for the appropriate 

key data. The deletion card should contain a "G" TOCC and the original key 

data. The change card should contain an "M" TOCC with the new key data and 

the applicable associated data. Deletion of key data will result in deletion 

of the corresponding associated data. Note that certain key data, i.e., 

Serial Number Effectivity and Figure Number and Item Number, appear under both 

the key data column by itself, or with another key, and alos under the 

associated data column. These key data are actually subordinae to the keys 

for wich it is associated. This means that without the primary keys (Change 

Authority Number and TM Code), these subordinate keys will never be displayed. 

 When combinations of data arelisted under the key data, these fielda re 

considered as one key field with blank subordinate keys permissible. A 

deletion of the key data in the PMF results in deltion of associated data to 

the key data in the PBVF and generation of an LSA-036 deletion transation 

only. The assocaited data will only be reinstated when the key data is reentered into the parts file. 

 (4) Associated Data Update. Changes to associated data requires the 

submission of a change card consisting of an "M" TOCC with the changed data 

and entry of the applicable key data. Deletion of associated data requires 

the submission of a deletion card with a "G" TOCC, a "G" in the left-most 

position of the associated data field and entry of the key data. 

 (5) Design Change Notices (DCN). DCN information is not 

distinguished from other updated data for a particular LSA-036 update using a 

validated LSAR ADP system. DCN's can be processed as a separate and 

distinguishable report by specifying that DCN affected data must be processed 

as an exclusive update, i.e., by performing an LSA-036 update, entering the 

DCN information into the LSAR, and by again running an LSA-036 update. An 

option to obtain an LSA-036 report for updated data pertaining to specific 

Design Change Authority Numbers is provided on the LSA-036 options. DCN 

information updates are similar to other update transactions with the 

following exception. When a Change Authority Number and Serial Number 

Effectivity are entered, an "L" TOCC is entered for the replaced item. If a 

quantity change occurs on limited effectivity item, an "L" TOCC is entered in 

lieu of a "Q". 

4.5.8.1 UPDATE PROCESSING. 

 a. Several data elements are combined/updated as one field. These are 

the Reference Number and CAGE on the 01A card and all CSN for Remarks and 

Provisioning Nomenclature within its TM Code, Figure and Item Numbers key. 

Since an update to Remarks or Provisioning Nomenclature may be of a shorter 

field length than the original data, the original data is deleted using data 

element deletes (or "G" TOCC) in either the standard or key data delete 

format, respectively, prior to updating these elements. Key, subordinate key, 

and associated/combined date relationships are depicted in figure 11. 
 

C-41

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 b. The CSN will always begin with CSN "01" for any CFI update 

transaction. An exception is the CFI "A" update of an Additional Reference 

Number which will begin with CSN "02". If there are multiple data updates of 

a PLISN CFI, the CSN will be incremented by one for each multiple update 

required. The TOCC type within a set of CFI is also used to determine the 

CSN. Delete transactions (TOCC "G") are grouped for determination of the CSN 

for a PLISN CFI. If a CFI update includes both delete/change transactions 

(TOCC "L", "M", and "Q"), the CSN is again resequenced back to "01" when the 

transactions transition from the delete to the change types. 

 c. Deletion transactions will always appear before change transactions 

within a given CFI. A new PLISN can only have blank TOCC, which will include 

an incremented CSN for multiple CFI data. 

 d. There are no "reserved" additional reference numbers (ARN). The 

ARN will be displayed on CSN based upon a sort in ascending CAGE and ARN 

(first 29 positions). It is necessary to control "reserved" ARN, e.g., 

drawing number, by using the Reference Number Category Code (RNCC). RNCC "D" 

indicates a drawing reference number and RNCC "C", or "7" depicts 

nondefinitive Military Specifications or Standards. 

 e. DCN-UOC and Serial Number Effectivity are depicted as subordinate 

keys, and as such, multiple entries against a single Change Authority Number 

are permitted. The same is true of BOI-CTRL within a TM Code Figure 

Number-Item Number combination key, or Figure Number/Item Number within a TM 

Code key. 

 f. The analyst may change a CSC in the parts file which contains key 

data without generating an update transaction, if the key data itself remains 

unchanged. 

 g. If more than one WUC/TM FGC is entered in the parts file without 

the required key(s), only the WUC/TM FGC appearing on the lowest CSC will be 

displayed on the LSA-036 report (this allows an Air Force WUC to be output 

without the required TMC,FIG-NO,ITEM-NO key required for a TM FGC). 

 h. Unit of Measure (UM) Price processing. 

 (1) When more than one UM Price is in the parts file for a given 

Reference Number-SCC combination, a "Y" Provisioning UM Price Code (PUC) 

should be documented against only one of these UM Prices. This price will be 

extracted for the LSA-036 report. 

 (2) If more than one UM Price in the parts file contains a "Y" 

PUC, no UM Price will be output. 

 (3) If no multiple/single UM Price contains a "Y" PUC, the first 

UM Price containing a blank PUC will be displayed. 

 (4) If all UM Prices contain "N" PUCs, no UM Price will be 

output. 
C-42

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

Table I. Provisioning Key and Associated Data. 
C-43

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 i. Multiple, independent key data deletes/updates contained on the 

same CFI, e.g., UOC and Reference Designation, are consolidated on one card 

record under the appropriate TOCC. 

 j. A Reference Designation change on a portion of a long Reference 

Designation (determined by the Reference Designation Overflow Code (RDOC)) 

will result in update transactions to both card records of the Reference 

Designation, even if one of the card records is unchanged. Long Reference 

Designations (RDOC "A" and "B") must appear on consecutive CSC in the parts 

file. An RDOC A without RDOC B following long Reference Designation will not 

be output on the LSA-036, but will appear with an error message on the LSA-036 

Part II error listingCAGE 

report. (By this criteria, the RDOC appears to process similar to a combined 

key with Reference Designation, on update transactions.) 

 k. Identical key data within a PLISN record will be merged and 

processed as a single update transaction. Care should be exercised to ensure 

this condition does not exist in the file. 

 l. If multiple, subordinate key data are contained within another 

key, e.g., Basis of Issue Control within a TM Code-Figure Number Item Number 

combination key and DCN-UOC within a Change Authority key, the nonmultiple 

associated data, i.e., TM Indenture or Total Item Changes, only appear on the 

first CSN containing the basic key. 

 m. If an entire PLISN record is deleted from the PBF, a one-line 

record in the image of the PLISN deletion transaction will remain on the PBF. 

If that exact, deleted PLISN is reinstated/re-established in the PMF, it must 

match the CAGE and Reference Number that were contained on the record when it 

was originally deleted. 

4.5.9 THE LSA-036 REPORT HEADER. 

 a. The following "header" data required to identify the specified 

list(s) are not a part of the LSAR but are contained in the LSA-036 summary. 

 (1) Procurement Instrument Identification (PII). A 19-position 

alphanumeric entry used to identify a specific contractual document. The PII 

includes the PII number (PIIN) (13 positions), and the supplementary PII 

number (SPIIN) (6 positions). 

 (2) Nomenclature of model or type number. A 21-position 

alphanumeric entry used to specify the name, model, or type of equipment being 

provisioned. 

 

 (3) Control Data. A 10-position alphanumeric entry used for 

control information as specified by the requiring authority. This information 

may consist of such items as identification of provisioning data in 

MIL-STD-1388-2 format or a Weapons System Code. 

 (4) Prime Contractor`s CAGE. A five-position alphanumeric entry 

which identifies the prime contractor for the equipment being provisioned. 
C-44

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 ADDITIONAL PMR MANDATORY DATA 

 Indenture Code 

 Item Name 

 Unit of Measure 

 Unit of Measure Price 

 PMR DATA RELATIONSHIP EDITS 

 Maintenance Replacement Rate (MRR) I required when MRR II/MRR Modified are 

 present. 

 Maximum Allowable Operating Time is Mandatory when Maintenance Action Code 

 is present. 

 Replaced or Superseding PLISN is mandatory when Interchangeability Code is 

 present and vice versa. 

 Reference Number Category Code is mandatory for all Reference Number/ARN 

 transactions 

 LSA-036 AND LSA-152 SELECTION OPTIONS 

 Indenture Code equals "A" when PLISN is less than "AAAH0" and vice versa 

 (LSA-152 Model PLISN Reserve). 

 Usable On Code (UOC) is Mandatory (LSA-036 UOC Suppression) 

` 

 Table II. LSA-036 - MIL-STD-1552/PMR EDIT DIFFERENCES 

 
C-45

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 (5) Submission Control Code. A five-position numeric entry used 

to control the submission of provisioning data. The first submission will be 

0000l, and each subsequent submission is to be numbered sequentially, one 

greater than the prior submission. 

 (6) Date list submitted. A six-position numeric entry used to 

identify the date of submission. The first two positions will identify the 

year, the next two will identify the month, and the last two will identify the 

day. 

 b. The LSA-036 report contains a one-page header that provides the 

analyst with specific information about the current selection and a history of 

previous provisioning list selections. It also provides a series of counters 

with regard to the numbers and types of total PLISN records, as well as card 

record (CFI) counts and types of transactions against these CFIs. 

 c. The first line of counters on the header page concerns PLISN record 

totals for the PCCN selectted. 

 (1) The count under the header, "EXTRACTED FROM H DATA TABLES," 

consists of all PMF records, which are initially qualified by the selected 

PCCN. 

 (2) Under "NOT SELECTED" are records with a blank PLISN, PLISN 

records disqualified on either PTD Selection or UOC, or duplicate PLISNs. 

These conditions are shown on the LSA-036 Part II error listing with a message 

similar to, "PLISN bypassed in 36". This error message and most error 

messages on this report will depend on the software vendors choice of words. 

 (3) The next four columns of information are PLISN record (or "01A" 

record) totals extracted from the PBF. "EXTRACTED FROM PROV BASELINE" are the 

PLISN records established on the input PBF. "ADDED TO PROV BASELINE" are the 

new PLISN records added in this processing cycle. "DELETED FROM PROV 

BASELINE" is a total of all PLISNs contained in the PBF which have a "D" TOCC. 

 This total represents the output file condition and not simply a total of the 

current processing cycle. The last column, "NEW PROVISIONG BASELINE," is a 

total number of PLISNs contianed in the baseline file after all adds and 

deltes have been processed. 

 d. The last set of counters, "LSA-036 RECORD COUNTS," are card record 

totals by CFIs and three groupings of TOCC (additions, changes, and deletions) 

for those items appearing in the LSA-036 report listing on the current 

processing cycle. 

 e. Also appearing on the LSA-036 report header are a recapitulation of 

the current report selection parameters, as well as a listing of all 

previously selected provisioning lists which comprise the consolidated PBF. 

These previous lists will only appear, if the current selection requires a PBF 

comparison and an extract of change transactions only. 

 f. The header section is used for error messages when a subsequent 

LSA-036 report selection violates the previously selected report criteria by 
C-46

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

either narrowing the UOC selections, or by changing the UOC suppression option 

between selections. Only the header page of the LSA-036 report is generated. 

4.5.10 THE LSA-036 PART II ERROR REPORT. 

 a. The LSA-036 part II error listing is automatically produced when an 

LSA-036 is requested. The standard section lists those PLISNs matching the 

PCCN selected which were disqualified or would degrade the provisioning list. 

 This list must be reviewed by the user to ascertain what corrections, if any, 

are needed to update the parts data tables for subsequent update(s) to the 

provisioning list. 

 b. Since the LSA-036 does not match the input edits of the PMR, the 

LSA-036 Part II error listing can be used to review the parts file 

for the minimum mandatory data requirements to establish a PMR PLISN record. 

These "minimum data" are the same elements which were originally established 

under MIL-STD-1552 and are included in table II. Also included in the table 

are the data edit relationships required by the PMR, which are not in the 

LSA-036 system, and the PMR edits which can only be satisfied using the 

selection options of the LSA-036 and 152 reports. The part III Army Edit 

option may be selected in leu of the part II error listing. 

 c. The LSA-036 Part II error listing is displayed in PLISN sequence and 

should be made available by the preparing activity during LSAR/Provisioning 

reviews. It also includes the Reference Number and LCN keys, so that the 

preparer may readily make corrections to the PMF. 

 e. The ability to tailor this report is dependent apon the LSAR ADP 

system being used. The only errors that must come out on this report are 

itmsa that were bypassed based on PTD seletion or UOC or becuasue the PLISN 

was duplicated. 

4.5.11 LSA-036 PART III OPTIONS. There are two LSAR-036 part III 

options, the LSA-036 Army Edit routine and the Air Force "L" card merge 

routine. 

4.5.11.1 ARMY LSA-036 SYSTEM EDITS. 

 a. The Army LSA-036 edits were developed by a special task force 

representing each Army MSC and established by the CCSS PMR FCG. 

 b. These edits provide front-end edit and data compatibility checks prior 

to loading this information into the PMR. There are 42 optional edit switches 

which the user may specify. All but two of these edits will cause the LSA-036 

system to discontinue final processing when an edit error condition is 

encountered. The edit switches may be turned "on" and "off" during trial 

LSA-036 runs by the preparing activity. 

 c. The requiring authority may specify in the LSA/LSAR Statement of Work, 

that specific switches must be used when an LSA-036 summary is generated for 

actual delivery to the requiring authority and stipulate the hard copy LSA-036 

and LSA-036 Part II error summaries be delivered with the LSA-036, 80/80 
C-47

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

magnetic tape. 

4.5.11.2 AIR FORCE "L" CARD MERGE ROUTINE. 

 a. The Air Force "L" card contains information concerning basic 

cataloging and support item quantity requirements, substitute or preferred 

part numbers, and support item delivery schedules. 

 b. The ADP system should merges "L" card data with other card data when 

the tape option is seltectd. 

4.6 PROVISIONING UTILITIES. There may be several utility/optional LSAR 

ADP system routines available to assist and enhance the provisioning process. 

 Here are some that may be available: 

 a. SESAME Extract Program 

 d. Government to Contractor Parts Master File Update Routine 

 e. LSA-036 to PMF Transactions 

 g. QPEI Calculation by UOC 

 h. Other provisioning utilities 

4.6.1 SESAME EXTRACT PROGRAM. This would be a utility to extract the 

LSAR data and input it into the SESAME model. SESAME is a "sparing to 

availability" model which optimizes the spare/repair part stockage levels for 

each operation/maintenance level. Earlier in the program life cycle, the 

model can be used for tradeoff analysis and provisioning budget forecasts. 

The core SESAME program written in FORTRAN IV. More information can be 

obtained by contacting U.S. AMSAA-IRO, Room 800 U.S. Custom House, 

Philadelphia, PA 19106-2976, DSN 444-3808, commercial (215) 597-8377. 

4.6.2 GOVERNMENT /CONTRACTOR PBF COMPARISON. This routine may be 

available to compair government and contractor PBFs and give a discrepancy 

report. This routine may allow updates if desired. 

4.6.3 LSA-036 TO PMF UPDATE TRANSACTIONS. An LSAR ADP system may 

contain a utility to take a LSAR-036 report and convert it to the H data 

tables. 

4.6.4 QPEI CALCULATION BY PCCN AND UOC. This utility would 

automatically compute QPEI by any of the three options selectable using the 

LSA-036 system. It should be noted that the layout of the data tables does 

not allow for a part applicaion that is used on multiple UOCs to have multiple 

QPA/QPEI values. 
C-48

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

 5. REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST (RPSTL) 

5.1 RPSTL CONTENT. The draft/proof RPSTL consists of four sections 

prepared IAW MIL-STD-335(TM) or MIL-M-49502(TM) (Reference MIL-M-49502(TM), 

paragraph 6.4, for applicable document): 

 a. Section I, Introduction 

 b. Section II, Repair Parts List 

 c. Section III, Special Tools List 

 d. Section IV, Cross-Reference Indexes 

 

 

 

Sections II, III and IV listings are produced as separate sections of this 

report. The lists may be printed on plain bond paper or may be output to a 

word processor file to be used as source information for final RPSTL 

preparation. 

5.2 REPORT SELECTION. These proof options is selected by mandatory TM 

Code from table HK. The draft option is selected by mandatory EIAC, Start LCN 

and TM Code. The draft has optional Stop LCN, ALC, and UOC selections. 

Additional optional selections for both the proff and draft are by O/M Level 

determined by the third (remove) position of the Source Maintenance and 

Recoverability Code (SMRCODHG) and Start and Stop range(s) of FGCs. (NOTE: 

The only differences between the proof and draft RPSTL format involves display 

of the file control keys following the standard columns 1 through 6 (or 7).) 

Both the proof and 

draft RPSTL have the option of depicting the formats prescribed by either 

MIL-STD-335(TM), or MIL-M-49502(TM) 

 a. The four cross reference indexes in part IV of the RPSTL, are each 

separately selectable. 

 b. Functional Group Code (FGC) Headers are also optional inputs for the 

RPSTL report. For the 30 report you have header information which is a 

throughput. For each Functional Group header there will be a Start and Stop 

TM-FGC header. Each Functional Group Header can consist of up to 9 lines of 

header information. Each line of header information is 36 positions long. 

There is not a minimum or a maximum number of FGC headers/Start and Stop TMFGC. 

 c. There is an additional selection option, Start Stop TM-FGC. There is 

a maximum number of 4 start and stops TM-FGCs. The Start Stop TM-FGC will 

allow the report requester to select specific TM FGCs to be output. They 

should be processed like start and stop LCN's (Start TM-FGC # TM-FGC < Stop 

TM-FGC, except when start and stop TM-FGC's are equal then select that TM-FGC 

only. 

5.3 DOCUMENTATION OF KITS FOR RPSTL. In order to produce kit/kit 

component listings for the RPSTL, a kit record first must be established and a 

Provisioning List Item Sequence Number (PLISN) assigned to this item. In the 
C-49

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

data table, Overhaul-Kit NHA PLISN, against the application of the kit 

component record, an NHA PLISN entry of the Kit PLISN with an NHA PLISN 

Indicator of "*" is required. Where the kit component appears in the RPSTL 

hardware breakout, the phrase "PART OF KIT P/N" (automatically generated), 

followed by the reference number of the kit, will be displayed following the 

provisioning nomenclature in the description column. The Kit Reference Number 

is determined by a match of the Kit NHA PLISN to a PLISN under the same PCCN 

in the parts application provisioning data table. One item may be used in 

multiple "kits" by multiple kit NHA PLISN HH entries. The kit components are 

automatically generated beneath the kit. The component listing contains the 

applicable figure number, item number and quantity per assembly/figure 

duplicated from the hardware breakout information. 

5.4 DATA CONTENT. 

 a. FGC Headers are placed in the description column preceding the first 

row of data matching on FGC with the FGC header key. 

 b. The PART NUMBER column contains 16-positions of the Reference Number. 

If the Reference Number exceeds 16 positions, the remainder is printed 

immediately beneath the first 16 on the next line. 

 c. Rows are sorted by section and FGC sequence. For the description 

column, the item name will first appear, then two spaces followed by the 

provisioning nomenclature, if applicable. If the Hardness Critical Item 

(Table HG) is "Y", then the symbol "(HCI) is printed one space following the 

Item Name and two spaces before the provisioning nomenclature. Trailing 

periods are placed following the last position of the item name/provisioning 

nomenclature to the end the description column. If the row also has a TM 

Indenture Code entry, then leading periods are placed prior to the item name 

of the row, equalling the number in the TM Indenture Code field. 

 d. Following the privisioning nomenclature, on a separate line applicable 

UOCs of the row are entered. preceded by "UOC: " If the row has full 

effectivity, no UOCs are displayed. Full effectivity is determined by: A Row 

in HG has full effectivity if it is represented in HO for Every XC entry which 

contain its PCCN. 

 e. The quantity per figure is displayed, unless blank, then the quantityt 

per assembly is shown. 

 f. Under the NSN column (MIL-STD-335 Format), a "Y" is displayed if both 

FSC and NIIN are not blank and NIIN does not contain alpha characters for the 

row of information. Otherwise "N" is displayed. 

 g. Under the PLCC column, only entries of "D"s are shown. 

 h. After all rows of data are displayed following a FGC Header, and 

before the next FGC header the phrase "END OF FIGURE" (MIL-STD-335(TM) Format 

only) is printed. Rows of information are printed with no line skips between 

rows. At the end of a page, a page number is assigned using the figure number 

from the first record following the FGC header, followed by dash then "1", 
C-50

MIL-HDBK-1388 

APPENDIX C 

multiple pages of the same figure follow the same pattern, e.g., 3-1, 3-2, 

3-3, etc. A page break will occur with each new FGC Header set under a 

different FGC. If no FGC Header inputs are provided, then the sorted rows are 

"page breaked" each time the figure number changes. 

 i. The section III description column is similar to the Section II 

description with the addition of the interpreted Basis of Issue(BOI). Each 

BOI is displayed by "BOI:" and its quantity, then either Basis of Issue Level 

or Basis of Issue End Item is interpreted (See DED 030 of MIL-STD-1388-2B). 

Basisi of Issue End Item is preceded by "PER" and followed by 

"END ITEMS". The BOI is inserted between provisionnomenclature and the Usable 

on Code lines. 

 j. Section IV cross reference indexes are produced as optional outputs as 

specified by the requester. The Reference Designations for the Reference 

Designation Index will either only include those items having a nonidentifying 

migrating key of the appropriate Figure and Item Number. If these keys are 

present, or will include all related Figure Number, Item Numbers, and TM Code, 

if these keys are not in table HJ. Overflows of Reference Numbers or 

Reference Designations exceeding 16 or 32 positions, respectively are printed 

on the next line immediately below the first portion of the element. 

5.5 DRAFT/PROOF RPSTL REVIEW. 

 a. While the formal RPSTL report ends after the QUANTITY field column, 

additional information is provided on each report line record to assist the 

analyst in correcting/refining the final RPSTL product. These include: 

 (1) TM Code. This is the basic selection criteria of the Proof RPSTL 

and is displayed for review when selecting the draft/proof report. 

 (2) WUC/TM FGC and LCN/ALC. These are selectable primary sort 

criteria of the report line records. 

 (3) PLCC and ICC. These determine the section, repair part or tool, 

the report line record will be displayed on the proof and draft RPSTL, 

respectively. 

 (4) Figure Number and NSN Indicator. Figure Number is a secondary 

sort criteria of the draft RPSTL and must be accurate to produce 

cross-reference indices. The NSN indicator can be reviewed to check whether 

or not an NSN is in the LSAR for "P" source coded items. 

 b. The PLISN does not appear in the line of review data; however, if a 

duplicate PLISN is contained in the proof RPSTL records which matches exactly 

on WUC/TM FGC and Item Number, then an error message "*** DUPLICATE PLISN ***" 

will appear in the description column of the report record. This can occur 

when a PLISN record contains multiple TM Code, Figure Number and Item Number 

key with an identical associated WUC/TM FGC and a different Figure Number, or 

on the rare occasion when the WUC/TM FGC Item Number and PLISN match for items 

contained under different PCCNs.